Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Financial - Credit Services / First Cash Financial Services Inc.

First Cash Financial Services Inc.

fcfs · NASDAQ Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker fcfs
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Financial Services
Industry Financial - Credit Services
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2021 Annual Report · First Cash Financial Services Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Table of Contents

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2021

OR

☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from __________ to ___________

Commission file number 001-10960

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

87-3920732
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

FIRSTCASH HOLDINGS, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

1600 West 7th Street, Fort Worth, Texas 76102
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip code)

(817) 335-1100
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Each Class
Common Stock, par value $.01 per share

Trading Symbol(s)
FCFS

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
The Nasdaq Stock Market

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.

☒ Yes   ☐ No

☐ Yes   ☒ No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing
requirements for the past 90 days.     ☒ Yes   ☐ No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of
Regulation S-T (§232.405) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).     ☒ Yes   ☐
No

                                                            
Table of Contents

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an
emerging  growth  company.  See  the  definitions  of  “large  accelerated  filer,”  “accelerated  filer,”  “smaller  reporting  company”  and  “emerging  growth
company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

☒ Large accelerated filer
☐ Non-accelerated filer

☐ Accelerated filer
☐ Smaller reporting company
☐ Emerging growth company

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new
or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control
over  financial  reporting  under  Section  404(b)  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  (15  U.S.C.  7262(b))  by  the  registered  public  accounting  firm  that  prepared  or
issued its audit report.     ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    ☐ Yes   ☒ No

As of June 30, 2021, the aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $2,374,000,000
based on the closing price as reported on the Nasdaq Stock Market.

As of February 14, 2022, there were 48,487,979 shares of common stock outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions  of  the  registrant’s  definitive  Proxy  Statement  relating  to  its  2022  Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders  to  be  held  on  or  about  June  9,  2022,  is
incorporated by reference in Part III, Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

        
Table of Contents

FIRSTCASH HOLDINGS, INC.
FORM 10-K
For the Year Ended December 31, 2021

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I

Item 1.
Item 1A.
Item 1B.
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.

PART II

Item 5.
Item 6.
Item 7.
Item 7A.
Item 8.
Item 9.
Item 9A.
Item 9B.
Item 9C.

PART III

Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.
Item 13.
Item 14.

PART IV

Business
Risk Factors
Unresolved Staff Comments
Properties
Legal Proceedings
Mine Safety Disclosures

Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
[Reserved]
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Controls and Procedures
Other Information
Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Executive Compensation
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Item 15.
Item 16.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
Form 10-K Summary

SIGNATURES

1
20
40
40
41
41

42
43
44
67
68
68
69
71
71

72
72
72
72
72

73
76

77

Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES THAT MAY AFFECT FUTURE
RESULTS

Forward-Looking Information

This annual report contains forward-looking statements about the business, financial condition and prospects of FirstCash Holdings, Inc. and its wholly
owned subsidiaries (together, the “Company”). Forward-looking statements, as that term is defined in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995,
can  be  identified  by  the  use  of  forward-looking  terminology  such  as  “believes,”  “projects,”  “expects,”  “may,”  “estimates,”  “should,”  “plans,”  “targets,”
“intends,”  “could,”  “would,”  “anticipates,”  “potential,”  “confident,”  “optimistic”  or  the  negative  thereof,  or  other  variations  thereon,  or  comparable
terminology, or by discussions of strategy, objectives, estimates, guidance, expectations and future plans. Forward-looking statements can also be identified
by the fact these statements do not relate strictly to historical or current matters. Rather, forward-looking statements relate to anticipated or expected events,
activities, trends or results. Because forward-looking statements relate to matters that have not yet occurred, these statements are inherently subject to risks
and  uncertainties.  The  forward-looking  statements  contained  in  this  annual  report  include,  without  limitation,  statements  related  to  the  Company’s
expectations for its performance and growth in 2022, the anticipated benefits of the American First Finance (“AFF”) transaction, the anticipated impact of
the transaction on the combined company’s business and future financial and operating results and the Company’s goals, plans and projections with respect
to its operations, financial position and business strategy.

While the Company believes the expectations reflected in forward-looking statements are reasonable, there can be no assurances such expectations will
prove to be accurate. Security holders are cautioned that such forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties. Certain factors may cause results
to differ materially from those anticipated by the forward-looking statements made in this annual report. Such factors may include, without limitation, risks
associated with the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”) lawsuit filed against the Company, including the incurrence of meaningful expenses,
reputational  damage,  monetary  damages  and  other  penalties,  risks  relating  to  the  AFF  transaction,  including  the  failure  of  the  transaction  to  deliver  the
estimated value and benefits expected by the Company, the incurrence of unexpected future costs, liabilities or obligations as a result of the transaction, the
effect of the transaction on the ability of the Company to retain and hire personnel and maintain relationships with retail partners, consumers and others
with  whom  the  Company  and  AFF  do  business,  the  ability  of  the  Company  to  successfully  integrate  AFF’s  operations,  the  ability  of  the  Company  to
successfully implement its plans, forecasts and other expectations with respect to AFF’s business, risks related to the COVID-19 pandemic, which include
risks and uncertainties related to the current unknown duration and severity of the COVID-19 pandemic, the governmental responses that have been, and
may in the future be, imposed in response to the pandemic, including stimulus programs which could adversely impact demand for pawn loans and AFF’s
lease-to-own  and  retail  finance  products,  potential  changes  in  consumer  behavior  and  shopping  patterns  which  could  impact  demand  for  both  the
Company’s pawn loan, retail, lease-to-own and retail finance products, labor shortages and increased labor costs, inflation, a deterioration in the economic
conditions  in  the  United  States  and  Latin  America  which  potentially  could  have  an  impact  on  discretionary  consumer  spending,  currency  fluctuations,
primarily involving the Mexican peso and those other risks discussed and described in Part I, Item IA, “Risk Factors” hereof, and other reports filed with
the SEC, including the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 7, 2021. Many of these risks and uncertainties are beyond
the ability of the Company to control, nor can the Company predict, in many cases, all of the risks and uncertainties that could cause its actual results to
differ materially from those indicated by the forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements contained in this annual report speak only as of
the date of this annual report, and the Company expressly disclaims any obligation or undertaking to report any updates or revisions to any such statement
to reflect any change in the Company’s expectations or any change in events, conditions or circumstances on which any such statement is based, except as
required by law.

Table of Contents

Item 1. Business

Overview

PART I

FirstCash Holdings, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries (together, the “Company”) is the leading operator of pawn stores in the U.S. and Latin America,
and  following  its  acquisition  of  American  First  Finance  (“AFF”)  on  December  17,  2021  (the  “AFF  Acquisition”),  is  a  leading  provider  of  technology-
driven,  retail  point-of-sale  (“POS”)  payment  solutions  focused  on  serving  credit-constrained  consumers.  See  Note  3  of  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial
Statements for additional information about the AFF Acquisition.

With  the  AFF  Acquisition,  the  Company  now  operates  two  business  lines:  pawn  operations  and  retail  POS  payment  solutions.  Its  business  lines  are
organized into three reportable segments. The U.S. pawn segment consists of all pawn operations in the U.S. and the Latin America pawn segment consists
of all pawn operations in Mexico, Guatemala, Colombia and El Salvador. The retail POS payment solutions segment consists of AFF operations in the U.S.
and Puerto Rico.

The Company’s primary business line continues to be the operation of retail pawn stores, also known as “pawnshops,” which focus on serving cash and
credit-constrained  consumers.  Pawn  stores  help  customers  meet  small  short-term  cash  needs  by  providing  non-recourse  pawn  loans  and  buying
merchandise directly from customers. Personal property, such as jewelry, electronics, tools, appliances, sporting goods and musical instruments, is pledged
and held as collateral for the pawn loans over the typical 30-day term of the loan. Pawn stores also generate retail sales primarily from the merchandise
acquired through collateral forfeitures and over-the-counter purchases from customers.

The Company’s retail POS payment solutions business line consists solely of the operations of AFF, which focuses on lease-to-own (“LTO”) products and
facilitating other retail financing payment options across a large network of traditional and e-commerce merchant partners in all 50 states in the U.S., the
District of Columbia and Puerto Rico. AFF’s retail partners provide consumer goods and services to their customers and use AFF’s LTO and retail finance
solutions  to  facilitate  payments  on  such  transactions.  As  one  of  the  largest  omni-channel  providers  of  “no  credit  required”  payment  options,  AFF’s
technology set provides consumers with seamless leasing and financing experiences in-store, online, in-cart and on mobile devices.

In  connection  with  the  completion  of  the  AFF  Acquisition,  effective  December  16,  2021,  the  Company  completed  a  holding  company  reorganization
creating a new holding company, FirstCash Holdings, Inc. In connection with the reorganization, FirstCash Holdings, Inc. succeeded FirstCash, Inc. as the
public  company  trading  on  Nasdaq  under  the  ticker  symbol  “FCFS”  and  each  outstanding  share  of  FirstCash,  Inc.  was  converted  into  an  equivalent
corresponding  share  of  common  stock  in  FirstCash  Holdings,  Inc.,  having  the  same  designations,  rights,  powers  and  preferences  as  the  corresponding
FirstCash, Inc. shares that were converted. FirstCash, Inc. now operates as a wholly-owned subsidiary of FirstCash Holdings, Inc.

The Company’s principal executive offices are located at 1600 West 7th Street, Fort Worth, Texas 76102, and its telephone number is (817) 335-1100. The
Company’s primary websites are www.firstcash.com and www.americanfirstfinance.com.

Pawn Operations

Pawn stores are neighborhood-based retail locations that buy and sell pre-owned consumer products such as jewelry, electronics, tools, appliances, sporting
goods and musical instruments. Pawn stores also provide a quick and convenient source of small, secured consumer loans, also known as pawn loans, to
unbanked,  under-banked  and  credit-constrained  customers.  Pawn  loans  are  safe  and  affordable  non-recourse  loans  for  which  the  customer  has  no  legal
obligation to repay. The Company does not engage in post-default collection efforts, does not take legal actions against its customers for defaulted loans,
does not ban its customers for nonpayment, nor does it report any negative credit information to credit reporting agencies, but rather, relies only on the
resale  of  the  pawn  collateral  for  recovery.  Pawnshop  customers  are  typically  value-conscious  consumers  and/or  borrowers  who  are  not  effectively  or
efficiently served by traditional lenders such as banks, credit unions, credit card providers or other small loan providers.

The pawn industry in the U.S. is well established, with the highest concentration of pawn stores located in the Southeast, Midwest and Southwest regions
of  the  country.  The  operation  of  pawn  stores  is  governed  primarily  by  state  laws  and  accordingly,  states  that  maintain  regulations  most  conducive  to
profitable pawn operations have historically seen the greatest concentration of pawn stores.

1

Table of Contents

Historically, competitor pawn stores in Latin America have limited square footage and focus on providing loans collateralized by gold jewelry or small
electronics. In contrast, a majority of the Company’s pawn stores opened in Latin America are larger format, full-service stores similar to the U.S. stores,
which lend on a wide array of collateral and have a larger retail sales floor. Accordingly, competition in Latin America with the Company’s larger format,
full-service pawn stores is limited. A large percentage of the population in Mexico and other countries in Latin America is unbanked or under-banked and
has limited access to traditional consumer credit. The Company believes there is significant opportunity for further expansion in Mexico and other Latin
American countries due to the large potential consumer base and limited competition from other large format, full-service pawn store operators.

COVID-19 and U.S. government stimulus initiatives in response thereto significantly impacted the Company’s pawn business beginning in 2020, which
continued  throughout  much  of  2021.  For  a  more  detailed  discussion  of  the  impact  of  COVID-19  on  the  Company’s  results  of  operations  see  “Item  7.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Results of Operations.”

Services Offered by the Company’s Pawn Operations

Pawn Merchandise Sales

The Company’s pawn merchandise sales are primarily retail sales to the general public from its pawn store locations. The items sold generally consist of
pre-owned  consumer  products  such  as  jewelry,  electronics,  tools,  appliances,  sporting  goods  and  musical  instruments.  The  Company  also  melts  certain
quantities of scrap jewelry and sells the gold, silver and diamonds in the commodity markets. Merchandise sales accounted for approximately 70% of the
Company’s revenue during 2021 or 52% on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the AFF Acquisition as if it had closed on January 1, 2021.

Merchandise inventory is acquired primarily through forfeited pawn loan collateral and, to a lesser extent, through purchases of used goods directly from
the  general  public.  The  Company  also  acquires  limited  quantities  of  new  or  refurbished  general  merchandise  inventories  directly  from  wholesalers  and
manufacturers. Merchandise acquired by the Company through forfeited pawn loan collateral is carried in inventory at the amount of the related pawn loan,
exclusive of any accrued service fees, and purchased inventory is carried at cost.

The Company does not currently provide direct financing to customers for the purchase of merchandise in its pawn stores, but does allow customers to
purchase merchandise on an interest-free “layaway” plan. Should the customer fail to make a required payment pursuant to a layaway plan, the item is
returned to inventory and all or a portion of previous payments are typically forfeited to the Company. Deposits and interim payments from customers on
layaway sales are recorded as deferred revenue and subsequently recorded as retail merchandise sales revenue when the merchandise is delivered to the
customer upon receipt of final payment or when previous payments are forfeited to the Company. The Company anticipates it will provide AFF’s LTO
payment option (as further described below) to retail customers in its U.S. pawn locations in the near future.

Retail sales are seasonally highest in the fourth quarter, associated with holiday shopping and, to a lesser extent, in the first quarter associated with tax
refunds in the U.S.

Pawn Lending Activities

The Company’s stores make pawn loans, which are typically small, secured loans, to its customers in order to help them meet instant or short-term cash
needs. All pawn loans are collateralized by personal property such as jewelry, electronics, tools, appliances, sporting goods and musical instruments. The
pledged collateral provides the only security to the Company for the repayment of the loan. The Company does not investigate the creditworthiness of the
borrower, primarily relying instead on the marketability and sales value of pledged goods as a basis for its credit decision. Pawn loans are non-recourse
loans, and a customer does not have a legal obligation to repay a pawn loan. There is no collections process and the decision to not repay the loan will not
affect the customer’s credit score with any credit reporting agency.

At the time a pawn loan transaction is entered into, an agreement or pawn contract, commonly referred to as a “pawn ticket,” is presented to the borrower
for signature that includes, among other items, the borrower’s name and identification information, a description of the pledged goods, amount financed,
pawn service fee, maturity date, total amount that must be paid to redeem the pledged goods on the maturity date and the annual percentage rate.

The  term  of  a  pawn  loan  is  typically  30  days  plus  an  additional  grace  period  of  14  to  90  days,  depending  on  geographic  markets  and  local  or  state
regulations.  Pawn  loans  may  be  either  paid  in  full  with  accrued  pawn  loan  fees  and  service  charges  or,  where  permitted  by  law,  may  be  renewed  or
extended by the customer’s payment of accrued pawn loan fees and service charges. If a

2

Table of Contents

pawn loan is not repaid before the expiration of the grace period, the pawn collateral is forfeited to the Company and transferred to inventory at a value
equal to the principal amount of the loan, exclusive of accrued service fees. Pledged property is held in a secured, non-public warehouse area of the pawn
store for the term of the loan and the grace period, unless the loan is repaid earlier. The Company does not record pawn loan losses or charge-offs because
the amount advanced becomes the carrying cost of the forfeited collateral that is to be recovered through the merchandise sales function described above.

Pawn loan fees are typically calculated as a percentage of the pawn loan amount based on the size, duration and type of collateral of the pawn loan, and
generally range from 4% to 25% per month, as permitted by applicable law. As required by applicable law, the amounts of these charges are disclosed to
the customer on the pawn ticket. Pawn loan fees accounted for approximately 28% of the Company’s revenue during 2021, or 21% on a pro forma basis
after giving effect to the AFF Acquisition as if it had closed on January 1, 2021.

The amount the Company is willing to finance for a pawn loan is primarily based on a percentage of the estimated retail value of the collateral. There are
no minimum or maximum pawn loan to fair market value restrictions in connection with the Company’s lending activities. In order to estimate the value of
the collateral, the Company utilizes its proprietary point-of-sale and loan management system to recall recent selling prices of similar merchandise in its
own stores. The basis for the Company’s determination of the retail value also includes such sources as precious metals spot markets, catalogs, blue books,
online auction sites and retailer advertisements. These sources, together with the employees’ skills and experience in selling similar items of merchandise
in particular stores, influence the determination of the estimated retail value of such items.

The Company typically experiences seasonal growth in its pawn loan balances in the third and fourth quarters following lower balances in the first two
quarters due to the typical repayment of pawn loans associated with statutory bonuses received by customers in the fourth quarter in Mexico and with tax
refund proceeds typically received by customers in the first quarter in the U.S.

Pawn Business Strategy

The Company’s business strategy is to continue growing pawn revenues and income by opening new (“de novo”) retail pawn locations, acquiring existing
pawn  stores  in  strategic  markets  and  increasing  revenue  and  operating  profits  in  existing  stores.  Over  the  last  five  years,  1,021  pawn  stores  have  been
opened  or  acquired  with  the  net  store  count  growing  at  a  compound  annual  store  growth  rate  of  6%  over  this  period.  The  Company  intends  to  open  or
acquire additional stores in locations where management believes appropriate consumer demand and other favorable conditions exist. The following table
details stores opened and acquired over the five-year period ended December 31, 2021:

U.S. pawn segment:

New locations opened
Locations acquired

Total additions

Latin America pawn segment:
New locations opened
Locations acquired

Total additions

Total:

New locations opened
Locations acquired

Total additions

2021

Year Ended December 31,
2019

2018

2020

2017

1 
46 
47 

60 
— 
60 

61 
46 
107 

— 
22 
22 

75 
40 
115 

75 
62 
137 

— 
27 
27 

89 
163 
252 

89 
190 
279 

— 
27 
27 

52 
366 
418 

52 
393 
445 

2 
1 
3 

45 
5 
50 

47 
6 
53 

For additional information on store count activity, see “Pawn Store Locations” below.

3

Table of Contents

New Store Openings

The  Company  typically  opens  new  stores  in  under-served  markets  and  neighborhoods,  primarily  in  Latin  America.  After  a  suitable  location  has  been
identified  and  a  lease  and  the  appropriate  licenses  are  obtained,  a  new  store  can  typically  be  open  for  business  within  six  to  12  weeks.  The  investment
required to open a new location includes store operating cash, inventory, funds for pawn loans, leasehold improvements, store fixtures, security systems,
computer equipment and other start-up costs.

Acquisitions

Due to the fragmented nature of the pawn industry, the Company believes attractive acquisition opportunities will continue to arise in both Latin America
and the U.S. Specific pawn store acquisition criteria include an evaluation of the volume of merchandise sales and pawn transactions, outstanding customer
pawn  loan  balances,  historical  pawn  yields,  merchandise  sales  margins,  pawn  loan  redemption  rates,  the  condition  and  quantity  of  inventory  on  hand,
licensing restrictions or requirements, and the location, physical condition, and lease terms of the stores to be acquired.

Enhance Productivity of Existing and Newly Opened Stores

The primary factors affecting the profitability of the Company’s existing store base are the volume and gross profit of merchandise sales, the volume of and
yield on pawn loans and store operating expenses. To encourage customer traffic and repeat business, which management believes is a key determinant of a
store’s success, the Company has taken several steps to distinguish its stores and to make customers feel more comfortable and secure. In addition to a
clean  and  secure  physical  store  facility,  the  stores’  exteriors  typically  display  attractive  and  distinctive  signage  similar  to  that  used  by  contemporary
specialty retailers.

The Company believes the profitability of its pawnshops is dependent, among other factors, upon its employees’ skills and ability to engage with customers
and provide prompt and courteous service. The Company has employee-training programs that promote customer service, productivity, professionalism and
regulatory  compliance.  The  Company’s  proprietary  point-of-sale  and  loan  management  system  tracks  certain  key  transactional  performance  measures,
including pawn loan yields and merchandise sales margins, and permits a store manager or clerk to instantly recall the cost of an item in inventory and the
date it was purchased, including the prior transaction history of a particular customer. It also facilitates the timely valuation of goods by showing values
assigned to similar goods. The Company has networked its stores to allow employees to more accurately determine the retail value of merchandise and to
permit the Company’s headquarters to more efficiently monitor, in real time, each store’s operations, including merchandise sales, service charge revenue,
pawn loans written and redeemed and changes in inventory.

The  Company  maintains  a  well-trained  audit  and  loss  prevention  staff  which  conducts  regular  store  visits  to  verify  assets,  loans  and  collateral,  and  test
compliance with regulatory, financial and operational controls. Management believes the current operating and financial controls and systems are adequate
for the Company’s existing store base and can accommodate reasonably foreseeable growth in the near term.

Pawn Store Locations

The  Company’s  typical  large  format  pawn  store  is  a  freestanding  building  or  part  of  a  retail  shopping  center  with  dedicated  available  parking.  The
Company’s stores in Latin America tend to be smaller than its U.S. stores, located mostly in dense urban markets, which may not have dedicated parking.
Management has established a standard store design intended to attract customers and distinguish the Company’s stores from the competition.

As of December 31, 2021, the Company had 2,825 pawn store locations composed of 1,081 stores in 25 U.S. states and the District of Columbia, 1,656
stores in 32 states in Mexico, 60 stores in Guatemala, 15 stores in Colombia and 13 stores in El Salvador.

4

Table of Contents

The following table details store count activity for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021:

Total locations, beginning of period

 (1)

New locations opened
Locations acquired
Consolidation of existing pawn locations

 (2)

Total locations, end of period

U.S.

Latin America

Total

1,046 
1 
46 
(12)
1,081 

1,702 
60 
— 
(18)
1,744 

2,748 
61 
46 
(30)
2,825 

(1)

(2)

In  addition  to  new  store  openings,  the  Company  strategically  relocated  five  stores  in  the  U.S.  and  two  stores  in  Latin  America  during  the  twelve  months  ended
December 31, 2021.

Store consolidations were primarily acquired locations over the past five years which have been combined with overlapping stores and for which the Company expects
to maintain a significant portion of the acquired customer base in the consolidated location.

5

Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2021, the Company’s pawn stores were located in the following countries and states:

U.S.

Texas
Florida
Ohio
North Carolina
Tennessee
Georgia
Washington
Louisiana
Maryland
Arizona
Nevada
South Carolina
Colorado
Illinois
Kentucky
Indiana
Missouri
Oklahoma
Alabama
Alaska
Utah
Virginia
District of Columbia
Mississippi
Nebraska
Wyoming

U.S. total

447 
87 
63 
50 
49 
43 
31 
29 
29 
27 
27 
27 
26 
25 
24 
23 
23 
17 
9 
6 
6 
6 
3 
2 
1 
1 
1,081 

Number of Locations

Mexico:

Latin America

Estado de. Mexico (State of Mexico)
Veracruz
Puebla
Tamaulipas
Baja California
Jalisco
Nuevo Leon
Estado de Ciudad de Mexico (State of Mexico City)
Chiapas
Oaxaca
Coahuila
Tabasco
Guanajuato
Hidalgo
Chihuahua
Sonora
Quintana Roo
Sinaloa
Michoacan
Morelos
Guerrero
San Luis Potosi
Aguascalientes
Durango
Campeche

Queretaro
Zacatecas
Yucatan
Tlaxcala
Baja California Sur
Colima
Nayarit

Guatemala

Colombia

El Salvador

Latin America total

6

215 
208 
118 
97 
84 
78 
77 
65 
64 
56 
49 
49 
46 
46 
45 
41 
34 
31 
26 
26 
25 
22 
21 
20 
18 

18 
17 
16 
13 
12 
10 
9 
1,656 

60 

15 

13 

1,744 

Table of Contents

Pawn Operations Competitive Environment

The Company encounters significant competition in connection with all aspects of its pawn operations. These competitive conditions may adversely affect
the  Company’s  pawn  revenue  and  profitability  and  its  ability  to  expand  and  execute  its  pawn  business  strategy.  The  Company  believes  the  primary
elements of competition in the pawn industry are store location, customer service, the ability to lend competitive amounts on pawn loans and to sell popular
retail  merchandise  at  competitive  prices.  In  addition,  the  Company  competes  with  other  lenders  and  retailers  to  attract  and  retain  employees  with
competitive compensation programs. Many of the competitors have significantly greater size, financial resources and human capital than the Company.

The  Company’s  retail  business  competitors  include  numerous  retail  and  wholesale  merchants,  including  jewelry  stores,  rent-to-own  operators,  discount
retail stores, “second-hand” stores, consumer electronics stores, other specialty retailers, online retailers, online auction sites, online classified advertising
sites and other pawnshops. Competitive factors in the Company’s retail operations include the ability to provide the customer with a variety of merchandise
items at attractive prices.

The  Company’s  pawn  lending  business  competes  primarily  with  other  pawn  store  operators  and  other  specialty  consumer  finance  operators,  including
online lenders. The pawnshop and other specialty consumer finance industries are characterized by a large number of independent owner-operators, some
of  whom  own  and  operate  multiple  locations.  In  addition,  the  Company  competes  with  other  non-pawn  lenders,  such  as  banks  and  consumer  finance
companies, which generally lend on an unsecured as well as a secured basis. Other lenders may and do lend money on terms more favorable than those
offered by the Company.

Management believes the pawn industry remains highly fragmented with an estimated 12,000 to 14,000 total pawnshops in the U.S. and 7,000 to 8,000
pawnshops in Mexico. Including the Company, there are two publicly-held, U.S.-based pawnshop operators, both of which have pawn operations in the
U.S., Mexico, Guatemala and El Salvador. Of these two, the Company has the higher store count and the largest market capitalization as of December 31,
2021, and the Company believes it is the largest public or private operator of large format, full-service pawn stores in the U.S. and Mexico.

Retail POS Payment Solutions Operations

On December 17, 2021, the Company completed the AFF Acquisition, resulting in AFF becoming a wholly owned subsidiary of and new business line for
the Company. AFF facilitates customized LTO and retail finance programs to its merchant partners that allows those merchant partners to complete sales by
providing their customers with an attractive retail POS payment solution. Customers can apply for AFF’s products online or through their mobile devices
and  complete  the  process  electronically  or  in  person  at  one  of  AFF’s  merchant  partner  locations.  AFF  primarily  serves  customers  who  are  credit-
constrained who may not qualify for prime or near prime retail payment options. On a pro forma basis after giving effect to the AFF Acquisition as if it had
closed on January 1, 2021, AFF would have accounted for 27% of the Company’s total revenues during 2021.

Products Offered by AFF

AFF’s merchant partners provide financing of consumer goods and services to their customers using one of AFF’s retail POS payment options, including an
LTO  product,  a  merchant-based  retail  installment  sales  agreement  (“RISA”)  or  a  bank-originated  installment  loan  to  facilitate  payments  on  such
transactions.  The  merchant  partners  generally  choose  a  single  solution  from  one  of  these  three  available  options  to  offer  to  their  customers  at  a  given
location. The merchant’s selection of the appropriate retail POS payment option depends upon which payment options are allowable under applicable state
law,  whether  AFF’s  bank  partner  makes  loans  in  the  state  where  the  merchant  is  located  and  by  the  products  or  services  offered  by  the  merchant.  The
majority of AFF’s originations are facilitated with the LTO product, with retailers of tangible personal property most commonly using the LTO product.
The RISA and bank-originated products are more commonly offered in situations where services are being offered by the merchant. Each of these retail
POS payment options is subject to AFF’s (or AFF’s partner bank’s) proprietary technology-driven decisioning process as further described below. AFF’s
ability to customize the technology and offer a choice between retail POS payment options gives its merchant partners the advantage of flexibility.

The following is a description of the three primary retail POS payment options offered by AFF:

•

LTO - LTO transactions involve the purchase by AFF of tangible personal property directly from the merchant partner and a subsequent lease of
that  merchandise  by  AFF  to  the  customer.  The  customer  has  the  right  to  acquire  ownership  of  the  leased  merchandise  either  through  an  early
buyout option, another early purchase option after the early buyout option expires, or through payment of all required lease payments. To take
advantage of the early buyout option, the customer generally has between 90 and 105 days to pay the cash price of the leased merchandise, plus a
nominal early

7

Table of Contents

buyout fee. The customer can still utilize an early purchase option after the 90 to 105-day period and obtain ownership early, while also saving
money, by paying a certain percentage of the remaining lease payments (usually established by applicable state law). The customer can also obtain
ownership of the merchandise by simply paying all of the remaining lease payments as they become due. Conversely, the customer has the right to
cancel the lease at any time by returning the merchandise and making all scheduled payments due through the minimum lease holding period,
which is typically 60 days. Leased merchandise contracts can typically be renewed for between six to 24 months. AFF offers the LTO retail POS
payment option to merchant partners in 44 U.S. states, the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico and it accounted for 64% of AFF’s total revenues
for the full year ended December 31, 2021 on a pro forma basis.

•

•

RISA - The RISA transaction involves the purchase of either tangible personal property or services from the merchant partner by the customer.
The customer enters into a RISA with the merchant and AFF subsequently purchases the RISA from the merchant partner and services the account
through the end of the contractual term. The customer can take advantage of an early payoff discount whereby the customer generally has between
90 and 105 days to pay the original principal amount, plus a nominal early payoff discount fee (equal to or less than the accrued interest charges),
without incurring any additional interest charges. RISA finance receivables typically have a term ranging from six to 24 months, and when utilized
for  the  purchase  of  tangible  personal  property,  are  generally  secured  by  such  tangible  personal  property.  AFF  facilitates  the  RISA  retail  POS
payment option with merchant partners in 20 U.S. states and it accounted for 18% of AFF’s total revenues for the full year ended December 31,
2021 on a pro forma basis.

Bank-originated installment loans - The customer enters into an installment loan directly with FinWise Bank (the “Bank”) for the purchase of a
good or service from the merchant partner. After origination of the loan by the Bank, AFF purchases the rights to the cash flows of the loan from
the Bank, but does not purchase the loan itself. AFF then assumes responsibility for sub-servicing the loan on behalf of the Bank for the remaining
term of the loan. The customer can take advantage of an early payoff discount, whereby the customer generally has between 90 and 105 days to
pay the original principal amount (including any origination fee) without paying any interest charges. Bank-originated loans typically have a term
ranging from six to 24 months and can be either secured by tangible personal property or unsecured. Approximately 28% of these loans are not
related  to  the  purchase  of  property  or  services  but  rather  are  loans  with  cash  proceeds  issued  directly  to  the  customer.  The  bank-originated
installment  loan  retail  POS  payment  option  is  made  available  to  merchant  partners  in  34  U.S.  states  and  it  accounted  for  18%  of  AFF’s  total
revenues for the full year ended December 31, 2021 on a pro forma basis.

Decisioning Process

AFF has made substantial investments in the development of its unique and proprietary decisioning platform that is customizable to individual merchants
and/or merchandise categories. The platform is supported by an experienced and robust data science team that use data analytics to continually improve the
performance  of  the  decisioning  platform.  This  proprietary  decisioning  platform  is  used  to  determine  whether  a  particular  applicant  meets  AFF’s  (or  the
Bank’s  as  applicable)  LTO,  RISA  or  loan  qualifications  for  a  particular  amount.  The  sophisticated  algorithms  consider  external  and  internal  data  points
beyond traditional credit scores, allowing AFF or the Bank to approve customers that do not have a credit score. Over 90% of AFF applications submitted
are automatically decisioned within 10 seconds on average, creating a highly efficient, scalable model.

While the Bank partner utilizes AFF’s technology platform to process and evaluate consumer applications originated by the Bank, all credit underwriting
and approval criteria used by the Bank to underwrite the loans are provided and approved by the Bank.

Servicing & Collections Process

The  amount  of  a  customer’s  contractual  periodic  payment  (i.e.,  weekly,  bi-weekly,  semi-monthly,  or  monthly)  is  generally  based  on  a  customer's  pay
frequency and the term of the contract. Customer payments are typically processed through automated clearing house payments or debits to the customer’s
payment card (e.g., through a Visa or MasterCard network). Consumers can choose between scheduling automated payments to process on their accounts
or  make  manual,  non-recurring  payments  on  each  due  date.  If  a  payment  attempt  is  unsuccessful,  collection  activities  are  managed  through  AFF’s  call
centers  and/or  AFF’s  network  of  third-party  debt  collection  agencies.  The  call  center  contacts  customers  through  several  communication  channels  to
encourage  the  customer  to  keep  their  lease,  RISA  or  loan  current  and  discuss  all  available  payment  options.  See  “Item  1.  Business—Government
Regulation” for further information about applicable collections laws AFF is subject to.

8

Table of Contents

Customer Service

AFF  believes  its  strong  focus  on  building  a  positive  relationship  with  the  customer  and  ensuring  high  levels  of  customer  satisfaction  generates  repeat
customer business and long-lasting relationships with its merchant partners. This focus on customer service begins on day one with a phone call or email
from AFF’s customer service team to welcome new customers to AFF, answer any questions they may have about their new account and confirm they are
aware of their repayment schedule. Existing customers have access to AFF’s customer service team at all times to answer questions about their lease, RISA
or loan or to provide comments or complaints about merchant partners. For those customers that utilize AFF’s LTO solution and wish to cancel their lease,
AFF’s customer service team can also assist with the cancellation process.

AFF  has  also  made  significant  investments  to  make  the  application  process  for  its  LTO,  RISA  or  loan  products  user-friendly  for  its  customers.  AFF
customers can apply for the AFF products via text-2-apply, QR codes, web applications on merchant websites, merchant portal applications, in-cart plug-in
experiences and third-party waterfall applications. Upon submission of an application, AFF’s platform typically communicates a decision within seconds,
providing a near immediate response to the customer. The customer then purchases goods or services using one of AFF’s retail POS payment options and
makes scheduled payments, which can be managed by the customer via phone or online.

Merchant Relationships

AFF believes that its highly customizable LTO, RISA and loan products offer significant value to merchant partners. AFF’s products can help drive further
sales  for  these  merchants  by  helping  these  merchants  reach  credit-constrained  customers  through  the  offer  of  AFF’s  financing  solutions.  AFF  also
constantly monitors consumer preferences and trends to ensure that the solutions offered through their merchant partners are aligned with the needs of the
merchant partner and its customers.

AFF  markets  to  new  merchants  through  various  channels  including  field  sales  representatives,  national  sales,  independent  sales  representatives,  buying
groups, AFF’s website and strategic integrations via waterfall lending platforms. AFF takes great care in adding quality merchant partners that meet AFF’s
high  standards.  To  assure  this  quality,  each  prospective  merchant  goes  through  a  rigorous  vetting  and  approval  process.  Once  a  merchant  partner  is
approved,  they  must  sign  a  merchant  agreement  that  identifies  the  roles  and  responsibilities  of  both  the  merchant  and  AFF.  Merchants  also  receive
appropriate training so they can properly represent AFF’s retail POS payment solutions to their customers and ensure regulatory compliance.

Existing  merchant  partners  are  subject  to  regular  monitoring.  AFF’s  monitoring  procedures  are  designed  to  identify  merchant  partners  that  do  not  meet
AFF’s merchant standards. Merchant partners are subject to suspension and/or termination if, based upon the results of AFF’s monitoring, they are found to
be out of compliance with the merchant agreement, have low lease or loan quality performance, have elevated customer complaint volume or fail to comply
with applicable law.

AFF currently has a large network of over 6,500 active retail merchant partner stores and e-commerce platforms offering its leasing and financing products.
Those merchant partners offer a wide array of goods and services spanning 26 vertical channels. The following table shows the percentage of AFF's pro
forma 2021 originations attributable to these vertical channels:

Furniture
Automotive
Jewelry
Other

Total

Year Ended December 31, 2021

61 %
15 %
5 %
19 %
100 %

A significant portion of AFF’s revenue is concentrated with its top merchant partners. While this concentration has provided AFF with opportunities for
growth, the increasing size and importance of individual merchant partners creates a certain degree of exposure to potential transaction volume loss. On a
pro  forma  basis,  after  giving  effect  to  the  AFF  Acquisition  as  if  it  had  closed  on  January  1,  2021,  AFF’s  top  five  merchant  partners  accounted  for  an
aggregate  of  16%  of  combined  pro  forma  2021  revenues.  For  a  discussion  of  the  risks  associated  with  the  possible  loss  of  one  of  AFF’s  top  merchant
partners or a significant reduction in transaction volumes with one of its top merchant partners, refer to “Item 1A. Risk Factors.”

9

Table of Contents

Retail POS Payment Solutions Business Strategy

AFF’s  business  model  is  primarily  driven  by  a  scalable  technology-based  platform  that  does  not  require  significant  increases  in  operating  overhead  to
support incremental origination growth. Thus, AFF generally achieves more operating leverage as transaction volume grows. Additionally, AFF does not
have any of the costs associated with operating physical stores, the personnel needed to operate physical store locations, or any of the costs associated with
buying, storing and shipping inventory.

AFF’s business strategy is to continue building market share through additional expansion of both its brick-and-mortar and online merchant base, while
increasing customer utilization rates by continuous improvement and enhancement of its omni-channel user experience. AFF continues to expand on its
digital marketing and search engine optimization strategies to harvest more consumer searches and to drive quality repeat customers back to its merchant
partners.  With  an  ongoing  focus  toward  improving  application  conversion  rates  combined  with  an  enhanced  risk  segmentation  of  its  applications,  AFF
believes that it has numerous opportunities to gain additional market share and expand its large and fast-growing merchant and customer base to achieve
greater levels of revenue and profitability.

Expand Utilization with Existing Merchant Partners and Customers

AFF strives to be the preferred provider of retail POS payment solutions in all of its merchant partner locations. AFF will continue to promote and build
relationships with existing customers and merchants and believes there is an opportunity to increase the share of existing merchants’ overall transaction
volumes. AFF has made, and intends to continue to make, investments in its marketing team to drive awareness of AFF’s products at its merchant partners
to increase utilization and encourage repeat business through increased marketing directly to AFF’s customers.

Pursue New Merchant Partners

AFF  believes  there  are  many  more  untapped  traditional  and  e-commerce  merchants  providing  goods  and  services  to  customers  that  could  benefit  from
offering AFF’s retail POS payment solutions. Utilizing its dedicated national, regional and local sales teams, AFF will continue to pursue and add new
merchant partners.

Increase E-Commerce Transaction Volume

AFF currently derives the majority of its transaction volume through traditional brick-and-mortar retail partners. With the continued growth of e-commerce,
AFF believes there is significant opportunity to grow transaction volume through increased e-commerce penetration, both at existing e-commerce merchant
partners  and  with  new  e-commerce  merchants.  AFF  believes  its  customizable  decisioning  platform  and  customer  experience  is  highly  scalable  for  e-
commerce  retailers  and  provides  these  retailers  with  compelling  financing  solutions  for  credit-constrained  consumers.  AFF  has  made,  and  intends  to
continue to make, investments in its sales team to help capture these e-commerce opportunities.

Continue Enhancement of Proprietary Decisioning Platform

AFF  employs  a  dedicated  data  science  team  to  develop,  monitor  and  effectively  manage  its  proprietary  data  analytics  and  decisioning  platform.  As  it
continues to generate originations, the transaction volume is expected to increase AFF’s internal customer and transactional data set available for analysis,
thereby improving the effectiveness of AFF’s decisioning model. As its dedicated data science team continues to further analyze both internal and external
data, the Company believes there is room for continued improvement to the decisioning model that would allow for a greater percentage of applicants being
approved, thereby increasing originations, while also becoming more effective in predicting the ability of its applicants to repay their lease, RISA or loan,
thereby reducing charge-offs.

Retail POS Payment Solutions Competitive Environment

AFF’s retail POS payment solutions business competes with national, regional and local LTO stores, virtual LTO companies, rental stores that do not offer
their  customers  a  purchase  option  and  various  other  types  of  consumer  finance  companies  that  may  enable  customers  to  shop  at  traditional  or  online
retailers on credit. In addition, banks and consumer finance companies are developing POS payment products and services designed to compete for the
credit-constrained customer. AFF also competes with traditional and e-commerce retailers and traditional and online sellers of new and used merchandise
for  customers  desiring  to  purchase  merchandise  for  cash  or  on  credit.  Competition  is  based  primarily  on  product  selection  and  availability,  customer
service, store location and lease and loan terms.

10

Table of Contents

Intellectual Property

The  Company  relies  on  a  combination  of  trademarks,  trade  dress,  trade  secrets,  proprietary  software,  website  domain  names  and  other  rights,  including
confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions, to protect its proprietary technology, processes and other intellectual property.

The  Company’s  competitors  may  develop  products  that  are  similar  to  its  technology,  such  as  the  Company’s  proprietary  pawn  point-of-sale  and  loan
management  software,  AFF’s  proprietary  lease,  financing  and  loan  management  software,  AFF’s  proprietary  decisioning  platform  and  other  developed
technology. The Company enters into agreements with its employees, consultants and partners, and through these and other confidentiality or non-compete
agreements, the Company attempts to control access to and distribution of its software, documentation and other proprietary technology and information.
Despite the Company’s efforts to protect its proprietary rights, third parties may, in an authorized or unauthorized manner, attempt to use, copy or otherwise
obtain  and  market  or  distribute  its  intellectual  property  rights  or  technology  or  otherwise  develop  products  with  the  same  functionality  as  its  solutions.
Policing all unauthorized use of the Company’s intellectual property rights is nearly impossible. The Company cannot be certain that the steps it has taken
or will take in the future will prevent misappropriations of its technology or intellectual property rights.

Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG)

Pawnshops  are  neighborhood-based  stores  which  contribute  to  the  modern  “circular  economy.”  Each  of  the  Company’s  2,825  pawn  locations  provide  a
quick and convenient source of small, non-recourse pawn loans and a neighborhood-based market for consumers to buy and resell pre-owned and popular
consumer products in a safe environment. The Company is committed to environmental sustainability, providing customers with rapid access to capital and
operating its business in a manner that results in a positive impact on its employees, communities and the environment.
Environmental Sustainability

The Company’s pawn business extends the lifecycle and utilization of popular consumer products. Most of the Company’s merchandise inventories are pre-
owned items sourced directly from local customers in each store’s immediate geographic neighborhood. In effect, the Company operates a large consumer
product  recycling  business  by  acquiring  pre-owned  items,  including  unwanted  or  unneeded  jewelry,  electronics,  tools,  appliances,  sporting  goods  and
musical instruments from individual customers and resells them to other customers desiring such products within the same neighborhood. By being a large
reseller of pre-owned items, the Company believes it extends the life of these products and helps reduce demand for newly manufactured and distributed
products, thereby reducing carbon emissions and water usage, resulting in a positive impact to the environment.

The  Company  estimates  that  it  resold  approximately  11  million  used  or  pre-owned  consumer  product  items  in  its  pawn  stores  during  2021,  with  a
commercial  value  of  approximately  $1.1  billion.  In  addition,  the  Company  recycles  significant  volumes  of  precious  metals  and  diamonds  whereby
unwanted or broken jewelry is collected and melted/processed by the Company and then resold as a commodity for future commercial use. During 2021,
the Company estimates that it recycled over 38,000 ounces of gold and over 19,000 carats of diamonds with a combined market value of approximately
$57.2 million. This process helps reduce demand for mined precious metals and diamonds, thereby reducing carbon emissions and water usage.

Unlike most brick-and-mortar or online retailers, the Company does not rely on supply chains or manufacturing of its inventories as it sources the majority
of its inventory from forfeited pawn loan collateral and merchandise purchased directly from customers. Accordingly, the Company does not own, operate
or contract for any manufacturing, supply chain, warehousing or distribution facilities to support its pawn operations. Almost all retail sales and pawn loans
are  made  to  customers  who  live  or  work  within  a  tight  geographic  radius  of  the  Company’s  stores,  and  only  a  very  small  percentage  of  sales  require
delivery service. The Company does not own, lease or operate any long-haul trucks to support its 2,825 pawn locations and, other than operating small
storefront locations which are typically 5,000 square feet or less, the Company’s operations leave a limited carbon footprint compared to manufacturers and
retailers selling new merchandise with extensive supply chain and distribution channels. The Company is working to further reduce energy consumption by
retrofitting buildings with LED lighting and reducing corporate travel by utilizing remote work and meeting technologies.

11

Table of Contents

Pawn Loans Offer Safe Lending Solutions in Underserved Communities

It  is  estimated  by  multiple  studies  and  surveys  that  approximately  25%  of  U.S.  households  remain  unbanked  or  under-banked.  In  Latin  America,  the
number of unbanked or under-banked consumers can be as much as 75% of the population in countries such as Mexico. As a result, the majority of the
Company’s  customers  have  limited  access  to  traditional  forms  of  credit  or  capital.  The  Company  contributes  to  its  communities  by  providing  these
customers  with  instant  access  to  capital  through  very  small,  non-recourse  pawn  loans  or  buying  merchandise  from  its  customers.  The  average  credit
provided by the Company’s pawn business to a customer is $222 in the U.S. and $77 in Latin America. Traditional lenders such as banks, credit unions,
credit card providers or other small loan providers do not efficiently or effectively offer micro credit products of this size.

Obtaining a pawn loan is simple, requiring only a valid government ID and an item of personal property owned by the customer. The Company does not
investigate the creditworthiness of a pawn customer, nor does it matter if the customer has defaulted on a previous pawn loan with the Company. Unlike
most credit products, pawn customers are not required to have a bank account, a good credit history or the ability to document their level of income. The
process of obtaining a pawn loan is extremely fast, generally taking 15 minutes or less. Loans are funded immediately by giving customers cash.

Pawn loans are highly transparent and responsible products. They are regulated, safe and affordable non-recourse loans for which the customer has no legal
obligation to repay. All terms are provided in short, easy to read contracts that allow the Company’s customers to make well-informed decisions before
taking out a loan.

Pawn loans differ from most other forms of small dollar lending because the Company does not engage in any post-default collection efforts on delinquent
loans, does not take legal actions against its customers for defaulted loans, does not ban its customers for nonpayment, nor does it issue any negative credit
information to external credit agencies but rather, relies only on the resale of the pawn collateral for recovery.

The Company promotes a strong corporate culture which emphasizes ethics, accountability and treating customers fairly. This culture is supported by a
governance framework with board level oversight of the Company's compliance and internal audit functions and includes the following:

•

The Company’s lending operations are licensed and supervised in every jurisdiction in which the Company operates, and it is subject to regular
regulatory exams in almost all of these jurisdictions.

• A formal compliance management system is maintained by the Company in all markets in which it operates.
• A “single point of contact” issue resolution function is available to all customers.
•

Strict data privacy and protection policies are maintained for personal information of customers and employees.

Focus on Social and Corporate Responsibility

The  Company  has  significant  operations  in  Mexico,  where  the  majority  of  its  employees  and  customers  reside.  Accordingly,  the  Company  has  focused
significant time and resources on corporate and social responsibility initiatives in supporting disadvantaged people who live and work in this market.

The Company is certified as an Empresa Socialmente Responsable (“ESR”), or a socially responsible company, in Mexico under the XII Latin American
Meeting of Corporate Social Responsibility Framework. This ESR certification is granted to companies that meet a series of criteria that generally cover
the  economic,  social  and  environmental  sustainability  of  its  operations,  which  include  corporate  ethics,  good  governance,  the  quality  of  life  of  the
Company’s  employees  and  a  proven  commitment  to  the  betterment  of  the  community  where  it  operates,  including  the  care  and  preservation  of  the
environment.

The  Company  has  also  established  relationships  and  supports  certain  foundations  and  social  programs  in  Mexico,  which  provide  internships,  reading
initiatives and recycling programs for disadvantaged citizens.

12

Table of Contents

Human Capital Resources

In  managing  its  human  capital  resources,  the  Company  aims  to  attract  a  qualified  and  diverse  workforce  through  an  inclusive  and  accessible  recruiting
process that utilizes online recruiting platforms, campus outreach, internships and job fairs. The workforce of the Company’s pawn business is composed
primarily of employees who work on an hourly basis. The AFF business also relies on customer service personnel that are also primarily hourly employees.
In  order  to  increase  retention  among  its  hourly  employees,  the  Company  is  focused  on  providing  competitive  and  attractive  wages  and  benefits,  which
includes  a  store-level  profit-sharing  program  for  its  pawn  store  employees  and  extensive  training  and  advancement  opportunities  as  well  as  fostering  a
diverse, safe, healthy and secure workplace.

The Company believes that it complies with all applicable state, local and international laws governing nondiscrimination in employment in jurisdictions in
which the Company operates. All applicants and employees are treated with the same high level of respect regardless of their gender, ethnicity, religion,
national origin, age, marital status, political affiliation, sexual orientation, gender identity, disability or protected veteran status.

Employee Profile and Diversity

As  of  December  31,  2021,  the  Company  had  approximately  17,000  employees  across  five  countries  (the  U.S.,  Mexico,  Guatemala,  Colombia  and  El
Salvador). The Company employed approximately 6,400 employees in the U.S. as of December 31, 2021, including approximately 800 persons employed
in  executive,  supervisory,  administrative  and  accounting  functions.  None  of  the  Company’s  U.S.  employees  are  covered  by  collective  bargaining
agreements. The Company employed approximately 10,500 employees in Latin America as of December 31, 2021, including approximately 900 persons
employed  in  executive,  supervisory,  administrative  and  accounting  functions.  The  Company’s  Mexico  employees  are  covered  by  labor  agreements  as
required under Mexico’s Federal Labor Law. None of the Company’s other Latin American employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements.

13

Table of Contents

Global Gender Demographics

Among the Company’s global workforce as of December 31, 2021, 56% identify as women and 44% as men. In management positions for the Company’s
global operations, 53% identify as women and 47% as men as of December 31, 2021.

U.S. Race and Ethnicity Demographics

Of all U.S. employees as of December 31, 2021, 48% identify as Hispanic, 17% as Black, 1% as Asian, 4% as two or more races or Other and 30% as
White. Among managers in the Company’s U.S. operations, 47% identify as Hispanic, 14% as Black, 1% as Asian, 3% as two or more races or Other and
35% as White as of December 31, 2021.

14

 
 
Table of Contents

Employee Empowerment

The Company is committed to creating a safe, trusted and diverse environment in which its employees can thrive. Its employees’ wages are typically above
the  minimum  wage  standards  in  each  country  in  which  it  operates.  The  Company  also  believes  in  fairly  compensating  its  employees  by  providing  the
ability to share in the Company’s profitability. For example, the majority of the Company’s front-line, store-based employees participate in a non-qualified
profit sharing program which pays up to 8% of the gross profit an employee personally produced through assigned customer service activities.

The  Company  also  provides  its  employees  with  extensive  training  and  advancement  opportunities,  demonstrated  by  its  long  history  of  employee
advancement and promotion from within the organization. The Company maintains robust consumer compliance, anti-money laundering and anti-bribery
training  programs  and  requires  its  managers  to  adhere  to  a  labor  compliance  program  that  meets  or  exceeds  the  standards  established  for  coercion  and
harassment, discrimination and restrictions to freedom of association. The Company’s locations provide a safe, comfortable and healthy work environment
and maintain compliance with all occupational safety, wage and hour laws and other workplace regulations.

Health and Safety

The Company is committed to the health, safety and wellness of its employees. The Company provides its employees and their families with access to a
variety of flexible and convenient health and wellness programs, including benefits that provide protection and security so they can have peace of mind
concerning  events  that  may  require  time  away  from  work  or  that  impact  their  financial  well-being,  that  support  their  physical  and  mental  health  by
providing tools and resources to help them improve or maintain their health status and encourage engagement in healthy behaviors, and that offer choice
where possible so they can customize their benefits to meet their needs and the needs of their families.

The operation of the Company’s stores is critically dependent on the ability of customers and employees to safely conduct transactions at each location. The
COVID-19  pandemic  presented  unprecedented  challenges  in  many  parts  of  the  Company’s  business  and  operations,  including  with  respect  to  keeping
employees safe. Accordingly, the Company developed and implemented new procedures and protocols to minimize the risk to the health and safety of its
employees while allowing the Company to continue to operate its pawnshops and serve its customers. The Company implemented social distancing and
mask-wearing protocols in its stores and corporate offices, remote working for its corporate employees, provided additional cleaning supplies to facilitate
the sanitation of high traffic areas, installed plexiglass dividers at store point-of-sale counters and prohibited all domestic and international non-essential
travel for all employees, among other things. The Company continues to actively monitor its COVID-19 safety protocols and updates these protocols to
respond to the current situation in its specific geographies.

The Company has consistently been able to meet customers’ demands for its products, while at the same time making the necessary investments to ensure
that the Company prioritizes the health, safety and welfare of its employees. In addition, during the pandemic, the Company has prioritized the welfare of
its  employees  by  maintaining  their  paid  employment  status.  To  date,  no  employees  in  the  U.S.  or  Mexico  markets  have  been  terminated,  laid  off  or
furloughed without pay as a direct result of the pandemic.

15

Table of Contents

Governmental Regulation

General Overview

The Company’s pawn, LTO and retail finance businesses are subject to significant regulation through various laws, regulations, ordinances and regulatory
pronouncements from federal, state and municipal governmental entities in the U.S. and Latin America, all of which are constantly evolving and subject to
potentially significant changes. These statutes and regulations prescribe, among other things, the general terms of the Company’s pawn loan agreements,
including maximum service fees and/or interest rates that may be charged and collected and mandatory consumer disclosures, as well as maximum interest
rates/finance charges or leasing fees (as applicable), consumer disclosures, contractual terms and other matters directly related to the Company’s retail POS
payments  solutions  platform  activities.  The  Company  is  also  required  to  obtain  and  maintain  regulatory  licenses  and  comply  with  regular  or  frequent
regulatory  reporting  and  registration  requirements.  In  general,  the  regulatory  regimes  to  which  the  Company  are  subject  are  increasingly  focused  on
consumer  finance  companies  serving  credit-constrained  customers  and  any  of  these  agencies  or  authorities  may  propose  and  adopt  new  regulations,  or
interpret existing regulations, in a manner that could result in significant adverse changes in the regulatory landscape for businesses such as the Company’s.
In addition, the current presidential administration has taken a more aggressive enforcement stance against consumer finance companies serving credit-
constrained customers like the Company.

For a discussion of the risks related to the Company’s regulatory environment, see “Item 1A. Risk Factors—Regulatory, Legislative and Legal Risks.”

U.S. Federal Regulations

The U.S. government and its agencies have significant regulatory authority over the Company’s activities and its business is subject to a variety of federal
laws, including but not limited to the following:

Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) Act and Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (“Dodd-Frank Act”) - The FTC and
the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (the “CFPB”), regulate advertising, marketing of and practices related to financial products and services. The
FTC is charged with preventing, investigating and remediating unfair or deceptive acts or practices and false or misleading advertisements, and the CFPB is
charged  with  preventing  unfair,  deceptive  or  abusive  acts  or  practices.  The  CFPB  has  regulatory,  supervisory  and  enforcement  powers  over  certain
providers  of  consumer  financial  products  and  services.  The  CFPB  also  has  the  authority  to  issue  civil  investigative  demands  and  pursue  administrative
proceedings or litigation for actual or perceived violations of federal consumer laws (including the CFPB’s own rules). In these proceedings, the CFPB can
seek  consent  orders,  confidential  memorandums  of  understandings,  cease  and  desist  orders  (which  can  include  orders  for  redisclosure,  restitution  or
rescission of contracts, as well as affirmative or injunctive relief) and monetary penalties. The Company was recently named as a defendant in a lawsuit
brought  by  the  CFPB  alleging  violations  of  the  Military  Lending  Act  (“MLA”)  as  discussed  elsewhere  herein.  For  a  discussion  of  the  risks  to  the
Company’s business related to CFPB regulation, see “Item 1A. Risk Factors—Regulatory, Legislative and Legal Risks and General Economic and Market
Risks.”

On  October  5,  2017,  the  CFPB  released  its  small-dollar  loan  rule  (the  “SDL  Rule”),  which  was  subsequently  revised  on  July  7,  2020.  Traditional
possessory, non-recourse pawn loans are not covered under the SDL Rule. The SDL Rule does, however, define consumer loan products, both short-term
loans and installment loans offered by the Company before June 30, 2020, as loans covered under the rule. The SDL Rule also defines some of the RISA
transactions that AFF purchases and some of the installment loans that AFF sub-services as loans covered under the rule.

Electronic Fund Transfer Act (“EFTA”) - The EFTA and its implementing Regulation, Regulation E, is a consumer protection law affecting electronic fund
transfers, including one-time and recurring preauthorized transactions. Consumers with whom the Company conducts business may elect to repay through
the use of electronic funds transfers, requiring the Company to obtain the appropriate authorization from the consumer to enter into such transactions. The
EFTA imposes certain disclosure and practice restriction requirements upon the Company, and at the same time grants certain rights to consumers.

MLA - The MLA requires the provision of certain disclosures at certain times and restricts, among other things, the interest rate and other terms that can be
offered to active military personnel and their dependents on most types of consumer credit. The MLA caps the interest rate that may be offered to a covered
borrower to a 36% military annual percentage rate (“MAPR”), which includes certain fees such as application fees, participation fees and fees for add-on
products. The MLA also requires certain disclosures and prohibits certain terms, such as mandatory arbitration, if a dispute arises concerning the consumer
credit  product.  The  MLA  covers  overdraft  lines  of  credit,  pawn  loans  and  certain  vehicle-secured  and  unsecured  credit  products  and  restricts  the
Company’s ability to offer its products to military personnel and their dependents to the extent any such products

16

Table of Contents

have a MAPR greater than 36%. Failure to comply with the MLA may limit the Company’s ability to collect principal, interest, and fees from borrowers
and may result in civil and criminal liability that could harm its business. Compliance with the MLA is complex, increases compliance risks and related
costs and limits the potential customer base of the Company. The Company was recently named as a defendant in a lawsuit brought by the CFPB alleging
violations of the MLA as discussed elsewhere herein.

Servicemembers  Civil  Relief  Act  (“SCRA”)  -  The  federal  SCRA  and  similar  state  laws  apply  to  certain  transactions  between  the  Company  and
servicemembers called to active duty in the United States military as defined within the SCRA, and may include reservists and members of the National
Guard. The SCRA limits the rate of interest a covered servicemember may be charged, including certain fees, as well as the actions that can be taken while
the consumer is a covered servicemember, including limitations on the ability to maintain legal action and obtain default judgments.

Truth in Lending Act (“TILA”) - TILA and its implementing regulations known as Regulation Z require creditors to deliver disclosures to borrowers during
the life cycle of a loan, including when publishing certain advertisements, at application, at account opening and at consummation. The requirements may
vary based upon product type (e.g., open-end versus closed end credit products), as well as the timing and nature of certain events (e.g., post-consummation
events). These disclosures include, among other things, the total amount of the finance charges and annualized percentage rate.

Anti-money laundering and economic sanctions - The Company is subject to certain provisions of the USA PATRIOT Act and the Bank Secrecy Act under
which it must maintain an anti-money laundering compliance program covering certain of its business activities.

Gramm-Leach-Bliley  Act  (“GLBA”)  -  The  Company  is  subject  to  various  federal  and  state  laws  and  regulations  relating  to  privacy  and  security  of
consumers’ nonpublic personal information. Under these laws, including the GLBA and Regulation P promulgated thereunder, the Company must disclose
its privacy policy and practices, including those policies relating to the sharing of nonpublic personal information with third parties. The Company may
also be required to provide an opt-out to certain sharing. The GLBA and other laws also require the Company to safeguard personal information. The FTC
regulates the safeguarding requirements of the GLBA for non-bank lenders through its Safeguard Rules.

Fair Credit Reporting Act (“FCRA”) - The Company is subject to the FCRA and its implementing regulation known as Regulation V, as both a user of
consumer  reports  and  a  furnisher  of  consumer  credit  information  to  credit  reporting  agencies.  The  FCRA  regulates  the  use  of  consumer  reports  and
reporting  of  information  to  credit  reporting  agencies.  Specifically,  the  FCRA  establishes  requirements  that  apply  to  the  use  of  “consumer  reports”  and
similar data, including certain notifications to consumers, including when an adverse action, such as a loan declination, is based on information contained
in a consumer report. The Company only obtains and uses consumer reports subject to the permissible purpose requirements under the FCRA, which also
permits the Company to share its experiential information, information obtained from consumer reporting agencies and other customer information with
affiliates. The Company complies with notice and opt out requirements for prescreen solicitations and for certain information sharing under the FCRA, and
conducts  reasonable  investigations  of  disputes  as  applicable.  The  Company  also  has  implemented  an  identity  theft  prevention  program  to  fulfill  the
requirements of the Red Flags Regulations and Guidelines issued under the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act (the “FACTA”).

Anti-corruption  -  The  Company  is  subject  to  the  U.S.  Foreign  Corrupt  Practices  Act  (the  “FCPA”)  and  other  similar  laws  in  other  jurisdictions  which
generally prohibit companies and their agents or intermediaries from making improper payments to foreign officials for the purpose of obtaining or keeping
business and/or other benefits.

Brady  Handgun  Violence  Prevention  Act  (“Brady  Act”)  -  Each  U.S.  pawn  store  location  that  handles  pawned  firearms  or  buys  and  sells  firearms  must
comply  with  the  Brady  Act.  The  Brady  Act  requires  that  federally  licensed  firearms  dealers  conduct  a  background  check  in  connection  with  releasing,
selling or otherwise disposing of firearms. In addition, the Company must also comply with various state law provisions and the regulations of the U.S.
Department  of  Justice-Bureau  of  Alcohol,  Tobacco  and  Firearms  that  require  each  pawn  lending  location  dealing  in  guns  to  obtain  a  Federal  Firearm
License (“FFL”) and maintain a permanent record of all receipts and dispositions of firearms.

Telephone Consumer Protection Act - The Company is also subject to the Telephone Consumer Protection Act and its implementing regulations (together,
the “TCPA”)  and  the  regulations  of  the  Federal  Communications  Commission.  The  TCPA  regulates  the  delivery  of  live  and  prerecorded  telemarketing
calls, non-marketing calls to cell phones through the use of an automated telephone dialing system, fax advertisements and text messages. For example,
under the TCPA, it is unlawful to make many of these types of communications without the prior consent of the recipient. The TCPA also established a
federal do-not-call registry with the Telemarketing Sales Rule. The Company maintains policies and procedures reasonably designed to comply with the
TCPA.

17

Table of Contents

U.S. State and Local Regulations

Pawn Business - The Company operates pawn stores in 25 U.S. states and the District of Columbia, all of which have licensing and/or fee regulations on
pawnshop operations and employees, and are subject to regular state level regulatory audits. In general, state statutes and regulations establish licensing
requirements  for  pawnbrokers  and  may  regulate  various  aspects  of  pawn  transactions,  including  the  purchase  and  sale  of  merchandise,  service  charges,
interest rates, the content and form of the pawn transaction agreement and the length of time a pawnbroker must hold a purchased item or forfeited pawn
before it is made available for sale. Additionally, these statutes and regulations in various jurisdictions restrict or prohibit the Company from transferring
and/or relocating its pawn licenses and restrict or prohibit the issuance of new licenses. Many of the Company’s pawn locations are also subject to local
ordinances  that  require,  among  other  things,  local  permits,  licenses,  record  keeping  requirements  and  procedures,  reporting  of  daily  transactions,  and
adherence to local law enforcement “do-not-buy-lists” by checking law enforcement created databases.

AFF  Business  -  In  addition  to  federal  regulatory  oversight,  currently,  nearly  every  state  specifically  regulates  LTO  transactions  via  state  statutes  and
regulations.  This  includes  states  in  which  the  POS  payments  platform  operates  through  existing  merchant  partners.  The  scope  of  state  LTO  regulation,
including permissible rental rates, fees and terms, varies from state to state. Some states require specific disclosures, mandate or prohibit certain terms and
limit the total cost of ownership and fees that may be charged. Most state LTO laws require LTO companies to disclose to their customers the total number
of payments, total amount and timing of all payments to acquire ownership of an item, any other charges that may be imposed and miscellaneous other
items. The more restrictive state LTO laws limit the retail price for an item, limit the total cost of ownership that a customer may be required to pay to
obtain  ownership  of  an  item,  or  regulate  the  "cost-of-rental"  amount  that  lease-to-own  companies  may  charge  on  lease-to-own  transactions,  generally
defining "cost-of-rental" as lease fees paid in excess of the "retail" price of the goods. Where licensing or registration is required, the Company is subject to
extensive state rules, licensing and examination. Failure to comply with these requirements may result in, among other things, refunds of excess charges,
monetary penalties, revocation of required licenses, voiding of leases and other administrative enforcement actions.

Some  states  also  specifically  regulate  via  statutes  and  regulations  the  RISA  transactions  that  AFF  purchases  from  merchants.  The  scope  of  state  RISA
regulation varies from state to state. Most state RISA laws require certain consumer-facing disclosures. Some state RISA laws require AFF, as a purchaser
of RISA transactions, to obtain a license or file a registration or notification with the applicable state regulator. Where licensing or registration is required,
AFF is subject to extensive state rules, licensing and examination. Failure to comply with these requirements may result in, among other things, refunds of
excess charges, monetary penalties, revocation of required licenses, voiding of RISA transactions and other administrative enforcement actions.

In  addition,  from  time  to  time,  state  regulatory  agencies  and  state  attorneys  general  have  directed  investigations  or  regulatory  initiatives  toward  the
Company’s industry, or toward certain companies within the industry. For example, on January 6, 2022, AFF received a subpoena from the New Jersey
Attorney General’s office requesting information related to AFF’s partnership with the Bank and the bank loans with New Jersey consumers that AFF sub-
services. AFF is in the process of providing the requested documents.

Mexico Regulations

The Company’s pawn business in Mexico is subject to various federal, state and local regulatory regimes affecting the pawn industry, as well as general
business regulations in the areas of tax compliance, customs, consumer protections, anti-money laundering, public safety and employment matters, among
others, by various federal, state and local governmental agencies.

Procuraduria Federal del Consumidor (“PROFECO”) - The Company’s pawn business in Mexico is regulated by PROFECO, Mexico’s primary federal
consumer protection agency, which requires the Company to annually register its pawn stores, approve pawn contracts and disclose the interest rate and
fees charged on pawn transactions.

PROFECO regulates the form and non-financial terms of pawn contracts and defines certain operating standards and procedures for pawnshops, including
retail operations, consumer disclosures and establishes reporting requirements and requires all pawn businesses and their owners to register annually with
and  be  approved  by  PROFECO  in  order  to  legally  operate.  In  addition,  all  operators  must  comply  with  additional  customer  notice  and  disclosure
provisions, bonding and insurance requirements to insure against loss or insolvency, reporting of certain types of suspicious transactions, and reporting to
state law enforcement officials of certain transactions (or series of transactions) or suspicious transactions on a monthly basis to states’ attorneys general
offices.  There  are  significant  fines  and  sanctions,  including  license  revocation  and  operating  suspensions,  for  failure  to  register  and/or  comply  with
PROFECO’s rules and regulations.

18

Table of Contents

Anti-Money Laundering - Mexico’s anti-money laundering regulations, The Federal Law for the Prevention and Identification of Transactions with Funds
From  Illegal  Sources,  requires  monthly  reporting  of  certain  transactions  (or  series  of  transactions)  exceeding  certain  monetary  limits,  imposes  strict
maintenance of customer identification records and controls, and requires reporting of all foreign (non-Mexican) customer transactions.

Privacy Laws - Mexico’s Federal Personal Information Protection Act requires companies to protect their customers’ personal information, among other
things.

Mexico State and Local Regulations

Certain  state  and  local  governmental  entities  in  Mexico  also  regulate  pawn  and  retail  businesses  through  state  laws  and  local  zoning  and  permitting
ordinances. For example, in certain states where the Company has significant or concentrated operations, states have enacted legislation or implemented
regulations  which  require  items  such  as  special  state  operating  permits  for  pawn  stores,  certification  of  pawn  employees  trained  in  valuation  of
merchandise, strict customer identification controls, collateral ownership certifications and/or detailed and specified transactional reporting of customers
and  operations.  Certain  other  states  have  proposed  similar  legislation  but  have  not  yet  enacted  such  legislation.  Furthermore,  certain  municipalities  in
Mexico  have  attempted  to  further  regulate  or  limit  the  operation  of  new  and  existing  pawn  stores  through  additional  local  business  licensing,  such  as
operating  licenses,  signage  permits  and  safety  permits,  in  addition  to  reporting  requirements  and  the  enactment  of  transaction  taxes  on  certain  pawn
transactions. State and local agencies, including local and state police officials, often have unlimited and discretionary authority to suspend store operations
pending an investigation of suspicious pawn transactions or resolution of actual or alleged regulatory, licensing and permitting issues.

Other Latin American Federal and Local Regulations

Similar to Mexico, certain federal, department and local governmental entities in Guatemala, Colombia and El Salvador also regulate the pawn industry and
retail and commercial businesses. Certain federal laws and local zoning and permitting ordinances require basic commercial business licenses and signage
permits.  Operating  in  these  countries  also  subjects  the  Company  to  other  types  of  regulations  including,  but  not  limited  to,  regulations  related  to
commercialization of merchandise, financial reporting, privacy and data protection, tax compliance, customs, labor and employment practices, real estate
transactions,  anti-money  laundering,  commercial  and  electronic  banking  restrictions,  credit  card  transactions,  marketing,  advertising  and  other  general
business  activities.  Like  Mexico,  department  agencies,  including  local  and  state  police  officials,  have  unlimited  and  discretionary  authority  in  their
application of their rules and requirements.

FirstCash Website

The  Company’s  primary  websites  are  www.firstcash.com  and  www.americanfirstfinance.com.  The  Company  makes  available,  free  of  charge,  at  its
corporate website, its Annual Report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or
furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), as soon as reasonably practicable
after they are electronically filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). The SEC maintains an internet site that contains reports, proxy
and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC at www.sec.gov.

19

Table of Contents

Item 1A. Risk Factors

Important risk factors that could materially affect the Company’s business, financial condition or results of operations in future periods are described below.
These factors are not intended to be an all-encompassing list of risks and uncertainties and are not the only risks and uncertainties facing the Company.
Additional risks not currently known to the Company or that it currently deems to be immaterial also may materially adversely affect its business, financial
condition or results of operations in future periods.

Risk Factor Summary

Risks Related to the Company’s Strategy, Business and Operations

•

The Company faces significant competition from banks, credit unions, internet-based lenders, point-of-sale consumer finance companies, other
short-term consumer lenders, governmental entities and other organizations offering similar financial services and retail products to those offered
by the Company.

• A decrease in demand for the Company’s products and services and the failure of the Company to adapt to such decreases could adversely affect

•

•

•

•

•
•

•

the Company’s results of operations.
The Company’s future success is largely dependent upon the ability of its management team to successfully execute its business strategy and drive
organic growth.
The  inability  to  successfully  identify  attractive  acquisition  targets,  realize  administrative  and  operational  synergies  and  integrate  completed
acquisitions could adversely affect results.
The  Company  depends  on  its  senior  management  and  hiring,  training  and  retaining  an  adequate  number  of  qualified  employees  to  run  its
businesses.
Security  breaches,  cyber  attacks  or  fraudulent  activity  could  result  in  damage  to  the  Company’s  operations  or  lead  to  reputational  damage  and
expose the Company to significant liabilities.
The Company’s businesses are typically subject to seasonality, which causes the Company’s revenues and operating cash flows to fluctuate.
The  Company’s  financial  position  and  results  of  operations  may  fluctuate  significantly  due  to  fluctuations  in  currency  exchange  rates  in  Latin
American markets.
Changes  impacting  international  trade  and  corporate  tax  and  other  related  regulatory  provisions  may  have  an  adverse  effect  on  the  Company’s
financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Related to the Company’s Regulatory, Legislative and Legal Environment

•

•

•

•

The Company is the subject of a lawsuit initiated by the CFPB alleging violations of the MLA and the Company’s predecessor company’s consent
order with the CFPB.
The Company’s products and services are subject to extensive regulation and supervision under various federal, state and local laws, ordinances
and regulations in both the U.S. and Latin America and consumer finance companies that serve credit-constrained consumers, like the Company,
face increasing regulatory scrutiny under the current presidential administration and regulatory environment.
The adoption of new laws or regulations or adverse changes in, or the interpretation or enforcement of, existing laws or regulations affecting the
Company’s products and services could adversely affect its financial condition and operating results.
If  AFF’s  originating  bank  partner  model  is  successfully  challenged  or  deemed  impermissible,  it  could  be  found  to  be  in  violation  of  licensing,
interest rate limit, lending or brokering laws and face penalties, fines, litigation or regulatory enforcement.

• Media reports, statements made by regulators and elected officials and public perception in general of pawnshops, LTO and retail finance products

for credit-constrained consumers as being predatory or abusive could materially adversely affect the Company’s businesses.
Current and future litigation or regulatory proceedings, both in the U.S. and Latin America, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s
business, prospects, results of operations and financial condition.
The sale and pawning of firearms, ammunition and certain related accessories is subject to current and potential regulation.

•

•

20

Table of Contents

Risks Related to the AFF Acquisition and Business

•

•

•

•

•

The Company may fail to realize all of the anticipated benefits of the AFF Acquisition, or those benefits may take longer to realize than expected.
The Company may also encounter significant difficulties in integrating the AFF business.
The AFF business is dependent on merchant partners for its transaction volume and its growth is primarily driven by its ability to attract additional
merchants and retain and grow its relationships with its existing merchant partners.
The AFF business derives a significant portion of its revenue from several top merchant partners. The loss of business or platform support from
one or more of these top merchant partners could have a material adverse effect on the AFF business.
The AFF business relies extensively on its proprietary decisioning platform and if such platform is not effective, it could have a material impact on
the AFF business and its financial condition and results of operations.
If the AFF business is unable to collect on its leases, RISAs and bank loans, the performance of its lease and loan portfolio would be adversely
affected.

Risks Related to Tax and Financial Matters

•

The Company’s existing and future levels of indebtedness and any potential earnout payments payable in connection with the AFF Acquisition
could adversely affect its financial health, its ability to obtain financing in the future, its ability to react to changes in its business and its ability to
fulfill its obligations under such indebtedness.

• Declines in commodity market prices of gold, other precious metals and diamonds could negatively affect the Company’s profits.
• Unexpected changes in both domestic and foreign tax laws and policies could negatively impact the Company’s operating results.

Risks Related to Economic and Market Environment

•

The COVID-19 pandemic has adversely impacted, and may materially and adversely impact in future periods, the Company’s business and results
of operations.

• A sustained deterioration of economic conditions or an economic crisis and government actions taken to limit the impact of such an economic

•

crisis could reduce demand or profitability for the Company’s products and services which would result in reduced earnings.
The price of the Company’s common stock has fluctuated substantially over the past several months and may continue to fluctuate substantially in
the future.

Strategic and Business Risks

Increased  competition  from  other  pawnshops,  point-of-sale  consumer  finance  companies,  other  short-term  consumer  lenders,  governmental  entities
and other organizations offering similar financial services and retail products offered by the Company could adversely affect the Company’s results of
operations.

The Company’s principal competitors are other pawnshops, branch-based consumer loan or finance companies, internet-based lenders, LTO stores, point-
of-sale,  LTO  and  consumer  finance  providers,  banks,  credit  unions  and  various  other  types  of  consumer  finance  companies  that  serve  the  Company’s
primarily credit-constrained customer base. In addition, banks and consumer finance companies are developing retail POS payment products and services
designed  to  compete  for  the  credit-constrained  customer,  many  of  which  have  greater  financial  resources  and  brand  recognition  than  the  Company.
Significant increases in the number and size of competitors for the Company’s business could result in a decrease in the number of the Company’s pawn
transactions or in AFF’s transaction volumes, resulting in lower levels of revenue and earnings.

Furthermore, the Company’s retail pawn operations have many competitors, such as retailers of new and pre-owned merchandise, other pawnshops, thrift
shops,  online  retailers  of  new  and  pre-owned  merchandise,  online  classified  advertising  sites,  social  media  platforms  and  online  auction  sites.  Many
consumers view these competitors as a safer, more price competitive or convenient option for acquiring similar products to what the Company sells. AFF
also competes with many of these retailers for consumers desiring to purchase lower cost merchandise for cash or on credit.

In Mexico, the Company’s pawn stores also compete directly with government sponsored or affiliated non-profit foundations operating pawn stores. The
Mexican government could take regulatory or administrative actions that would harm the Company’s ability to compete profitably in the Mexico market.

21

Table of Contents

Increased  competition  or  aggressive  marketing  and  pricing  practices  by  these  competitors  could  result  in  decreased  revenue,  margins  and  inventory
turnover rates in the Company’s retail operations.

A decrease in demand for the Company’s products and services and the failure of the Company to adapt to such decreases could adversely affect the
Company’s results of operations.

Although the Company actively manages its product and service offerings to ensure that such offerings meet the needs and preferences of its customer base
and merchant partners, in the case of the AFF business, the demand for a particular product or service may decrease due to a variety of factors, including
many that the Company may not be able to control, anticipate or respond to in a timely manner, such as the availability and pricing of competing products
or technology, changes in customers’ financial conditions as a result of changes in unemployment levels, declines in consumer spending habits related to
general  economic  conditions,  inflation,  public  health  and  safety  issues,  fuel  prices,  interest  rates,  government  sponsored  economic  stimulus  programs,
social  welfare  or  benefit  programs,  real  or  perceived  loss  of  consumer  confidence  or  regulatory  restrictions  that  increase  or  reduce  customer  access  to
particular products. The AFF business also competes in an industry that is subject to significant technological change and disruption and AFF’s ability to
meet the needs of both merchants and consumers is dependent on its ability to adequately adapt and respond to these changes.

The Company’s retail sales depend in large part on sufficient inventory levels driven primarily by forfeited collateral on pawn loans. If demand for pawn
loans decreases, inventory levels typically decline, which can have a material adverse impact on retail sales.

Should the Company fail to adapt to a significant change in its customers’ demand for, or regular access to, its products, the Company’s revenue could
decrease significantly. Even if the Company makes adaptations, its customers or merchants may resist or may reject products or services whose adaptations
make them less attractive or less available. In any event, the effect of any product or service change on the results of the Company’s business may not be
fully ascertainable until the change has been in effect for some time.

The Company’s organic growth is subject to external factors and other circumstances over which it has limited control or that are beyond its control.
These factors and circumstances could adversely affect the Company’s ability to grow.

The  success  of  the  Company’s  organic  expansion  strategy  is  subject  to  numerous  external  factors,  including  regulatory  restrictions,  general  economic
conditions and acceptance of the Company’s products. With respect to the Company’s pawn business, organic growth is largely driven by the ability to
increase the productivity of its existing stores and successfully open new stores, which new store openings are impacted by the availability of sites with
favorable customer demographics, limited competition from other pawn stores, community acceptance, suitable lease terms, its ability to attract, train and
retain  qualified  associates  and  management  personnel,  the  ability  to  obtain  required  government  permits  and  licenses  and  the  ability  to  complete
construction and obtain utilities in a timely manner. With respect to the AFF business, organic growth is largely driven by the ability of AFF to expand its
network of merchant partners, increase utilization of its products at its merchant partners and improve its technology to support increased growth, meet the
needs of its merchants and consumers and make effective approval decisions with respect to its products. Some of these factors are beyond the Company’s
control. The failure to execute the Company’s organic expansion strategy would adversely affect the Company’s ability to expand its business and could
materially adversely affect its business, prospects, results of operations and financial condition.

The inability to successfully identify attractive acquisition targets, realize administrative and operational synergies and integrate completed acquisitions
could adversely affect results.

The Company has historically grown, in large part, through strategic acquisitions, and the Company’s strategy is to continue to pursue attractive acquisition
opportunities if and when they become available. The success of an acquisition is subject to numerous internal and external factors, such as competition
rules,  the  ability  to  consolidate  information  technology  and  accounting  functions,  the  management  of  additional  sales,  administrative,  operations  and
management personnel, overall management of a larger organization, competitive market forces, and general economic and regulatory factors. It is possible
that  the  integration  process  could  result  in  unrealized  administrative  and  operational  synergies,  the  loss  of  key  employees,  the  disruption  of  ongoing
businesses,  tax  costs  or  inefficiencies,  or  inconsistencies  in  standards,  controls,  information  technology  systems,  procedures  and  policies,  any  of  which
could adversely affect the Company’s ability to maintain relationships with customers, employees, or other third-parties or the Company’s ability to achieve
the anticipated benefits of such acquisitions and could harm its financial performance. Furthermore, future acquisitions may be in jurisdictions in which the
Company does not currently operate or in lines of business that are new to the Company, which could make the successful consummation and integration of
any such acquisitions more difficult. Attractive acquisition targets may also become increasingly scarce in future periods or in jurisdictions the Company
would like to expand its operations in. Failure to successfully integrate an acquisition

22

Table of Contents

could  have  an  adverse  effect  on  the  Company’s  business,  results  of  operations  and  financial  condition,  and  failure  to  successfully  identify  attractive
acquisition targets and complete such acquisitions on favorable terms could have an adverse effect on the Company’s growth. Additionally, any acquisition
has the risk that the Company may not realize a return on the acquisition or the Company’s investment.

The Company’s future success is largely dependent upon the ability of its management team to successfully execute its business strategy.

The Company’s future success, including its ability to achieve its growth and profitability goals, is dependent on the ability of its management team to
execute  on  its  long-term  business  strategy,  which  requires  them  to,  among  other  things:  (1)  pursue  organic  growth  by  opening  new  pawn  stores  and
expanding  AFF’s  network  of  merchant  partners,  (2)  identify  attractive  acquisition  opportunities,  close  on  such  acquisitions  on  favorable  terms  and
successfully  integrate  acquired  businesses,  (3)  encourage  and  improve  customer  traffic  at  its  pawn  stores  and  the  utilization  of  AFF’s  products  with  its
existing  merchant  partners,  (4)  improve  the  customer  experience  at  its  pawn  stores  and  for  AFF’s  merchant  partners  and  customers,  (5)  enhance
productivity of its pawn stores, including through investments in technology, (6) control expenses in line with their current projections, (7) keep pace with
technological  change  and  improve  the  Company’s  proprietary  pawn  point-of-sale  and  loan  management  system  and  AFF’s  proprietary  lease  and  loan
management system and decisioning platform, and (8) effectively maintain its compliance programs and respond to regulatory developments and changes
that  impact  its  business.  Failure  of  management  to  execute  its  business  strategy  could  negatively  impact  the  Company’s  business,  growth  prospects,
financial  condition  or  results  of  operations.  Further,  if  the  Company’s  growth  is  not  effectively  managed,  the  Company’s  business,  financial  condition,
results of operations and future prospects could be negatively affected, and the Company may not be able to continue to implement its business strategy and
successfully conduct its operations.

Operational Risks

The Company depends on its senior management and may not be able to retain those employees or recruit additional qualified personnel.

The Company depends on its senior management to execute its business strategy and oversee its operations. The Company’s senior management team has
significant pawn industry experience in both Latin America and the United States as well as public company experience, which the Company believes is
unique  in  the  pawn  industry.  Furthermore,  the  addition  of  AFF’s  senior  management  team  following  the  AFF  Acquisition,  provides  the  Company  with
significant experience with retail POS payment solutions for credit-constrained customers. The loss of services of any of the members of the Company’s
senior management could adversely affect the Company’s business until a suitable replacement can be found, if at all. There may be a limited number of
persons  with  the  requisite  skills  to  serve  in  these  positions,  and  the  Company  cannot  ensure  that  it  would  be  able  to  identify  or  employ  such  qualified
personnel on acceptable terms. Furthermore, a significant increase in the costs to retain any members of the Company’s senior management could adversely
affect the Company’s business and operations.

The Company depends on hiring, training and retaining an adequate number of qualified employees to run its businesses.

The Company’s pawn business relies heavily on retail employees who work on an hourly basis and AFF relies heavily on sales, information technology,
data science and customer service employees. The Company must attract, train, and retain a large number of employees, while at the same time controlling
labor costs. In particular, the Company’s in-store positions have historically had high turnover rates, which can lead to increased training, retention and
other costs and impair the overall customer service and efficiencies at the Company’s pawn stores. There has also been an increase in labor shortages and
competition for employees, especially with respect to the Company’s hourly in-store employees, including from retailers and the restaurant industries. The
Company also faces meaningful competition for AFF’s salesforce, information technology, call center and data science teams. The lack of availability of
adequate employees or the Company’s inability to attract and retain qualified employees, or an increase in wages and benefits to current employees could
adversely affect its business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.

Furthermore, federal, state or local legislated increases in the minimum wage, as well as increases in additional labor cost components such as employee
benefit costs, workers’ compensation insurance rates, compliance costs, fines and, in Mexico, costs associated with labor agreements, unions and profit
sharing requirements, would increase the Company’s labor costs, which could have a material adverse effect on its business, prospects, results of operations
and financial condition.

23

Table of Contents

The Company’s business depends on the uninterrupted operation of the Company’s facilities, systems and business functions, including its information
technology and other business systems, and reliance on other companies to provide key components of its business systems.

The  Company’s  business  depends  highly  upon  its  ability  to  perform,  in  an  efficient  and  uninterrupted  fashion,  necessary  business  functions  such  as
operating,  managing  and  securing  its  retail  locations,  technical  support  centers,  security  monitoring,  treasury  and  accounting  functions  and  other
administrative support functions. Additionally, the Company’s storefront operations depend on the efficiency and reliability of the Company’s proprietary
pawn point-of-sale and loan management system and AFF depends on its systems to process its transaction volume and effectively decision and service its
customers.  Furthermore,  third-parties  provide  a  number  of  key  components  necessary  to  the  Company’s  business  functions  and  systems.  Any  problems
caused  by  these  third-parties  could  adversely  affect  the  Company’s  ability  to  deliver  products  and  services  to  its  customers  and  otherwise  conduct  its
business. A shut-down of or inability to access these systems due to a power outage, a cyber-security breach or attack, a breakdown or failure of one or
more of its information technology, telecommunications or other systems, or sustained or repeated disruptions of such systems could significantly impair its
ability to perform such functions on a timely basis and could result in a deterioration of the Company’s ability to perform its day-to-day operations, provide
customer service or perform other necessary business functions.

Security breaches, cyber attacks or fraudulent activity could result in damage to the Company’s operations or lead to reputational damage and expose
the Company to significant liabilities.

An important component of the Company’s business involves collection, storage, use, disclosure, processing, transfer and other handling of a wide variety
of sensitive, regulated and/or confidential information, including personally identifiable information, for various purposes in its business. The Company has
historically  maintained  minimal  personal  information  with  respect  to  its  pawn  transactions  (primarily  name,  address  and  date  of  birth).  However,  AFF
obtains  additional  personal  information,  including  social  security  numbers,  dates  of  birth,  bank  account  and  payment  card  information  and  data  from
consumer reporting agencies (including credit report information), increasing the potential risk of unauthorized access to such confidential information. The
Company is under constant threat of loss due to the velocity and sophistication of security breaches and cyber attacks. These security incidents and cyber
attacks may be in the form of computer hacking, acts of vandalism or theft, malware, computer viruses or other malicious codes, phishing, employee error
or malfeasance, catastrophes or unforeseen events or other cyber-attacks. A security breach of the Company’s computer systems, or those of the Company’s
third-party  service  providers,  including  as  a  result  of  cyber  attacks,  could  cause  loss  of  Company  assets,  interrupt  or  damage  its  operations  or  harm  its
reputation. In addition, the Company could be subject to liability if confidential customer or employee information is misappropriated from its computer
systems.  Any  compromise  of  security,  including  security  breaches  perpetrated  on  persons  with  whom  the  Company  has  commercial  relationships,  that
results in the unauthorized access to or use of personal information or the unauthorized access to or use of confidential employee, customer, supplier or
Company information, could result in a violation of applicable privacy and other laws, significant legal and financial exposure, damage to the Company’s
reputation, and a loss of confidence of the Company’s customers, vendors and others, which could harm its business and operations. Any compromise of
security could deter people from entering into transactions that involve transmitting confidential information to the Company’s systems and could harm
relationships with the Company’s suppliers, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business. Actual or anticipated cyber attacks may
cause  the  Company  to  incur  substantial  costs,  including  costs  to  prevent  future  attacks  and  investigate  actual  attacks,  deploy  additional  personnel  and
protection  technologies,  train  employees  and  engage  third-party  experts  and  consultants.  Despite  the  Company’s  implementation  of  significant  security
measures,  including  the  use  of  encryption  and  authentication  technology  to  provide  security  and  authentication  to  effective  secure  transmission  of
confidential  information,  these  systems  may  still  be  vulnerable  to  physical  break-ins,  computer  viruses,  programming  errors,  attacks  by  third-parties  or
similar disruptive problems. The Company may not have the resources or technical sophistication to anticipate or prevent rapidly evolving types of cyber
attacks. Moreover,  the  Company  may  be  unable  to  anticipate  cyber  attacks,  react  in  a  timely  manner,  or  implement  adequate  preventative  or  remedial
measures. Although the Company monitors its systems in order to detect security breaches or instances of unauthorized access to confidential information,
there is no guarantee that its monitoring efforts will be effective. While the Company has not experienced any material losses relating to cyber attacks or
other  information  security  breaches  to  date,  the  Company  and  AFF  have  been  the  subject  of  attempted  hacking  and  cyber  attacks  and  there  can  be  no
assurance that the Company will not suffer significant losses or reputational harm in the future.

Additionally, the regulatory environment related to information security and data collection, retention, use and privacy is increasingly rigorous, with new
and constantly changing requirements applicable to the Company’s business, and compliance with those requirements could result in additional costs, such
as  increased  investment  in  technology  or  investigative  expenses,  the  costs  of  compliance  with  privacy  laws,  and  fines,  penalties  and  costs  incurred  to
prevent  or  remediate  information  security  or  cyber  breaches.  Furthermore,  federal  and  state  regulators  and  many  federal  and  state  laws  and  regulations
require notice of any data security breaches that involve personal information. These mandatory disclosures regarding a security breach are

24

Table of Contents

costly to implement and often lead to widespread negative publicity, which may cause consumers to lose confidence in the effectiveness of the Company’s
data security measures. Any security breach suffered by the Company or its vendors, any unauthorized, accidental, or unlawful access or loss of data, or the
perception  that  any  such  event  has  occurred,  could  result  in  a  disruption  to  the  Company’s  operations,  litigation,  an  obligation  to  notify  regulators  and
affected  individuals,  the  triggering  of  indemnification  and  other  contractual  obligations,  regulatory  investigations,  government  fines  and  penalties,
reputational damage, and loss of customers and ecosystem partners, and its business could be materially and adversely affected.

Lastly, the Company’s cyber and other insurance policies carry retention and coverage limits which may not be adequate to reimburse for losses caused by
security breaches, and the Company may not be able to collect fully, if at all, under these insurance policies.

Because  the  Company  maintains  a  significant  supply  of  cash,  loan  collateral  and  inventories  in  its  pawn  stores  and  certain  processing  centers,  the
Company may be subject to employee and third-party robberies, riots, looting, burglaries and thefts. The Company also may be subject to liability as a
result of crimes at its pawn stores.

The Company’s business requires it to maintain a significant supply of cash, loan collateral and inventories, including gold and other precious metals, in
most of its pawn stores and certain corporate locations. As a result, the Company is subject to the risk of employee and third-party robberies, riots, looting,
burglaries and thefts. Although the Company has implemented various programs in an effort to reduce these risks and utilizes various security measures at
its facilities, there can be no assurance that robberies, riots, looting, burglaries and thefts will not occur. Robberies, riots, looting, burglaries and thefts could
lead  to  losses  and  shortages  and  could  adversely  affect  the  Company’s  business,  prospects,  results  of  operations  and  financial  condition.  The  Company
maintains  a  program  of  insurance  coverage  for  various  types  of  property,  casualty  and  other  risks.  However,  the  insurance  program  generally  has  large
deductibles and may not be adequate to cover all such losses. The Company could also experience liability or adverse publicity arising from such crimes.
Any such event may have a material and adverse effect on the Company’s business, prospects, results of operations and financial condition.

If the Company is unable to protect its intellectual property rights, its ability to compete could be negatively impacted.

The success of the Company’s business depends to a certain extent upon the value associated with its intellectual property rights, including its proprietary,
internally developed point-of-sale and loan management system that is in use in its pawn stores and its proprietary decisioning technology that is used by
the AFF business. The Company relies on a combination of trademarks, trade dress, trade secrets, proprietary software, website domain names and other
rights, including confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions to protect its proprietary technology, processes and other intellectual property. While
the Company intends to vigorously protect its trademarks and proprietary systems against infringement, it may not be successful. In addition, the laws of
certain foreign countries may not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the U.S. The costs required to protect the Company’s
intellectual property rights and trademarks could be substantial.

The Company’s businesses are typically subject to seasonality, which causes the Company’s revenues and operating cash flows to fluctuate and may
adversely affect the Company’s ability to borrow on its unsecured credit facilities, service its debt obligations and fund its operations.

The Company’s U.S. pawn business typically experiences reduced demand in the first and second quarters as a result of its customers’ receipt of federal tax
refund  checks  typically  in  February  of  each  year  while  demand  typically  increases  during  the  third  and  fourth  quarters.  The  AFF  business  experiences
significantly  higher  originations  in  the  fourth  quarter  associated  with  holiday  shopping,  which  also  generally  positively  impacts  retail  sales  in  the
Company’s  pawn  stores  in  the  fourth  quarter,  and  reduced  demand  in  the  first  and  second  quarters  as  retail  expenditures  are  generally  lower  in  these
quarters.  Typically,  the  Company’s  pawn  business  experiences  seasonal  growth  of  service  fees  in  the  third  and  fourth  quarter  of  each  year  due  to  loan
balance  growth.  Service  fees  generally  decline  in  the  first  and  second  quarter  of  each  year  due  to  the  typical  repayment  of  pawn  loans  associated  with
statutory bonuses received by customers in the fourth quarter in Mexico and with tax refund proceeds typically received by customers in the first quarter in
the U.S.

This seasonality requires the Company to manage its cash flows over the course of the year. If a governmental authority were to pursue economic stimulus
actions or issue additional tax refunds, tax credits or other statutory payments at other times during the year, such actions could have a material adverse
effect  on  the  Company’s  business,  prospects,  results  of  operations  and  financial  condition  during  these  periods.  If  the  Company’s  revenues  were  to  fall
substantially below what it would normally expect during certain periods, the Company’s annual financial results, its ability to borrow on its unsecured
credit facilities, and its ability to service its debt obligations or fund its operations, including originations for the AFF business, could be adversely affected.

25

Table of Contents

The failure or inability of third-parties who provide products, services or support to the Company to maintain their products, services or support could
disrupt Company operations or result in a loss of revenue.

The  Company’s  operations  and  cash  management  are  dependent  upon  the  Company’s  ability  to  maintain  retail  banking  services,  treasury  management
services  and  borrowing  relationships  with  commercial  banks.  Actions  by  federal  regulators  in  the  U.S.  and  other  Latin  American  countries  where  the
Company operates have caused many commercial banks, including certain banks used by the Company, to cease offering such services to the Company and
other businesses in the pawn, LTO and consumer finance industries. The Company also relies significantly on outside vendors to provide services related to
financial transaction processing (including credit and debit card processors), utilities, store security, armored transport, precious metal smelting, data and
voice networks and other information technology products and services. The failure or inability of any of these third-party financial institutions or vendors
to provide such services could limit the Company’s ability to grow its business and could increase the Company’s costs of doing business, which could
adversely affect the Company’s operations if the Company is unable to timely replace them with comparable service providers at a comparable cost.

Regulators  and  payment  processors  are  scrutinizing  certain  consumer  finance  companies’  access  to  the  Automated  Clearing  House  (“ACH”)  system  to
disburse and collect proceeds and repayments for consumer finance products, and any interruption or limitation on the Company’s ability to access this
critical system would materially adversely affect its business.

It has been reported that actions, referred to as Operation Choke Point, by the U.S. Department of Justice (the “Justice Department”) the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) and certain state regulators appear to be intended to discourage banks and ACH payment processors from providing
access to the ACH system for certain lenders that they believe are operating illegally, cutting off their access to the ACH system to either debit or credit
customer accounts (or both).

In  the  past,  this  heightened  regulatory  scrutiny  by  the  Justice  Department,  the  FDIC  and  other  regulators  has  caused  some  banks  and  ACH  payment
processors to cease doing business with consumer finance companies who are operating legally, without regard to whether those companies are complying
with  applicable  laws,  simply  to  avoid  the  risk  of  heightened  scrutiny  or  even  litigation.  These  actions  have  reduced  the  number  of  banks  and  payment
processors  who  provide  ACH  payment  processing  services  and  could  conceivably  make  it  increasingly  difficult  to  find  banking  partners  and  payment
processors in the future and/or lead to significantly increased costs for these services. Furthermore, the Company also relies on credit card companies and
payment processors for a significant portion of its retail sales as well as payments on its pawn loans, LTO, RISA and bank loan products. These companies
may decide to cease doing business with the Company due to regulatory or reputational concerns. If the Company is unable to maintain access to needed
services on favorable terms, the Company would have to materially alter, or possibly discontinue, some or all of its business if alternative processors are
not available.

Regulatory, Legislative and Legal Risks

The Company is the subject of a lawsuit initiated by the CFPB alleging violations of the MLA and the Company’s predecessor company’s 2013 CFPB
consent order and a purported securities class action.

On November 12, 2021, the CFPB initiated a civil action in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Texas against FirstCash, Inc. and
Cash America West, Inc., two of the Company’s subsidiaries, alleging violations of the MLA. The CFPB also alleges that FirstCash, Inc. violated a 2013
CFPB order against its predecessor company that, among other things, required the predecessor company to cease and desist from further MLA violations.
The  CFPB  is  seeking  an  injunction,  redress  for  affected  borrowers  and  a  civil  money  penalty.  While  the  Company  intends  to  vigorously  defend  itself
against the allegations in the case, it cannot predict or determine the timing or final outcome of this matter, or the effect that any adverse determinations
from the lawsuit may have on the Company. An unfavorable determination in the lawsuit could result in the payment of substantial monetary damages,
which could have a material effect on the Company’s business, results of operations or financial condition. The Company may also be required to modify
its business practices in the event of an unfavorable determination in the lawsuit, which could impact demand for its products and customer satisfaction.
Further, the legal costs associated with the lawsuit, which may not be covered by insurance, and the amount of time required to be spent by management
and the Board of Directors on this matter, even if the Company is ultimately successful, could have a material effect on its business, financial condition and
results of operations. Furthermore, due to the impact of the announcement of the CFPB’s action on the Company’s stock price, the Company has become
subject to a purported securities class action related to the CFPB’s lawsuit and may become subject to further related litigation. An unfavorable result in
these matters could also have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

26

Table of Contents

The Company’s products and services are subject to extensive regulation and supervision under various federal, state and local laws, ordinances and
regulations in both the U.S. and Latin America. If changes in regulations affecting the Company’s pawn business or the AFF business create increased
restrictions, or have the effect of prohibiting pawn loans or POS payment products in the jurisdictions where the Company currently operates, such
regulations could materially impair or reduce the Company’s business and limit its expansion into new markets.

The  Company’s  products  and  services  are  subject  to  extensive  regulation  and  supervision  under  various  federal,  state  and  local  laws,  ordinances  and
regulations  in  both  the  U.S.  and  Latin  America.  Federal  and  state  regulatory  authorities  are  increasingly  focused  on  consumer  finance  and  retail  POS
payment products for credit-constrained consumers such as those offered by the Company. The Company faces the risk that restrictions or limitations on
pawn loans and retail POS payment products resulting from the enactment, change, interpretation or enforcement of laws and regulations in the U.S. or
Latin America could have a negative effect on the Company’s business activities. In addition, certain consumer advocacy groups, federal, state and local
legislators and governmental agencies have also asserted that rules, laws and regulations should be tightened so as to severely limit, if not eliminate, the
availability of pawn transactions, POS payment products and buy/sell agreements to consumers. Moreover, the Company expects the current presidential
administration to devote substantial attention to consumer protection matters, including more aggressive enforcement actions, and, as a result, businesses
transacting with credit-constrained consumers could be held to higher standards of monitoring, disclosure and reporting, regardless of whether new laws or
regulations  governing  the  Company’s  industry  are  adopted.  It  is  difficult  to  assess  the  likelihood  of  the  enactment  of  any  unfavorable  federal  or  state
legislation  or  local  ordinances,  and  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  additional  legislative,  administrative  or  regulatory  initiatives  will  not  be  enacted  that
would severely restrict, prohibit, or eliminate the Company’s ability to offer certain products and services.

In particular, with respect to the Company’s pawn business, restrictions and regulations such as licensing requirements for pawn stores and their employees,
customer identification requirements, suspicious activity reporting, disclosure requirements and limits on interest rates, loan service fees, or other fees have
been and continue to be proposed. Adoption of such federal, state or local regulation or legislation in the U.S. and Latin America could restrict, or even
eliminate,  the  availability  of  pawn  transactions  and  buy/sell  agreements  at  some  or  all  of  the  Company’s  locations,  which  would  adversely  affect  the
Company’s operations and financial condition.

In addition, certain aspects of the AFF business, such as the content of its advertising and other disclosures to customers about transactions, its collection
practices, the manner in which AFF contacts its customers, the decisioning process regarding whether to enter into a transaction with a potential customer,
its credit reporting practices and the manner in which it processes and stores certain customer, employee and other information are subject to federal and
state laws and regulatory oversight. These applicable state and federal privacy laws will require AFF to design, implement and maintain different types of
privacy-  and  access-related  compliance  controls  and  programs  simultaneously  in  multiple  states,  thereby  further  increasing  the  complexity  and  cost  of
compliance.

Moreover, certain states limit the total amount or rate of finance charge that AFF may charge a customer in order for the customer to achieve ownership of
the leased merchandise at the end of the lease term. Additional states may elect to implement similar limits or states with existing limits may elect to further
lower the total cost that AFF may charge a customer to achieve ownership of the leased merchandise at the end of the lease term, which could have an
adverse effect on the Company’s results of operation and financial condition.

The complexity of the political and regulatory environment in which the Company operates and the related cost of compliance are both increasing due to
the changing political landscape, additional legal and regulatory requirements, the Company’s ongoing expansion into new markets and the fact that foreign
laws occasionally are vague or conflict with domestic laws. In addition to potential damage to the Company’s reputation and brand, failure to comply with
applicable federal, state and local laws and regulations such as those outlined elsewhere in these risk factors may result in the Company being subject to
claims, lawsuits, fines and adverse publicity that could have a material adverse effect on its business, results of operations and financial condition.

27

Table of Contents

The FTC and the CFPB have regulatory, supervisory and enforcement powers over providers of consumer financial products and services in the U.S.,
and each could exercise its enforcement powers in ways that could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business and financial results.

The FTC is charged with preventing unfair or deceptive acts or practices and false or misleading advertisements, and the CFPB is charged with preventing
unfair, deceptive or abusive acts or practices. To this end, the FTC and CFPB have been exercising their supervisory and investigative powers over certain
non-bank  providers  of  consumer  financial  products  and  services.  In  particular,  both  the  FTC  and  CFPB  have  the  authority  to  issue  civil  investigative
demands and pursue administrative proceedings or litigation for actual or perceived violations of some federal consumer laws. In these proceedings, the
FTC can seek consent orders, confidential memorandums of understandings, cease and desist orders (which can include orders for redisclosure, restitution
or rescission of contracts, as well as affirmative or injunctive relief) and monetary penalties. The CFPB’s examination authority permits its examiners to
inspect  the  books  and  records  of  providers  of  short-term,  small  dollar  loans  and  ask  questions  about  their  business  practices.  As  a  result  of  these
examinations of non-bank providers of consumer credit, the Company could be subject to specific enforcement action, including monetary penalties, which
could adversely affect the Company.

Also, where a company is alleged to have violated Title X of the Dodd-Frank Act or CFPB regulations implemented under Title X of the Dodd-Frank Act,
the Dodd-Frank Act empowers state attorneys general and certain state regulators to bring civil actions to remedy alleged violations of law. If the CFPB or
one or more state attorneys general or state regulators believe that the Company has violated any of the applicable laws or regulations or any consent orders
or  confidential  memorandums  of  understanding  against  or  with  the  Company,  they  could  exercise  their  enforcement  powers  in  ways  that  could  have  a
material  adverse  effect  on  the  Company’s  business  and  financial  results.  Furthermore,  under  the  current  presidential  administration,  the  CFPB  has  been
more  aggressive  in  their  exercise  of  the  enforcement  powers  making  it  more  likely,  as  evidenced  by  the  CFPB’s  action  against  the  Company  related  to
alleged  violations  of  the  MLA,  that  future  enforcement  actions  will  be  brought  against  consumer  finance  companies  providing  services  and  products  to
credit-constrained customers.

See “Item 1. Business—Government Regulation” for a further discussion of the regulatory authority of the CFPB.

The FDIC has issued examination guidance affecting AFF’s unaffiliated third-party lender and these or subsequent new rules and regulations could
have a significant impact on AFF’s products originated by the Bank.

The installment loans are originated by the Bank using technology and marketing services provided by AFF. The Bank is supervised and examined by both
the state of Utah, which charters the Bank, and the FDIC. If the FDIC or the Utah Department of Financial Institutions considers any aspect of the products
originated by the Bank to be inconsistent with its guidance, the Bank may be required to alter or discontinue the product.

On July 29, 2016, the board of directors of the FDIC released examination guidance relating to third-party lending, which, if finalized, would apply to all
FDIC-supervised  institutions  that  engage  in  third-party  lending  programs,  including  certain  bank  products.  The  proposed  guidance  elaborates  on
previously-issued agency guidance on managing third-party risks and specifically addresses third-party lending arrangements where an FDIC-supervised
institution relies on a third party to perform a significant aspect of the lending process. The types of relationships that would be covered by the guidance
include (but are not limited to) relationships for originating loans on behalf of, through or jointly with third-parties, or using platforms developed by third
parties.  If  adopted  as  proposed,  the  guidance  would  result  in  increased  supervisory  attention  of  institutions  that  engage  in  significant  lending  activities
through third-parties, including at least one examination every 12 months, as well as supervisory expectations for a third-party lending risk management
program and third-party lending policies that contain certain minimum requirements, such as self-imposed limits as a percentage of total capital for each
third-party lending relationship and for the overall loan program, relative to origination volumes, credit exposures (including pipeline risk), growth, loan
types, and acceptable credit quality. While the guidance has never formally been adopted, it is the Company’s understanding that the FDIC has relied upon
it in its examination of third-party lending arrangements.

28

Table of Contents

If AFF’s originating bank partner model is successfully challenged or deemed impermissible, it could be found to be in violation of licensing, interest
rate limit, lending or brokering laws and face penalties, fines, litigation or regulatory enforcement.

Loans originated through the Bank’s program would have accounted for 5% of the Company’s total revenues during 2021 on a pro forma basis after giving
effect to the AFF Acquisition as if it had closed on January 1, 2021. AFF relies on its originating bank partner model to comply with various federal, state
and other laws. If the legal structure underlying AFF’s relationship with the Bank was successfully challenged, it may be found to be in violation of state
licensing  requirements  and  state  laws  regulating  interest  rates.  For  example,  AFF  is  currently  responding  to  a  subpoena  from  the  New  Jersey  Attorney
General related to its partner bank’s loan product, and in the state of New Mexico there is pending legislation which would effectively prohibit AFF’s use
of the bank partner model in that state. Such bank loan products in New Jersey and New Mexico would have accounted for less than 1% of the Company’s
total revenues during 2021 on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the AFF Acquisition as if it had closed on January 1, 2021. In the event of such a
challenge or if its arrangements with the Bank were to end for any reason, AFF would need to find and rely on an alternative bank relationship, rely on
existing state licenses, obtain new state licenses, pursue a federal bank charter, offer consumer loans and/or be subject to the interest rate limitations of
certain states.

AFF could be subject to litigation, whether private or governmental, or administrative action regarding the above claims. The potential consequences of an
adverse  determination  could  include  the  inability  to  collect  loans  at  the  interest  rates  contracted  for,  licensing  violations,  the  loans  being  found  to  be
unenforceable or void, or the reduction of interest or principal, or other penalties or damages. Third-party purchasers of loans facilitated through AFF’s
platform also may be subject to scrutiny or similar litigation, whether based upon the inability to rely upon the “valid when made” doctrine or because a
party other than the Bank is deemed the true lender.

The  adoption  of  new  laws  or  regulations  or  adverse  changes  in,  or  the  interpretation  or  enforcement  of,  existing  laws  or  regulations  affecting  the
Company’s products and services could adversely affect its financial condition and operating results.

Governments,  including  agencies  at  the  national,  state  and  local  levels,  may  seek  to  enforce  or  impose  new  laws,  regulatory  restrictions,  licensing
requirements or taxes that affect the Company’s products or services it offers, the terms on which it may offer them, and the disclosure, compliance and
reporting obligations it must fulfill in connection with its business. They may also interpret or enforce existing requirements in new ways that could restrict
the Company’s ability to continue its current methods of operation or to expand operations, impose significant additional compliance costs, and could have
a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. In some cases, these measures could even directly prohibit some
or all of the Company’s current business activities in certain jurisdictions, or render them unprofitable and/or impractical to continue.

Media reports, statements made by regulators and elected officials and public perception in general of pawnshops, LTO and retail finance products for
credit-constrained  consumers  as  being  predatory  or  abusive  could  materially  adversely  affect  the  Company’s  businesses.  In  recent  years,  consumer
advocacy  groups  and  some  media  reports,  in  both  the  U.S.  and  Latin  America,  have  advocated  governmental  action  to  prohibit  or  place  severe
restrictions on the Company’s products and services.

Reports and statements made by consumer advocacy groups, members of the media, regulators and elected officials often focus on the annual or monthly
cost to a consumer of pawn, LTO and certain retail finance transactions, which are higher than the interest typically charged by banks to consumers with
better credit histories. These reports and statements typically characterize these products as predatory or abusive and often focus on alleged instances of
pawn  operators  purchasing  or  accepting  stolen  property  as  pawn  collateral.  If  the  negative  characterization  of  the  Company’s  businesses  becomes
increasingly  accepted  by  consumers,  demand  for  its  products  could  significantly  decrease,  which  could  materially  affect  the  Company’s  results  of
operations and financial condition. Additionally, if the negative characterization of these types of transactions becomes increasingly accepted by legislators
and regulators, the Company could become subject to more restrictive laws and regulations that could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s
financial  condition  and  results  of  operations.  Furthermore,  any  negative  public  perception  of  pawnshops  generally  would  also  likely  have  a  material
negative impact on the Company’s retail operations, including reducing the number of consumers willing to shop at the Company’s stores.

29

Table of Contents

Judicial or administrative decisions, CFPB rule-making, amendments to the Federal Arbitration Act (the “FAA”) or new legislation could render the
arbitration agreements the Company uses illegal or unenforceable.

The Company includes dispute arbitration provisions for its employees and in its pawn, LTO and retail finance agreements. These provisions are designed
to  allow  the  Company  to  resolve  any  employee  or  customer  disputes  through  individual  arbitration  rather  than  in  court.  The  Company’s  arbitration
provisions explicitly provide that all arbitrations will be conducted on an individual and not on a class or collective basis. Thus, the Company’s arbitration
agreements, if enforced, have the effect of mitigating class and collective action liability.

However, a number of state and federal circuit courts and the National Labor Relations Board have concluded that arbitration agreements with consumer
class action waivers are “unconscionable” and hence unenforceable, particularly where a small dollar amount is in controversy on an individual basis.

Therefore,  it  is  possible  that  the  Company’s  consumer  arbitration  agreements  will  be  rendered  unenforceable.  Additionally,  Congress  has  considered
legislation  that  would  generally  limit  or  prohibit  mandatory  dispute  arbitration  in  certain  consumer  contracts,  and  it  has  adopted  such  prohibitions  with
respect to certain mortgage loans and certain consumer loans to active-duty members of the military and their dependents.

Any  judicial  or  administrative  decision,  federal  legislation  or  agency  rule  that  would  impair  the  Company’s  ability  to  enter  into  and  enforce  consumer
arbitration  agreements  with  class  action  waivers,  could  significantly  increase  the  Company’s  exposure  to  class  action  litigation  as  well  as  litigation  in
plaintiff friendly jurisdictions. Such litigation could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, results of operations and financial condition.

Current and future litigation or regulatory proceedings, both in the U.S. and Latin America, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s
business, prospects, results of operations and financial condition.

The Company or its subsidiaries has been, is, or may become involved in lawsuits, regulatory or administrative proceedings, examinations, investigations,
consent  orders,  memorandums  of  understanding,  audits,  other  actions  arising  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business,  including  those  related  to  consumer
financial protection, federal or state wage and hour laws, product liability, unclaimed property, employment, personal injury and other matters that could
cause  it  to  incur  substantial  expenditures  and  generate  adverse  publicity.  In  particular,  the  Company  may  be  involved  in  lawsuits  or  regulatory  actions
related  to  consumer  finance  and  protection,  employment,  marketing,  unclaimed  property,  competition  matters,  and  other  matters,  including  class  action
lawsuits brought against it for alleged violations of the Fair Labor Standards Act, state wage and hour laws, state or federal advertising laws, consumer
protection,  lending  and  other  laws.  The  consequences  of  defending  proceedings  or  an  adverse  ruling  in  any  current  or  future  litigation,  judicial  or
administrative proceeding, including consent orders or memorandums of understanding, could cause the Company to incur substantial legal fees, to have to
refund fees and/or interest collected, refund the principal amount of advances, pay treble or other multiple damages, pay monetary penalties, fines, and/or
modify  or  terminate  the  Company’s  operations  in  particular  states  or  countries.  Defense  or  filing  of  any  lawsuit  or  administrative  proceeding,  even  if
successful, could require substantial time, resources, and attention of the Company’s management and could require the expenditure of significant amounts
for legal fees and other related costs. Settlement of lawsuits or administrative proceedings may also result in significant payments and modifications to the
Company’s operations. Due to the inherent uncertainties of litigation, administrative proceedings and other claims, the Company cannot accurately predict
the ultimate outcome of any such matters.

Adverse court and administrative interpretations or enforcement of the various laws and regulations under which the Company operates could require the
Company  to  alter  the  products  that  it  offers  or  cease  doing  business  in  the  jurisdiction  where  the  court,  state  or  federal  agency  interpretation  and
enforcement  is  applicable.  The  Company  is  also  subject  to  regulatory  proceedings,  and  the  Company  could  suffer  losses  from  interpretations  and
enforcement of state or federal laws in those regulatory proceedings, even if it is not a party to those proceedings. Any of these events could have a material
adverse  effect  on  the  Company’s  business,  prospects,  results  of  operations  and  financial  condition  and  could  impair  the  Company’s  ability  to  continue
current operations.

30

Table of Contents

The  sale  and  pawning  of  firearms,  ammunition  and  certain  related  accessories  is  subject  to  current  and  potential  regulation,  which  could  have  a
material adverse effect on the Company’s reputation, business, prospects, results of operations and financial condition.

Because the Company accepts firearms as pawn collateral and buys and sells firearms, ammunition and certain related accessories in many U.S. locations,
the Company is required to comply with federal, state and local laws and regulations pertaining to the pawning, purchase, storage, transfer and sale of such
products, and the Company is subject to reputational harm if a customer purchases or pawns a firearm that is later used in a deadly shooting.

Over the past several years, the purchase, sale and ownership of firearms, ammunition and certain related accessories has been the subject of increased
media  scrutiny  and  federal,  state  and  local  regulation.  If  enacted,  new  laws  and  regulations  could  limit  the  types  of  licenses,  firearms,  ammunition  and
certain related accessories that the Company is permitted to purchase and sell and could impose new restrictions and requirements on the manner in which
the Company pawns, offers, purchases and sells these products, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, prospects, results of
operations and financial condition.

Furthermore,  the  Company  may  incur  losses  and  reputational  damage  due  to  lawsuits  relating  to  its  performance  of  background  checks  on  firearms
purchases  as  mandated  by  state  and  federal  law,  the  selling  of  firearms  or  the  improper  use  of  firearms  sold  by  the  Company,  including  lawsuits  by
individuals, municipalities, state or federal agencies or other organizations attempting to recover damages or costs from firearms retailers relating to the
sale or misuse of firearms. Furthermore, if any firearms sold by the Company are used in the commitment of any crimes or mass shootings, it could result
in significant adverse media attention against the Company and have a material adverse impact on the reputation of the Company. Commencement of such
lawsuits  or  any  adverse  media  attention  against  the  Company  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  its  business,  reputation,  prospects,  results  of
operations and financial condition.

The Company is subject to the FCPA, anti-money laundering laws and other anti-corruption laws, and the Company’s failure to comply with these laws
could result in penalties that could have a material adverse effect on its business, results of operations and financial condition.

The Company is subject to the FCPA, which generally prohibits companies and their agents or intermediaries from making improper payments to foreign
officials for the purpose of obtaining or keeping business and/or other benefits. The Company is also subject to anti-money laundering laws in both the
United States and Latin America and anti-terrorism financing laws and regulations, including the Bank Secrecy Act and the Patriot Act. Furthermore, AFF
is required under its agreements with its originating bank partner to maintain an enterprise-wide program designed to enable it to comply with all applicable
anti-money laundering and anti-terrorism financing laws and regulations, including the Bank Secrecy Act and the Patriot Act. Although the Company has
policies and procedures designed to ensure that it, its employees, agents, and intermediaries comply with the FCPA, anti-money laundering laws and other
similar laws and regulations, there can be no assurance that such policies or procedures will work effectively all of the time or protect the Company against
liability for actions taken by its employees, agents, and intermediaries with respect to its business or any businesses that it may acquire. In the event the
Company  believes,  or  has  reason  to  believe,  its  employees,  agents,  or  intermediaries  have  or  may  have  violated  applicable  anti-corruption  laws  in  the
jurisdiction in which it operates, including the FCPA, the Company may be required to investigate or have a third-party investigate the relevant facts and
circumstances,  which  can  be  expensive  and  require  significant  time  and  attention  from  senior  management.  The  Company’s  continued  operation  and
expansion outside the U.S., especially in Latin America, could increase the risk, perceived or otherwise, of such violations in the future.

If the Company is found to have violated the FCPA, anti-money laundering laws or other similar laws, the Company may be subject to criminal and civil
penalties and other remedial measures, which could have an adverse effect on its business, results of operations, financial condition, and relationship with
regulators and the Bank. Investigation of any potential or perceived violations of the FCPA, anti-money laundering laws or other similar laws by U.S. or
foreign  authorities  could  harm  the  Company’s  reputation  and  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  its  business,  results  of  operations  and  financial
condition.

Failure to maintain certain criteria required by state and local regulatory bodies could result in fines or the loss of the Company’s licenses to conduct
business.

Most states and many local jurisdictions both in the U.S. and in Latin America in which the Company operates require registration and licenses of stores
and employees to conduct the Company’s business. These states or their respective regulatory bodies have established criteria the Company must meet in
order to obtain, maintain, and renew those licenses. In addition, the AFF business is also subject to certain states’ laws which regulate and require licensing,
registration,  notice  filing  or  other  approval  by  parties  that  engage  in  certain  activity  regarding  consumer  finance  transactions,  including  facilitating  and
assisting

31

Table of Contents

such transactions in certain circumstances. Furthermore, certain states and localities have also adopted laws requiring licensing, registration, notice filing,
or other approval for consumer debt collection or servicing, and/or purchasing or selling consumer loans. From time to time, the Company is subject to
audits in various states to ensure it is meeting the applicable requirements to maintain the applicable licenses and registrations.

Failure to meet the Company’s legal compliance requirements could result in substantial fines and penalties, store closures, the temporary or permanent
suspension of operations, the revocation of existing licenses and/or the denial of new and renewal licensing requests. The Company cannot guarantee future
license applications or renewals will be granted. If the Company were to lose any of its licenses to conduct its business, it could result in the temporary or
permanent closure of stores and/or cessation of AFF’s consumer lending activities, any of which could adversely affect the Company’s business, results of
operations and cash flows.

Foreign Operations Risks

The  Company’s  financial  position  and  results  of  operations  may  fluctuate  significantly  due  to  fluctuations  in  currency  exchange  rates  in  Latin
American markets.

The Company derives significant revenue, earnings and cash flow from operations in Latin America, where business operations are transacted in Mexican
pesos, Guatemalan quetzales and Colombian pesos. The Company’s exposure to currency exchange rate fluctuations results primarily from the translation
exposure  associated  with  the  preparation  of  the  Company’s  consolidated  financial  statements,  as  well  as  from  transaction  exposure  associated  with
transactions  and  assets  and  liabilities  denominated  in  currencies  other  than  the  respective  subsidiaries’  functional  currencies.  While  the  Company’s
consolidated financial statements are reported in U.S. dollars, the financial statements of the Company’s Latin American subsidiaries are prepared using
their respective functional currency and translated into U.S. dollars by applying appropriate exchange rates. As a result, fluctuations in the exchange rate of
the U.S. dollar relative to the Latin American currencies could cause significant fluctuations in the value of the Company’s assets, liabilities, stockholders’
equity  and  operating  results.  In  addition,  while  expenses  with  respect  to  foreign  operations  are  generally  denominated  in  the  same  currency  as
corresponding  sales,  the  Company  has  transaction  exposure  to  the  extent  expenditures  are  incurred  in  currencies  other  than  the  respective  subsidiaries’
functional currencies. The costs of doing business in foreign jurisdictions also may increase as a result of adverse currency rate fluctuations. In addition,
changes in currency rates could negatively affect customer demand, especially in Latin America and in U.S. stores located near the Mexican border. For a
detailed discussion of the impact of fluctuations in currency exchange rates, see “Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.”

Risks and uncertainties related to the Company’s foreign operations could negatively impact the Company’s operating results.

As of December 31, 2021, the Company had 1,744 store locations in Latin America, including 1,656 in Mexico, 60 in Guatemala, 15 in Colombia and 13 in
El  Salvador,  and  the  Company  plans  to  open  additional  stores  in  Latin  America  in  the  future.  In  addition,  AFF  owns  a  customer  service  call  center
operating in Jamaica and utilizes third-party call center services located in the Dominican Republic and Mexico. Doing business in each of these countries
involves  increased  risks  related  to  geo-political  events,  political  instability,  corruption,  economic  volatility,  property  crime,  drug  cartel  and  gang-related
violence, social and ethnic unrest including riots and looting, enforcement of property rights, governmental regulations, tax policies, banking policies or
restrictions,  foreign  investment  policies,  public  safety,  health  and  security,  anti-money  laundering  regulations,  interest  rate  regulation  and  import/export
regulations among others. As in many developing markets, there are also uncertainties as to how both local law and U.S. federal law is applied, including
areas involving commercial transactions and foreign investment. As a result, actions or events could occur in these foreign countries that are beyond the
Company’s control, which could restrict or eliminate the Company’s ability to operate some or all of its locations in these countries or significantly reduce
customer traffic, product demand and the expected profitability of such operations.

Changes  impacting  international  trade  and  corporate  tax  and  other  related  regulatory  provisions  may  have  an  adverse  effect  on  the  Company’s
financial condition and results of operations.

Many of the foreign countries in which the Company operates impose costs on non-domestic companies through the use of local regulations, tariffs, labor
controls and other federal or state requirements or legislation. As the Company derives significant revenue, earnings and cash flow from operations in Latin
America, primarily in Mexico, there are some inherent risks regarding the overall stability of the trading relationship between Mexico and the U.S. and the
burdens imposed thereon by any changes to (or the adoption of new) regulations, tariffs or other federal or state legislation. Specifically, the Company has
significant exposure to fluctuations and devaluations of the Mexican peso and the health of the Mexican economy, which, in each case, may be negatively
impacted by changes in U.S. trade treaties, including the United States-Mexico-Canada

32

Table of Contents

Agreement and corporate tax policy. In some cases, there have been negative reactions to the enacted and/or proposed policies as expressed in the media
and by politicians in Mexico, which could potentially negatively impact U.S. companies operating in Mexico. In particular, there is continued uncertainty
around Mexico’s current federal administration and how the policies as applied by its administration, including conducting aggressive corporate tax and
other  regulatory  audits,  adverse  government  discretion,  and  support  of  increased  employee  minimum  wages,  profit  sharing  and  benefit  programs,  may
impact  U.S.  companies  doing  business  in  Mexico  generally  and  pawn  and  consumer  finance  companies  in  particular.  While  the  Company  engages  in
limited cross-border transactions other than those involving scrap jewelry sales, any such changes in regulations, trade treaties, corporate tax policy, import
taxes or adverse court or administrative interpretations of the foregoing could adversely and significantly affect the Mexican economy and ultimately the
Mexican  peso,  which  could  adversely  and  significantly  affect  the  Company’s  financial  position  and  results  of  the  Company’s  Latin  America  pawn
operations.

Risks Related to the AFF Acquisition

The Company may fail to realize all of the anticipated benefits of the AFF Acquisition or those benefits may take longer to realize than expected. The
Company may also encounter significant difficulties in integrating the AFF business.

The Company’s ability to realize the anticipated benefits of the AFF Acquisition depends, to a large extent, on its ability to integrate the AFF business,
which is a complex, costly and time-consuming process, and for the AFF business to achieve its projected growth rates. AFF also represents a new line of
business for the Company, which increases the complexity and challenges of the integration process as compared to the Company’s pawn acquisitions. As a
result of the AFF Acquisition, the Company must devote significant management attention and resources to integrate the business practices and operations
of the Company and AFF. The integration process may disrupt the Company’s business and, if implemented ineffectively, could restrict the realization of
the  full  expected  benefits.  The  failure  to  meet  the  challenges  involved  in  the  integration  process  and  to  realize  the  anticipated  benefits  of  the  AFF
Acquisition could cause an interruption of, or a loss of momentum in, the Company’s operations and could adversely affect its business, financial condition
and results of operations.

In  addition,  the  integration  of  the  AFF  business  may  result  in  material  unanticipated  problems,  expenses,  liabilities,  competitive  responses,  loss  of
customers and other business relationships, and diversion of management’s attention. Additional integration challenges include:

•

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

difficulties in integrating and managing a new line of business with different products, including those with credit risk, retail merchant partners
and additional regulatory risks;
diversion of management’s attention to integration matters;
difficulties in achieving anticipated synergies, business opportunities and growth prospects from the AFF Acquisition;
difficulties in the integration of operations and systems;
difficulties in conforming standards, controls, procedures and accounting and other policies, business cultures and compensation structures;
difficulties in managing the expanded operations of a significantly larger and more complex company;
challenges in keeping existing merchant partners and obtaining new merchant partners;
challenges in retaining and assimilating key personnel;
the impact of potential liabilities the Company may be inheriting from AFF;
difficulty addressing possible differences in corporate culture and management philosophies; and
a potential deterioration of the Company’s credit ratings.

Many  of  these  factors  are  outside  of  the  Company’s  control  and  any  one  of  them  could  result  in  increased  costs,  decreases  in  the  amount  of  expected
revenues  and  diversion  of  management’s  time  and  energy,  which  could  adversely  affect  the  Company’s  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of
operations and result in the Company becoming subject to litigation. In addition, even if the AFF business is integrated successfully, the full anticipated
benefits  of  the  AFF  Acquisition  may  not  be  realized,  including  the  synergies,  cost  savings  or  sales  or  growth  opportunities  that  are  anticipated.  These
benefits may not be achieved within the anticipated time frame, or at all. Further, additional unanticipated costs may be incurred in the integration process.
All of these factors could cause reductions in the Company’s earnings per share, decrease or delay the expected accretive effect of the AFF Acquisition and
negatively impact the price of shares of its common stock. As a result, it cannot be assured that the AFF Acquisition will result in the realization of the full
anticipated benefits.

33

Table of Contents

The  AFF  Acquisition  may  not  be  accretive  and  may  cause  dilution  of  the  Company’s  adjusted  earnings  per  share,  which  may  negatively  affect  the
market price of the Company’s common stock.

The Company anticipates that the AFF Acquisition will be accretive to stockholders on an adjusted earnings per share basis. This expectation is based on
currently available net revenue and operating expense estimates, which may materially change. The Company could also encounter additional transaction
and integration-related costs or other factors such as the failure to realize all of the benefits anticipated in the AFF Acquisition. All of these factors could
cause dilution of the Company’s adjusted earnings per share or decrease or delay the expected accretive effect of the AFF Acquisition and cause a decrease
in the market value of the Company’s common stock.

Failure to retain key employees could diminish the anticipated benefits of the AFF Acquisition.

The success of the AFF Acquisition will depend in large part upon the ability of the Company to retain personnel critical to the AFF business. Employees
may experience uncertainty about their future roles or apprehension about joining a larger and public company. The corporate cultures may also differ, and
some Company or AFF employees may choose not to remain with the Company. If the Company is unable to retain Company or AFF personnel that are
critical to the Company’s operations, the Company could experience disrupted operations, loss of customers, key information, expertise and know how, or
unanticipated hiring and training costs, especially given that the Company’s existing management team has limited experience operating a line of business
similar to the AFF business. In addition, the loss of key personnel could diminish the anticipated benefits of the AFF Acquisition that are actually achieved
by the Company.

The  Company  may  be  required  to  make  earnout  payments  to  the  AFF  sellers  if  certain  conditions  are  met,  including  if  the  AFF  business  achieves
earnout thresholds and if the Company’s stock price does not reach certain levels and, as a result, the Company’s financial position may be adversely
impacted if it is required to make such payments.

In connection with the AFF Acquisition, the Company may be required to make earnout payments in the form of cash and/or shares of the Company’s
common stock to the sellers of the AFF business as described below:

•

•

•

The  sellers  of  the  AFF  business  are  entitled  to  receive  up  to  an  additional  $300.0  million  of  consideration  pursuant  to  an  earnout  if  the  AFF
business achieves certain adjusted EBITDA targets following the closing of the AFF Acquisition (the “Earnout Consideration”). In particular, the
earnout  provides  the  seller  parties  the  right  to  receive  up  to  $250.0  million  of  additional  consideration  if  the  AFF  business  achieves  certain
adjusted  EBITDA  targets  for  the  period  consisting  of  the  fourth  quarter  of  2021  through  the  end  of  2022  and  up  to  $50.0  million  if  the  AFF
business achieves certain adjusted EBITDA targets for the first half of 2023. The Earnout Consideration is payable in cash or, at the Company’s
discretion and subject to obtaining any required stockholder approvals under the NASDAQ rules for such issuance, in shares of the Company’s
common stock.
The sellers of the AFF business are entitled to received up to $75.0 million of additional consideration in the event that the highest average stock
price of the shares of the Company’s common stock being issued to the seller parties pursuant to that certain Business Combination Agreement, by
and among the Company, AFF and the other parties thereto, dated October 27, 2021 (the “Acquisition Agreement”), for any 10-day period from
the date of that certain Amendment to the Acquisition Agreement, dated as of December 6, 2021 (the “Amendment”), through February 28, 2023
(the “Highest Average Stock Price”) is less than $86.25 (the “Reference Price”). In the event that the Highest Average Stock Price is less than the
Reference Price, then the AFF sellers shall be entitled to an amount equal to such difference multiplied by the number of shares issued to the AFF
sellers as stock consideration (approximately 8.05 million shares), with such amount capped at $75.0 million.
In addition, the Amendment provided for a fixed $25.0 million working capital payment payable at the end of 2022.

If any of these earnout thresholds or stock price conditions are met, the Company may not have sufficient cash reserves to pay the cash amount due to the
AFF  sellers.  If  the  Company  is  able  to  pay  these  cash  amounts,  the  payment  may  impede  its  ability  to  fund  other  aspects  of  its  business,  which  would
adversely affect its operating results and the price of its common stock and senior unsecured notes.

34

Table of Contents

Additional Risks Related to the AFF Business

If  AFF  is  unable  to  attract  additional  merchants  and  retain  and  grow  its  relationships  with  its  existing  merchant  partners,  its  business,  results  of
operations, financial condition and future prospects would be materially and adversely affected.

AFF’s continued success is dependent on its ability to maintain and expand its merchant partner base and the volume of transactions from these merchants
in order to grow revenue on its platform. Its ability to retain and grow its relationships with its merchant partners depends on the willingness of merchants
to partner with AFF. The attractiveness of AFF’s platform to merchants depends upon, among other things, the size of its consumer base, its brand and
reputation, the amount of merchant premium, discounts or profit share paid or received by AFF, its ability to sustain its value proposition to merchants for
customer  acquisition  by  demonstrating  higher  conversion  at  checkout,  the  attractiveness  to  merchants  of  AFF’s  technology  and  data-driven  platform,
services and products offered by competitors, and its ability to perform under, and maintain, its merchant agreements. It’s also important that AFF partner
with merchants with growing sales across a diverse mix of retail channels to mitigate risk associated with changing consumer spending behavior, economic
conditions  and  other  factors  that  may  affect  a  particular  type  of  merchant  or  industry.  Additionally,  AFF’s  agreements  with  its  merchant  partners  are
generally terminable for convenience.

If  AFF  is  not  able  to  retain  its  existing  merchant  partners,  attract  additional  merchants  and  expand  revenue  and  volume  of  transactions  from  existing
merchants, it will not be able to continue to grow its business and its business, results of operations, financial condition and future prospects would be
materially and adversely affected.

AFF  derives  a  significant  portion  of  its  revenue  from  several  top  merchant  partners.  The  loss  of  business  from  one  or  more  of  these  top  merchant
partners could have a material adverse effect on the AFF business.

Historically, AFF has relied on a limited number of merchant partners for a significant portion of its total revenues and transaction volume. On a pro forma
basis after giving effect to the AFF Acquisition as if it had closed on January 1, 2021, AFF’s top five merchant partners accounted for an aggregate of 16%
of combined pro forma 2021 revenues and future revenues and transaction volume of AFF may be similarly concentrated. The loss of any of these top
merchant partners or groups of merchant partners for any reason, or a change of relationship with any of AFF’s key merchant partners could adversely
affect the results of operations of the AFF business.

Additionally,  mergers  or  consolidations  among  AFF’s  top  merchant  partners  could  reduce  the  number  of  merchant  partners  and  could  adversely  affect
AFF’s revenues. In particular, if AFF’s merchant partners are acquired by entities that are not also AFF’s merchant partners, that do not use its solutions or
that have more favorable contract terms with a competitor and choose to discontinue, reduce or change the terms of their use of AFF’s solutions, the AFF
business and its operating results could be materially and adversely affected.

AFF’s transaction volume is dependent on the support of its platform by its merchant partners.

AFF depends on its merchants to drive transaction volume by supporting its platform over alternative payment options for credit-constrained customers and
prominently presenting AFF’s platform as an attractive payment option for these customers. The degree to which these merchants successfully integrate the
AFF platform into their website or in their store, such as by prominently featuring its platform on their websites or in their stores, has a material impact on
AFF’s transaction volume. The failure by AFF’s merchants to effectively present, integrate, and support its platform would have a material and adverse
effect on AFF’s originations and, as a result, on its business, results of operations, financial condition and future prospects.

Furthermore, AFF relies on these merchants to comply with all applicable laws and regulations associated with the LTO, RISA and bank loan products
offered by AFF. As part of this process, merchants are generally contractually required to comply with AFF’s policies, procedures, marketing materials, and
training materials. In the event that a merchant or merchant employee fails to adequately and correctly describe the terms and conditions of the lease, RISA
or bank loan product, the merchant and/or AFF may be subject to consumer complaints and/or lawsuits.

35

Table of Contents

AFF’s bank loan product is offered pursuant to its agreement with the Bank and such agreement is non-exclusive, short-term in duration and subject
to  termination  by  the  Bank  partner  upon  the  occurrence  of  certain  events.  If  that  agreement  is  terminated  and  AFF  is  unable  to  either  replace  the
commitments of the Bank or substitute its other products for the bank loan product, its business, results of operations, financial condition, and future
prospects may be materially affected.

AFF serves as a marketer, service provider and sub-servicer of loans originated by a Utah chartered state bank. Under this arrangement, AFF purchases a
portion  of  the  cash  flows  originated  by  the  Bank  and  sub-services  the  loans  thereafter.  AFF  does  not  originate  or  ultimately  control  the  pricing  or
functionality of the loans. The Bank makes all key decisions regarding the marketing, underwriting, product features and pricing. AFF generates revenues
through the loans and through marketing and sub-servicing fees paid by the Bank. If the Bank were to change its pricing, underwriting or marketing of the
loans  in  a  way  that  decreases  revenues  or  increases  losses,  then  the  profitability  of  each  loan  could  be  reduced.  Loans  originated  through  the  Bank’s
program  represent  a  material  amount  of  AFF’s  total  origination  volume.  AFF’s  bank  loan  product  relies  on  the  Bank  originating  the  loans  that  are
facilitated through AFF’s platform and complying with various federal, state and other laws. The loan program agreement has an initial term that expires
during the third quarter of 2023, which automatically renews once for an additional three year term unless either party provides notice of non-renewal prior
to the end of any such term. In addition, upon the occurrence of certain early termination events, either AFF or the Bank may terminate the loan program
agreement immediately upon written notice to the other party. The Bank could decide not to work with AFF for any reason, could make working with AFF
cost-prohibitive  or  could  decide  to  enter  into  an  exclusive  or  more  favorable  relationship  with  one  or  more  of  AFF’s  competitors.  If  the  Bank  were  to
suspend, limit or cease its operations, or if AFF’s relationship with the Bank were to otherwise terminate for any reason (including, but not limited to, its
failure to comply with regulatory actions), AFF would need to implement a substantially similar arrangement with another bank, obtain additional state
licenses or curtail its offering of a direct to consumer loan product through its platform. If AFF needs to enter into alternative arrangements with a different
bank  to  replace  its  existing  arrangements,  it  may  not  be  able  to  negotiate  a  comparable  alternative  arrangement  in  a  timely  manner  or  at  all.  If  AFF  is
unable to enter into an alternative arrangement with different banks to fully replace or supplement its relationship with the Bank, AFF would potentially
need  to  cease  offering  its  bank  loan  product  or  other  direct  to  consumer  installment  loans.  In  the  event  that  AFF’s  relationship  with  the  Bank  were
terminated and it is unable to substitute another one of its products at the merchants that utilize such bank loan products, its business, results of operations,
financial condition and future prospects may be materially affected.

AFF’s transaction volume is dependent on sales at its merchant partners and any decline in such sales or interruptions, inventory shortages and other
factors  affecting  the  supply  chains  of  AFF’s  merchant  partners  could  have  a  material  and  adverse  effect  on  AFF’s  results  of  operations,  financial
condition and future prospects.

AFF depends on sales at its merchant partners to drive its transaction volume. If AFF’s merchant partners experience a general decline in sales it could
negatively impact AFF’s transaction volume. Any extended supply chain interruptions, inventory shortages or other operational disruptions affecting any of
its merchant partners could have a material adverse impact on AFF’s transaction volume and results of operations. AFF depends on its merchant partners’
abilities to deliver products to customers at the right time and in the right quantities. Accordingly, it is important for these merchant partners to maintain
optimal  levels  of  inventory  and  respond  rapidly  to  shifting  demands.  The  disruption  to,  or  inefficiency  in,  supply  chain  networks  may  have  an  adverse
impact on AFF’s operations in the near term, but if such interruptions were to continue, could potentially have a more material adverse impact on its results
of operations, financial condition and future prospects.

AFF’s business relies extensively on its proprietary decisioning platform and if such platform is not effective it could have a material impact on AFF’s
business, financial condition and results of operations.

AFF’s business is largely predicated on the effectiveness of its proprietary decisioning platform and model and AFF relies extensively on this platform for
LTO, RISA and bank loan decisioning. AFF’s platform relies heavily on AFF’s modeling and analytics as well as information provided by applicants and
third-party data providers and credit reporting agencies. To the extent that applicants provide inaccurate or unverifiable information or data from third-party
providers is incomplete or inaccurate, then AFF’s platform will not be able to perform effectively, which could result in wrong or sub-optimal decisions
with respect to applicants. AFF’s data providers could also stop providing data, provide untimely, incorrect or incomplete data, or increase the costs for
their data for a variety of reasons, including security or regulatory concerns or for competitive reasons. If AFF were to lose access to this external data or if
such  access  is  restricted  or  becomes  more  expensive,  it  could  have  a  material  effect  on  AFF’s  business.  Furthermore,  the  models  underlying  AFF’s
decisioning platform may prove in practice to be less predictive than AFF expects for a variety of reasons, including as a result of errors in constructing,
interpreting or using the models or the use of inaccurate assumptions (including failures to update assumptions appropriately or in a timely manner). The
potential errors or inaccuracies in AFF’s decisioning platform and models may be material and effect a significant number of transactions, which could
have a material and adverse effect on AFF’s business.

36

Table of Contents

If AFF is unable to collect on its leases, RISAs and bank loans, the performance of its lease and loan portfolio would be adversely affected.

AFF’s  ability  to  collect  scheduled  payments  under  its  leases,  RISAs  and  bank  loans  is  dependent  on  its  customers’  continuing  financial  stability,  and
consequently,  collections  can  be  adversely  affected  by  a  number  of  factors,  including  general  economic  conditions,  inflationary  impacts  and  individual
factors such as job loss, divorce, death, illness, personal bankruptcy and customer fraud. Furthermore, the application of various federal and state laws,
including federal and state bankruptcy and debtor relief laws, may limit the amount that can be recovered on AFF’s leases, RISAs and bank loans. Federal,
state or other restrictions could impair the ability of AFF or the third-party collection services utilized by AFF to collect amounts owed and due on the
leases and loans facilitated through its platform. Furthermore, AFF relies on its proprietary decisioning platform to decision its LTO, RISA and bank loan
products and customizes this technology to individual merchants and merchandise categories. There is no guarantee that this technology or platform will be
effective in making decisions that minimize credit losses. Furthermore, the platform relies on an experienced data science team. In the event the platform is
not effective or cannot be supported at the required levels, AFF could experience increased credit losses.

If AFF is unable to fully collect on its leases, RISAs and bank loans, the performance of its lease and loan portfolio will be adversely affected, which could
result in additional provisions for lease and loan losses and loss of revenue, cash flow and profitability.

Accounting, Tax and Financial Risks

The Company’s existing and future levels of indebtedness and any potential earnout payments payable in connection with the AFF Acquisition could
adversely affect its financial health, its ability to obtain financing in the future, its ability to react to changes in its business and its ability to fulfill its
obligations under such indebtedness.

As of December 31, 2021, including the Company's senior unsecured notes and the Company’s unsecured credit facilities, the Company had outstanding
principal indebtedness of $1,309.0 million and availability of $267.0 million under its unsecured credit facilities, subject to certain financial covenants. The
Company's level of indebtedness and amounts owed pursuant to potential earnout payments resulting from the AFF Acquisition could:

• make it more difficult for it to satisfy its obligations with respect to the Company’s senior unsecured notes and its other indebtedness, resulting in

•

•

•
•

•

•

possible defaults on and acceleration of such indebtedness;
require it to dedicate a substantial portion of its cash flow from operations to the payment of principal and interest on its indebtedness, thereby
reducing the availability of such cash flows to fund originations in the AFF business, working capital, acquisitions, new store openings, capital
expenditures and other general corporate purposes;
limit its ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, financing originations from the AFF business, acquisitions, new store openings,
capital expenditures, debt service requirements and other general corporate purposes;
limit its ability to refinance indebtedness or cause the associated costs of such refinancing to increase;
restrict the ability of its subsidiaries to pay dividends or otherwise transfer assets to the Company, which could limit its ability to, among other
things, make required payments on its debt;
increase the Company’s vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions, including interest rate fluctuations (because a portion
of its borrowings are at variable rates of interest); and
place  the  Company  at  a  competitive  disadvantage  compared  to  other  companies  with  proportionately  less  debt  or  comparable  debt  at  more
favorable interest rates who, as a result, may be better positioned to withstand economic downturns.

Any of the foregoing impacts of the Company’s level of indebtedness could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of
operations.

Furthermore, the Company has, in the past, accessed the debt capital markets to refinance existing debt obligations and to obtain capital to finance growth.
However,  the  Company’s  future  access  to  the  debt  capital  markets  could  become  restricted  due  to  a  variety  of  factors,  including  a  deterioration  of  the
Company’s performance or financial condition, overall industry prospects or changes in debt capital markets or the economy generally. Inability to access
the  credit  markets  on  acceptable  terms,  if  at  all,  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  Company’s  financial  condition  and  ability  to  fund  future
growth.

Additionally, the Company’s debt instruments include certain affirmative and negative covenants that require the Company to comply with certain financial
covenants and impose restrictions on the Company’s financial and business operations, including limitations on liens, indebtedness, fundamental changes,
asset dispositions, dividends and other similar restricted payments, transactions with affiliates, payments and modifications of certain existing debt, future
negative pledges, and changes in the

37

Table of Contents

nature of the Company’s business. A failure to comply with the covenants contained in the Company’s debt instruments could result in an event of default
or an acceleration of debt under its debt instruments. In addition, the Company’s debt instruments contain cross-default provisions that could result in its
debt being declared immediately due and payable under a number of debt instruments, even if the Company defaults on only one debt instrument. In such
event, it is possible that the Company would not be able to satisfy its obligations under all of such accelerated indebtedness simultaneously.

Determining the AFF business’ allowance for lease and loan losses requires many assumptions and complex analyses. If the estimates prove incorrect,
the AFF business may incur net charge-offs in excess of its reserves, or may be required to increase its provision for lease and loan losses, either of
which would adversely affect the Company’s results of operations.

The Company’s ability to measure and report its financial position and results of operations is influenced by the need to estimate the impact or outcome of
future events on the basis of information available at the time of the issuance of the financial statements. An accounting estimate is considered critical if it
requires that management make assumptions about matters that were highly uncertain at the time the accounting estimate was made. If actual results differ
from the judgments and assumptions, then it may have an adverse impact on the results of operations and cash flows. Management has processes in place to
monitor these judgments and assumptions, but these processes may not ensure that the judgments and assumptions are correct.

The Company maintains an allowance for lease and loan losses at a level sufficient to cover estimated lifetime losses expected to be incurred in the lease
and loan portfolio. This estimate is highly dependent upon the reasonableness of its assumptions and the predictability of the relationships that drive the
results of its valuation methodologies. The Company performs a quantitative analysis to compute historical losses to estimate the allowance for lease and
loan  losses.  Lease  and  loan  loss  experience,  first  payment  default  histories,  contractual  delinquency  of  lease  and  loan  receivables  and  management’s
judgement are factors used in assessing the overall adequacy of the allowance and the resulting provision for lease and loan losses. Changes in estimates
and assumptions can significantly affect the allowance and provision for lease and loan losses. It is possible that the Company will experience lease and
loan losses that are different from its current estimates. If the Company’s estimates and assumptions prove incorrect and its allowance for lease and loan
losses are insufficient, it may incur net charge-offs in excess of its reserves, or it could be required to increase its provision for lease and loan losses, either
of which would adversely affect its results of operations.

The Company is subject to goodwill impairment risk.

At  December  31,  2021,  the  Company  had  $1,536.2  million  of  goodwill  on  its  consolidated  balance  sheet,  all  of  which  represents  assets  capitalized  in
connection with the Company’s acquisitions and business combinations. Accounting for goodwill requires significant management estimates and judgment.
Management performs periodic reviews of the carrying value of goodwill to determine whether events and circumstances indicate that an impairment in
value  may  have  occurred.  A  variety  of  factors  could  cause  the  carrying  value  of  goodwill  to  become  impaired.  A  write-down  of  the  carrying  value  of
goodwill could result in a non-cash charge, which could have an adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations.

Declines in commodity market prices of gold, other precious metals and diamonds could negatively affect the Company’s profits.

The  Company’s  profitability  could  be  adversely  impacted  by  commodity  market  fluctuations.  As  of  December  31,  2021,  approximately  57%  of  the
Company’s pawn loans were collateralized with jewelry, which is primarily gold, and 49% of its inventories consisted of jewelry, which is also primarily
gold. The Company sells significant quantities of gold, other precious metals and diamonds acquired through collateral forfeitures or direct purchases from
customers. A significant and sustained decline in gold and/or other precious metal and diamond prices could result in decreased merchandise sales and
related margins, decreased inventory valuations and sub-standard collateralization of outstanding pawn loans. In addition, a significant decline in market
prices could result in a lower balance of pawn loans outstanding for the Company, as customers would receive lower loan amounts for individual pieces of
jewelry  or  other  gold  items.  For  a  detailed  discussion  of  the  impact  of  a  decline  in  market  prices  on  wholesale  scrap  jewelry  sales,  see  “Item  7A.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.”

38

Table of Contents

Unexpected changes in both domestic and foreign tax laws and policies could negatively impact the Company’s operating results.

The Company’s financial results may be negatively impacted by changes in domestic or foreign tax laws, administrative interpretations of such laws and
enforcement of policies, including, but not limited to, an increase in statutory tax rates, changes in allowable expense deductions, or the imposition of new
withholding requirements on repatriation of foreign earnings.

The application of indirect taxes, such as sales tax, is a complex and evolving issue, particularly with respect to the LTO industry generally and AFF’s
virtual and e-commerce LTO businesses more specifically. Failure to comply with such tax provisions or a successful assertion by a jurisdiction requiring
AFF to collect taxes in a location or for transactions where AFF presently does not, could result in substantial tax liabilities, including for past sales and
leases, as well as penalties and interest. In addition, if the tax authorities in jurisdictions where AFF is already subject to sales tax or other indirect tax
obligations were to successfully challenge AFF’s positions, AFF’s tax liability could increase substantially.

General Economic and Market Risks

The COVID-19 pandemic has adversely impacted, and will likely continue to adversely impact, the Company’s business and results of operations.

The COVID-19 pandemic has and may continue to adversely affect consumer traffic and demand for pawn loans and AFF’s retail finance products and has,
and  may  continue  to  have,  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  Company’s  results  of  operations.  The  extent  to  which  COVID-19  continues  to  impact  the
Company’s operations, results of operations, liquidity and financial condition will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot
be predicted with confidence, including the duration and severity of the outbreak (including the possibility of further surges or variants of concern of the
virus),  the  efficacy  of  the  vaccination  programs  in  the  jurisdictions  in  which  the  Company  operates,  supply  chain  disruptions,  rising  inflation  and  labor
costs, its ability to maintain sufficient qualified personnel due to labor shortages, employee illness, quarantine, willingness to return to work, vaccine and/or
testing  mandates,  face-coverings  and  other  safety  requirements,  or  travel  and  other  restrictions,  and  the  actions  taken  by  governments,  businesses  and
individuals to contain the impact of COVID-19, as well as further actions taken to limit the resulting economic impact. These factors may adversely impact
consumer, business, and government spending as well as customer demand for pawn loans and the Company’s retail finance products on an ongoing basis,
each of which could adversely impact its business and operations.

While the Company saw positive results in the second half of 2021 despite the challenges raised by the COVID-19 environment, there remains uncertainty
regarding how COVID-19 and general economic conditions will impact the Company’s business and operations in future periods. Nevertheless, COVID-19
continues  to  present  a  material  uncertainty  which  could  adversely  affect  the  Company’s  results  of  operations,  financial  condition  and  cash  flows  in  the
future.

A sustained deterioration of economic conditions or an economic crisis and government actions taken to limit the impact of such an economic crisis
could reduce demand or profitability for the Company’s products and services which would result in reduced earnings.

The  Company’s  business  and  financial  results  may  be  adversely  impacted  by  sustained  unfavorable  economic  conditions  or  unfavorable  economic
conditions  associated  with  a  global  or  regional  economic  crisis  which,  in  either  case,  include  unemployment,  declining  personal  income  and  consumer
sentiment, inflation, adverse changes in interest or tax rates, effects of government initiatives to manage economic conditions and increased volatility of
commodity markets and foreign currency exchange rates. Specifically, a sustained or rapid deterioration in the economy, along with the potential enactment
of government stimulus programs to attempt to limit such economic deterioration, could adversely impact the performance of the Company’s pawn loan
and AFF’s lease and loan portfolio and consumer or market demand for discretionary consumer goods and services weakening demand for AFF’s products
and also demand for pre-owned merchandise or gold sold in the Company’s pawnshops. A sustained deterioration in the economy could also reduce the
demand  and  resale  value  of  pre-owned  merchandise  and  reduce  the  amount  that  the  Company  could  effectively  lend  on  an  item  of  collateral.  Such
reductions could adversely affect pawn loan balances, pawn redemption rates, inventory balances, inventory mixes, sales volumes and gross profit margins.

Furthermore,  economic  conditions  and  demand  may  also  fluctuate  by  geographic  region.  The  current  geographic  concentration  of  the  Company’s  pawn
stores  and  AFF’s  merchant  partners  creates  exposure  to  local  economies  and  politics,  and  regional  downturns.  As  a  result,  the  Company’s  business  is
currently more susceptible to regional conditions than the operations of more geographically diversified specialty finance companies, and the Company is
vulnerable to economic downturns or changing political landscapes in those regions. Any unforeseen events or circumstances that negatively affect these
areas could materially adversely affect the Company’s revenues and profitability.

39

Table of Contents

The price of the Company’s common stock has fluctuated substantially over the past several months and may continue to fluctuate substantially in the
future.

The Company’s stock price has been, and may continue to be, subject to significant fluctuations, and has decreased significantly in recent months from
historical trading levels as a result of a variety of factors, including the announcement of the acquisition of AFF, the CFPB’s action against the Company
and  other  factors,  some  of  which  are  beyond  the  Company’s  control.  The  Company  may  fail  to  meet  the  expectations  of  its  stockholders  or  securities
analysts at some point in the future, and its stock price could decline further as a result. This volatility may prevent investors from being able to sell their
common stock at or above the price they paid for their common stock.

In  addition,  the  stock  markets  in  general  have  experienced  volatility  recently  that  has  often  been  unrelated  to  the  operating  performance  of  particular
companies. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the trading price of the Company’s common stock. Securities class action litigation has
often been instituted against companies following periods of volatility in the overall market and in the market price of a company’s securities. Due to the
impact of the announcement of the CFPB’s action on the Company’s stock price, the Company has become subject to a purported securities class action
related to the CFPB’s lawsuit and may become subject to further litigation. An unfavorable result in these matters could have a material impact on the
Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

Inclement weather, natural disasters or health epidemics can adversely impact the Company’s operating results.

The  occurrence  of  weather  events  and  natural  disasters  such  as  rain,  cold  weather,  snow,  wind,  storms,  hurricanes,  earthquakes,  volcanic  eruptions,  or
health epidemics in the Company’s markets could adversely affect consumer traffic, retail sales, pawn loan and pawn redemption activities and LTO, RISA
and installment loan originations and have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations. In addition, the Company may incur property,
casualty or other losses not covered by insurance. Losses not covered by insurance could be substantial and may increase the Company’s expenses, which
could harm the Company’s results of operations and financial condition.

Adverse real estate market fluctuations and/or the inability to renew and extend store operating leases could affect the Company’s profits.

The Company leases most of its pawn store locations. Many of the store leases, especially in Latin America, include annual rent escalations tied to the local
consumer price index. A significant rise in real estate prices or real property taxes could also result in an increase in store lease costs as the Company opens
new locations and renews leases for existing locations, thereby negatively impacting the Company’s results of operations. The Company also owns certain
developed and undeveloped real estate, which could be impacted by adverse market fluctuations. In addition, the inability of the Company to renew, extend
or replace expiring store leases could have an adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations.

A discussion of certain other market risks is covered in “Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.”

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2. Properties

While the Company generally leases its pawnshop locations, the Company also purchases real estate for its pawnshop locations as opportunities arise at
prices  that  the  Company  believes  are  attractive,  whether  through  store  acquisitions  or  through  purchases  from  its  landlords  at  existing  stores.  As  of
December 31, 2021, the Company owned the real estate and buildings for 254 of its pawn stores, its Company’s corporate headquarters building in Fort
Worth, Texas and an office building in Dallas, Texas.

As of December 31, 2021, the Company leased 2,590 pawn store locations that were open or were in the process of opening. Leased facilities are generally
leased for a term of three to five years with one or more options to renew. A majority of the store leases can be terminated early upon an adverse change in
law which negatively affects the store’s profitability. The Company’s leases expire on dates ranging between 2022 and 2045. All store leases provide for
specified periodic rental payments ranging from approximately $1,000 to $25,000 per month as of December 31, 2021. For more information about the
Company’s pawn store locations, see “Item 1. Business—Pawn Store Locations.”

40

Table of Contents

The following table details material corporate locations leased by the Company (dollars in thousands):

Description

Administrative offices
Administrative offices
Administrative offices

Location

Dallas, Texas
Monterrey, Mexico
Mexico City, Mexico

Square Footage
37,000
15,000
8,000

Lease Expiration Date

September 30, 2022
December 31, 2024
March 31, 2024

Monthly Rental
Payment

$

45 
18 
18 

Most leases require the Company to maintain the property and pay the cost of insurance and property taxes. The Company believes termination of any
particular lease would not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s operations. The Company believes the facilities currently owned and leased by
it as pawn stores are suitable for such purpose and considers its equipment, furniture and fixtures to be in good condition.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

The description of the shareholder securities class action lawsuit, CFPB lawsuit and other lawsuits contained in Note 13 - Commitments and Contingencies
of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Part IV, Item 15 of this report is incorporated to this Part I, Item 3 by reference.

The Company is also a defendant in certain routine litigation matters and regulatory actions encountered in the ordinary course of its business. Certain of
these matters are covered to an extent by insurance. In the opinion of management, the resolution of these matters is not expected to have a material adverse
effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or liquidity.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not Applicable.

41

Table of Contents

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

General Market Information

The Company’s common stock is quoted on the Nasdaq Global Select Market (“Nasdaq”) under the symbol “FCFS.”

On February 14, 2022, there were approximately 231 stockholders of record of the Company’s common stock.

In February 2022, the Company’s Board of Directors declared a $0.30 per share first quarter cash dividend on common shares outstanding, or an aggregate
of $14.5 million based on the December 31, 2021 share count, to be paid on February 28, 2022 to stockholders of record as of February 21, 2022. While the
Company  currently  expects  to  continue  the  payment  of  quarterly  cash  dividends,  the  amount,  declaration  and  payment  of  cash  dividends  in  the  future
(quarterly or otherwise) will be made by the Board of Directors, from time to time, subject to the Company’s financial condition, results of operations,
business requirements, compliance with legal requirements, expected liquidity, debt covenant restrictions and other relevant factors including the impact of
COVID-19.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

During 2021, the Company repurchased a total of 688,000 shares of common stock at an aggregate cost of $49.6 million and an average cost per share of
$72.10, and during 2020, repurchased 1,427,000 shares of common stock at an aggregate cost of $107.0 million and an average cost per share of $74.96.
The Company intends to continue repurchases under its active share repurchase program, including through open market transactions under trading plans in
accordance with Rule 10b5-1 and Rule 10b-18 under the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, subject to a variety of factors, including, but not limited to,
the  level  of  cash  balances,  credit  availability,  debt  covenant  restrictions,  general  business  conditions,  regulatory  requirements,  the  market  price  of  the
Company’s stock, dividend policy, the availability of alternative investment opportunities, including acquisitions, and the impact of COVID-19.

The following table provides the information with respect to purchases made by the Company of shares of its common stock during each month a share
repurchase program was in effect during the three months ended December 31, 2021 (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts):

October 1 through October 31, 2021
November 1 through November 30, 2021
December 1 through December 31, 2021

Total

Total
Number
Of Shares
Purchased

Average
Price
Paid
Per Share

Total Number Of
Shares Purchased
As Part Of Publicly
Announced Plans

Approximate Dollar
Value Of Shares
That May Yet Be
Purchased Under
The Plans

—  $
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 

— 

—  $
— 
— 
— 

72,217 
72,217 
72,217 

The following table provides purchases made by the Company of shares of its common stock under each share repurchase program in effect during 2021
(dollars in thousands):

Plan Authorization Date
January 28, 2020
January 27, 2021

Plan Completion Date
May 4, 2021
Currently active

$

Total

Dollar Amount
Authorized

Shares Purchased in
2021

Dollar Amount
Purchased in 2021

Remaining Dollar
Amount Authorized For
Future Purchases

318,000  $
370,000 
688,000  $

21,827  $
27,783 
49,610  $

— 
72,217 
72,217 

100,000 
100,000 

42

Table of Contents

Performance Graph

The graph set forth below compares the cumulative total stockholder return on the common stock of the Company for the period from December 31, 2016
through  December  31,  2021,  with  the  cumulative  total  return  on  the  Standard  &  Poor’s  (“S&P”)  MidCap  400  Index  and  the  Russell  2000  Index,
representing  broad-based  equity  market  indexes,  and  the  S&P  MidCap  400  Financials  Index  and  the  S&P  MidCap  400  Consumer  Discretionary  Index,
representing industry-based indexes, over the same period (assuming the investment of $100 on December 31, 2016 and assuming the reinvestment of all
dividends on the date paid). The Company has previously included a peer group index, however believes the comparison to the above mentioned industry-
based  indexes  is  a  more  applicable  comparison.  As  a  result,  the  performance  graph  below  does  not  include  a  peer  group  index.  Note  that  historic
performance is not necessarily indicative of future performance.

Item 6. [Reserved]

43

Table of Contents

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

General

On  December  17,  2021,  the  Company  completed  the  acquisition  of  AFF,  which  is  a  leading  technology-driven  retail  POS  payments  platform  primarily
focused on providing LTO products. See Note 3 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information about the AFF Acquisition.

With  the  AFF  Acquisition,  the  Company  now  operates  two  business  lines:  pawn  operations  and  retail  POS  payment  solutions.  Its  business  lines  are
organized into three reportable segments. The U.S. pawn segment consists of all pawn operations in the U.S. and the Latin America pawn segment consists
of all pawn operations in Mexico, Guatemala, Colombia and El Salvador. The retail POS payment solutions segment consists of the operations of AFF in
the  U.S.  and  Puerto  Rico.  Financial  information  regarding  the  Company’s  revenue  and  long-lived  assets  by  geographic  areas  is  provided  in  Note  17  of
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Company’s primary business line continues to be the operation of retail pawn stores, also known as “pawnshops,” which focus on serving cash and
credit-constrained  consumers.  Pawn  stores  help  customers  meet  small  short-term  cash  needs  by  providing  non-recourse  pawn  loans  and  buying
merchandise directly from customers. Personal property, such as jewelry, electronics, tools, appliances, sporting goods and musical instruments, is pledged
and held as collateral for the pawn loans over the typical 30-day term of the loan. Pawn stores also generate retail sales primarily from the merchandise
acquired through collateral forfeitures and over-the-counter purchases from customers.

The Company’s retail POS payment solutions business line consists solely of the operations of AFF, which focuses on providing LTO and retail financing
payment options across a large network of traditional and e-commerce retail merchant partners in all 50 states in the U.S., the District of Columbia and
Puerto Rico. AFF’s retail partnerships provide consumer goods and services to their shoppers and use AFF’s LTO and retail finance solutions to facilitate
payments on such transactions. As one of the largest omni-channel providers of “no credit required” payment options, AFF’s technology set provides its
merchant partners with seamless leasing and financing experiences in-store, online, in-cart and on mobile devices.

Business operations in Mexico, Guatemala and Colombia are transacted in Mexican pesos, Guatemalan quetzales and Colombian pesos. The Company also
has operations in El Salvador where the reporting and functional currency is the U.S. dollar. The following table provides exchange rates for the Mexican
peso, Guatemalan quetzal and Colombian peso for the current and prior-year periods:  

Mexican peso / U.S. dollar exchange rate:

End-of-period
Twelve months ended

Guatemalan quetzal / U.S. dollar exchange rate:

End-of-period
Twelve months ended

Colombian peso / U.S. dollar exchange rate:

End-of-period
Twelve months ended

Rate

20.6
20.3

7.7
7.7

3,981
3,742

2021

% Change
Over Prior-
Year Period
Favorable /
(Unfavorable)

(4)%
6 %

1 %
— %

(16)%
(1)%

44

2020

% Change
Over Prior-
Year Period
Favorable /
(Unfavorable)

(6)%
(11)%

(1)%
— %

(5)%
(13)%

Rate

19.9
21.5

7.8
7.7

3,433
3,693

2019

Rate

18.8
19.3

7.7
7.7

3,277
3,280

    
 
Table of Contents

The  Company’s  management  reviews  and  analyzes  operating  results  in  Latin  America  on  a  constant  currency  basis  because  the  Company  believes  this
better  represents  the  Company’s  underlying  business  trends.  Constant  currency  results  are  non-GAAP  financial  measures,  which  exclude  the  effects  of
foreign currency translation and are calculated by translating current-year results at prior-year average exchange rates. The wholesale scrap jewelry sales in
Latin America are priced and settled in U.S. dollars, and are not affected by foreign currency translation, as are a small percentage of the operating and
administrative expenses in Latin America, which are billed and paid in U.S. dollars. Amounts presented on a constant currency basis are denoted as such.
See “Non-GAAP Financial Information” for additional discussion of constant currency operating results.

Critical Accounting Estimates

The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  GAAP  requires  management  to  make  estimates,  assumptions  and  judgments  that  affect  the
reported amounts of assets and liabilities, related revenue and expenses, and disclosure of gain and loss contingencies at the date of the financial statements.
Such estimates, assumptions and judgments are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, which may cause actual results to differ materially from the
Company’s estimates.

The critical accounting policies and estimates that could have a significant impact on the Company’s results of operations are described in Note 2 of Notes
to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements.  The  Company  believes  the  following  critical  accounting  policies  describe  the  more  significant  judgments  and
estimates used in the preparation of its consolidated financial statements.

Pawn loans and revenue recognition - Pawn loans are secured by the customer’s pledge of tangible personal property, which the Company holds during the
term of the loan. If a pawn loan defaults, the Company relies on the sale of the pawned property to recover the principal amount of an unpaid pawn loan,
plus a yield on the investment, as the Company’s pawn loans are non-recourse against the customer. The Company accrues pawn loan fee revenue on a
constant-yield  basis  over  the  life  of  the  pawn  loan  for  all  pawns  for  which  the  Company  deems  collection  to  be  probable  based  on  historical  pawn
redemption statistics, which is included in accounts receivable, net in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. If the pawn loan is not repaid prior to
the expiration of the pawn loan term, including any extension or grace period, if applicable, the principal amount loaned becomes the inventory carrying
value of the forfeited collateral, which is typically recovered through sales of the forfeited items at prices well above the carrying value. The Company has
determined no allowance related to credit losses on pawn loans is required as the fair value of the pledged collateral is significantly in excess of the pawn
loan amount.

Pawn  inventories  and  revenue  recognition  -  Pawn  inventories  represent  merchandise  acquired  from  forfeited  pawn  loans  and  merchandise  purchased
directly from the general public. The Company also retails limited quantities of new or refurbished merchandise obtained directly from wholesalers and
manufacturers.  Pawn  inventories  from  forfeited  pawn  loans  are  recorded  at  the  amount  of  the  pawn  principal  on  the  unredeemed  goods,  exclusive  of
accrued interest. Pawn inventories purchased directly from customers, wholesalers and manufacturers are recorded at cost. The cost of pawn inventories is
determined  on  the  specific  identification  method.  Pawn  inventories  are  stated  at  the  lower  of  cost  or  net  realizable  value  and,  accordingly,  valuation
allowances  are  established  if  pawn  inventory  carrying  values  are  in  excess  of  estimated  selling  prices,  net  of  direct  costs  of  disposal.  Management  has
evaluated pawn inventories and determined that a valuation allowance is not necessary.

The Company’s merchandise sales are primarily retail sales to the general public in its pawn stores. The Company records sales revenue at the time of the
sale. The Company presents merchandise sales net of any sales or value-added taxes collected. Some jewelry inventory is melted and processed at third-
party facilities and the precious metal and diamond content is sold at either prevailing market commodity prices or a previously agreed upon price with a
commodity buyer. The Company records revenue from these wholesale scrap jewelry transactions when a price has been agreed upon and the Company
ships the commodity to the buyer.

Leased merchandise and revenue recognition - The Company provides merchandise, consisting primarily of furniture and mattresses, appliances, jewelry,
electronics and automotive products, to customers of its merchant partners for lease under certain terms agreed to by the customer. The customer has the
right to acquire the title either through an early buyout option or through payment of all required lease payments. The Company maintains ownership of the
leased  merchandise  until  all  payment  obligations  are  satisfied  under  the  lease  agreement.  The  customer  has  the  right  to  cancel  the  lease  at  any  time  by
returning  the  merchandise  and  making  all  scheduled  payments  due  through  the  minimum  lease  holding  period,  which  is  typically  60  days.  Leased
merchandise contracts can typically be renewed for between six to 24 months. Leased merchandise is stated at depreciated cost. The Company depreciates
leased merchandise over the life of the lease, and assumes no salvage value. Depreciation is accelerated upon an early buyout. All of the Company’s leased
merchandise represents on-lease merchandise and all leases are operating leases.

45

Table of Contents

Lease  income  is  recognized  over  the  lease  term  and  is  recorded  net  of  any  sales  taxes  collected.  Charges  for  late  fees  and  insufficient  fund  fees  are
recognized  as  income  when  collected.  Initial  direct  costs  related  to  the  Companyʼs  lease  agreements  are  added  to  the  basis  of  the  leased  property  and
recognized over the lease term in proportion to the recognition of lease income. The Company typically charges the customer a non-refundable processing
fee at lease inception and may also receive a discount from or pay a premium to certain merchant partners for leases originated at their locations, which are
deferred  and  amortized  using  the  straight-line  method  as  adjustments  to  lease  income  over  the  contractual  life  of  the  related  leased  merchandise.
Unamortized fees, discounts and premiums are recognized in full upon early buyout or charge-off.

The  Company  accrues  for  lease  income  earned  but  not  yet  collected  as  accrued  rent  receivable,  which  is  included  in  accounts  receivable,  net  in  the
accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets.  Alternatively,  lease  payments  received  in  excess  of  the  amount  earned  are  recognized  as  deferred  revenue,
which  is  included  in  customer  deposits  and  prepayments  in  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets.  Customer  payments  are  first  applied  to
applicable sales tax and scheduled lease payments, then applied to any uncollected fees, such as late fees and insufficient fund fees. The Company collects
sales taxes on behalf of the customer and remits all applicable sales taxes collected to the respective jurisdiction.

Provision for lease losses -  The  Company  records  a  provision  for  lease  losses  on  an  allowance  method,  which  estimates  the  leased  merchandise  losses
incurred but not yet identified by management as of the end of the accounting period. The allowance for lease losses is based primarily upon historical loss
experience  with  consideration  given  to  recent  and  forecasted  business  trends  including,  but  not  limited  to,  loss  trends,  delinquency  levels,  economic
conditions, underwriting and collection practices.

The Company charges off leased merchandise when a lease is 90 days or more contractually past due. If an account is deemed to be uncollectible prior to
this date, the Company will charge off the leased merchandise at the point in time it is deemed uncollectible.

Finance receivables and revenue recognition - The Company purchases and services retail finance receivables, the term of which typically range from six
to 24 months, directly from its merchant partners or from its bank partner. The Company has a partnership with a Utah state-chartered bank that requires
the  Company  to  purchase  the  rights  to  the  cash  flows  associated  with  finance  receivables  marketed  to  retail  consumers  on  the  bank’s  behalf.  The  bank
establishes the underwriting criteria for the finance receivables originated by the bank.

Interest income is recognized using the interest method over the life of the finance receivable for all loans for which the Company deems collection to be
probable  based  on  historical  loan  redemption  statistics  and  stops  accruing  interest  upon  charge-off.  Charges  for  late  fees  and  insufficient  fund  fees  are
recognized as income when collected. The Company receives an origination fee on newly purchased bank loans and may receive a discount from or pay a
premium  to  certain  merchant  partners  for  finance  receivables  purchased  from  them,  which  are  deferred  and  amortized  using  the  interest  method  as
adjustments to yield over the contractual life of the related finance receivable. Unamortized origination fees, discounts and premiums are recognized in full
upon early payoff or charge-off.

The Company offers customers an early payoff discount on most of its finance receivables whereby the customer has between 90 and 105 days to pay the
full principal balance without incurring any interest charge. If the borrower does not pay the full principal balance prior to the expiration of the early payoff
discount period, interest charges are applied retroactively to the inception date of the loan. The Company accrues interest income during the early payoff
discount period but records a reserve for loans expected to pay the full principal balance prior to the expiration of the early payoff discount period based on
historical payment patterns.

Provision for loan losses - Expected lifetime losses on finance receivables are recognized upon loan purchase, which requires the Company to make its best
estimate of probable lifetime losses at the time of purchase. The Company segments its finance receivable portfolio into pools of receivables with similar
risk characteristics which include loan product and monthly origination vintage and evaluates each pool for impairment.

The Company calculates the allowance for loan losses based on historical loss information and incorporates observable and forecasted economic conditions
over  a  reasonable  and  supportable  forecast  period  covering  the  full  contractual  life  of  finance  receivables.  Incorporating  observable  and  forecasted
economic  conditions  could  have  a  material  impact  on  the  measurement  of  the  allowance  to  the  extent  that  forecasted  economic  conditions  change
significantly.  The  Company  may  also  consider  other  qualitative  factors  to  address  recent  and  forecasted  business  trends  in  estimating  the  allowance,  as
necessary, including, but not limited to, loss trends, delinquency levels, economic conditions, underwriting and collection practices. The allowance for loan
losses is maintained at a level considered appropriate to cover expected lifetime losses on the finance receivable portfolio, and the appropriateness of the
allowance is evaluated at each period end.

46

Table of Contents

The Company charges off finance receivables when a receivable is 90 days or more contractually past due. If an account is deemed to be uncollectible prior
to this date, the Company will charge off the finance receivable at the point in time it is deemed uncollectible.

Business combinations - Business combination accounting requires the Company to determine the fair value of all assets acquired, including identifiable
intangible assets, liabilities assumed and contingent consideration issued in a business combination. The total consideration of the acquisition is allocated to
the assets and liabilities in amounts equal to the estimated fair value of each asset and liability as of the acquisition date, and any remaining acquisition
consideration  is  classified  as  goodwill.  This  allocation  process  requires  extensive  use  of  estimates  and  assumptions.  When  appropriate,  the  Company
utilizes independent valuation experts to advise and assist in determining the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in connection with a
business  acquisition,  in  determining  appropriate  amortization  methods  and  periods  for  identified  intangible  assets  and  in  determining  the  fair  value  of
contingent consideration, which is reviewed at each subsequent reporting period with changes in the fair value of the contingent consideration recognized
in the consolidated statement of income. See Note 3 and Note 6 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets - Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets acquired in
each business combination. The Company performs its goodwill impairment assessment annually as of December 31, and between annual assessments if an
event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. The Company’s
reporting units, which are tested for impairment, are U.S. pawn, Latin America pawn and retail POS payment solutions. The Company assesses goodwill
for impairment at a reporting unit level by first assessing a range of qualitative factors, including, but not limited to, macroeconomic conditions, industry
conditions,  the  competitive  environment,  changes  in  the  market  for  the  Company’s  products  and  services,  regulatory  and  political  developments,  entity
specific factors, such as strategy and changes in key personnel, and overall financial performance. If, after completing this assessment, it is determined that
it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value, the Company proceeds to the impairment testing methodology.
See Note 14 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Company’s other material indefinite-lived intangible assets consist of certain trade names and pawn licenses. The Company performs its indefinite-
lived intangible asset impairment assessment annually as of December 31, and between annual assessments if an event occurs or circumstances change that
would more likely than not reduce the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset below its carrying amount. See Note 14 of Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements.

47

Table of Contents

Results of Operations

2021 Consolidated Operating Results Highlights

The  following  table  sets  forth  revenue,  net  income,  diluted  earnings  per  share,  adjusted  net  income,  adjusted  diluted  earnings  per  share,  EBITDA  and
adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2021 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2020 (in thousands, except per share amounts):

Revenue
Net income
Diluted earnings per share
EBITDA (non-GAAP measure)
Weighted-average diluted shares

Year Ended December 31,

As Reported (GAAP)

2021

2020

Adjusted (Non-GAAP)

2021

2020

$
$
$
$

1,698,965  $
124,909  $
3.04  $
244,098  $
41,024 

1,631,284 
106,579 
2.56 
213,608 
41,600 

$
$
$
$

1,698,965  $
161,479  $
3.94  $
289,631  $
41,024 

1,631,284 
125,153 
3.01 
236,974 
41,600 

See  “Non-GAAP  Financial  Information—Adjusted  Net  Income  and  Adjusted  Diluted  Earnings  Per  Share  and  —Earnings  Before  Interest,  Taxes,
Depreciation and Amortization (EBITDA) and Adjusted EBITDA” below.

The following charts present net income, adjusted net income, diluted earnings per share, adjusted diluted earnings per share, EBITDA, adjusted EBITDA
and earning assets, which consist of pawn loans, finance receivables, inventories and leased merchandise, as of and for the years ended December 31, 2021,
2020 and 2019 (in millions, except per share amounts):

* Non-GAAP financial measures. See “Non-GAAP Financial Information” for additional discussion of non-GAAP financial measures.

48

Table of Contents

Operating Results for the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2021 Compared to the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2020

The COVID-19 pandemic continues to impact numerous aspects of the Company’s business and the continuing long-term impact to its business remains
unknown.  The  extent  to  which  COVID-19  continues  to  impact  the  Company’s  operations,  results  of  operations,  liquidity  and  financial  condition  will
depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted with confidence, including the unknown duration and severity of the
COVID-19 pandemic, which may be impacted by variants of concern and the efficacy and adoption rate of the COVID-19 vaccines in the jurisdictions in
which  the  Company  operates.  In  addition,  changes  in  economic  conditions  and  consumer  spending,  rising  inflation,  and  the  actions  taken  to  limit  the
economic impact of COVID-19, such as government stimulus and other transfer programs, have and may continue to have a material adverse impact on
demand for pawn loans in future periods. Moreover, safety protocols, staffing constraints and supply chain delays continue to impact operations and traffic
counts for many retailers, which include the Company’s pawn stores and many of AFF’s retail merchant partners.

The following tables and related discussion set forth key operating and financial data for the Company’s operations by reporting segment as of and for the
years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020. For similar operating and financial data and discussion of the Company’s 2020 results compared to its 2019
results, refer to Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” under Part II of the Company’s Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020, which was filed with the SEC on February 1, 2021.

Stores included in the same-store calculations presented in the U.S. pawn segment and Latin America pawn segment sections below are those stores that
were  opened  or  acquired  prior  to  the  beginning  of  the  prior-year  comparative  period  and  remained  open  through  the  end  of  the  reporting  period.  Also
included are stores that were relocated during the applicable period within a specified distance serving the same market where there is not a significant
change in store size and where there is not a significant overlap or gap in timing between the opening of the new store and the closing of the existing store.

49

Table of Contents

U.S. Pawn Segment

The following table details earning assets, which consist of pawn loans and inventories, as well as other earning asset metrics of the U.S. pawn segment as
of December 31, 2021 as compared to December 31, 2020 (dollars in thousands, except as otherwise noted):

U.S. Pawn Segment
Earning assets:
Pawn loans
Inventories

Average outstanding pawn loan amount (in ones)

Composition of pawn collateral:

General merchandise
Jewelry

Composition of inventories:
General merchandise
Jewelry

Percentage of inventory aged greater than one year

As of December 31,

2021

2020

Increase

$

$

$

256,311 
197,486 
453,797 

222 

$

$

$

220,391 
136,109 
356,500 

198 

16 %
45 %

27 %

12 %

34 %
66 %
100 %

45 %
55 %
100 %

1 %

33 %
67 %
100 %

46 %
54 %
100 %

2 %

Inventory turnover (trailing twelve months cost of merchandise sales divided by

average inventories)

2.8 times

3.2 times

50

 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

The following table presents segment pre-tax operating income and other operating metrics of the U.S. pawn segment for the year ended December 31,
2021 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2020 (dollars in thousands). Operating expenses include salary and benefit expense of pawn store-level
employees, occupancy costs, bank charges, security, insurance, utilities, supplies and other costs incurred by the pawn stores.

U.S. Pawn Segment
Revenue:

Retail merchandise sales
Pawn loan fees
Wholesale scrap jewelry sales
Interest and fees on finance receivables 

(1)

Total revenue

Cost of revenue:

Cost of retail merchandise sold
Cost of wholesale scrap jewelry sold
Provision for loan losses 
Total cost of revenue

(1)

Net revenue

Segment expenses:

Operating expenses
Depreciation and amortization
Total segment expenses

Segment pre-tax operating income

Operating metrics:

Retail merchandise sales margin
Net revenue margin
Segment pre-tax operating margin

Year Ended
December 31,

2021

2020

Increase /
(Decrease)

$

$

742,374 
305,350 
27,163 
— 
1,074,887 

416,039 
22,886 
— 
438,925 

635,962 

380,895 
22,234 
403,129 

720,281 
310,437 
45,405 
2,016 
1,078,139 

415,938 
39,584 
(488)
455,034 

623,105 

396,627 
21,743 
418,370 

$

232,833 

$

204,735 

44 %
59 %
22 %

42 %
58 %
19 %

3 %
(2)%
(40)%
(100)%
— %

— %
(42)%
100 %
(4)%

2 %

(4)%
2 %
(4)%

14 %

(1)

Effective June 30, 2020, the Company’s U.S. pawn segment ceased offering an unsecured consumer loan product.

51

 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Retail Merchandise Sales Operations

U.S. retail merchandise sales increased 3% to $742.4 million during 2021 compared to $720.3 million for 2020. Same-store retail sales were flat during
2021 compared to 2020. The gross profit margin on retail merchandise sales in the U.S. was 44% during 2021 compared to a margin of 42% during 2020.
The  increase  in  margin  was  primarily  a  result  of  continued  retail  demand  for  value-priced  pre-owned  merchandise,  increased  buying  of  merchandise
directly from customers and lower levels of aged inventory, which limited the need for normal discounting.

U.S. inventories increased 45% from $136.1 million at December 31, 2020 to $197.5 million at December 31, 2021. The increase was primarily due to the
lower than normal inventory balances at December 31, 2020 due to the impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic. Inventories aged greater than one year in the
U.S. were 1% at December 31, 2021 compared to 2% at December 31, 2020.

Pawn Lending Operations

U.S. pawn loan receivables as of December 31, 2021 increased 16% in total and 13% on a same-store basis compared to December 31, 2020. The increase
in total and same-store pawn receivables was primarily due to the continued recovery in pawn lending demand during 2021 to pre-pandemic levels as the
economy reopened and government stimulus programs were curtailed.

U.S. pawn loan fees decreased 2% to $305.4 million during 2021 compared to $310.4 million for 2020. Same-store pawn fees decreased 4% during 2021
compared to 2020. The decline in total and same-store pawn loan fees was primarily due to the significantly lower than normal beginning pawn loan levels,
partially offset by the continued recovery in pawn loan demand towards pre-pandemic levels during 2021.

Segment Expenses and Segment Pre-Tax Operating Income

U.S. store operating expenses decreased 4% to $380.9 million during 2021 compared to $396.6 million during 2020 and same-store operating expenses
decreased 6% compared with the prior-year period. The decrease in total and same-store operating expenses was primarily due to reduced staffing levels
and other cost saving initiatives in response to COVID-19, partially offset by increased store-level incentive compensation driven by increased revenues
towards the latter part of 2021.

The  U.S.  segment  pre-tax  operating  income  for  2021  was  $232.8  million,  which  generated  a  pre-tax  segment  operating  margin  of  22%  compared  to
$204.7 million and 19% in the prior year, respectively. The increase in the segment pre-tax operating income and margin reflected an increase in gross
profit from retail sales and a decrease in operating expenses, partially offset by a slight decrease in pawn loan fees, gross profit from scrap sales and net
revenue from consumer loan and credit services products as a result of discontinuing consumer lending operations in U.S. pawn stores in 2020.

52

Table of Contents

Latin America Pawn Segment

The  Company’s  management  reviews  and  analyzes  operating  results  in  Latin  America  on  a  constant  currency  basis  because  the  Company  believes  this
better  represents  the  Company’s  underlying  business  trends.  Constant  currency  results  are  non-GAAP  financial  measures,  which  exclude  the  effects  of
foreign currency translation and are calculated by translating current-year results at prior-year average exchange rates. The wholesale scrap jewelry sales in
Latin America are priced and settled in U.S. dollars and are not affected by foreign currency translation, as are a small percentage of the operating and
administrative expenses in Latin America, that are billed and paid in U.S. dollars.

Latin  American  results  of  operations  for  2021  compared  to  2020  were  impacted  by  a  6%  favorable  change  in  the  average  value  of  the  Mexican  peso
compared to the U.S. dollar. The translated value of Latin American earning assets as of December 31, 2021 compared to December 31, 2020 was also
impacted by a 4% unfavorable change in the end-of-period value of the Mexican peso compared to the U.S. dollar.

The following table details earning assets, which consist of pawn loans and inventories as well as other earning asset metrics of the Latin America pawn
segment as of December 31, 2021 as compared to December 31, 2020 (dollars in thousands, except as otherwise noted):

Constant Currency Basis

As of
December 31,
2021
(Non-GAAP)

$

$

$

94,420 
67,821 
162,241 

79 

Increase
(Non-GAAP)

7 %
25 %

14 %

1 %

As of December 31,

2021

2020

Increase /
(Decrease)

Latin America Pawn Segment
Earning assets:
Pawn loans
Inventories

Average outstanding pawn loan amount (in

ones)

Composition of pawn collateral:

General merchandise
Jewelry

Composition of inventories:
General merchandise
Jewelry

$

$

$

91,662 
65,825 
157,487 

77 

67 %
33 %
100 %

68 %
32 %
100 %

$

$

$

87,840 
54,243 
142,083 

4 %
21 %

11 %

78 

(1)%

64 %
36 %
100 %

56 %
44 %
100 %

Percentage of inventory aged greater than one

year

1 %

2 %

Inventory turnover (trailing twelve months
cost of merchandise sales divided by
average inventories)

4.2 times

4.3 times

53

 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

The  following  table  presents  segment  pre-tax  operating  income  and  other  operating  metrics  of  the  Latin  America  pawn  segment  for  the  year  ended
December 31, 2021 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2020 (dollars in thousands). Operating expenses include salary and benefit expense of
pawn store-level employees, occupancy costs, bank charges, security, insurance, utilities, supplies and other costs incurred by the pawn stores.

Year Ended
December 31,

2021

2020

Increase /
(Decrease)

Constant Currency Basis

Year Ended
December 31,
2021
(Non-GAAP)

Increase /
(Decrease)
(Non-GAAP)

Latin America Pawn Segment
Revenue:

Retail merchandise sales
Pawn loan fees
Wholesale scrap jewelry sales

Total revenue

$

Cost of revenue:

Cost of retail merchandise sold
Cost of wholesale scrap jewelry sold

Total cost of revenue

$

391,875 
170,432 
30,027 
592,334 

247,425 
26,243 
273,668 

355,237 
147,080 
50,828 
553,145 

225,149 
39,962 
265,111 

Net revenue

318,666 

288,034 

Segment expenses:

Operating expenses
Depreciation and amortization
Total segment expenses

179,020 
17,834 
196,854 

165,531 
15,816 
181,347 

$

10 %
16 %
(41)%
7 %

10 %
(34)%
3 %

11 %

8 %
13 %
9 %

371,033 
161,336 
30,027 
562,396 

234,308 
24,837 
259,145 

303,251 

170,108 
17,005 
187,113 

Segment pre-tax operating income

$

121,812 

$

106,687 

14 %

$

116,138 

Operating metrics:

Retail merchandise sales margin
Net revenue margin
Segment pre-tax operating margin

37 %
54 %
21 %

37 %
52 %
19 %

37 %
54 %
21 %

4 %
10 %
(41)%
2 %

4 %
(38)%
(2)%

5 %

3 %
8 %
3 %

9 %

54

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Retail Merchandise Sales Operations

Latin America inventories increased 21% (25% on a constant currency basis) from $54.2 million at December 31, 2020 to $65.8 million at December 31,
2021.  The  increase  was  primarily  due  to  lower  than  normal  inventory  balances  at  December  31,  2020  due  to  the  impacts  of  the  COVID-19  pandemic.
Inventories aged greater than one year in Latin America were 1% at December 31, 2021 and 2% at December 31, 2020.

Latin America retail merchandise sales increased 10% (4% on a constant currency basis) to $391.9 million during 2021 compared to $355.2 million for
2020. Same-store retail sales increased 8% (2% on a constant currency basis). The gross profit margin on retail merchandise sales was 37% during 2021
and 2020.

Pawn Lending Operations

Latin America pawn loan receivables increased 4% (7% on a constant currency basis) as of December 31, 2021 compared to December 31, 2020, and on a
same-store basis, increased by 3% (6% on a constant currency basis). The increase in total and same-store pawn receivables and resulting pawn loan fees
was primarily due to the continued recovery in pawn lending demand during 2021 towards pre-pandemic levels.

Latin  America  pawn  loan  fees  increased  16%  (10%  on  a  constant  currency  basis),  totaling  $170.4  million  during  2021  compared  to  $147.1  million  for
2020. Same-store pawn fees increased 14% (8% on a constant currency basis) during 2021 compared to 2020. The increase in total and same-store constant
currency pawn loan fees was primarily due to the continued improvement of pawn loan origination activity during 2021, partially offset by significantly
lower than normal beginning pawn loan levels.

Segment Expenses and Segment Pre-Tax Operating Income

Store operating expenses increased 8% (3% on a constant currency basis) to $179.0 million during 2021 compared to $165.5 million during 2020. Same-
store operating expenses increased 6% (1% on a constant currency basis) compared to the prior-year period.

The  segment  pre-tax  operating  income  for  2021  was  $121.8  million,  which  generated  a  pre-tax  segment  operating  margin  of  21%  compared  to
$106.7 million and 19% in the prior year, respectively. The increase in the segment pre-tax operating income and margin was primarily due to an increase
in gross profit from retail sales and pawn loan fees and a 6% favorable change in the average value of the Mexican peso, partially offset by a decrease in
gross profit from scrap sales and an increase in store operating expenses.

55

Table of Contents

Retail POS Payment Solutions Segment

The Company completed the AFF Acquisition on December 17, 2021 and the results of operations of AFF have been consolidated since the acquisition
date.  The  Company  has  performed  a  preliminary  valuation  analysis  of  identifiable  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  and  allocated  the  aggregate
purchase consideration based on the fair values of those identifiable assets and liabilities. See Note 3 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for
additional information about the AFF Acquisition.

As  a  result  of  purchase  accounting,  AFF’s  as  reported  earning  assets,  consisting  of  finance  receivables  and  leased  merchandise,  contain  significant  fair
value  adjustments.  The  fair  value  adjustments  will  be  amortized  over  the  life  of  the  lease  contracts  and  finance  receivables  acquired  at  the  time  of
acquisition.  Future  originations  of  finance  receivables  and  purchases  of  leased  merchandise  will  be  accounted  for  as  described  in  Note  2  of  Notes  to
Consolidated Financial Statements.

The following table provides a detail of finance receivables as reported and as adjusted to exclude the impacts of purchase accounting as of December 31,
2021 (in thousands):

Finance receivables, before allowance for loan losses

 (1)

Less allowance for loan losses

Finance receivables, net

As of December 31, 2021

As Reported
(GAAP)

Adjustments

Adjusted
(Non-GAAP)

$

$

256,595  $
75,574 
181,021  $

(42,657) $
— 
(42,657) $

213,938 
75,574 
138,364 

(1)

    As reported acquired finance receivables was recorded at fair value in conjunction with purchase accounting. Adjustment represents the difference between the original

amortized cost basis and fair value of the remaining acquired finance receivables.

The following table provides a detail of leased merchandise as reported and as adjusted to exclude the impacts of purchase accounting as of December 31,
2021 (in thousands):

Leased merchandise, before allowance for lease losses 

(1)

Less allowance for lease losses 

(2)

Leased merchandise, net

As of December 31, 2021

As Reported
(GAAP)

Adjustments

Adjusted
(Non-GAAP)

$

$

149,386  $
5,442 
143,944  $

53,829  $
61,526 
(7,697) $

203,215 
66,968 
136,247 

(1)

    As reported acquired leased merchandise was recorded at fair value (which includes estimates for charge-offs) in conjunction with purchase accounting. Adjustment

represents the difference between the original depreciated cost and fair value of the remaining acquired leased merchandise.

(2)

    As reported allowance for lease losses represents the provision for lease losses for leases originated between December 17, 2021 and December 31, 2021. Adjustment
represents the remaining allowance for lease losses of acquired leased merchandise, which is included in the fair value of the acquired leased merchandise described in
(1)

 above.

56

Table of Contents

AFF’s  as  reported  results  of  operations  also  contain  significant  purchase  accounting  impacts.  The  following  table  presents  segment  pre-tax  operating
income as reported and as adjusted to exclude the impacts of purchase accounting for the period from December 17, 2021 through December 31, 2021 (in
thousands). Operating expenses include salary and benefit expense of certain operations focused departments, merchant partner incentives, bank and other
payment  processing  charges,  credit  reporting  costs,  information  technology  costs,  advertising  costs  and  other  operational  costs  incurred  by  AFF.
Administrative expenses of AFF are not included in the segment pre-tax operating income.

December 17, 2021 - December 31, 2021

As Reported
(GAAP)

Adjustments

Adjusted
(Non-GAAP)

Retail POS Payment Solutions Segment
Revenue:

Leased merchandise income
Interest and fees on finance receivables

Total revenue

Cost of revenue:

Depreciation of leased merchandise
Provision for lease losses
Provision for loan losses
Total cost of revenue

 (1)

Net revenue (loss)

Segment expenses:

Operating expenses
Depreciation and amortization 

(2)

Total segment expenses

$

22,720  $
9,024 
31,744 

404  $

1,708 
2,112 

12,826 
5,442 
48,952 
67,220 

— 
— 
(44,250)
(44,250)

(35,476)

46,362 

4,917 
122 
5,039 

— 
— 
— 

Segment pre-tax operating income (loss)

$

(40,515) $

46,362  $

23,124 
10,732 
33,856 

12,826 
5,442 
4,702 
22,970 

10,886 

4,917 
122 
5,039 

5,847 

(1)

        As  reported  provision  for  loan  losses  includes  the  establishment  of  the  initial  allowance  for  expected  lifetime  credit  losses  for  acquired  finance  receivables  not

considered purchased credit deteriorated, which is recorded as an expense in the loan loss provision. See Note 3 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

(2)

    Amortization of identified intangible assets in the AFF Acquisition are considered corporate expenses and not included in segment depreciation and amortization.

57

 
 
Table of Contents

Consolidated Results of Operations

The  following  table  reconciles  pre-tax  operating  income  of  the  Company’s  U.S.  pawn  segment,  Latin  America  pawn  segment  and  retail  POS  payment
solutions segment discussed above to consolidated net income for the year ended December 31, 2021 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2020
(dollars in thousands):

Consolidated Results of Operations
Segment pre-tax operating income (loss):

U.S. pawn
Latin America pawn
Retail POS payment solutions 

(1)

Consolidated segment pre-tax operating income

Corporate expenses and other income:

Administrative expenses
Depreciation and amortization
Interest expense
Interest income
Loss on foreign exchange
Merger and acquisition expenses
Gain on revaluation of contingent acquisition consideration
Impairments and dispositions of certain other assets
Loss on extinguishment of debt

Total corporate expenses and other income

Income before income taxes

Provision for income taxes

Net income

Year Ended December 31,
2020
2021

Increase /
(Decrease)

$

232,833  $
121,812 
(40,515)
314,130 

111,259 
5,716 
32,386 
(696)
436 
15,449 
(17,871)
949 
— 
147,628 

204,735 
106,687 
— 
311,422 

110,931 
4,546 
29,344 
(1,540)
884 
1,316 
— 
10,505 
11,737 
167,723 

166,502 

143,699 

41,593 

37,120 

$

124,909  $

106,579 

14 %
14 %
— %
1 %

— %
26 %
10 %
(55)%
(51)%
1,074 %
— %
(91)%
(100)%
(12)%

16 %

12 %

17 %

(1)

        Includes  the  results  of  operations  for  AFF  for  the  period  December  17,  2021  to  December  31,  2021.  These  results  are  significantly  impacted  by  certain  purchase

accounting adjustments as noted in the retail POS payment solutions segment above.

Corporate Expenses and Taxes

Administrative  expenses  increased  less  than  1%  to  $111.3  million  during  2021  compared  to  $110.9  million  during  2020,  primarily  due  to  increased
incentive compensation and a 6% favorable change in the average value of the Mexican peso resulting in higher U.S. dollar translated expenses, partially
offset by reduced travel costs and other cost saving initiatives in response to COVID-19. As a percentage of revenue, administrative expenses were 7%
during 2021 and 2020.

Interest expense increased 10% to $32.4 million during 2021 compared to $29.3 million for 2020, primarily related to the December 13, 2021 issuance of
the $550.0 million senior unsecured notes due in 2030 and increased borrowings on the Company’s revolving unsecured credit facilities. See Note 11 of
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements and “Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

Merger  and  acquisition  expenses  increased  to  $15.4  million  during  2021  compared  to  $1.3  million  during  2020,  reflecting  transaction  costs  primarily
related to the AFF Acquisition in 2021.

58

 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

The Company recognized a gain of $17.9 million during 2021 as a result of a decrease in the liability for the estimated fair value of certain contingent
consideration related to the AFF Acquisition which is tied to the Company’s stock price. The gain was due to the increase in the Company’s stock price
from $62.83 on December 16, 2021 to $74.81 on December 31, 2021, which decreased the estimated fair value of the contingent consideration. See Note 3
and Note 6 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information about the contingent consideration related to the AFF Acquisition.

During 2021 and 2020, the Company recorded a $1.6 million and $7.1 million write-off of certain merger related lease intangibles, respectively. The lease
intangibles, which are included in the operating lease right of use asset on the consolidated balance sheets, were recorded in conjunction with the Cash
America merger and were written-off primarily as a result of the Company purchasing the store real estate from the landlords of certain existing legacy
Cash America stores. During 2021, the Company also recorded a $0.7 million gain on the sale of real estate, and during 2020, the Company also recorded a
$1.9 million impairment of other assets and a $1.5 million impairment of property and equipment.

During  2020,  the  Company  redeemed  its  outstanding  $300.0  million,  5.375%  senior  notes  due  2024,  incurring  a  loss  on  extinguishment  of  debt  of
$11.7 million, which includes an early redemption premium and other redemption costs of $8.8 million and the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs
of $2.9 million.

The consolidated effective income tax rate for 2021 and 2020 was 25.0% and 25.8%, respectively. The decrease in the effective tax rate was primarily due
to  an  increased  foreign  permanent  tax  benefit  recorded  during  2021  related  to  an  increased  inflation  index  adjustment  allowed  in  Mexico  as  a  result  of
elevated inflation during 2021, partially offset by a tax benefit recognized in 2020 resulting from the Internal Revenue Service finalizing regulations for the
GILTI provisions for foreign operations in the U.S. federal tax code, which essentially eliminated the impact of the incremental GILTI tax on the Company.
See Note 12 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Material Capital Requirements

The Company’s primary capital requirements include:

•

•

Expand pawn operations through growth of pawn receivables and inventories in existing stores, new store openings and strategic acquisition of
pawn stores;
Expand retail POS payment solutions operations through growth of the business generated from new and existing merchant partners;

◦

◦

Expected to result in additional purchases of lease merchandise, funding of additional finance receivables and an increase in servicing
and collection activities to support increased leases and finance receivables outstanding;
Expected to require operational support and development activities around AFF’s proprietary loan management and decisioning systems
along with merchant and customer service functions; and

•

Return capital to shareholders through dividends and stock repurchases.

Other  material  capital  requirements  include  operating  expenses  (see  Note  4  of  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  regarding  operating  lease
commitments), general corporate operating activities, income tax payments and debt service among others. The Company believes that net cash provided
by operating activities and available and unused funds under its revolving unsecured credit facilities will be adequate to meet its liquidity and capital needs
for these items in the short-term over the next 12 months and also in the long-term beyond the next 12 months.

Expand Pawn Operations

The Company intends to continue expansion through new store openings, primarily in Latin America. The impacts of COVID-19 limited the number of
2021  new  store  openings  to  61.  For  2022,  the  Company  expects  to  add  up  to  60  de  novo  full-service  pawn  locations  in  Latin  America.  Future  store
openings remain subject to uncertainties related to the COVID-19 pandemic, including but not limited to, the ability to continue construction projects and
obtain necessary licenses and permits, utility services, store equipment, supplies and staffing.

59

Table of Contents

The  Company  continually  looks  for,  and  is  presented  with,  potential  pawn  store  acquisition  opportunities  and  will  evaluate  potential  acquisitions  based
upon  growth  potential,  purchase  price,  available  liquidity,  debt  covenant  restrictions,  strategic  fit  and  quality  of  management  personnel,  among  other
factors. The Company acquired 46 pawn stores in the U.S. and acquired a pawn license that will be used to open a new pawn store in the state of Nevada
during 2022 for a cumulative purchase price of $79.5 million, net of cash acquired and subject to future post-closing adjustments.

Although viewed by management as a discretionary expenditure not required to operate its pawn stores, the Company may continue to purchase real estate
from its landlords at existing stores or in conjunction with pawn store acquisitions, as opportunities arise at reasonable valuations. The Company purchased
the real estate at 54 store locations, primarily from landlords at existing stores, for a cumulative purchase price of $79.5 million during 2021.

Expand Retail POS Payment Solutions Operations

AFF will continue to promote and build relationships with existing customers and merchants and believes there is an opportunity to increase the share of
existing merchants’ overall transaction volumes. While existing merchant partner relationships represent a significant source of AFF’s origination volumes,
the  Company  believes  there  are  also  many  more  untapped  traditional  and  e-commerce  merchants  providing  goods  and  services  to  customers  that  could
benefit  from  offering  AFF’s  retail  POS  payment  solutions.  AFF  has  made,  and  intends  to  continue  to  make,  investments  in  its  marketing  team  to  drive
awareness of AFF’s products at its merchant partners to increase utilization and encourage repeat business through increased marketing directly to AFF’s
customers. In addition, AFF has made and intends to continue to make investments in its unique and proprietary decisioning platform.

Return of Capital to Shareholders

In February 2022, the Company’s Board of Directors declared a $0.30 per share first quarter cash dividend on common shares outstanding, or an aggregate
of $14.5 million based on the December 31, 2021 share count, to be paid on February 28, 2022 to stockholders of record as of February 21, 2022. While the
Company  currently  expects  to  continue  the  payment  of  quarterly  cash  dividends,  the  amount,  declaration  and  payment  of  cash  dividends  in  the  future
(quarterly or otherwise) will be made by the Board of Directors, from time to time, subject to the Company’s financial condition, results of operations,
business requirements, compliance with legal requirements, debt covenant restrictions and other relevant factors including the impact of COVID-19.

During 2021, the Company repurchased a total of 688,000 shares of common stock at an aggregate cost of $49.6 million and an average cost per share of
$72.10, and during 2020, repurchased 1,427,000 shares of common stock at an aggregate cost of $107.0 million and an average cost per share of $74.96.
The  Company  has  approximately  $72.2  million  of  remaining  availability  under  its  currently  authorized  stock  repurchase  program.  While  the  Company
intends to continue repurchases under its active share repurchase program, future share repurchases are subject to a variety of factors, including, but not
limited to, the level of cash balances, credit availability, debt covenant restrictions, general business conditions, regulatory requirements, the market price
of the Company’s stock, dividend policy, the availability of alternative investment opportunities, including acquisitions, and the impact of COVID-19.

Sources of Liquidity

The  Company  regularly  evaluates  opportunities  to  optimize  its  capital  structure,  including  through  consideration  of  the  issuance  of  debt  or  equity,  to
refinance existing debt and to enter into interest rate hedge transactions, such as interest rate swap agreements. As of December 31, 2021, the Company’s
primary  sources  of  liquidity  were  $120.0  million  in  cash  and  cash  equivalents  and  $267.0  million  of  available  and  unused  funds  under  the  Company's
revolving unsecured credit facilities, subject to certain financial covenants (see Note 11 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements). The Company had
working capital of $737.2 million as of December 31, 2021.

The Company’s cash and cash equivalents as of December 31, 2021 included $57.5 million held by its foreign subsidiaries. These cash balances, which are
primarily  held  in  Mexican  pesos,  are  associated  with  foreign  earnings  the  Company  has  asserted  are  indefinitely  reinvested  and  which  the  Company
primarily plans to use to support its continued growth plans outside the U.S. through funding of capital expenditures, acquisitions, operating expenses or
other similar cash needs of the Company’s foreign operations. Primarily as a result of reduced store opening and acquisition activity, primarily due to the
impacts of COVID-19, the Company elected to repatriate $10.0 million from certain foreign subsidiaries during 2021.

60

Table of Contents

The  continued  developments  and  fluidity  of  the  COVID-19  pandemic  make  it  difficult  to  predict  the  ongoing  impact  of  COVID-19  on  the  Company’s
liquidity and presents a material uncertainty, which could adversely affect the Company’s results of operations, financial condition and cash flows in the
future.  Other  factors,  such  as  changes  in  general  customer  traffic  and  demand,  pawn  loan  balances,  loan-to-value  ratios,  collection  of  pawn  fees,
merchandise sales, inventory levels, LTO and finance receivable originations, collection of lease and finance receivable payments, seasonality, operating
expenses, administrative expenses, expenses related to merger and acquisition activities, tax rates, gold prices, foreign currency exchange rates and the pace
of new pawn store expansion and acquisitions, affect the Company’s liquidity. Additionally, a prolonged reduction in earnings and EBITDA could limit the
Company’s  future  ability  to  fully  borrow  on  its  credit  facilities  under  current  leverage  covenants.  Regulatory  developments  affecting  the  Company’s
operations may also impact profitability and liquidity. See “Item 1. Business—Governmental Regulation.”

If needed, the Company could seek to raise additional funds from a variety of sources, including but not limited to, repatriation of excess cash held in Latin
America,  the  sale  of  assets,  reductions  in  operating  expenses,  capital  expenditures  and  dividends,  the  forbearance  or  deferral  of  operating  expenses,  the
issuance of debt or equity securities, leveraging currently unencumbered real estate owned by the Company and/or changes to its management of current
assets.  The  characteristics  of  the  Company’s  current  assets,  specifically  the  ability  to  rapidly  liquidate  gold  jewelry  inventory,  which  accounts  for
approximately 49% of total inventory, gives the Company flexibility to quickly increase cash flow, if necessary.

Cash Flows and Liquidity Metrics

The following tables set forth certain historical information with respect to the Company’s sources and uses of cash and other key indicators of liquidity
(dollars in thousands):

Cash flow provided by operating activities
Cash flow used in investing activities
Cash flow provided by (used in) financing activities

Working capital
Current ratio

Cash Flow Provided by Operating Activities

2021

Year Ended December 31,
2020

223,304  $
(744,637)
576,993 

222,264  $
(20,352)
(186,502)

2019

231,596 
(137,053)
(120,806)

2021

As of December 31,
2020

737,151  $
2.9:1

418,159  $
3.0:1

2019

538,087 
3.7:1

$

$

Net cash provided by operating activities increased $1.0 million from $222.3 million for 2020 to $223.3 million for 2021, due to net changes in certain non-
cash adjustments to reconcile net income to operating cash flow and net changes in other operating assets and liabilities (as detailed in the consolidated
statements of cash flows), and an increase in net income of $18.3 million.

Cash Flow Used in Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities increased $724.3 million, or 3,559%, from $20.4 million during 2020 to $744.6 million during 2021. Cash flows from
investing  activities  are  utilized  primarily  to  fund  acquisitions,  purchases  of  furniture,  fixtures,  equipment  and  improvements,  which  includes  capital
expenditures for improvements to existing pawn stores and for new pawn store openings and other corporate assets, and discretionary purchases of store
real  property.  In  addition,  cash  flows  related  to  the  funding  of  new  pawn  loans,  net  of  cash  repayments  and  recovery  of  principal  through  the  sale  of
inventories acquired from forfeiture of pawn collateral, and finance receivables are included in investing activities. The portion of the AFF Acquisition
consideration paid in cash, net of cash acquired, was $462.1 million while the Company also paid $81.8 million in cash related to current and prior-year
pawn store acquisitions, $42.0 million for furniture, fixtures, equipment and improvements and $79.5 million for discretionary pawn store real property
purchases during 2021 compared to $44.3 million, $37.5 million and $45.5 million in 2020, respectively. The Company funded a net increase in pawn loans
of $73.3 million during 2021, whereas the Company received funds from a net decrease in pawn loans of $105.4 million during 2020, and the Company
funded a net increase in finance receivables of $5.8 million during 2021.

61

Table of Contents

Cash Flow Provided by Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities increased $763.5 million, or 409%, from net cash used in financing activities of $186.5 million during 2020 to net
cash provided by financing activities of $577.0 million during 2021. Net borrowings on the credit facilities were $136.0 million during 2021 compared to
net payments of $215.5 million during 2020. During 2021, the Company received $550.0 million in proceeds from the private offering of senior unsecured
notes  and  paid  $10.6  million  in  debt  issuance  costs  which  was  used  primarily  to  fund  the  acquisition  of  AFF.  During  2020,  the  Company  received
$500.0 million in proceeds from the private offering of senior unsecured notes and paid $8.0 million in debt issuance costs. Using part of the proceeds from
these senior unsecured notes, the Company redeemed $300.0 million of senior unsecured notes and paid redemption premiums and other redemption costs
of  $8.8  million  during  2020.  The  Company  funded  $49.6  million  for  share  repurchases  and  paid  dividends  of  $47.5  million  during  2021,  compared  to
funding $107.0 million of share repurchases and dividends paid of $44.8 million during 2020. In addition, the Company paid $1.7 million in withholding
taxes on net share settlements of restricted stock unit awards and stock options exercised and received $0.4 million in proceeds from the exercise of stock
options during 2021, compared to $3.7 million and $1.1 million, during 2020, respectively.

Non-GAAP Financial Information

The Company uses certain financial calculations such as adjusted net income, adjusted diluted earnings per share, EBITDA, adjusted EBITDA, free cash
flow,  adjusted  free  cash  flow,  adjusted  retail  POS  payment  solutions  segment  metrics  and  constant  currency  results  as  factors  in  the  measurement  and
evaluation  of  the  Company’s  operating  performance  and  period-over-period  growth.  The  Company  derives  these  financial  calculations  on  the  basis  of
methodologies  other  than  GAAP,  primarily  by  excluding  from  a  comparable  GAAP  measure  certain  items  the  Company  does  not  consider  to  be
representative of its actual operating performance. These financial calculations are “non-GAAP financial measures” as defined under the SEC rules. The
Company uses these non-GAAP financial measures in operating its business because management believes they are less susceptible to variances in actual
operating performance that can result from the excluded items, other infrequent charges and currency fluctuations. The Company presents these financial
measures to investors because management believes they are useful to investors in evaluating the primary factors that drive the Company’s core operating
performance  and  provide  greater  transparency  into  the  Company’s  results  of  operations.  However,  items  that  are  excluded  and  other  adjustments  and
assumptions that are made in calculating these non-GAAP financial measures are significant components in understanding and assessing the Company’s
financial performance. These non-GAAP financial measures should be evaluated in conjunction with, and are not a substitute for, the Company’s GAAP
financial measures. Further, because these non-GAAP financial measures are not determined in accordance with GAAP and are thus susceptible to varying
calculations, the non-GAAP financial measures, as presented, may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies.

While  acquisitions  are  an  important  part  of  the  Company’s  overall  strategy,  the  Company  has  adjusted  the  applicable  financial  calculations  to  exclude
merger  and  acquisition  expenses  to  allow  more  accurate  comparisons  of  the  financial  results  to  prior  periods,  which  include  the  Company’s  transaction
expenses  incurred  in  connection  with  its  acquisition  of  AFF.  In  addition,  the  Company  does  not  consider  these  merger  and  acquisition  expenses  to  be
related  to  the  organic  operations  of  the  acquired  businesses  or  its  continuing  operations  and  such  expenses  are  generally  not  relevant  to  assessing  or
estimating  the  long-term  performance  of  the  acquired  businesses.  Merger  and  acquisition  expenses  include  incremental  costs  directly  associated  with
merger and acquisition activities, including professional fees, legal expenses, severance, retention and other employee-related costs, contract breakage costs
and costs related to the consolidation of technology systems and corporate facilities, among others.

The Company has certain leases in Mexico which are denominated in U.S. dollars. The lease liability of these U.S. dollar denominated leases, which is
considered  a  monetary  liability,  is  remeasured  into  Mexican  pesos  using  current  period  exchange  rates  resulting  in  the  recognition  of  foreign  currency
exchange gains or losses. The Company has adjusted the applicable financial measures to exclude these remeasurement gains or losses because they are
non-cash, non-operating items that could create volatility in the Company’s consolidated results of operations due to the magnitude of the end of period
lease liability being remeasured and to improve comparability of current periods presented with prior periods.

In conjunction with the Cash America merger in 2016, the Company recorded certain lease intangibles related to above or below market lease liabilities of
Cash  America  which  are  included  in  the  operating  lease  right  of  use  asset  on  the  consolidated  balance  sheets.  As  the  Company  continues  to
opportunistically purchase real estate from landlords at certain Cash America stores, the associated lease intangible, if any, is written-off and gain or loss is
recognized. The Company has adjusted the applicable financial measures to exclude these gains or losses given the variability in size and timing of these
transactions  and  because  they  are  non-cash,  non-operating  gains  or  losses.  The  Company  believes  this  improves  comparability  of  operating  results  for
current periods presented with prior periods.

62

Table of Contents

Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share

Management  believes  the  presentation  of  adjusted  net  income  and  adjusted  diluted  earnings  per  share  provides  investors  with  greater  transparency  and
provides a more complete understanding of the Company’s financial performance and prospects for the future by excluding items that management believes
are non-operating in nature and not representative of the Company’s core operating performance. In addition, management believes the adjustments shown
below are useful to investors in order to allow them to compare the Company’s financial results for the current periods presented with the prior periods
presented.

The  following  table  provides  a  reconciliation  between  net  income  and  diluted  earnings  per  share  calculated  in  accordance  with  GAAP  to  adjusted  net
income and adjusted diluted earnings per share, which are shown net of tax (unaudited, in thousands, except per share amounts):

Net income and diluted earnings per share, as

reported

Adjustments, net of tax:

Merger and acquisition expenses
Non-cash foreign currency loss (gain) related

to lease liability

AFF purchase accounting adjustments, net 
Impairments and dispositions of certain other

(1)

assets

Loss on extinguishment of debt
Accrual of pre-merger Cash America income

tax liability

Adjusted net income and diluted earnings per

share

2021

Year Ended December 31,
2020

2019

In Thousands

Per Share

In Thousands

Per Share

In Thousands

Per Share

$

124,909  $

3.04  $

106,579  $

2.56  $

164,618  $

11,872 

451 
23,517 

730 
— 

— 

0.29 

0.01 
0.58 

0.02 
— 

— 

991 

874 
— 

6,979 
9,037 

693 

0.02 

0.02 
— 

0.17 
0.22 

0.02 

1,276 

(653)
— 

2,659 
— 

— 

$

161,479  $

3.94  $

125,153  $

3.01  $

167,900  $

3.81 

0.03 

(0.01)
— 

0.06 
— 

— 

3.89 

(1)

Includes  $34.1  million  related  to  the  establishment  of  the  initial  allowance  for  expected  lifetime  credit  losses  for  purchased  AFF  finance  receivables  that  are  not
considered credit deteriorated (non-PCD loans), which is recorded as an expense in the provision for loan losses, $1.6 million related to the amortization of acquired
intangible  assets  and  $1.6  million  related  to  other  non-cash  purchase  accounting  adjustments,  partially  offset  by  the  $13.8  million  gain  on  revaluation  of  AFF
contingent acquisition consideration (all shown net of tax).

63

 
Table of Contents

The following table provides a reconciliation of the gross amounts, the impact of income taxes and the net amounts for the adjustments included in the
table above (unaudited, in thousands):

Pre-tax

2021
Tax

After-tax

Year Ended December 31,
2020
Tax

Pre-tax

After-tax

Pre-tax

2019
Tax

After-tax

$

15,449  $

3,577  $

11,872  $

1,316  $

325  $

991  $

1,766  $

490  $

1,276 

Merger and acquisition

expenses

Non-cash foreign

currency loss (gain)
related to lease
liability
AFF purchase
accounting
adjustments, net

Impairment and
dispositions of
certain other assets
Loss on extinguishment

of debt

Accrual of pre-merger

Cash America
income tax liability

Total adjustments

$

644 

193 

451 

1,249 

375 

874 

(933)

(280)

(653)

30,542 

7,025 

23,517 

— 

— 

— 

— 

949 

— 

219 

— 

730 

— 

9,064 

11,737 

2,085 

2,700 

6,979 

9,037 

3,454 

— 

— 

795 

— 

— 

2,659 

— 

— 
47,584  $

— 
11,014  $

— 
36,570  $

— 
23,366  $

(693)
4,792  $

693 
18,574  $

— 
4,287  $

— 
1,005  $

— 
3,282 

64

 
Table of Contents

Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization (EBITDA) and Adjusted EBITDA

The  Company  defines  EBITDA  as  net  income  before  income  taxes,  depreciation  and  amortization,  interest  expense  and  interest  income  and  adjusted
EBITDA as EBITDA adjusted for certain items as listed below that management considers to be non-operating in nature and not representative of its actual
operating  performance.  The  Company  believes  EBITDA  and  adjusted  EBITDA  are  commonly  used  by  investors  to  assess  a  company’s  financial
performance, and adjusted EBITDA is used as a starting point in the calculation of the consolidated total debt ratio as defined in the Company’s senior
unsecured notes. The following table provides a reconciliation of net income to EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA (unaudited, in thousands):

Net income

Income taxes
Depreciation and amortization
Interest expense
Interest income

EBITDA

Adjustments:

Merger and acquisition expenses
Non-cash foreign currency loss (gain) related to lease liability
AFF purchase accounting adjustments, net
Impairments and dispositions of certain other assets
Loss on extinguishment of debt

 (1)

Adjusted EBITDA

2021

Year Ended December 31,
2020

2019

$

$

124,909 
41,593 
45,906 
32,386 
(696)
244,098 

15,449 
644 
28,491 
949 
— 
289,631 

$

$

106,579 
37,120 
42,105 
29,344 
(1,540)
213,608 

1,316 
1,249 
— 
9,064 
11,737 
236,974 

$

$

164,618 
59,993 
41,904 
34,035 
(1,055)
299,495 

1,766 
(933)
— 
3,454 
— 
303,782 

(1)

Excludes $2.1 million of amortization expense related to identifiable intangible assets for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021, which is already included in the
add back of depreciation and amortization to calculate EBITDA.

Free Cash Flow and Adjusted Free Cash Flow

For purposes of its internal liquidity assessments, the Company considers free cash flow and adjusted free cash flow. The Company defines free cash flow
as cash flow from operating activities less purchases of furniture, fixtures, equipment and improvements and net fundings/repayments of pawn loan and
finance receivables, which are considered to be operating in nature by the Company but are included in cash flow from investing activities. Adjusted free
cash flow is defined as free cash flow adjusted for merger and acquisition expenses paid that management considers to be non-operating in nature.

Free cash flow and adjusted free cash flow are commonly used by investors as an additional measure of cash generated by business operations that may be
used  to  repay  scheduled  debt  maturities  and  debt  service  or,  following  payment  of  such  debt  obligations  and  other  non-discretionary  items,  may  be
available  to  invest  in  future  growth  through  new  business  development  activities  or  acquisitions,  repurchase  stock,  pay  cash  dividends  or  repay  debt
obligations prior to their maturities. These metrics can also be used to evaluate the Company’s ability to generate cash flow from business operations and
the impact that this cash flow has on the Company’s liquidity. However, free cash flow and adjusted free cash flow have limitations as analytical tools and
should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for cash flow from operating activities or other income statement data prepared in accordance with
GAAP. The following table reconciles cash flow from operating activities to free cash flow and adjusted free cash flow (unaudited, in thousands):

65

 
Table of Contents

Cash flow from operating activities
Cash flow from investing activities:

(1)

Pawn loans, net 
Finance receivables, net
Purchases of furniture, fixtures, equipment and improvements

Free cash flow

Merger and acquisition expenses paid, net of tax benefit

Adjusted free cash flow

2021

Year Ended December 31,
2020

2019

$

223,304 

$

222,264 

$

231,596 

(73,340)
(5,844)
(42,022)
102,098 
11,872 
113,970 

$

105,418 
1,590 
(37,543)
291,729 
991 
292,720 

$

21,650 
12,756 
(44,311)
221,691 
1,276 
222,967 

$

(1)

Includes the funding of new loans net of cash repayments and recovery of principal through the sale of inventories acquired from forfeiture of pawn collateral.

Retail POS Payment Solutions Segment Purchase Accounting Adjustments

Management  believes  the  presentation  of  certain  retail  POS  payment  solutions  segment  metrics  adjusted  to  exclude  the  impacts  of  purchase  accounting
provides investors with greater transparency and provides a more complete understanding of AFF’s financial performance and prospects for the future by
excluding  the  impacts  of  purchase  accounting,  which  management  believes  is  non-operating  in  nature  and  not  representative  of  AFF’s  core  operating
performance.  See  the  retail  POS  payment  solutions  segment  tables  in  “Results  of  Operations”  above  for  additional  reconciliation  of  certain  amounts
adjusted to exclude the impacts of purchase accounting to as reported GAAP amounts.

Constant Currency Results

The Company’s reporting currency is the U.S. dollar. However, certain performance metrics discussed in this report are presented on a “constant currency”
basis,  which  is  considered  a  non-GAAP  financial  measure.  The  Company’s  management  uses  constant  currency  results  to  evaluate  operating  results  of
business operations in Latin America, which are primarily transacted in local currencies.

The  Company  believes  constant  currency  results  provide  valuable  supplemental  information  regarding  the  underlying  performance  of  its  business
operations in Latin America, consistent with how the Company’s management evaluates such performance and operating results. Constant currency results
reported herein are calculated by translating certain balance sheet and income statement items denominated in local currencies using the exchange rate from
the  prior-year  comparable  period,  as  opposed  to  the  current  comparable  period,  in  order  to  exclude  the  effects  of  foreign  currency  rate  fluctuations  for
purposes  of  evaluating  period-over-period  comparisons.  Business  operations  in  Mexico,  Guatemala  and  Colombia  are  transacted  in  Mexican  pesos,
Guatemalan  quetzales  and  Colombian  pesos.  The  Company  also  has  operations  in  El  Salvador  where  the  reporting  and  functional  currency  is  the  U.S.
dollar. See the Latin America pawn segment tables in “Results of Operations” above for additional reconciliation of certain constant currency amounts to as
reported GAAP amounts.

Effects of Inflation

During 2021, the Company does not believe inflation had a material effect on the volume of pawn loans originated by the Company or AFF’s transaction
volume, merchandise sales of the Company, or the Company’s results of operations during 2021. Widely reported inflation has occurred, however, and may
be ongoing into the foreseeable future. Depending on the severity and persistence of these inflationary pressures, the Company could see a negative impact
on its customers’ ability to pay (including an impact on the collectability of its accounts receivable) for its goods and services as well as increases in wages
and other operating costs. However, inflationary economic environments could also benefit the Company by increasing customer demand for value priced
products and lending services in its pawn stores.

66

 
 
Table of Contents

Seasonality

The Company’s business is subject to seasonal variations, and operating results for each quarter and year-to-date periods are not necessarily indicative of
the results of operations for the full year. Typically, the Company experiences seasonal growth of pawn service fees in the third and fourth quarter of each
year due to pawn loan balance growth. Pawn service fees generally decline in the first and second quarter of each year after the typical repayment period of
pawn loans associated with statutory bonuses received by customers in the fourth quarter in Mexico and with tax refund proceeds received by customers in
the  first  quarter  in  the  U.S.  In  addition,  AFF  customers  generally  exercise  the  early  buyout  option  on  their  existing  lease  or  finance  receivable  more
frequently  during  the  first  quarter  associated  with  tax  refund  proceeds.  Retail  sales  are  seasonally  higher  in  the  fourth  quarter  associated  with  holiday
shopping and, to a lesser extent, in the first quarter associated with tax refunds in the U.S.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See discussion in Note 2 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Market  risks  relating  to  the  Company’s  operations  result  primarily  from  changes  in  interest  rates,  gold  prices  and  foreign  currency  exchange  rates.  The
impact of current-year fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, in particular, are further discussed in Part II, Item 7 herein. The Company does not
engage in speculative or leveraged transactions, nor does it hold or issue financial instruments for trading purposes.

Gold Price Risk

The Company has significant holdings of gold in the form of jewelry inventories and pawn collateral, and a significant portion of retail merchandise sales
are  gold  jewelry,  as  are  most  of  the  wholesale  scrap  jewelry  sales.  At  December  31,  2021,  the  Company  held  approximately  $129.0  million  in  jewelry
inventories, which was primarily gold, representing 49% of total inventory. In addition, approximately $198.3 million, or 57%, of total pawn loans were
collateralized by jewelry, which was also primarily gold. Of the Company’s total retail merchandise revenue during 2021, approximately $408.3 million, or
36%,  was  from  jewelry  sales.  During  2021,  the  average  market  price  of  gold  increased  by  2%,  from  $1,769  to  $1,799  per  ounce.  The  price  of  gold  at
December  31,  2021  was  $1,806  per  ounce  compared  to  $1,888  at  December  31,  2020.  A  significant  and  sustained  decline  in  the  price  of  gold  would
negatively impact the value of jewelry inventories held by the Company and the value of gold jewelry pledged as collateral by pawn customers. As a result,
the  Company’s  profit  margins  from  the  sale  of  existing  jewelry  inventories  could  be  negatively  impacted,  as  could  the  potential  profit  margins  on  gold
jewelry currently pledged as collateral by pawn customers in the event it was forfeited by the customer. In addition, a decline in gold prices could result in a
lower balance of pawn loans outstanding for the Company, as customers generally would receive lower loan amounts for individual pieces of pledged gold
jewelry, although the Company believes that many customers would be willing to add additional items of value to their pledge in order to obtain the desired
loan amount, thus mitigating a portion of this risk.

Foreign Currency Risk

The financial statements of the Company’s subsidiaries in Mexico, Guatemala and Colombia are translated into U.S. dollars using period-end exchange
rates for assets and liabilities and average exchange rates for revenues and expenses. Adjustments resulting from translating net assets are reported as a
separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) within stockholders’ equity under the caption “currency translation adjustment.”
Exchange rate gains or losses related to foreign currency transactions are recognized as transaction gains or losses in the Company’s income statement as
incurred. The Company also has operations in El Salvador where the reporting and functional currency is the U.S. dollar.

On a dollar translated basis, both Latin America revenues and cost of revenues account for 35% of consolidated amounts for the year ended December 31,
2021.  The  majority  of  Latin  America  revenues  and  expenses  are  denominated  in  currencies  other  than  the  U.S.  dollar  and  the  Company,  therefore,  has
foreign currency risk related to these currencies, which are primarily the Mexican peso, and to a much lesser extent, the Guatemalan quetzal and Colombian
peso.

67

Table of Contents

Accordingly,  changes  in  exchange  rates,  and  in  particular  a  weakening  of  foreign  currencies  relative  to  the  U.S.  dollar,  may  negatively  affect  the
Company’s revenue and earnings of its Latin America pawn operations as expressed in U.S. dollars. For the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company’s
Latin  America  revenues  and  pre-tax  operating  income  would  have  been  approximately  $29.9  million  and  $5.7  million  lower,  respectively,  had  foreign
currency exchange rates remained consistent with those for the year ended December 31, 2020. See “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Results of Operations” for further discussion of Latin America constant currency results.

The Company does not typically use long-term foreign exchange contracts or derivatives to hedge foreign currency exposures. The volatility of exchange
rates  depends  on  many  factors  that  it  cannot  forecast  with  reliable  accuracy.  The  Company’s  continued  Latin  America  expansion  increases  exposure  to
exchange  rate  fluctuations  and,  as  a  result,  such  fluctuations  could  have  a  significant  impact  on  future  results  of  operations.  The  average  value  of  the
Mexican peso to the U.S. dollar exchange rate for 2021 was 20.3 to 1 compared to 21.5 to 1 in 2020 and 19.3 to 1 in 2019. A one point change in the
average Mexican peso to the U.S. dollar exchange rate would have impacted 2021 annual earnings by approximately $3.0 million. The impact of foreign
exchange rates in Guatemala and Colombia are not material to the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

Interest Rate Risk

The Company is potentially exposed to market risk in the form of interest rate risk in regards to its long-term unsecured lines of credit. At December 31,
2021, the Company had $259.0 million outstanding under its revolving lines of credit. The revolving lines of credit are generally priced with a variable rate
based on a fixed spread over LIBOR or the Mexican Central Bank’s interbank equilibrium rate (“TIIE”) and reprice with any changes in LIBOR or TIIE.
Based on the average outstanding indebtedness during 2021, a 1% (100 basis points) increase in interest rates would have increased the Company’s interest
expense by approximately $1.8 million for 2021.

Interest rate fluctuations will generally not affect the Company’s future earnings or cash flows on its fixed rate debt unless such instruments mature or are
otherwise terminated. However, interest rate changes will affect the fair value of the Company’s fixed rate instruments. At December 31, 2021, the fair
value  of  the  Company’s  fixed  rate  debt  was  approximately  $1,058.0  million  and  the  outstanding  principal  of  the  Company’s  fixed  rate  debt  was
$1,050.0 million. The fair value estimate of the Company’s fixed rate debt was estimated based on quoted prices in markets that are not active. Changes in
assumptions  or  estimation  methodologies  may  have  a  material  effect  on  this  estimated  fair  value.  As  the  Company  has  the  ability  to  hold  its  fixed  rate
instruments to maturity and the amounts due under such instruments would be limited to the outstanding principal balance and any accrued and unpaid
interest, the Company does not expect that fluctuations in interest rates, and the resulting change in fair value of its fixed rate instruments, would have a
significant impact on the Company’s operations.

The Company’s cash and cash equivalents are sometimes invested in money market accounts. Accordingly, the Company is subject to changes in market
interest rates. However, the Company does not believe a change in these rates would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s operating results,
financial condition, or cash flows.

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

The financial statements prepared in accordance with Regulation S-X are included in a separate section of this report. See the index to Financial Statements
at Item 15(a)(1) and (2) of this report.

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

Not applicable.

68

Table of Contents

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

The Company’s management, under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has
evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of December
31, 2021 (the “Evaluation Date”). Based upon that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of the Evaluation
Date, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

Limitations on Effectiveness of Controls and Procedures

The Company’s management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, does not expect the Company’s disclosure controls and
procedures  or  internal  controls  will  prevent  all  possible  error  and  fraud.  The  Company’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  are,  however,  designed  to
provide reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives, and the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that the
Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective at that reasonable assurance level.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting and for the assessment of the effectiveness of
the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting.  Internal  control  over  financial  reporting  (as  defined  in  Rules  13a-15(f)  and  15d(f)  under  the
Exchange  Act)  is  a  process  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial
statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP. Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that
(1)  pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and  dispositions  of  assets,  (2)  provide
reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  GAAP,  (3)  provide
reasonable  assurance  that  receipts  and  expenditures  are  being  made  only  in  accordance  with  appropriate  authorization  of  management  and  the  board  of
directors, and (4) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of assets that could
have a material effect on the financial statements.

All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations, therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide
only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation.

Under  the  supervision  and  with  the  participation  of  the  Company’s  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer,  management  has  assessed  the
effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021. To make this assessment, management used the criteria
for effective internal control over financial reporting described in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission.  Based  on  this  assessment,  management  concluded  that,  as  of  December  31,  2021,  the  Company’s  internal
control over financial reporting is effective based on those criteria.

Management has excluded AFF from its assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, because it was acquired by the
Company in a business combination on December 17, 2021. The Company is currently in the process of integrating AFF into its assessment of its internal
control over financial reporting. AFF’s total assets and revenue represent approximately 31% and 2%, respectively, of the related consolidated financial
statement amounts as of and for the year ended December 31, 2021.

The Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, has been audited by RSM US LLP, the independent registered public
accounting firm that audited the Company’s financial statements included in this report, and RSM US LLP’s attestation report is included below.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Except for the AFF Acquisition, there have been no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December
31, 2021 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

69

 
 
Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of FirstCash Holdings, Inc.

Opinion on the Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
We have audited FirstCash Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, based on
criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in
2013. In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, based
on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in
2013.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated
balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, stockholders’
equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021 and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements of
the Company and our report dated February 28, 2022 expressed an unqualified opinion.

As described in Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, management has excluded AFF from its assessment of internal control
over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, because it was acquired by the Company in a business combination on December 17, 2021. We have also
excluded AFF from our audit of internal control over financial reporting. AFF’s total assets and revenue represent approximately 31% and 2%, respectively,
of the related consolidated financial statement amounts as of and for the year ended December 31, 2021.

Basis for Opinion
The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of
internal control over financial reporting in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to
express  an  opinion  on  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  based  on  our  audit.  We  are  a  public  accounting  firm  registered  with  the
PCAOB  and  are  required  to  be  independent  with  respect  to  the  Company  in  accordance  with  U.S.  federal  securities  laws  and  the  applicable  rules  and
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance  about  whether  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was  maintained  in  all  material  respects.  Our  audit  included  obtaining  an
understanding  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  assessing  the  risk  that  a  material  weakness  exists,  and  testing  and  evaluating  the  design  and
operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary
in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting
and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control
over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly
reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit
preparation  of  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  and  that  receipts  and  expenditures  of  the  company  are
being  made  only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the  company;  and  (3)  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding
prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial
statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of
effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that  controls  may  become  inadequate  because  of  changes  in  conditions,  or  that  the  degree  of
compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ RSM US LLP

Dallas, Texas
February 28, 2022

70

 
 
 
Table of Contents

Item 9B. Other Information

On  February  25,  2022,  the  Company  entered  into  new  employment  agreements  with  Rick  L.  Wessel,  the  Company’s  Chief  Executive  Officer,  T.  Brent
Stuart, the Company’s President and Chief Operating Officer, R. Douglas Orr, the Company’s Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer and
Howard  F.  Hambleton,  the  Company’s  President  of  AFF,  which  were  approved  by  the  Compensation  Committee  (the  “Committee”)  of  the  Board  of
Directors of the Company on February 4, 2022.

The employment agreements with Messrs. Wessel, Stuart, Orr and Hambleton became effective upon signing and the terms of the employment agreements
initially run through December 31, 2024, with automatic one-year extensions thereafter unless either party provides the other party with written notice on
non-renewal at least 90 days prior to any such extension.

The employment agreements provide for annual base salaries, to be effective as of January 1, 2022, in the following amounts: $1,258,660 for Mr. Wessel,
$776,620 for Mr. Stuart, $723,060 for Mr. Orr and $600,000 for Mr. Hambleton, in each case subject to annual review and increases in the discretion of the
Committee. The executives will also be eligible to earn an annual bonus based on satisfaction of performance criteria established by the Committee for
each  fiscal  year  during  the  term  of  the  agreement,  with  a  target  bonus  opportunity  equal  to  not  less  than  a  specified  percentage  of  the  executive’s  then
current base salary (150% in the case of Mr. Wessel; 125% in the case of Messrs. Stuart, Orr and Hambleton). In addition, the executives will be eligible for
grants  of  stock-based  awards  under  the  Company’s  long-term  equity  compensation  plan,  and  will  be  eligible  to  participate  in  any  of  the  Company’s
incentive, savings, retirement and welfare benefit plans available to other senior officers of the Company.

The employment agreements provide that if an executive’s employment with the Company is terminated during the term by the Company without “cause”
or  by  the  executive  for  “good  reason”  (as  such  terms  are  defined  in  the  employment  agreements),  the  executive  would  be  entitled  to  a  lump  sum  cash
severance payment equal to 50% (or 200%, if such termination occurs within twelve months following a change in control of the Company) of the sum of
(i) the executive’s base salary in effect as of the termination, and (ii) the average of the annual bonuses earned by the executive for each of the three fiscal
years immediately preceding the year in which the termination occurs. The executive would also be entitled to continue to participate in the Company’s
health and welfare benefit plans at active employee rates for a period of eighteen months (the “COBRA subsidy”). In addition, if such termination occurs
within twelve months following a change in control of the Company, the executive would be entitled to a pro rata annual bonus for the year in which the
termination occurs, and accelerated vesting and full payout under of all of his outstanding time-vesting and performance-based equity incentive awards
(based  on  an  assumed  achievement  of  all  relevant  performance  goals  at  “target”  level,  or  based  on  a  higher  actual  or  deemed  level  of  achievement  of
performance goals, in the sole discretion of the Committee). Furthermore, if such termination occurs within twelve months following a change in control of
the Company, the Company will pay to the executive, in lieu of the COBRA subsidy described above, a lump sum in cash in an amount equal to the full
monthly cost of the executive’s health and welfare benefit coverage multiplied by 24.

The  employment  agreements  prohibit  the  executives  from  competing  with  the  Company  during  the  employment  term  and  for  a  period  of  36  months
following termination of employment. The executives would also be prohibited from soliciting Company customers and recruiting Company employees
during this period.

The employment agreements of Messrs. Wessel, Stuart, Orr and Hambleton are filed as Exhibits 10.17, 10.18, 10.19 and 10.20, respectively, to this Annual
Report on Form 10-K and each is incorporated herein by reference and the foregoing descriptions of these employment agreement are qualified in their
entirety by these exhibits.

Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

None.

71

Table of Contents

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

PART III

The information required by Item 10 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K with respect to the directors, executive officers and compliance with Section
16(a)  of  the  Exchange  Act  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  from  the  information  provided  under  the  headings  “Election  of  Directors,”  “Executive
Officers,” “Corporate Governance, Board Matters and Director Compensation” and Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports,” contained in the Company’s Proxy
Statement to be filed with the SEC in connection with the solicitation of proxies for the Company’s 2022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on or
about June 9, 2022 (the “2022 Proxy Statement”).

The Company has adopted a Code of Ethics that applies to all of its directors, officers, and employees. This Code of Ethics is publicly available on the
Company’s website at www.firstcash.com.  The  Company  intends  to  disclose  future  amendments  to,  or  waivers  from,  certain  provisions  of  its  Code  of
Ethics  on  its  website  in  accordance  with  applicable  Nasdaq  and  SEC  requirements.  Copies  of  the  Company’s  Code  of  Ethics  are  also  available,  free  of
charge, by submitting a written request to FirstCash Holdings, Inc., Investor Relations, 1600 West 7th Street, Fort Worth, Texas 76102.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

The information required by Item 11 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K is incorporated herein by reference from the information provided under the
headings “Executive Compensation” and “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” of the 2022 Proxy Statement.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information required by Item 12 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K is incorporated herein by reference from the information provided under the
heading  “Equity  Compensation  Plan  Information”  and  “Security  Ownership  of  Certain  Beneficial  Owners  and  Management  and  Related  Stockholder
Matters” of the 2022 Proxy Statement.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information required by Item 13 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K is incorporated herein by reference from the information provided under the
headings “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions” and “Corporate Governance, Board Matters and Director Compensation” of the 2022
Proxy Statement.

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The information required by Item 14 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K is incorporated herein by reference from the information provided under the
heading “Ratification of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” of the 2022 Proxy Statement.

72

Table of Contents

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a)

The following documents are filed as part of this report:
(1) Consolidated Financial Statements:

PART IV

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID: 49)
Consolidated Balance Sheets
Consolidated Statements of Income
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Page
F-1
F-5
F-6
F-7
F-8
F-11
F-13

(2) All schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is shown in the financial statements or the notes thereto.

(3)

Exhibits:

Exhibit No.
2.1

2.2

2.3

3.1
3.2

3.3

3.4

4.1
4.2

4.3

Exhibit Description
Business  Combination  Agreement,  dated  as  of
October  27,  2021,  by  and  among  FirstCash,  Inc.,
FirstCash  Holdings,  Inc.,  Atlantis  Merger  Sub,  Inc.,
American  First  Finance,  Inc.,  Doug  Rippel  and  the
other seller parties thereto. *
First  Amendment,  dated  as  of  December  6,  2021,  to
that  certain  Business  Combination  Agreement,  dated
as of October 27, 2021, by and among FirstCash, Inc.,
FirstCash  Holdings,  Inc.,  Atlantis  Merger  Sub,  Inc.,
American  First  Finance,  Inc.,  Doug  Rippel  and  the
other seller parties thereto. *
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated December 16,
2021, by and among FirstCash, Inc., FirstCash
Holdings, Inc. and Atlantis Merger Sub, Inc.
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
Amendment  to  Amended  and  Restated  Certificate  of
Incorporation
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of
FirstCash Holdings, Inc., dated December 16, 2021
Amended  and  Restated  Bylaws  of  FirstCash
Holdings, Inc., dated December 16, 2021
Common Stock Specimen
Indenture,  dated  as  of  May  30,  2017,  by  and  among
FirstCash,  Inc.,  the  guarantors  listed  therein  and
BOKF, NA (including the form of Note attached as an
exhibit thereto)
Indenture, dated as of August 26, 2020, by and among
FirstCash,  Inc.,  the  guarantors  listed  therein  and
BOKF, NA (including the form of Note attached as an
exhibit thereto).

Form
8-K

Incorporated by Reference
File No.
001-10960

Exhibit
2.1

Filing Date
11/01/2021

Filed Herewith

8-K

001-10960

2.1

12/07/2021

8-K12B

001-10960

DEF 14A
8-K

0-19133
001-10960

8-K12B

001-10960

8-K12B

001-10960

S-1
8-K

33-48436
001-10960

2.1

B
3.1

3.1

3.2

4.2a
4.1

12/16/2021

04/29/2004
09/02/2016

12/16/2021

12/16/2021

06/05/1992
05/31/2017

8-K

001-10960

4.1

08/26/2020

73

 
 
 
Table of Contents

Exhibit No.
4.4

4.5

4.6
10.1

10.2

10.3

10.4

10.5

10.6

10.7

10.8

10.9

10.10
10.11

10.12

10.13

Exhibit Description
First  Supplemental  Indenture,  dated  November  17,
2021,  by  and  among  FirstCash,  Inc.,  the  guarantors
listed therein and BOKF, N.A.
Indenture,  dated  as  of  December  13,  2021,  by  and
among  FirstCash,  Inc.,  the  guarantors  listed  therein
and BOKF, N.A. (including the form of Note attached
as an exhibit thereto)
Description of Securities
First  Cash  Financial  Services,  Inc.  2004  Long-Term
Incentive Plan *
First  Cash  Financial  Services,  Inc.  2011  Long-Term
Incentive Plan *
Amendment  to  the  FirstCash,  Inc.  2011  Long-Term
Incentive Plan *
First  Cash  401(k)  Profit  Sharing  Plan,  as  amended
effective  as  of  October  1,  2010  (executed  on  August
5, 2010)
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated July
25, 2016, between First Cash Financial Services, Inc.,
Certain  Subsidiaries  of  the  Borrower  From  Time  to
Time  Party  Thereto,  the  Lenders  Party  Thereto,  and
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
Performance-Based  Restricted  Stock  Unit  Award
Agreement *
First  Amendment  to  Amended  and  Restated  Credit
Agreement and Waiver, dated May 30, 2017, between
FirstCash,  Inc.,  certain  subsidiaries  of  the  borrower
from  time  to  time  party  thereto,  the  lenders  party
thereto, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
Employment  Agreement  between  Raul  Ramos  and
FirstCash, Inc., dated July 30, 2018 *
Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit
Agreement,  dated  October  4,  2018,  between
FirstCash,  Inc.,  certain  subsidiaries  of  the  borrower
from  time  to  time  party  thereto,  the  lenders  party
thereto, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
FirstCash, Inc. 2019 Long-Term Incentive Plan *
Third  Amendment  to  Amended  and  Restated  Credit
Agreement,  dated  December  19,  2019,  between
FirstCash,  Inc.,  certain  subsidiaries  of  the  borrower
from  time  to  time  party  thereto,  the  lenders  party
thereto, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
Employment  Agreement  between  Daniel  R.  Feehan
and FirstCash, Inc., dated January 28, 2020 *
Fourth Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit
Agreement,  dated  November  9,  2020,  between
FirstCash,  Inc.,  certain  subsidiaries  of  the  borrower
from  time  to  time  party  thereto,  the  lenders  party
thereto, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.

Form
8-K

Incorporated by Reference
File No.
001-10960

Exhibit
4.1

Filing Date
12/07/2021

Filed Herewith

8-K

001-10960

4.1

12/13/2021

DEF 14A

0-19133

DEF 14A

0-19133

333-214452

333-106881

X

C

A

99.2

4(g)

04/29/2004

04/28/2011

11/04/2016

05/31/2012

0-19133

10.1

07/26/2016

S-8

S-8

8-K

10-Q

8-K

10-Q

8-K

001-10960

001-10960

001-10960

001-10960

10.1

10.1

10.1

10.1

B
10.1

05/05/2017

05/31/2017

08/01/2018

10/04/2018

04/26/2019
12/19/2019

DEF 14A
8-K

001-10960
001-10960

001-10960

10.16

02/03/2020

001-10960

10.1

11/10/2020

10-K

8-K

74

 
 
 
Table of Contents

Exhibit No.
10.14

10.15

10.16

10.17

10.18

10.19

10.20

21.1
23.1

31.1

31.2

32.1

32.2

101.INS

101.SCH

101.CAL

101.DEF

101.LAB

of 

Public

Independent  Registered 

Exhibit Description
Fifth  Amendment  to  Amended  and  Restated  Credit
Agreement,  dated  December  8,  2021,  by  and  among
FirstCash,  Inc.,  the  guarantors  and  lenders  listed
herein and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.
Assignment  and  Assumption  Agreement,  dated
December  16,  2021  between  FirstCash,  Inc.  and
FirstCash Holdings, Inc.
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of December
17, 2021, by and among FirstCash Holdings, Inc. and
certain seller parties thereto
Employment Agreement between Rick L. Wessel and
FirstCash Holdings, Inc., dated February 25, 2022 *
Employment Agreement between T. Brent Stuart and
FirstCash Holdings, Inc., dated February 25, 2022 *
Employment Agreement between R. Douglas Orr and
FirstCash Holdings, Inc., dated February 25, 2022 *
Employment  Agreement  between  Howard  F.
Hambleton  and  FirstCash  Holdings,  Inc.,  dated
February 25, 2022 *
Subsidiaries
Consent 
Accounting Firm, RSM US LLP
Certification  Pursuant  to  Exchange  Act  Section
13(a)-14(a)/15d-14(a),  as  Adopted  Pursuant 
to
Section  302  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act,  provided  by
Rick L. Wessel, Chief Executive Officer
Certification  Pursuant  to  Exchange  Act  Section
13(a)-14(a)/15d-14(a),  as  Adopted  Pursuant 
to
Section  302  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act,  provided  by
R. Douglas Orr, Chief Financial Officer
Certification  Pursuant  to  18  U.S.C.  Section  1350,  as
Adopted  Pursuant  to  Section  906  of  the  Sarbanes-
Oxley  Act  of  2002,  provided  by  Rick  L.  Wessel,
Chief Executive Officer
Certification  Pursuant  to  18  U.S.C.  Section  1350,  as
Adopted  Pursuant  to  Section  906  of  the  Sarbanes-
Oxley  Act  of  2002,  provided  by  R.  Douglas  Orr,
Chief Financial Officer
Inline  XBRL  Instance  Document  -  the  instance
document does not appear in the Interactive Data File
because  its  XBRL  tags  are  embedded  within  the
Inline XBRL document
Inline  XBRL  Taxonomy  Extension  Schema
Document
Inline  XBRL  Taxonomy  Extension  Calculation
Linkbase Document
Inline  XBRL  Taxonomy  Extension  Definition
Linkbase Document
Inline  XBRL  Taxonomy  Extension  Label  Linkbase
Document

Form
8-K

Incorporated by Reference
File No.
001-10960

Exhibit
10.1

Filing Date
12/13/2021

Filed Herewith

8-K12B

001-10960

10.1

12/16/2021

8-K

001-10960

10.1

12/17/2021

X

X

X

X

X
X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

75

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Exhibit No.
101.PRE

104

Exhibit Description
Inline  XBRL  Taxonomy  Extension  Presentation
Linkbase Document
Cover  Page  Interactive  Data  File  (embedded  within
the Inline XBRL document contained in Exhibit 101)

Form

Incorporated by Reference
File No.

Exhibit

Filing Date

Filed Herewith
X

X

*    Indicates management contract or compensatory plan, contract or arrangement.

Item 16. Form 10-K Summary

None.

76

 
 
 
    
Table of Contents

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

SIGNATURES

Dated: February 28, 2022

FIRSTCASH HOLDINGS, INC.
(Registrant)

/s/ RICK L. WESSEL
Rick L. Wessel
Chief Executive Officer
(On behalf of the Registrant)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant
and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

Capacity

/s/ RICK L. WESSEL
Rick L. Wessel

Vice-Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ R. DOUGLAS ORR
R. Douglas Orr

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

/s/ DANIEL R. FEEHAN
Daniel R. Feehan

/s/ DANIEL E. BERCE
Daniel E. Berce

/s/ MIKEL D. FAULKNER
Mikel D. Faulkner

/s/ PAULA K. GARRETT
Paula K. Garrett

/s/ JAMES H. GRAVES
James H. Graves

/s/ RANDEL G. OWEN
Randel G. Owen

/s/ DOUGLAS R. RIPPEL
Douglas R. Rippel

Chairman of the Board

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

77

Date

February 28, 2022

February 28, 2022

February 28, 2022

February 28, 2022

February 28, 2022

February 28, 2022

February 28, 2022

February 28, 2022

February 28, 2022

 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of FirstCash Holdings, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of FirstCash Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2021
and  2020,  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  income,  comprehensive  income,  stockholders’  equity  and  cash  flows  for  each  of  the  three  years  in  the
period ended December 31, 2021, and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements (collectively, the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the
consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the
results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021, in conformity with accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States of America.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company’s
internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 2013, and our report dated February 28, 2022 expressed an unqualified opinion
on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial
statements  based  on  our  audits.  We  are  a  public  accounting  firm  registered  with  the  PCAOB  and  are  required  to  be  independent  with  respect  to  the
Company  in  accordance  with  U.S.  federal  securities  laws  and  the  applicable  rules  and  regulations  of  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  and  the
PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable
assurance  about  whether  the  financial  statements  are  free  of  material  misstatement,  whether  due  to  error  or  fraud.  Our  audits  included  performing
procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to
those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits
also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the
financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matters
The  critical  audit  matters  communicated  below  are  matters  arising  from  the  current  period  audit  of  the  financial  statements  that  were  communicated  or
required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements
and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our
opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing a separate
opinion on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.

Revenue recognition—accrual for earned but uncollected pawn loan fees
As described in Note 2 of the consolidated financial statements, the Company’s revenue recognition policy for pawn loan fees is to accrue pawn loan fee
revenue  on  a  constant-yield  basis  over  the  life  of  the  pawn  loan  for  all  pawn  loans  of  which  the  Company  deems  collection  to  be  probable  based  on
historical pawn redemption statistics. The Company's accrual for earned but uncollected pawn loan fees as of December 31, 2021 was $42.9 million, which
is included in accounts receivable, net in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

The  determination  of  the  accrual  for  earned  but  uncollected  pawn  loan  fees  was  subjective  and  required  management  to  make  significant  judgements
related to the probability of redemption and the expected effective yield of the pawn loan portfolio at the measurement date. We identified the accrual for
earned but uncollected pawn loan fees as a critical audit matter as auditing the probability of redemption and the expected yield of the pawn loan portfolio
was complex and required a high degree of auditor judgement and subjectivity due to the significant judgements applied by management noted above.

F-1

    
 
Table of Contents

Our  audit  procedures  related  to  the  Company’s  accrual  for  earned  but  uncollected  pawn  loan  fees,  specifically  the  assumptions  for  the  probability  of
redemption and expected effective yield of the pawn loan portfolio, included the following, among others:

• We obtained an understanding of the relevant controls related to the accrual for earned but uncollected pawn loan fees and tested such controls for

design and operating effectiveness, including (a) the review and approval of key assumptions and (b) the completeness and accuracy of data inputs.

• We  obtained  management’s  calculation  of  the  accrual  for  earned  but  uncollected  pawn  loan  fees  and  tested  the  calculation  for  completeness  and

accuracy of data used as inputs.

• We evaluated the methodology and assumptions used by management to develop the effective pawn loan yield, including consideration of historical

patterns and the probability of redemption.

• We assessed the validity of data used in the calculation of the accrual for earned but uncollected pawn loan fees by agreeing, on a sample basis, key

data inputs to source documents.

Allowance for credit losses—finance receivables
As described in Notes 2 and 7 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company established an allowance for credit losses on its finance receivable
portfolios of $75.6 million as of December 31, 2021, which was estimated using the Company’s current expected credit loss (CECL) model. Credit losses
on finance receivables were estimated and recognized upon purchase of the receivable, based on expected credit losses for the life of the receivable. The
Company’s CECL model segmented the finance receivable population into monthly pools of receivables and estimated the allowance for credit losses by
applying  modeled  loss  rates  primarily  derived  from  internal,  historical  cumulative  loss  experience  from  comparable  economic  cycles,  then  adjusted  by
qualitative factors to address recent and forecasted business trends. Qualitative factors to address recent and forecasted business trends included, but were
not limited to, loss trends, delinquency levels, economic conditions, underwriting and collection practices.

The  determination  of  the  allowance  for  credit  losses  on  finance  receivables  was  subjective  and  required  management  to  make  significant  judgements
related to the selection and application of modeled loss rates and adjustments to address recent and forecasted business trends. Specifically, incorporating
observable  and  forecasted  economic  conditions  could  have  a  material  impact  on  the  measurement  of  the  allowance  for  credit  losses  to  the  extent  that
forecasted economic conditions change significantly. We identified the allowance for credit losses on finance receivable portfolios as a critical audit matter
as auditing the judgements surrounding the selection of modeled loss rates and adjustments to address recent and forecasted business trends was complex
and required a high degree of auditor judgement and subjectivity.

Our audit procedures related to the Company’s allowance for credit losses on finance receivables, specifically the selection and application of modeled loss
rates and adjustments to address recent and forecasted business trends, included the following, among others:

• We  tested  the  completeness  and  accuracy  of  data  inputs  into  the  CECL  model,  including  historical  origination  balances,  loss  rates,  first  payment

default rates, and delinquency rates, by tracing to internal source documents.

• We evaluated key assumptions and judgements surrounding the selection of modeled loss rates and adjustments for current conditions and future

expectations for reasonableness by comparing to internal and external source data.

Allowance for lease losses—leased merchandise
As  described  in  Notes  2  and  8  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  the  Company  established  an  allowance  for  lease  losses  on  its  portfolio  of
merchandise subject to operating leases of $5.4 million as of December 31, 2021, representing estimated losses from uncollectible rental agreements. The
Company estimated this reserve based on a combination of historical losses and expected future losses that gave consideration to recent and forecasted
business trends including, but not limited to, loss trends, delinquency levels, economic conditions, underwriting and collection practices.

The  determination  of  the  allowance  for  lease  losses  on  merchandise  subject  to  operating  leases  was  subjective  and  required  management  to  make
significant judgements related to the selection and application of historical losses and adjustments for expected future losses. We identified the allowance
for lease losses on merchandise subject to operating leases as a critical audit matter as auditing the judgements surrounding the selection and application of
historical losses and adjustments for expected future losses was complex and required a high degree of auditor judgement and subjectivity.

Our  audit  procedures  related  to  the  Company’s  allowance  for  lease  losses  on  merchandise  subject  to  operating  leases,  specifically  the  selection  and
application of historical losses and adjustments for expected future losses, included the following, among others:

F-2

Table of Contents

• We  tested  the  completeness  and  accuracy  of  data  inputs  into  the  allowance  for  lease  losses  model,  including  historical  origination  balances,  loss

rates, first payment default rates, and delinquency rates, by tracing to internal source documents.

• We  evaluated  key  assumptions  and  judgements  surrounding  the  selection  of  historical  losses  and  adjustments  for  expected  future  losses  for

reasonableness by comparing to internal and external source data.

Acquisition  of  American  First  Finance—valuation  of  acquired  finance  receivables,  leased  merchandise,  developed  technology  and  merchant
relationships intangible assets, and contingent consideration
As described in Note 3 and 6 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company completed its acquisition of American First Finance on December 17,
2021 with total purchase consideration of $1.1 billion. In conjunction with the acquisition, acquired finance receivables were recorded at a fair value of
$225.3 million; acquired leased merchandise was recorded at a fair value of $139.6 million; an intangible asset for developed technology was recorded at a
fair value of $99.4 million; an intangible asset for merchant relationships was recorded at a fair value of $194.0 million; and contingent consideration in the
form of earnout liabilities was recorded at fair value of $127.4 million on the opening balance sheet, along with other acquired assets and liabilities.

To determine the fair value of acquired finance receivables, management first segmented the finance receivable population into pools of receivables with
similar risk characteristics and then bifurcated each segment by receivables that have experienced a more-than-insignificant deterioration in credit quality
since  origination  based  on  delinquency  status  (i.e.,  purchase  credit  deteriorated  finance  receivables)  and  non-purchase  credit  deteriorated  finance
receivables. Management then used discounted cash flow analyses that considered factors such as discount rate and estimated losses to determine the fair
value. Management determined estimated losses by applying modeled loss rates primarily derived from internal, historical cumulative loss experience from
comparable  economic  cycles,  adjusted  by  qualitative  factors  to  address  recent  and  forecasted  business  trends.  Qualitative  factors  to  address  recent  and
forecasted business trends included, but were not limited to, loss trends, delinquency levels, economic conditions, underwriting and collection practices. To
determine the fair value of leased merchandise, management used a model that considered factors including assumptions about replacement cost sourced
from  third  parties  that  was  then  adjusted  for  depreciation  over  estimated  useful  lives,  as  well  as  economic  obsolescence  of  the  leased  merchandise.
Management estimated economic obsolescence by applying modeled loss rates primarily derived from historical losses and expected future losses that gave
consideration to recent and forecasted business trends including, but not limited to, loss trends, delinquency levels, economic conditions, underwriting and
collection practices.

To determine the fair value of the developed technology intangible asset, management utilized a cost method that contained assumptions on the estimated
costs to rebuild the developed technology, including developer’s profit margins and economic obsolescence.

To determine the fair value of the merchant relationships intangible asset, management utilized a discounted cash flow model that contained assumptions
on projected cash flows from merchants, a discount rate, and an attrition rate.

The earnout liabilities primarily consisted of two separate components that were recorded at fair value on the acquisition date of December 17, 2021 and
remeasured at fair value on December 31, 2021. The first component provides for a defined payment to the seller should certain income-based thresholds
be achieved over a defined earnout measurement period. To determine the fair value of the income-based earnout liability, management utilized a model
which simulated scenarios that contained assumptions on projected cash flows and a discount rate. The second component provides for a defined payment
to the seller should certain share price-based thresholds be achieved over a defined measurement period. To determine the fair value of the share price-
based  earnout  liability,  management  utilized  a  model  which  simulated  scenarios  that  contained  assumptions  on  projected  stock  price,  volatility  and  a
discount rate.

We identified the determination of the fair value of acquired finance receivables, leased merchandise, developed technology and merchant relationships
intangible assets and the valuation of earnout liabilities as critical audit matters as auditing those estimates required a high degree of auditor judgment,
subjectivity, and effort in performing procedures and included the use of professionals with specialized skill and knowledge.

Our audit procedures related to the determination of the fair value of acquired finance receivables, leased merchandise, developed technology and merchant
relationships intangible assets and the valuation of earnout liabilities included the following, among others:

• We  obtained  an  understanding  of  the  relevant  controls  related  to  the  valuation  model  applied  and  tested  such  controls  for  design  and  operating

effectiveness, including those controls over (a) validation of data within the model, and (b) the

F-3

Table of Contents

management review and approval of the computed fair value, including the selection and application of the inputs into the model.

• We  utilized  internal  valuation  specialists  to  assist  the  audit  team  in  testing  the  methodologies  and  techniques  for  appropriateness,  as  well  as
evaluating significant, challenging assumptions in the models and methods to determine fair value of the acquired assets and liabilities as outlined
above.

Specifically, audit procedures included the following, among others:

For acquired finance receivables:
◦ We  tested  the  completeness  and  accuracy  of  data  inputs  into  the  discounted  cash  flow  and  CECL  models,  including  discount  rate,  historical

origination balances, loss rates, first payment default rates, and delinquency rates by segment, by tracing to internal source documents.

◦ We evaluated key assumptions and judgements surrounding the selection of modeled loss rates and adjustments for current conditions and future

expectations for reasonableness by comparing to internal and external source data.

For acquired leased merchandise:
◦ Valuation specialists assisted us in testing the reasonableness of inputs by comparing assumptions related to replacement cost to external sources
and recalculating depreciation over estimated useful lives, including reviewing the estimated useful lives applied to the leased merchandise for
reasonableness in their application.

◦ We evaluated economic obsolescence by testing the completeness and accuracy of data inputs into the lease losses model, including historical

origination balances, loss rates, first payment default rates and delinquency rates, by tracing to internal source documents.

◦ We evaluated the economic obsolescence inputs by assessing key assumptions and judgements surrounding the selection of historical losses and

adjustments for expected future losses for reasonableness and comparing to internal and external source data.

For the acquired developed technology intangible asset:
◦
◦

Together with valuation specialists, we compared assumptions related to costs to rebuild and economic obsolescence to internal sources.
Valuation  specialists  assisted  us  in  assessing  the  reasonableness  of  inputs  by  comparing  assumptions  related  to  developer’s  profit  margin  to
external sources.

For the acquired merchant relationships intangible asset:
◦

Together  with  valuation  specialists,  we  tested  the  completeness  and  accuracy  of  data  inputs  into  the  discounted  cash  flow  model,  including
assessing  the  reasonableness  of  the  discount  rate  by  tracing  to  internal  and  external  source  documents  and  performing  calculations  to  form
independent expectations.
Valuation  specialists  assisted  us  in  evaluating  the  reasonableness  of  inputs  by  comparing  assumptions  related  to  the  attrition  rate  to  external
sources and performing calculations to form independent expectations.

•

•

•

•

•

Together  with  valuation  specialists,  we  tested  both  components  of  the  earnout  liability  by  comparing  key  terms,  including  the  measurement
period and defined income and stock price thresholds, utilized in the valuation models to internal source documents.
Valuation  specialists  assisted  us  in  evaluating  the  reasonableness  of  inputs  in  the  income-based  earnout  liability  fair  value  calculation  by
comparing assumptions in the projected cash flows model, including earnings volatility and discount rate assumptions, tracing to internal and
external source documents, and performing calculations to form independent expectations.

◦ Valuation specialists assisted us in evaluating the reasonableness of inputs in the stock price-based earnout liability fair value calculation by

assessing the reasonableness of projected stock price, including stock price volatility and discount rate assumptions, through tracing to internal
and external source documents and performing calculations to form independent expectations.

s/ RSM US LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2016.

Dallas, Texas
February 28, 2022

F-4

◦

◦

For earnout liabilities:
◦

FIRSTCASH HOLDINGS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

ASSETS

December 31,

2021

2020

Table of Contents

Cash and cash equivalents
Accounts receivable, net
Pawn loans
Finance receivables, net
Inventories
Leased merchandise, net
Income taxes receivable
Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Total current assets

Property and equipment, net
Operating lease right of use asset
Goodwill
Intangible assets, net
Other assets
Deferred tax assets, net

Total assets

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
Customer deposits and prepayments
Income taxes payable
Lease liability, current

Total current liabilities

Revolving unsecured credit facilities
Senior unsecured notes
Deferred tax liabilities, net
Lease liability, non-current
Other liabilities

Total liabilities

Commitments and contingencies (Note 13)

Stockholders’ equity:

Common stock; $0.01 par value; 90,000 shares authorized;

57,322 and 49,276 shares issued, respectively;
48,479 and 41,038 shares outstanding, respectively

Additional paid-in capital
Retained earnings
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
Common stock held in treasury, 8,843 and 8,238 shares at cost, respectively

Total stockholders’ equity

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

$

$

$

$

120,046  $
55,356 
347,973 
181,021 
263,311 
143,944 
5,419 
12,288 
1,129,358 

462,526 
306,061 
1,536,178 
388,184 
8,531 
5,614 
3,836,452  $

240,940  $
57,310 
3,387 
90,570 
392,207 

259,000 
1,033,904 
126,098 
203,166 
13,950 
2,028,325 

573 
1,724,956 
866,679 
(131,299)
(652,782)
1,808,127 
3,836,452  $

65,850 
41,110 
308,231 
— 
190,352 
— 
9,634 
9,388 
624,565 

373,667 
298,957 
977,381 
83,651 
9,818 
4,158 
2,372,197 

81,917 
34,719 
1,148 
88,622 
206,406 

123,000 
492,916 
71,173 
194,887 
— 
1,088,382 

493 
1,221,788 
789,303 
(118,432)
(609,337)
1,283,815 
2,372,197 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5

 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

FIRSTCASH HOLDINGS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

Revenue:

Retail merchandise sales
Pawn loan fees
Leased merchandise income
Interest and fees on finance receivables
Wholesale scrap jewelry sales

Total revenue

Cost of revenue:

Cost of retail merchandise sold
Depreciation of leased merchandise
Provision for lease losses
Provision for loan losses
Cost of wholesale scrap jewelry sold

Total cost of revenue

Net revenue

Expenses and other income:

Operating expenses
Administrative expenses
Depreciation and amortization
Interest expense
Interest income
Loss (gain) on foreign exchange
Merger and acquisition expenses
Gain on revaluation of contingent acquisition consideration
Impairments and dispositions of certain other assets
Loss on extinguishment of debt

Total expenses and other income

Income before income taxes

Provision for income taxes

Net income

Earnings per share:

Basic
Diluted

2021

Year Ended December 31,
2020

2019

1,134,249  $
475,782 
22,720 
9,024 
57,190 
1,698,965 

1,075,518  $
457,517 
— 
2,016 
96,233 
1,631,284 

663,464 
12,826 
5,442 
48,952 
49,129 
779,813 

919,152 

564,832 
111,259 
45,906 
32,386 
(696)
436 
15,449 
(17,871)
949 
— 
752,650 

166,502 

41,593 

641,087 
— 
— 
(488)
79,546 
720,145 

911,139 

562,158 
110,931 
42,105 
29,344 
(1,540)
884 
1,316 
— 
10,505 
11,737 
767,440 

143,699 

37,120 

1,175,561 
564,824 
— 
20,178 
103,876 
1,864,439 

745,861 
— 
— 
4,159 
96,072 
846,092 

1,018,347 

595,539 
122,334 
41,904 
34,035 
(1,055)
(787)
1,766 
— 
— 
— 
793,736 

224,611 

59,993 

124,909  $

106,579  $

164,618 

3.05  $
3.04 

2.57  $
2.56 

3.83 
3.81 

$

$

$

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Net income
Other comprehensive income:

Currency translation adjustment

Comprehensive income

FIRSTCASH HOLDINGS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(in thousands)

2021

Year Ended December 31,
2020

2019

124,909  $

106,579  $

164,618 

(12,867)
112,042  $

(21,463)
85,116  $

16,148 
180,766 

$

$

 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-7

 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

As of 12/31/2020
Shares issued under share-
based compensation plan,
net of 28 shares net-
settled
Exercise of stock options
Shares issued upon
acquisition of American
First Finance
Share-based compensation
expense
Net income
Cash dividends ($1.17 per
share)
Currency translation
adjustment
Purchases of treasury stock

As of 12/31/2021

FIRSTCASH HOLDINGS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

Common
Stock

Shares

Amount

Additional
Paid-In
Capital

Retained
Earnings

Accum-
ulated
Other
Compre-
hensive
Loss

Common Stock
Held in Treasury

Shares

Amount

Total
Stock-
holders’
Equity

49,276  $

493  $

1,221,788  $

789,303  $

(118,432)

8,238  $

(609,337) $

1,283,815 

— 
— 

8,046 

— 
— 

— 

— 
— 

80 

— 
— 

— 

— 
— 
57,322  $

— 
— 
573  $

(7,090)
(358)

505,466 

5,150 
— 

— 

— 
— 

1,724,956  $

— 
— 

— 

— 
124,909 

(47,533)

— 
— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

(73)
(10)

— 

— 
— 

— 

5,427 
738 

— 

— 
— 

— 

(1,663)
380 

505,546 

5,150 
124,909 

(47,533)

— 
— 
866,679  $

(12,867)
— 
(131,299)

— 
688 
8,843  $

— 
(49,610)
(652,782) $

(12,867)
(49,610)
1,808,127 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-8

 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

As of 12/31/2019
Shares issued under share-
based compensation plan,
net of 46 shares net-
settled
Exercise of stock options,
net of 22 shares net-
settled
Share-based compensation
expense
Net income
Cash dividends ($1.08 per
share)
Currency translation
adjustment
Purchases of treasury stock

As of 12/31/2020

FIRSTCASH HOLDINGS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
CONTINUED
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

Common
Stock

Shares

Amount

Additional
Paid-In
Capital

Retained
Earnings

Accum-
ulated
Other
Compre-
hensive
Loss

Common Stock
Held in Treasury

Shares

Amount

Total
Stock-
holders’
Equity

49,276  $

493  $

1,231,528  $

727,476  $

(96,969)

6,947  $

(512,493) $

1,350,035 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 
— 
49,276  $

— 
— 
493  $

(10,663)

(1,991)

2,914 
— 

— 

— 
— 

1,221,788  $

— 

— 

— 
106,579 

(44,752)

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

(98)

(38)

— 
— 

— 

7,337 

(3,326)

2,789 

798 

— 
— 

— 

2,914 
106,579 

(44,752)

— 
— 
789,303  $

(21,463)
— 
(118,432)

— 
1,427 
8,238  $

— 
(106,970)
(609,337) $

(21,463)
(106,970)
1,283,815 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-9

 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

FIRSTCASH HOLDINGS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
CONTINUED
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

Common
Stock

Shares

Amount

Additional
Paid-In
Capital

Retained
Earnings

Accum-
ulated
Other
Compre-
hensive
Loss

Common Stock
Held in Treasury

Shares

Amount

Total
Stock-
holders’
Equity

As of 12/31/2018
Shares issued under share-
based compensation plan
Exercise of stock options
Share-based compensation
expense
Net income
Cash dividends ($1.02 per
share)
Currency translation
adjustment
Purchases of treasury stock

As of 12/31/2019

49,276  $

493  $

1,224,608  $

606,810  $

(113,117)

5,673  $

(400,690) $

1,318,104 

— 
— 

— 
— 

— 

— 
— 

— 
— 

— 

— 
— 
49,276  $

— 
— 
493  $

(1,441)
(319)

8,680 
— 

— 

— 
— 

1,231,528  $

— 
— 

— 
164,618 

(43,952)

— 
— 

— 
— 

— 

(21)
(10)

— 
— 

— 

1,441 
719 

— 
— 

— 

— 
400 

8,680 
164,618 

(43,952)

— 
— 
727,476  $

16,148 
— 
(96,969)

— 
1,305 
6,947  $

— 
(113,963)
(512,493) $

16,148 
(113,963)
1,350,035 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-10

 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

FIRSTCASH HOLDINGS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in thousands)

Cash flow from operating activities:

Net income
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash flow provided by operating activities:

Depreciation of leased merchandise
Provision for lease losses
Provision for loan losses
Share-based compensation expense
Depreciation and amortization expense
Amortization of debt issuance costs
Net amortization of premiums, discounts and unearned origination fees on finance

receivables

Gain on revaluation of contingent acquisition consideration
Impairments and dispositions of certain other assets
Loss on extinguishment of debt
Deferred income taxes, net

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of business combinations:

Accounts receivable, net
Inventories purchased directly from customers, wholesalers or manufacturers
Leased merchandise, net
Prepaid expenses and other assets
Accounts payable, accrued liabilities and other liabilities
Income taxes

Net cash flow provided by operating activities

Cash flow from investing activities:

(1)

Pawn loans, net 
Finance receivables, net
Purchases of furniture, fixtures, equipment and improvements
Purchases of store real property
Portion of AFF Acquisition paid in cash, net of cash acquired
Acquisitions of pawn stores, net of cash acquired

Net cash flow used in investing activities

Cash flow from financing activities:

Borrowings from unsecured credit facilities
Repayments of unsecured credit facilities
Issuance of senior unsecured notes
Redemption of senior unsecured notes
Redemption premium and other redemption costs on senior unsecured notes
Debt issuance costs paid
Purchases of treasury stock
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
Payment of withholding taxes on net share settlements of restricted stock unit awards and

stock options exercised

F-11

2021

Year Ended December 31,
2020

2019

$

124,909  $

106,579  $

164,618 

12,826 
5,442 
48,952 
5,150 
45,906 
1,671 

1,132 
(17,871)
949 
— 
10,722 

(2,492)
(27,006)
(22,563)
3,094 
26,180 
6,303 
223,304 

(73,340)
(5,844)
(42,022)
(79,507)
(462,102)
(81,822)
(744,637)

560,000 
(424,000)
550,000 
— 
— 
(10,581)
(49,610)
380 

— 
— 
(839)
2,914 
42,105 
1,649 

— 
— 
10,505 
11,737 
14,476 

5,474 
29,174 
— 
1,400 
8,621 
(11,531)
222,264 

105,418 
1,590 
(37,543)
(45,502)
— 
(44,315)
(20,352)

354,425 
(569,933)
500,000 
(300,000)
(8,781)
(7,963)
(106,970)
1,140 

— 
— 
2,395 
8,680 
41,904 
1,430 

— 
— 
— 
— 
7,008 

110 
5,842 
— 
(1,049)
(3,383)
4,041 
231,596 

21,650 
12,756 
(44,311)
(74,661)
— 
(52,487)
(137,053)

257,000 
(217,000)
— 
— 
— 
(1,149)
(116,105)
400 

(1,663)

(3,668)

— 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

FIRSTCASH HOLDINGS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
CONTINUED
(in thousands)

Dividends paid

Net cash flow provided by (used in) financing activities

Effect of exchange rates on cash

Change in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

Cash paid during the period for:

Interest
Income taxes

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activity:

Non-cash transactions in connection with pawn loans settled through forfeitures of

collateral transferred to inventories

Issuance of common stock associated with the AFF Acquisition

2021

Year Ended December 31,
2020

2019

(47,533)
576,993 
(1,464)
54,196 
65,850 
120,046  $

(44,752)
(186,502)
3,913 
19,323 
46,527 
65,850  $

(43,952)
(120,806)
997 
(25,266)
71,793 
46,527 

29,461  $
24,563 

21,033  $
34,186 

32,680 
48,867 

430,306  $
505,546 

340,891  $
— 

500,744 
— 

$

$

$

(1)

Includes the funding of new pawn loans net of cash repayments and recovery of principal through the sale of inventories acquired from forfeiture of pawn collateral.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.    

F-12

Table of Contents

NOTE 1 - GENERAL

Organization and Nature of the Company

FIRSTCASH HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

On  December  16,  2021,  FirstCash,  Inc.  implemented  a  holding  company  reorganization,  which  resulted  in  FirstCash  Holdings,  Inc.  owning  all  of  the
outstanding capital stock of FirstCash, Inc. Following the reorganization, FirstCash Holdings, Inc. became the successor issuer to FirstCash, Inc. FirstCash
Holdings, Inc. (together with its wholly-owned subsidiaries, the “Company”) is incorporated in the state of Delaware.

On  December  17,  2021,  the  Company  completed  the  acquisition  (the  “AFF  Acquisition”)  of  American  First  Finance  (“AFF”),  which  is  a  leading
technology-driven retail point-of-sale (“POS”) payment solutions platform primarily focused on providing lease-to-own (“LTO”) products. See Note 3 for
additional information about the AFF Acquisition.

The Company operates two business lines: pawn operations and retail POS payment solutions which are organized into three reportable segments. The U.S.
pawn segment consists of all pawn operations in 26 U.S. states and the District of Columbia, while the Latin America pawn segment consists of all pawn
operations in Mexico, Guatemala, Colombia and El Salvador. The retail POS payment solutions segment consists of the operations of AFF.

The Company’s primary business line continues to be the operation of retail pawn stores, also known as “pawnshops,” which focus on serving cash and
credit-constrained  consumers.  Pawn  stores  help  customers  meet  small  short-term  cash  needs  by  providing  non-recourse  pawn  loans  and  buying
merchandise directly from customers. Personal property, such as jewelry, electronics, tools, appliances, sporting goods and musical instruments, is pledged
and held as collateral for the pawn loans over the typical 30-day term of the loan. Pawn stores also generate retail sales primarily from the merchandise
acquired through collateral forfeitures and over-the-counter purchases from customers.

The Company’s retail POS payment solutions segment focuses on providing LTO and retail financing payment options across a large network of traditional
and e-commerce retail merchant partners in all 50 states in the U.S., the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico. AFF’s retail merchant partnerships provide
consumer goods and services to their shoppers and use AFF’s LTO and retail finance solutions to facilitate payments on such transactions.

Continuing Impact of COVID-19

The COVID-19 pandemic continues to impact numerous aspects of the Company’s business and the continuing long-term impact to its business remains
unknown.  The  extent  to  which  COVID-19  continues  to  impact  the  Company’s  operations,  results  of  operations,  liquidity  and  financial  condition  will
depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted with confidence, including the unknown duration and severity of the
COVID-19 pandemic, which may be impacted by variants of concern and the efficacy and adoption rate of the COVID-19 vaccines in the jurisdictions in
which  the  Company  operates.  In  addition,  changes  in  economic  conditions  and  consumer  spending,  rising  inflation,  and  the  actions  taken  to  limit  the
economic impact of COVID-19, such as government stimulus and other transfer programs, have and may continue to have a material adverse impact on
demand for pawn loans in future periods. Moreover, safety protocols, staffing constraints and supply chain delays continue to impact operations and traffic
counts for many retailers, which include the Company’s pawn stores and many of AFF’s retail merchant partners.

NOTE 2 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The following is a summary of significant accounting policies followed in the preparation of these financial statements:

Principles of consolidation - The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of FirstCash Holdings, Inc. and its wholly-owned
subsidiaries. The Company regularly makes acquisitions and the results of the acquired operations have been consolidated since the acquisition dates. All
significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

Cash  and  cash  equivalents  -  The  Company  considers  any  highly  liquid  investments  with  an  original  maturity  of  three  months  or  less  at  the  date  of
acquisition to be cash equivalents. As of December 31, 2021, the amount of cash associated with indefinitely reinvested foreign earnings was $57.5 million,
which is primarily held in Mexican pesos.

F-13

Table of Contents

Pawn loans and revenue recognition - Pawn loans are secured by the customer’s pledge of tangible personal property, which the Company holds during the
term of the loan. If a pawn loan defaults, the Company relies on the sale of the pawned property to recover the principal amount of an unpaid pawn loan,
plus a yield on the investment, as the Company’s pawn loans are non-recourse against the customer. The Company accrues pawn loan fee revenue on a
constant-yield  basis  over  the  life  of  the  pawn  loan  for  all  pawns  for  which  the  Company  deems  collection  to  be  probable  based  on  historical  pawn
redemption statistics, which is included in accounts receivable, net in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. If the pawn loan is not repaid prior to
the expiration of the pawn loan term, including any extension or grace period, if applicable, the principal amount loaned becomes the inventory carrying
value of the forfeited collateral, which is typically recovered through sales of the forfeited items at prices well above the carrying value. The Company has
determined no allowance related to credit losses on pawn loans is required as the fair value of the pledged collateral is significantly in excess of the pawn
loan amount.

Pawn  inventories  and  revenue  recognition  -  Pawn  inventories  represent  merchandise  acquired  from  forfeited  pawn  loans  and  merchandise  purchased
directly from the general public. The Company also retails limited quantities of new or refurbished merchandise obtained directly from wholesalers and
manufacturers.  Pawn  inventories  from  forfeited  pawn  loans  are  recorded  at  the  amount  of  the  pawn  principal  on  the  unredeemed  goods,  exclusive  of
accrued interest. Pawn inventories purchased directly from customers, wholesalers and manufacturers are recorded at cost. The cost of pawn inventories is
determined  on  the  specific  identification  method.  Pawn  inventories  are  stated  at  the  lower  of  cost  or  net  realizable  value  and,  accordingly,  valuation
allowances  are  established  if  pawn  inventory  carrying  values  are  in  excess  of  estimated  selling  prices,  net  of  direct  costs  of  disposal.  Management  has
evaluated pawn inventories and determined that a valuation allowance is not necessary.

The Company’s merchandise sales are primarily retail sales to the general public in its pawn stores. The Company records sales revenue at the time of the
sale. The Company presents merchandise sales net of any sales or value-added taxes collected. Some jewelry inventory is melted and processed at third-
party facilities and the precious metal and diamond content is sold at either prevailing market commodity prices or a previously agreed upon price with a
commodity buyer. The Company records revenue from these wholesale scrap jewelry transactions when a price has been agreed upon and the Company
ships the commodity to the buyer.

Layaway plan and deferred revenue - The Company does not currently provide direct financing to customers for the purchase of merchandise in its pawn
stores,  but  does  permit  its  customers  to  purchase  pawn  merchandise  on  an  interest-free  “layaway”  plan.  Should  the  customer  fail  to  make  a  required
payment  pursuant  to  a  layaway  plan,  the  item  is  returned  to  pawn  inventory  and  all  or  a  portion  of  previous  payments  are  typically  forfeited  to  the
Company.  Deposits  and  interim  payments  from  customers  on  layaway  sales  are  recorded  as  deferred  revenue  and  subsequently  recorded  as  retail
merchandise sales revenue when the merchandise is delivered to the customer upon receipt of final payment or when previous payments are forfeited to the
Company. Layaway payments from customers are included in customer deposits and prepayments in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Leased merchandise and revenue recognition - The Company provides merchandise, consisting primarily of furniture and mattresses, appliances, jewelry,
electronics and automotive products, to customers of its merchant partners for lease under certain terms agreed to by the customer. The customer has the
right to acquire the title either through an early buyout option or through payment of all required lease payments. The Company maintains ownership of the
leased  merchandise  until  all  payment  obligations  are  satisfied  under  the  lease  agreement.  The  customer  has  the  right  to  cancel  the  lease  at  any  time  by
returning  the  merchandise  and  making  all  scheduled  payments  due  through  the  minimum  lease  holding  period,  which  is  typically  60  days.  Leased
merchandise contracts can typically be renewed for between six to 24 months. Leased merchandise is stated at depreciated cost. The Company depreciates
leased merchandise over the life of the lease, and assumes no salvage value. Depreciation is accelerated upon an early buyout. All of the Company’s leased
merchandise represents on-lease merchandise and all leases are operating leases.

Lease  income  is  recognized  over  the  lease  term  and  is  recorded  net  of  any  sales  taxes  collected.  Charges  for  late  fees  and  insufficient  fund  fees  are
recognized  as  income  when  collected.  Initial  direct  costs  related  to  the  Companyʼs  lease  agreements  are  added  to  the  basis  of  the  leased  property  and
recognized over the lease term in proportion to the recognition of lease income. The Company typically charges the customer a non-refundable processing
fee at lease inception and may also receive a discount from or pay a premium to certain merchant partners for leases originated at their locations, which are
deferred  and  amortized  using  the  straight-line  method  as  adjustments  to  lease  income  over  the  contractual  life  of  the  related  leased  merchandise.
Unamortized fees, discounts and premiums are recognized in full upon early buyout or charge-off.

F-14

Table of Contents

The  Company  accrues  for  lease  income  earned  but  not  yet  collected  as  accrued  rent  receivable,  which  is  included  in  accounts  receivable,  net  in  the
accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets.  Alternatively,  lease  payments  received  in  excess  of  the  amount  earned  are  recognized  as  deferred  revenue,
which  is  included  in  customer  deposits  and  prepayments  in  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets.  Customer  payments  are  first  applied  to
applicable sales tax and scheduled lease payments, then applied to any uncollected fees, such as late fees and insufficient fund fees. The Company collects
sales taxes on behalf of the customer and remits all applicable sales taxes collected to the respective jurisdiction.

Provision for lease losses -  The  Company  records  a  provision  for  lease  losses  on  an  allowance  method,  which  estimates  the  leased  merchandise  losses
incurred but not yet identified by management as of the end of the accounting period. The allowance for lease losses is based primarily upon historical loss
experience  with  consideration  given  to  recent  and  forecasted  business  trends  including,  but  not  limited  to,  loss  trends,  delinquency  levels,  economic
conditions, underwriting and collection practices.

The Company charges off leased merchandise when a lease is 90 days or more contractually past due. If an account is deemed to be uncollectible prior to
this date, the Company will charge off the leased merchandise at the point in time it is deemed uncollectible.

Finance receivables and revenue recognition - The Company purchases and services retail finance receivables, the term of which typically ranges from six
to 24 months, directly from its merchant partners or from its bank partner. The Company has a partnership with a Utah state-chartered bank that requires
the  Company  to  purchase  the  rights  to  the  cash  flows  associated  with  finance  receivables  marketed  to  retail  consumers  on  the  bank’s  behalf.  The  bank
establishes the underwriting criteria for the finance receivables originated by the bank.

Interest income is recognized using the interest method over the life of the finance receivable for all loans for which the Company deems collection to be
probable based on historical loan redemption statistics and stops accruing interest upon charge-off. Accrued interest, net of an allowance for uncollectible
interest  income  is  included  in  accounts  receivable,  net  in  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  and  as  of  December  31,  2021  and  2020  was
$12.4  million  and  $0.0  million,  respectively.  Charges  for  late  fees  and  insufficient  fund  fees  are  recognized  as  income  when  collected.  The  Company
receives an origination fee on newly purchased bank loans and may receive a discount from or pay a premium to certain merchant partners for finance
receivables purchased from them, which are deferred and amortized using the interest method as adjustments to yield over the contractual life of the related
finance receivable. Unamortized origination fees, discounts and premiums are recognized in full upon early payoff or charge-off.

The Company offers customers an early payoff discount on most of its finance receivables whereby the customer has between 90 and 105 days to pay the
full principal balance without incurring any interest charge. If the borrower does not pay the full principal balance prior to the expiration of the early payoff
discount period, interest charges are applied retroactively to the inception date of the loan. The Company accrues interest income during the early payoff
discount period but records a reserve for loans expected to pay the full principal balance prior to the expiration of the early payoff discount period based on
historical payment patterns.

Provision for loan losses - Expected lifetime losses on finance receivables are recognized upon loan purchase, which requires the Company to make its best
estimate of probable lifetime losses at the time of purchase. The Company segments its finance receivable portfolio into pools of receivables with similar
risk characteristics which include loan product and monthly origination vintage and evaluates each pool for impairment.

The Company calculates the allowance for loan losses based on historical loss information and incorporates observable and forecasted economic conditions
over  a  reasonable  and  supportable  forecast  period  covering  the  full  contractual  life  of  finance  receivables.  Incorporating  observable  and  forecasted
economic  conditions  could  have  a  material  impact  on  the  measurement  of  the  allowance  to  the  extent  that  forecasted  economic  conditions  change
significantly.  The  Company  may  also  consider  other  qualitative  factors  to  address  recent  and  forecasted  business  trends  in  estimating  the  allowance,  as
necessary, including, but not limited to, loss trends, delinquency levels, economic conditions, underwriting and collection practices. The allowance for loan
losses is maintained at a level considered appropriate to cover expected lifetime losses on the finance receivable portfolio, and the appropriateness of the
allowance is evaluated at each period end.

The Company charges off finance receivables when a receivable is 90 days or more contractually past due. If an account is deemed to be uncollectible prior
to this date, the Company will charge off the finance receivable at the point in time it is deemed uncollectible.

F-15

Table of Contents

Foreign currency transactions - The Company has pawn operations in Latin America where in Mexico, Guatemala and Colombia the functional currency is
the Mexican peso, Guatemalan quetzal and Colombian peso. Accordingly, the assets and liabilities of these subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars at
the exchange rate in effect at each balance sheet date, and the resulting adjustments are accumulated in other comprehensive income (loss) as a separate
component of stockholders’ equity. Revenues and expenses are translated at the average exchange rates occurring during the respective period. Prior to
translation, U.S. dollar-denominated transactions of the foreign subsidiaries are remeasured into their functional currency using current rates of exchange
for monetary assets and liabilities and historical rates of exchange for non-monetary assets and liabilities. Gains and losses from remeasurement of dollar-
denominated  monetary  assets  and  liabilities  in  Mexico,  Guatemala  and  Colombia  are  included  in  (gain)  loss  on  foreign  exchange  in  the  consolidated
statements  of  income.  Deferred  taxes  are  not  currently  recorded  on  cumulative  foreign  currency  translation  adjustments,  as  the  Company  indefinitely
reinvests earnings of its foreign subsidiaries. The Company also has pawn operations in El Salvador where the reporting and functional currency is the U.S.
dollar.

The average value of the Mexican peso to the U.S. dollar exchange rate for 2021 was 20.3 to 1 compared to 21.5 to 1 in 2020 and 19.3 to 1 in 2019. The
average value of the Guatemalan quetzal to the U.S. dollar exchange rate for 2021, 2020 and 2019 was 7.7 to 1. The average value of the Colombian peso
to the U.S. dollar exchange rate for 2021 was 3,742 to 1 compared to 3,693 to 1 in 2020 and 3,280 to 1 in 2019.

Operating expenses - Costs incurred in operating the Company’s pawn stores have been classified as operating expenses, which include salary and benefit
expense of pawn store-level employees, occupancy costs, bank charges, security, insurance, utilities, supplies and other costs incurred by the pawn stores.
Additionally, costs incurred in operating AFF have been classified as operating expenses, which include salary and benefit expense of certain operations
focused  departments,  merchant  partner  incentives,  bank  and  other  payment  processing  charges,  credit  reporting  costs,  information  technology  costs,
advertising costs and other operational costs incurred.

Property and equipment - Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Depreciation is recorded on the straight-line method generally based on estimated
useful lives of 30 to 40 years for buildings and three to five years for furniture, fixtures and equipment. The costs of improvements on leased pawn stores
are  capitalized  as  leasehold  improvements  and  are  depreciated  using  the  straight-line  method  over  the  applicable  lease  period,  or  useful  life,  if  shorter.
Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred and renewals and betterments are charged to the appropriate property and equipment accounts.
Upon sale or retirement of depreciable assets, the cost and related accumulated depreciation is removed from the accounts, and the resulting gain or loss is
included in the results of operations in the period the assets are sold or retired.

Business combinations - Business combination accounting requires the Company to determine the fair value of all assets acquired, including identifiable
intangible assets, liabilities assumed and contingent consideration issued in a business combination. The total consideration of the acquisition is allocated to
the assets and liabilities in amounts equal to the estimated fair value of each asset and liability as of the acquisition date, and any remaining acquisition
consideration  is  classified  as  goodwill.  This  allocation  process  requires  extensive  use  of  estimates  and  assumptions.  When  appropriate,  the  Company
utilizes independent valuation experts to advise and assist in determining the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in connection with a
business  acquisition,  in  determining  appropriate  amortization  methods  and  periods  for  identified  intangible  assets  and  in  determining  the  fair  value  of
contingent consideration, which is reviewed at each subsequent reporting period with changes in the fair value of the contingent consideration recognized
in the consolidated statements of income. See Note 3.

Goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets - Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets acquired in
each business combination. The Company performs its goodwill impairment assessment annually as of December 31, and between annual assessments if an
event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. The Company’s
reporting units, which are tested for impairment, are U.S. pawn, Latin America pawn and retail POS payment solutions. The Company assesses goodwill
for impairment at a reporting unit level by first assessing a range of qualitative factors, including, but not limited to, macroeconomic conditions, industry
conditions,  the  competitive  environment,  changes  in  the  market  for  the  Company’s  products  and  services,  regulatory  and  political  developments,  entity
specific factors, such as strategy and changes in key personnel, and overall financial performance. If, after completing this assessment, it is determined that
it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value, the Company proceeds to the impairment testing methodology.
See Note 14.

F-16

Table of Contents

The Company’s other material indefinite-lived intangible assets consist of certain trade names and pawn licenses. The Company performs its indefinite-
lived intangible asset impairment assessment annually as of December 31, and between annual assessments if an event occurs or circumstances change that
would more likely than not reduce the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset below its carrying amount. See Note 14.

Merger  and  acquisition  expenses  -  The  Company  incurs  incremental  costs  directly  associated  with  merger  and  acquisition  activity,  including,  but  not
limited  to,  professional  fees,  legal  expenses,  severance,  retention  and  other  employee-related  costs,  contract  breakage  costs  and  costs  related  to
consolidation  of  technology  systems  and  corporate  facilities.  The  Company  presents  merger  and  acquisition  expenses  separately  in  the  consolidated
statements of income to identify these incremental activities apart from the expenses incurred to operate the business.

Long-lived assets - Property and equipment, intangible assets subject to amortization and non-current assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events
or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  the  net  book  value  of  the  asset  may  not  be  recoverable.  An  impairment  loss  is  recognized  if  the  sum  of  the
expected future cash flows (undiscounted and before interest) from the use of the asset is less than the net book value of the asset. Generally, the amount of
the impairment loss is measured as the difference between the net book value of the asset and the estimated fair value of the related asset.

During 2020, the Company recorded a $1.9 million impairment of other assets and a $1.5 million impairment of property and equipment. The Company did
not record any impairment loss for the year ended December 31, 2021.

Fair  value  of  financial  instruments  -  The  fair  value  of  financial  instruments  is  determined  by  reference  to  various  market  data  and  other  valuation
techniques, as appropriate. Financial assets and liabilities are classified based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.
The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement requires judgment, and may affect the valuation of the
fair value of assets and liabilities and their placement within the fair value hierarchy levels. All fair value measurements related to acquisitions are level 3,
non-recurring measurements, based on unobservable inputs. Unless otherwise disclosed, the fair values of financial instruments approximate their recorded
values, due primarily to their short-term nature. See Note 6.

Income taxes - The Company uses the asset and liability method of computing deferred income taxes on all material temporary differences. Temporary
differences are the differences between the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax bases. See Note 12.

Advertising - The Company expenses the costs of advertising when incurred. Advertising expense for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019,
was $1.0 million, $1.1 million, and $1.2 million, respectively.

Share-based compensation - All share-based payments to employees and directors are recognized in the financial statements based on the grant date or if
applicable,  the  subsequent  modification  date  fair  value.  The  Company  recognizes  compensation  cost  net  of  estimated  forfeitures  and  recognizes  the
compensation  cost  for  only  those  awards  expected  to  vest  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  requisite  service  period  of  the  award,  which  is  generally  the
vesting term. The Company records share-based compensation cost as an administrative expense. See Note 15.

Forward sales commitments - The Company periodically uses forward sale agreements with a major gold bullion bank to sell a portion of the expected
amount of scrap gold, which is typically jewelry that is broken or of low retail value, produced in the normal course of business from its liquidation of such
merchandise.  These  commitments  qualify  for  an  exemption  from  derivative  accounting  as  normal  sales,  based  on  historical  terms,  conditions  and
quantities, and are therefore not recorded on the Company's balance sheet.

Earnings per share - Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted-average number of shares outstanding during the year.
Diluted earnings per share is calculated by giving effect to the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common shares
were exercised and converted into common shares during the year.

F-17

Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share (in thousands, except per share amounts):

Numerator:

Net income

Denominator:

2021

Year Ended December 31,
2020

2019

$

124,909  $

106,579  $

164,618 

Weighted-average common shares for calculating basic earnings per share
Effect of dilutive securities:

Stock options and restricted stock unit awards

Weighted-average common shares for calculating diluted earnings per share

40,975 

49 
41,024 

41,502 

98 
41,600 

Earnings per share:

Basic
Diluted

$

3.05  $
3.04 

2.57  $
2.56 

43,020 

188 
43,208 

3.83 
3.81 

Use of estimates  -  The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the  United  States  of  America
requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, and related revenue and expenses, and
the disclosure of gain and loss contingencies at the date of the financial statements. Such estimates and assumptions are subject to a number of risks and
uncertainties, which may cause actual results to differ materially from the Company’s estimates. Significant estimates include the accrual for earned but
uncollected pawn fees, allowances for lease and loan losses and related lease and loan loss provisions, valuation of acquired assets, assumed liabilities and
contingent consideration of the AFF Acquisition, evaluation of goodwill and other intangible assets for impairment and current and deferred tax assets and
liabilities.

Reclassification - Certain amounts in the consolidated statements of income and consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31,
2020 and 2019 have been reclassified in order to conform to the 2021 presentation.

Recent accounting pronouncements - In December 2019, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued ASU No 2019-12, “Income Taxes (Topic 740):
Simplifying  the  Accounting  for  Income  Taxes”  (“ASU  2019-12”).  ASU  2019-12  removes  certain  exceptions  to  the  general  principles  in  Topic  740  in
Generally  Accepted  Accounting  Principles.  ASU  2019-12  is  effective  for  public  entities  for  fiscal  years  beginning  after  December  15,  2020,  with  early
adoption  permitted.  The  adoption  of  ASU  2019-12  did  not  have  a  material  effect  on  the  Company’s  current  financial  position,  results  of  operations  or
financial statement disclosures.

In March 2020, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued ASU No 2020-04, “Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Facilitation of the Effects of
Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting” (“ASU 2020-04”). ASU 2020-04 provides temporary optional expedients and exceptions to the GAAP
guidance on contract modifications and hedge accounting to ease the financial reporting burdens related to the expected market transition from the London
Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) and other interbank offered rates to alternative reference rates. ASU 2020-04 is effective beginning on March 12, 2020,
and the Company may elect to apply the amendments prospectively through December 31, 2022. The Company does not expect ASU 2020-04 to have a
material effect on the Company’s current financial position, results of operations or financial statement disclosures.

In August 2021, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued ASU No 2021-06, “Presentation of Financial Statements (Topic 205), Financial Services
—Depository and Lending (Topic 942), and Financial Services—Investment Companies (Topic 946): Amendments to SEC Paragraphs Pursuant to SEC
Final  Rule  Releases  No.  33-10786,  Amendments  to  Financial  Disclosures  About  Acquired  and  Disposed  Businesses,  and  No.33-10835,  Update  of
Statistical  Disclosures  for  Bank  and  Savings  and  Loan  Registrants”  (“ASU  2021-06”).  ASU  2021-06  amends  certain  SEC  disclosure  guidance  that  is
included  in  the  accounting  standards  codification  to  reflect  the  SEC’s  recent  issuance  of  rules  intended  to  modernize  and  streamline  disclosure
requirements. The Company adopted ASU 2021-06 upon issuance, which did not have a material effect on the Company’s current financial position, results
of operations or financial statement disclosures.

F-18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

NOTE 3 - ACQUISITIONS

American First Finance Acquisition

On December 17, 2021, the Company completed the AFF Acquisition. Under the terms and conditions set forth in the business combination agreement
dated October 27, 2021, as amended, the Company acquired all of the equity interests of AFF in exchange for 8,046,252 shares of the Company’s common
stock and cash consideration. Immediately following the AFF Acquisition, the Company’s shareholders owned approximately 83% of the common stock of
the Company and the seller parties owned approximately 17%.

In  addition  to  the  closing  purchase  price,  the  seller  parties  have  the  right  to  receive  up  to  an  additional  $375.0  million  of  contingent  consideration  (the
“Contingent  Consideration”).  In  particular,  the  seller  parties  have  the  right  to  receive  up  to  $250.0  million  of  additional  consideration  if  AFF  achieves
certain adjusted EBITDA targets for the period consisting of the fourth quarter of 2021 through the end of 2022 and up to $50.0 million if AFF achieves
certain  adjusted  EBITDA  targets  for  the  first  half  of  2023.  In  addition,  the  seller  parties  have  the  right  to  receive  up  to  an  additional  $75.0  million  of
consideration in the event that the highest average stock price of the Company for any 10-day period from December 6, 2021 through February 28, 2023 is
less than $86.25. The Contingent Consideration is payable in cash or Company common stock, at the Company’s discretion.

The following table summarizes the consideration transferred in connection with the AFF Acquisition, net of cash acquired (in thousands except share and
per share amounts):

Shares of FirstCash Holdings, Inc. common stock issued
Closing common stock price per share at December 16, 2021
Stock consideration
Cash consideration paid to AFF shareholders at closing
Cash consideration paid to extinguish AFF pre-existing debt
Present value of deferred consideration payable to AFF shareholders on December 31, 2022
Estimated fair value of Contingent Consideration (see Note 6)
Less cash acquired

Aggregate purchase consideration

AFF Acquisition

8,046,252 
62.83 
505,546 
253,087 
257,278 
23,873 
127,420 
(48,263)
1,118,941 

$
$

$

The Company has performed a valuation analysis of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed and allocated the aggregate purchase consideration
based on the fair values of those identifiable assets and liabilities. The estimate of the fair values of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed are
determined by applying various valuation techniques, including discounted cash flow analyses, Monte Carlo simulations and the replacement cost method,
which  include  various  inputs  and  assumptions  such  as  discount  rates,  projected  cash  flows  and  profit  margins,  attrition  rates,  economic  obsolescence,
expected charge-off rates and depreciation, some of which may not be observable in the market. The purchase price allocation is subject to change as the
Company  finalizes  the  analysis  of  the  fair  value  at  the  date  of  the  AFF  Acquisition.  The  final  determination  of  the  fair  value  of  assets  acquired  and
liabilities  assumed  will  be  completed  within  the  twelve-month  measurement  period  from  the  date  of  the  AFF  Acquisition,  as  required  by  applicable
accounting  guidance.  Due  to  the  significance  of  the  AFF  Acquisition,  the  Company  may  use  all  of  this  measurement  period  to  adequately  analyze  and
assess the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

F-19

Table of Contents

The  allocation  of  the  aggregate  purchase  consideration,  net  of  cash  acquired  and  subject  to  future  measurement  period  adjustments,  is  as  follows  (in
thousands):

(1)

Accounts receivable
Finance receivables 
Leased merchandise
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Property and equipment
Operating lease right of use asset
Goodwill 
Intangible assets 
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
Customer deposits and prepayments
Lease liability, current
Deferred tax liabilities
Lease liability, non-current

(3)

(2)

Purchase price

AFF Acquisition

11,660 
225,261 
139,649 
4,474 
11,670 
491 
503,106 
305,100 
(28,357)
(11,014)
(10)
(42,608)
(481)
1,118,941 

$

$

(1)

Finance receivables acquired in a business combination that have experienced more-than-insignificant deterioration in credit quality since origination are considered
purchased  credit  deteriorated  (“PCD”).  The  Company  evaluated  the  acquired  finance  receivables  for  deterioration  in  credit  quality  primarily  based  on  delinquency
status. At the acquisition date, an estimate of expected lifetime credit losses for PCD finance receivables is added to the acquisition date fair value to establish the initial
amortized cost basis of the PCD finance receivables. As the initial allowance for credit losses is added to the fair value, there is no provision for loan losses recognized
upon acquisition of a PCD loan. See Note 7.

A reconciliation of the difference between the fair value of the PCD finance receivables and the unpaid principal balance as of the date of the acquisition is as follows
(in thousands):

Unpaid principal balance of PCD finance receivables
Non-credit discount

Amortized cost of PCD finance receivables

Less allowance for loan losses recognized for PCD finance receivables

Fair value of PCD finance receivables

PCD Finance Receivables
41,900 
$
(4,120)
37,780 
32,036 
5,744 

$

For  acquired  finance  receivables  not  deemed  PCD  at  acquisition  (“non-PCD”),  the  differences  between  the  initial  fair  value  and  the  unpaid  principal  balance  are
recognized as interest income on a level-yield basis over the lives of the related loans. At the acquisition date, an initial allowance for expected lifetime credit losses is
estimated and recorded as provision for loan losses. See Note 7.

A reconciliation of the difference between the fair value of the non-PCD finance receivables and the unpaid principal balance as of the date of the acquisition is as
follows (in thousands):

Unpaid principal balance of non-PCD finance receivables
Fair value premium

Fair value of non-PCD finance receivables

Less allowance for loan losses recognized for non-PCD finance receivables

Carrying value of non-PCD finance receivables

F-20

Non-PCD Finance
Receivables

$

$

177,456 
42,061 
219,517 
44,250 
175,267 

Table of Contents

(2)

(3)

The goodwill is attributable to the excess of the aggregate purchase consideration over the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities
assumed and is considered to represent the synergies and economies of scale expected from combining the operations of the Company and AFF. This goodwill has been
assigned to the retail POS payment solutions reporting unit. Excluding any potential earnout payments, approximately $212.3 million of the goodwill arising from the
AFF Acquisition is expected to be deductible for U.S. income tax purposes.

Intangible assets acquired and the respective useful lives assigned consist of the following (in thousands, except useful life):

Merchant relationships
Developed technology
Trade name
Relationships with existing lessees

Total intangible assets

AFF Acquisition

194,000 
99,400 
10,200 
1,500 
305,100 

$

$

Useful Life
(In Years)
7
5
2
1

The  merchant  relationships  are  being  amortized  using  an  accelerated  amortization  method  that  reflects  the  future  cash  flows  expected  from  existing  merchant
relationships. Annual estimated amortization expense of the merchant relationships over each of the next five years is approximately $30.6 million, $31.5 million, $29.8
million, $28.2 million and $26.2 million.

2021 Pawn Acquisitions

During 2021, the Company acquired 46 pawn stores in the U.S. in three separate transactions and acquired a pawn license that will be used to open a new
pawn store in the state of Nevada. The aggregate purchase price for these acquisitions totaled $79.5 million, net of cash acquired and subject to future post-
closing adjustments. The aggregate purchase price was composed of $76.0 million in cash paid at closing and remaining short-term amounts payable to the
sellers  of  approximately  $3.5  million.  During  2021,  the  Company  also  paid  $5.8  million  of  purchase  price  amounts  payable  related  to  prior-year
acquisitions.

The purchase price of each of the 2021 pawn acquisitions was allocated to assets acquired and liabilities assumed based upon the estimated fair market
values at the date of acquisition. The excess purchase price over the estimated fair market value of the net assets acquired has been recorded as goodwill.
The goodwill arising from these pawn store acquisitions consists largely of the synergies and economies of scale expected from combining the operations
of the Company and the pawn stores acquired. These pawn acquisitions were not material individually or in the aggregate to the Company’s consolidated
financial statements.

The estimated fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed are preliminary, as the Company is gathering information to finalize the valuation of
these assets and liabilities. The preliminary allocation of the aggregate purchase price for these individually immaterial pawn store acquisitions during 2021
(the “2021 Pawn Acquisitions”) is as follows (in thousands):

Pawn loans
Accounts receivable, net
Inventories
Other current assets
Property and equipment
(1)
Goodwill 
Intangible assets
Other non-current assets
Current liabilities

Aggregate purchase price

(1)

Substantially all of the goodwill is expected to be deductible for U.S. income tax purposes.

F-21

2021 Pawn Acquisitions

7,920 
470 
8,822 
294 
1,174 
59,645 
2,835 
36 
(1,659)
79,537 

$

$

Table of Contents

Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information

The results of operations for the AFF Acquisition and the 2021 Pawn Acquisitions have been consolidated since the respective acquisition dates. During
2021,  revenue  from  AFF  and  the  2021  Pawn  Acquisitions  was  $56.0  million  and  the  net  loss  from  AFF  and  the  2021  Pawn  Acquisitions  since  the
acquisition  dates  (including  $11.9  million  of  transaction  costs,  net  of  tax)  was  approximately  $41.0  million.  Transaction  costs  associated  with  the  AFF
Acquisition  and  the  2021  Pawn  Acquisitions  were  expensed  as  incurred  and  are  presented  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  income  as  merger  and
acquisition expenses. These expenses include investment banking, legal, accounting and other related third-party costs, including preparation for regulatory
filings.

The following unaudited pro forma financial information reflects the consolidated results of operations of the Company as if the AFF Acquisition and the
2021 Pawn Acquisitions had occurred on January 1, 2020, after giving effect to certain adjustments (in thousands, except per share amounts):

Total revenue
Net income

Net income per share:

Basic
Diluted

Year Ended
December 31, 2021

Year Ended
December 31, 2020

As Reported

Pro Forma

As Reported

Pro Forma

1,698,965  $
124,909 

2,305,860  $
156,257 

1,631,284  $
106,579 

2,024,055 
60,059 

3.05  $
3.04 

3.21  $
3.20 

2.57  $
2.56 

1.21 
1.21 

$

$

The unaudited pro forma results have been adjusted with respect to certain aspects of the AFF Acquisition and 2021 Pawn Acquisitions primarily to reflect:

•

•

•

•

depreciation  and  amortization  expense  that  would  have  been  recognized  assuming  fair  value  adjustments  to  the  tangible  and  intangible  assets
acquired and liabilities assumed;
an increase in total indebtedness primarily incurred to finance certain cash payments and transaction costs related to the AFF Acquisition and 2021
Pawn Acquisitions, partially offset by the elimination of AFF’s pre-existing debt that was repaid at closing;
the inclusion in the year ended December 31, 2020 of $15.4 million in acquisition expenses incurred by the Company (excluded from the year ended
December 31, 2021); and
the exclusion of $44.3 million of loan loss provision expense in the year ended December 31, 2021 resulting from the establishment of the initial
allowance for expected lifetime credit losses for non-PCD finance receivables acquired in the AFF Acquisition (see Note 7).

The pro forma financial information has been prepared for informational purposes only and does not include any anticipated synergies or other potential
benefits of the AFF Acquisition and 2021 Pawn Acquisitions. It also does not give effect to certain future charges that the Company expects to incur in
connection with the AFF Acquisition and 2021 Pawn Acquisitions, including, but not limited to, additional professional fees, legal expenses, severance,
retention and other employee-related costs, contract breakage costs and costs related to consolidation of technology systems. The pro forma information is
based on the Company’s preliminary valuation analysis of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed and therefore subject to change. Pro forma
results do not purport to be indicative of what would have resulted had the acquisitions occurred on the date indicated or what may result in the future.

2020 Pawn Acquisitions

During 2020, the Company acquired 40 pawn stores in Mexico in two separate transactions and 22 pawn stores in the U.S. in two separate transactions. The
aggregate purchase price for these acquisitions totaled $43.6 million, net of cash acquired. The aggregate purchase price was composed of $41.4 million in
cash paid during 2020 and remaining short-term amounts payable to the sellers of approximately $2.2 million.

F-22

Table of Contents

NOTE 4 - OPERATING LEASES

Lessor

Refer to Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements for further information about the Company’s revenue generating activities as a lessor. All of the
Company’s lease agreements are considered operating leases.

Lessee

The Company leases the majority of its pawnshop locations and certain administrative offices under operating leases and determines if an arrangement is or
contains a lease at inception. Many leases include both lease and non-lease components, which the Company accounts for separately. Lease components
include  rent,  taxes  and  insurance  costs  while  non-lease  components  include  common  area  or  other  maintenance  costs.  Operating  leases  are  included  in
operating lease right of use assets, lease liability, current and lease liability, non-current in the consolidated balance sheets. The Company does not have any
finance leases.

Leased facilities are generally leased for a term of three to five years with one or more options to renew for an additional three to five years, typically at the
Company’s sole discretion. In addition, the majority of these leases can be terminated early upon an adverse change in law which negatively affects the
store’s profitability. The Company regularly evaluates renewal and termination options to determine if the Company is reasonably certain to exercise the
option, and excludes these options from the lease term included in the recognition of the operating lease right of use asset and lease liability until such
certainty exists. The weighted-average remaining lease term for operating leases as of December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 was 4.1 years, 4.0 years and 3.9
years, respectively.

The operating lease right of use asset and lease liability is recognized based on the present value of the future minimum lease payments over the lease term
at  the  commencement  date.  The  Company’s  leases  do  not  provide  an  implicit  rate  and  therefore,  it  uses  its  incremental  borrowing  rate  based  on  the
information available at the lease commencement date in determining the present value of the lease payments. The Company utilizes a portfolio approach
for  determining  the  incremental  borrowing  rate  to  apply  to  groups  of  leases  with  similar  characteristics.  The  weighted-average  discount  rate  used  to
measure the lease liability as of December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 was 6.2%, 7.0% and 7.8%, respectively.

The Company has certain operating leases in Mexico which are denominated in U.S. dollars. The liability related to these leases is considered a monetary
liability,  and  requires  remeasurement  each  reporting  period  into  the  functional  currency  (Mexican  pesos)  using  reporting  date  exchange  rates.  The
remeasurement results in the recognition of foreign currency exchange gains or losses each reporting period, which can produce a certain level of earnings
volatility.  The  Company  recognized  a  foreign  currency  loss  of  $0.6  million,  loss  of  $1.2  million  and  gain  of  $0.9  million  during  the  year  ended
December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively, related to the remeasurement of these U.S. dollar denominated operating leases, which is included in loss
(gain) on foreign exchange in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.

Lease expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term, with variable lease expense recognized in the period such payments are incurred.
The following table details the components of lease expense included in operating expenses in the consolidated statements of income during the year ended
December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 (in thousands):

Operating lease expense
(1)
Variable lease expense 

Total operating lease expense

2021

Year Ended December 31,
2020

2019

$

$

125,439  $
16,021 
141,460  $

121,649  $
14,444 
136,093  $

124,082 
7,775 
131,857 

(1)

Variable  lease  costs  consist  primarily  of  taxes,  insurance  and  common  area  or  other  maintenance  costs  paid  based  on  actual  costs  incurred  by  the  lessor  and  can
therefore vary over the lease term.

F-23

Table of Contents

The following table details the maturity of lease liabilities for all operating leases as of December 31, 2021 (in thousands):

2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
Thereafter
Total

Less amount of lease payments representing interest

Total present value of lease payments

$

$

$

106,197 
85,967 
62,418 
36,743 
18,060 
23,514 
332,899 
(39,163)
293,736 

The  following  table  details  supplemental  cash  flow  information  related  to  operating  leases  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021,  2020  and  2019  (in
thousands):

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of operating lease liabilities
Leased assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities

$

114,463  $
110,531 

110,965  $
104,576 

116,448 
71,117 

Year Ended December 31,
2020

2021

2019

NOTE 5 - STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

On  December  16,  2021,  FirstCash,  Inc.  implemented  a  holding  company  reorganization,  which  resulted  in  FirstCash  Holdings,  Inc.  owning  all  of  the
outstanding capital stock of FirstCash, Inc. Following the reorganization, FirstCash Holdings, Inc. became the successor issuer to FirstCash, Inc.

On December 17, 2021, the Company issued 8,046,252 shares of its common stock to former owners of AFF as consideration for the AFF Acquisition. See
Note 3 for additional information about the AFF Acquisition.

During 2021, the Company repurchased a total of 688,000 shares of common stock at an aggregate cost of $49.6 million and an average cost per share of
$72.10, and during 2020, repurchased 1,427,000 shares of common stock at an aggregate cost of $107.0 million and an average cost per share of $74.96.
The  Company  intends  to  continue  repurchases  under  its  active  share  repurchase  program  through  open  market  transactions  under  trading  plans  in
accordance with Rule 10b5-1 and Rule 10b-18 under the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, subject to a variety of factors, including, but not limited to,
the  level  of  cash  balances,  credit  availability,  debt  covenant  restrictions,  general  business  conditions,  regulatory  requirements,  the  market  price  of  the
Company’s stock, dividend policy, the availability of alternative investment opportunities, including acquisitions, and the impact of COVID-19.

The following table provides purchases made by the Company of shares of its common stock under each share repurchase program in effect during 2021
(dollars in thousands):

Plan Authorization Date
January 28, 2020
January 27, 2021

Plan Completion Date
May 4, 2021
Currently active

$

Total

Dollar Amount
Authorized

Shares Purchased in
2021

Dollar Amount
Purchased in 2021

Remaining Dollar
Amount Authorized For
Future Purchases

100,000 
100,000 

318,000  $
370,000 
688,000  $

21,827  $
27,783 
49,610  $

— 
72,217 
72,217 

Total cash dividends paid in 2021 and 2020 were $47.5 million and $44.8 million, respectively. The amount, declaration and payment of cash dividends in
the  future  (quarterly  or  otherwise)  will  be  made  by  the  Board  of  Directors,  from  time  to  time,  subject  to  the  Company’s  financial  condition,  results  of
operations, business requirements, compliance with legal requirements and debt covenant restrictions.

F-24

Table of Contents

NOTE 6 - FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The fair value of financial instruments is determined by reference to various market data and other valuation techniques, as appropriate. Financial assets
and  liabilities  are  classified  based  on  the  lowest  level  of  input  that  is  significant  to  the  fair  value  measurement.  The  Company's  assessment  of  the
significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement requires judgment, and may affect the valuation of the fair value of assets and liabilities and
their placement within the fair value hierarchy levels. The three fair value levels are (from highest to lowest):

Level 1: Quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2: Observable market-based inputs or unobservable inputs that are corroborated by market data.

Level 3: Unobservable inputs that are not corroborated by market data.

Recurring Fair Value Measurements

The Company’s financial assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2021 that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis are as follows (in thousands):

Financial liabilities:

Contingent Consideration 

(1)

Estimated Fair Value

December 31,
2021

Fair Value Measurements Using
Level 2

Level 3

Level 1

$

109,549  $

—  $

—  $

109,549 

(1)

The current portion of $95.6 million is included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities and the non-current portion of $14.0 million is included in other liabilities
in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

As further discussed in Note 3, the Company estimated the preliminary fair value of the Contingent Consideration to be $127.4 million, as of the AFF
Acquisition date. The Company revalues the Contingent Consideration to fair value at the end of each reporting period. The estimate of the fair value of
Contingent Consideration is determined by applying a Monte Carlo simulation, which includes inputs not observable in the market, such as the risk-free
rate,  risk-adjusted  discount  rate,  the  volatility  of  the  underlying  financial  metrics  and  projected  financial  forecast  of  AFF  over  the  earn-out  period,  and
therefore  represents  a  Level  3  measurement.  Significant  increases  or  decreases  in  these  inputs  could  result  in  a  significantly  lower  or  higher  fair  value
measurement of the Contingent Consideration.

The changes in financial assets and liabilities that are measured and recorded at fair value on a recurring basis using Level 3 fair value measurements for
the year ended December 31, 2021 is as follows (in thousands):

Contingent Consideration issued December 17, 2021 (see Note 3)
Change in fair value 

(1)

Balance at December 31, 2021

Contingent Consideration

$

$

127,420 
(17,871)
109,549 

(1)

    The Company recognized a $17.9 million gain during 2021 as a result of the change in fair value of the stock price component of Contingent Consideration (see Note 3),
which is included in gain on revaluation of contingent acquisition consideration in the accompanying consolidated statements of income. The change in fair value was a
result of the increase in the Company’s stock price from $62.83 on December 16, 2021 to $74.81 on December 31, 2021.

There were no transfers in or out of Level 1, 2 or 3 during the year ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the Company did not have any financial assets
and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2020.

F-25

Table of Contents

Fair Value Measurements on a Non-Recurring Basis

The Company measures non-financial assets and liabilities, such as property and equipment and intangible assets, at fair value on a non-recurring basis, or
when  events  or  circumstances  indicate  that  the  carrying  amount  of  the  assets  may  be  impaired.  During  2020,  the  Company  recorded  a  $1.9  million
impairment of other assets and a $1.5 million impairment of property and equipment.

Financial Assets and Liabilities Not Measured at Fair Value, But for Which Fair Value is Disclosed

The Company’s financial assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 that are not measured at fair value in the consolidated balance sheets are
as follows (in thousands):

Financial assets:

Cash and cash equivalents
Accounts receivable, net
Pawn loans
Finance receivables, net

Financial liabilities:

Revolving unsecured credit facilities
Senior unsecured notes (outstanding

principal)

Financial assets:

Cash and cash equivalents
Accounts receivable, net
Pawn loans

Financial liabilities:

Revolving unsecured credit facility
Senior unsecured notes (outstanding

principal)

Carrying Value
December 31,
2021

Estimated Fair Value

December 31,
2021

Fair Value Measurements Using
Level 2

Level 3

Level 1

120,046  $
55,356 
347,973 
181,021 
704,396  $

120,046  $
55,356 
347,973 
233,000 
756,375  $

120,046  $
— 
— 
— 
120,046  $

—  $
— 
— 
— 
—  $

259,000  $

259,000  $

1,050,000 
1,309,000  $

1,058,000 
1,317,000  $

—  $

— 
—  $

259,000  $

1,058,000 
1,317,000  $

— 
55,356 
347,973 
233,000 
636,329 

— 

— 
— 

Carrying Value
December 31,
2020

Estimated Fair Value

December 31,
2020

Fair Value Measurements Using
Level 2

Level 3

Level 1

65,850  $
41,110 
308,231 
415,191  $

65,850  $
41,110 
308,231 
415,191  $

65,850  $
— 
— 
65,850  $

—  $
— 
— 
—  $

— 
41,110 
308,231 
349,341 

123,000  $

123,000  $

500,000 
623,000  $

516,000 
639,000  $

—  $

— 
—  $

123,000  $

516,000 
639,000  $

— 

— 
— 

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

As cash and cash equivalents have maturities of less than three months, the carrying value of cash and cash equivalents approximates fair value. Due to
their short-term maturities, the carrying value of pawn loans and accounts receivable, net approximate fair value.

Finance receivables are measured at amortized cost, net of an allowance for loan losses on the consolidated balance sheets. In estimating fair value for
finance  receivables,  the  Company  utilized  a  discounted  cash  flow  methodology.  The  Company  used  various  unobservable  inputs  reflecting  its  own
assumptions, such as contractual future principal and interest cash flows, future charge-off rates and discount rates (which consider current interest rates
and are adjusted for credit risk, among other factors).

F-26

Table of Contents

The  carrying  value  of  the  unsecured  credit  facilities  approximate  fair  value  as  of  December  31,  2021  and  2020.  The  fair  value  of  the  unsecured  credit
facilities  is  estimated  based  on  market  values  for  debt  issuances  with  similar  characteristics  or  rates  currently  available  for  debt  with  similar  terms.  In
addition,  the  unsecured  credit  facilities  have  a  variable  interest  rate  based  on  a  fixed  spread  over  LIBOR  or  the  Mexican  Central  Bank’s  interbank
equilibrium rate (“TIIE”) and reprice with any changes in LIBOR or TIIE. The fair value of the senior unsecured notes is estimated based on quoted prices
in markets that are not active.

NOTE 7 - FINANCE RECEIVABLES, NET

Finance receivables, net consist of the following (in thousands):

Finance receivables, gross

Fair value premium on non-PCD finance receivables 
Non-credit discount on PCD finance receivables 
Merchant partner discounts and premiums, net
Unearned origination fees

(2)

(1)

Finance receivables, amortized cost
Less allowance for loan losses

Finance receivables, net

As of December 31,

2021

2020

$

$

220,329  $
40,251 
(3,521)
(104)
(360)
256,595 
75,574 
181,021  $

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

(1)

(2)

Represents the difference between the initial fair value and the unpaid principal balance as of the date of the AFF Acquisition, which is recognized as interest income
on an effective yield basis over the lives of the related non-PCD finance receivables. See Note 3.

Represents the difference between the unpaid principal balance and the amortized cost basis as of the date of the AFF Acquisition, which is recognized through interest
income on an effective yield basis over the life of the related PCD finance receivables. See Note 3.

Changes in the allowance for loan losses are as follows (in thousands):

Balance at beginning of year
(1)
Provision for loan losses 
Initial allowance recognized for PCD loans 
Charge-offs
Recoveries

(2)

Balance at end of year

As of December 31,

2021

2020

$

$

—  $

48,952 
32,036 
(5,545)
131 
75,574  $

34 
(488)
— 
(114)
568 
— 

(1)

(2)

For the year ended December 31, 2021, includes $44.3 million as a result of the establishment of the initial allowance for expected lifetime credit losses for non-PCD
finance receivables acquired in the AFF Acquisition, which is recorded as provision for loan losses in the consolidated statements of income. See Note 3.

Represents the establishment of the initial allowance for expected lifetime credit losses for PCD finance receivables acquired in the AFF Acquisition, which is added to
the acquisition date fair value to establish the initial amortized cost basis of the PCD loans. As this initial allowance for loan losses is added to the acquisition date fair
value, there is no provision for loan losses recognized in the consolidated statements of income. See Note 3.

F-27

 
Table of Contents

The following is an assessment of the credit quality indicators of the amortized cost of finance receivables as of December 31, 2021, by origination year:

FICO score category 

(1)
:

No FICO score identified or obtained
599 or less
Between 600 and 699
700 or greater

Finance receivables before fair value adjustments

Fair value premium on non-PCD finance receivables
Non-credit discount on PCD finance receivables

Finance receivables, amortized cost

(1)

FICO score as determined at the time of loan origination.

2021

2020

Total

$

$

57,536  $
69,703 
59,121 
8,637 
194,997  $

2,537  $
11,701 
9,389 
1,241 
24,868 

$

60,073 
81,404 
68,510 
9,878 

219,865 
40,251 
(3,521)
256,595 

The following is an aging of the amortized cost of finance receivables as of December 31, 2021, by origination year:

Delinquency:

1 to 30 days past due
31 to 60 days past due
61 to 90 days past due 

(1)

Total past due finance receivables before fair value adjustments
Current finance receivables before fair value adjustments

Finance receivables before fair value adjustments

Fair value premium on non-PCD finance receivables
Non-credit discount on PCD finance receivables

Finance receivables, amortized cost

2021

2020

Total

$

$

16,077  $
10,024 
7,898 
33,999 
160,998 
194,997  $

2,260  $
1,648 
1,478 
5,386 
19,482 
24,868 

$

18,337 
11,672 
9,376 
39,385 
180,480 

219,865 
40,251 
(3,521)
256,595 

(1)

The Company charges off finance receivables when a receivable is 90 days or more contractually past due.

NOTE 8 - LEASED MERCHANDISE, NET

Leased merchandise, net consists of the following (in thousands):

(1)

Leased merchandise 
Processing fees
Merchant partner discounts and premiums, net
Accumulated depreciation

Leased merchandise, before allowance for lease losses

Allowance for lease losses

Leased merchandise, net

(1)

Acquired leased merchandise in the AFF Acquisition was recorded at fair value. See Note 3.

F-28

As of December 31,

2021

2020

$

$

156,280  $
(440)
310 
(6,764)
149,386 
5,442 
143,944  $

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

 
Table of Contents

Changes in the allowance for lease losses are as follows (in thousands):

Balance at beginning of year
Provision for lease losses 
(2)
Charge-offs 
Recoveries

(1)

Balance at end of year

As of December 31,

2021

2020

$

$

—  $

5,442 
— 
— 
5,442  $

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

(1)

(2)

Represents the provision for lease losses on leases originated from December 17, 2021 through December 31, 2021.

Acquired  leased  merchandise  in  the  AFF  Acquisition  was  recorded  at  fair  value.  As  a  result,  leased  merchandise  charged-off  between  December  17,  2021  and
December 31, 2021 was allocated no fair value. See Note 3.

NOTE 9 - PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment consists of the following (in thousands):

Land
Buildings
Furniture, fixtures, equipment and improvements

Less: accumulated depreciation

Property and equipment, net

As of December 31,

2021

2020

$

$

114,150  $
199,100 
468,118 
781,368 
(318,842)
462,526  $

83,458 
150,132 
425,360 
658,950 
(285,283)
373,667 

Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 was $42.5 million, $39.8 million and $39.1 million, respectively.

NOTE 10 - ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED LIABILITIES

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):

(1)

Acquisition purchase price amounts payable to sellers 
Accrued compensation
Sales, property, and payroll taxes payable
Trade accounts payable
Accrued interest payable
Benefits liabilities and withholding payable
Other accrued liabilities

As of December 31,

2021

2020

$

$

123,475  $
33,546 
32,463 
23,077 
9,375 
3,084 
15,920 
240,940  $

5,965 
21,874 
24,984 
7,187 
8,121 
2,852 
10,934 
81,917 

(1)

Includes  the  present  value  of  the  deferred  consideration  payable  to  AFF  shareholders  on  December  31,  2022  of  $23.9  million  and  the  short-term  portion  of  the
estimated fair value of Contingent Consideration of $95.6 million. See Note 3 and Note 6.

F-29

 
Table of Contents

NOTE 11 - LONG-TERM DEBT

The  following  table  details  the  Company’s  long-term  debt  at  the  respective  principal  amounts,  net  of  unamortized  debt  issuance  costs  on  the  senior
unsecured notes (in thousands):

Revolving unsecured credit facility, maturing 2024 

(1)

Senior unsecured notes:

4.625% senior unsecured notes due 2028
5.625% senior unsecured notes due 2030 

 (2)

(3)

Total senior unsecured notes

Total long-term debt

As of December 31,

2021

2020

$

259,000  $

123,000 

492,499 
541,405 
1,033,904 

492,916 
— 
492,916 

$

1,292,904  $

615,916 

(1)

(2)

(3)

Debt issuance costs related to the Company’s revolving unsecured credit facilities are included in other assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, deferred debt issuance costs of $7.5 million and $7.1 million, respectively, are included as a direct deduction from the carrying
amount of the senior unsecured notes due 2028 in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

As of December 31, 2021, deferred debt issuance costs of $8.6 million are included as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of the senior unsecured notes due
2030 in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

As  of  December  31,  2021,  annual  maturities  of  the  outstanding  long-term  debt  for  each  of  the  five  years  after  December  31,  2021  are  as  follows  (in
thousands):

2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
Thereafter

Revolving Unsecured Credit Facility

$

$

— 
— 
259,000 
— 
— 
1,050,000 
1,309,000 

As of December 31, 2021, the Company maintained an unsecured line of credit with a group of U.S. based commercial lenders (the “Credit Facility”) in the
amount of $500.0 million. The Credit Facility matures on December 19, 2024.

On December 8, 2021, the Credit Facility was amended (the “2021 Amendment”) in order to, among other things, permit the AFF Acquisition and amend
the domestic and total leverage ratio covenants temporarily as a result of the AFF Acquisition. The domestic leverage ratio increased from 4.5 times to 5.0
times  domestic  EBITDA,  adjusted  for  certain  customary  items  as  more  fully  set  forth  in  the  Credit  Facility  (“Adjusted  Domestic  EBITDA”),  through
December  31,  2021  and  then  decreases  to  4.5  times  Adjusted  Domestic  EBITDA  through  December  31,  2022.  The  consolidated  leverage  ratio  was
increased  from  3.3  to  4.0  times  consolidated  EBITDA,  adjusted  for  certain  customary  items  as  more  fully  set  forth  in  the  Credit  Facility  (“Adjusted
EBITDA”), through December 31, 2021 and then decreases to 3.5 times Adjusted EBITDA through December 31, 2022. The temporary changes to the
leverage ratios as provided in the 2021 Amendment will revert to the previously scheduled ratios of 4.0 times Adjusted Domestic EBITDA and 3.0 times
Adjusted EBITDA effective January 1, 2023.

F-30

Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2021, the Company had $259.0 million in outstanding borrowings and $3.2 million in outstanding letters of credit under the Credit
Facility, leaving $237.8 million available for future borrowings, subject to certain financial covenants. The Credit Facility is unsecured and bears interest, at
the Company’s option, of either (1) the prevailing LIBOR (with interest periods of 1 week or 1, 2, 3 or 6 months at the Company’s option) plus a fixed
spread of 2.5% or (2) the prevailing prime or base rate plus a fixed spread of 1.5%. The agreement has a LIBOR floor of 0%. Additionally, the Company is
required to pay an annual commitment fee of 0.325% on the average daily unused portion of the Credit Facility commitment. The weighted-average interest
rate on amounts outstanding under the Credit Facility at December 31, 2021 was 2.63% based on 1 week LIBOR. Under the terms of the Credit Facility, the
Company  is  required  to  maintain  certain  financial  ratios  and  comply  with  certain  financial  covenants.  The  Credit  Facility  also  contains  customary
restrictions on the Company’s ability to incur additional debt, grant liens, make investments, consummate acquisitions and similar negative covenants with
customary carve-outs and baskets. The Company was in compliance with the covenants of the Credit Facility as of December 31, 2021. During 2021, the
Company received net proceeds of $136.0 million from borrowings pursuant to the Credit Facility.

Revolving Unsecured Uncommitted Credit Facility

As of December 31, 2021, the Company’s primary subsidiary in Mexico, First Cash S.A. de C.V., maintained an unsecured and uncommitted line of credit
guaranteed by FirstCash, Inc. with a bank in Mexico (the “Mexico Credit Facility”) in the amount of $600.0 million Mexican pesos. The Mexico Credit
Facility bears interest at the TIIE plus a fixed spread of 2.5% and matures on March 9, 2023. Under the terms of the Mexico Credit Facility, the Company is
required  to  maintain  certain  financial  ratios  and  comply  with  certain  financial  covenants.  The  Company  was  in  compliance  with  the  covenants  of  the
Mexico Credit Facility as of December 31, 2021. At December 31, 2021, the Company had no amount outstanding under the Mexico Credit Facility and
$600.0 million Mexican pesos available for borrowings.

Senior Unsecured Notes Due 2028

On August 26, 2020, the Company issued $500.0 million of 4.625% senior unsecured notes due on September 1, 2028 (the “2028 Notes”), all of which are
currently outstanding. Interest on the 2028 Notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on March 1 and September 1, commencing on March 1, 2021. The
2028 Notes were sold in a private placement in reliance on Rule 144A and Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities
Act”). The Company used the proceeds from the offering to redeem its outstanding $300.0 million, 5.375% senior notes due 2024 (the “2024 Notes”), to
repay a portion of the Credit Facility and to pay for related fees and expenses associated with the offering and the redemption of the 2024 Notes.

The  2028  Notes  are  fully  and  unconditionally  guaranteed  on  a  senior  unsecured  basis  jointly  and  severally  by  all  of  the  Company's  existing  and  future
domestic subsidiaries that guarantee its Credit Facility. The 2028 Notes will permit the Company to make restricted payments, such as purchasing shares of
its stock and paying cash dividends, in an unlimited amount if, after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of any indebtedness to make such payment,
the Company's consolidated total debt ratio is less than 2.75 to 1. The consolidated total debt ratio is defined generally in the indenture governing the 2028
Notes (the “2028 Notes Indenture”) as the ratio of (1) the total consolidated debt of the Company minus cash and cash equivalents of the Company to (2)
the  Company’s  consolidated  trailing  twelve  months  EBITDA,  as  adjusted  to  exclude  certain  non-recurring  expenses  and  giving  pro  forma  effect  to
operations acquired during the measurement period. As of December 31, 2021, the Company’s consolidated total debt ratio was 3.1 to 1. While the 2028
Notes generally limit the Company’s ability to make restricted payments if the consolidated total debt ratio is greater than 2.75 to 1, restricted payments are
allowable  within  certain  permitted  baskets,  which  currently  provides  the  Company  with  continued  flexibility  to  make  restricted  payments  when  the
Company’s consolidated total debt ratio is greater than 2.75 to 1.

The Company may redeem some or all of the 2028 Notes at any time on or after September 1, 2023, at the redemption prices set forth in the 2028 Notes
Indenture, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any. In addition, prior to September 1, 2023, the Company may redeem some or all of the 2028 Notes at a
price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, plus a “make-whole” premium set forth in the 2028 Notes
Indenture. The Company may redeem up to 40% of the 2028 Notes on or prior to September 1, 2023 with the proceeds of certain equity offerings at the
redemption prices set forth in the 2028 Notes Indenture. If the Company sells certain assets or consummates certain change in control transactions, the
Company will be required to make an offer to repurchase the 2028 Notes.

Redemption of 2024 Notes

During 2020, the Company redeemed all outstanding 2024 Notes. As a result, the Company recognized a loss on extinguishment of debt of $11.7 million,
which  includes  the  redemption  premium  paid  over  the  outstanding  $300.0  million  principal  amount  of  the  2024  Notes  and  other  redemption  costs  of
$8.8 million and the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs of $2.9 million.

F-31

Table of Contents

Senior Unsecured Notes Due 2030

On December 13, 2021, the Company issued $550.0 million of 5.625% senior unsecured notes due on January 1, 2030 (the “2030 Notes”), all of which are
currently  outstanding.  Interest  on  the  2030  Notes  is  payable  semi-annually  in  arrears  on  January  1  and  July  1,  commencing  on  July  1,  2022.  The  2030
Notes were sold in a private placement in reliance on Rule 144A and Regulation S under the Securities Act. The Company used the proceeds from the
offering  to  finance  the  cash  consideration  of  the  AFF  Acquisition,  repay  in  full  the  outstanding  debt  under  AFF’s  credit  facility,  to  pay  fees,  costs  and
expenses incurred in connection with the AFF Acquisition and the offering of the 2030 Notes and the remainder to repay a portion of the borrowings under
the  Company’s  Credit  Facility.  The  Company  capitalized  approximately  $8.6  million  in  debt  issuance  costs,  which  consisted  primarily  of  the  initial
purchaser’s discount and fees and legal and other professional expenses. The debt issuance costs are being amortized over the life of the 2030 Notes as a
component of interest expense and are carried as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of the 2030 Notes in the accompanying consolidated balance
sheets.

The  2030  Notes  are  fully  and  unconditionally  guaranteed  on  a  senior  unsecured  basis  jointly  and  severally  by  all  of  the  Company's  existing  and  future
domestic subsidiaries that guarantee its Credit Facility. The 2030 Notes will permit the Company to make restricted payments, such as purchasing shares of
its stock and paying cash dividends, in an unlimited amount if, after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of any indebtedness to make such payment,
the Company's consolidated total debt ratio is less than 3.0 to 1. The consolidated total debt ratio is defined generally in the indenture governing the 2030
Notes (the “2030 Notes Indenture”) as the ratio of (1) the total consolidated debt of the Company minus cash and cash equivalents of the Company to (2)
the  Company’s  consolidated  trailing  twelve  months  EBITDA,  as  adjusted  to  exclude  certain  non-recurring  expenses  and  giving  pro  forma  effect  to
operations acquired during the measurement period. As of December 31, 2021, the Company’s consolidated total debt ratio was 3.1 to 1. While the 2030
Notes generally limit the Company’s ability to make restricted payments if the consolidated total debt ratio is greater than 3.0 to 1, restricted payments are
allowable  within  certain  permitted  baskets,  which  currently  provides  the  Company  with  continued  flexibility  to  make  restricted  payments  when  the
Company’s consolidated total debt ratio is greater than 3.0 to 1.

The Company may redeem some or all of the 2030 Notes at any time on or after January 1, 2025, at the redemption prices set forth in the 2030 Notes
Indenture, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any. In addition, prior to January 1, 2025, the Company may redeem some or all of the 2030 Notes at a price
equal  to  100%  of  the  principal  amount  thereof,  plus  accrued  and  unpaid  interest,  if  any,  plus  a  “make-whole”  premium  set  forth  in  the  2030  Notes
Indenture.  The  Company  may  redeem  up  to  40%  of  the  2030  Notes  on  or  prior  to  January  1,  2025  with  the  proceeds  of  certain  equity  offerings  at  the
redemption prices set forth in the 2030 Notes Indenture. If the Company sells certain assets or consummates certain change in control transactions, the
Company will be required to make an offer to repurchase the 2030 Notes.

F-32

Table of Contents

NOTE 12 - INCOME TAXES

Components of the provision for income taxes and the income to which it relates for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 consist of the
following (in thousands):

Income before income taxes 

(1)
:

Domestic
Foreign

Income before income taxes

Current income taxes:

U.S. Federal
Foreign
U.S. state and local

Current provision for income taxes

Deferred provision (benefit) for income taxes:

U.S. Federal
Foreign
U.S. state and local

Total deferred provision for income taxes

$

$

$

2021

Year Ended December 31,
2020

2019

110,535  $
55,967 
166,502  $

98,111  $
45,588 
143,699  $

145,570 
79,041 
224,611 

14,031  $
15,242 
2,045 
31,318 

11,008 
(1,542)
809 
10,275 

14,951  $
9,909 
2,158 
27,018 

4,485 
5,287 
330 
10,102 

26,624 
21,904 
2,553 
51,081 

7,498 
863 
551 
8,912 

Provision for income taxes

$

41,593  $

37,120  $

59,993 

(1)

Includes the allocation of certain administrative expenses and intercompany payments, such as royalties and interest, between domestic and foreign subsidiaries.

At December 31, 2021, the cumulative amount of undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries was $248.8 million. The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act imposed a
mandatory transition tax on accumulated foreign earnings and generally eliminated U.S. federal income taxes on dividends from foreign subsidiaries with
the  exception  of  foreign  withholding  taxes  and  other  foreign  local  tax.  During  2021,  the  Company  repatriated  $10.0  million  from  certain  foreign
subsidiaries, which was not subject to withholding or federal income tax. It is the Company’s intent to indefinitely reinvest the remaining undistributed
earnings and future earnings of these subsidiaries outside the U.S. and, therefore, deferred taxes are not currently recorded on cumulative foreign currency
translation adjustments.

F-33

Table of Contents

The principal deferred tax assets and liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):

Deferred tax assets:

Property and equipment in foreign jurisdictions
Finance receivables
Accrued fees on forfeited pawn loans
Deferred cost of goods sold deduction
Accrued compensation, payroll taxes and employee benefits
U.S. state and certain foreign net operating losses
Other

Total deferred tax assets

Deferred tax liabilities:
Intangible assets
Leased merchandise and property and equipment in domestic jurisdictions
Net operating lease asset
Other

Total deferred tax liabilities

Net deferred tax liabilities before valuation allowance

Valuation allowance

Net deferred tax liabilities

Reported as:

Deferred tax assets
Deferred tax liabilities

Net deferred tax liabilities

As of December 31,

2021

2020

$

$

$

$

11,452  $
7,421 
6,645 
1,989 
4,294 
6,429 
3,811 
42,041 

126,283 
24,035 
3,726 
2,052 
156,096 

(114,055)
(6,429)
(120,484) $

5,614  $

(126,098)
(120,484) $

9,905 
— 
5,246 
3,622 
4,235 
5,942 
3,364 
32,314 

81,749 
3,759 
4,188 
3,691 
93,387 

(61,073)
(5,942)
(67,015)

4,158 
(71,173)
(67,015)

The Company has a valuation allowance of $6.4 million and $5.9 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, related to the deferred tax assets
associated with its U.S. state and certain foreign net operating losses. The Company has evaluated the nature and timing of its other deferred tax assets and
concluded that no additional valuation allowance is necessary.

F-34

Table of Contents

The following is a reconciliation of income taxes calculated at the U.S. federal statutory rate to the provision for income taxes (dollars in thousands):

U.S. federal statutory rate

2021

Year Ended December 31,
2020

2019

21 %

21 %

21 %

Tax at the U.S. federal statutory rate
U.S. state income tax, net of federal tax benefit of $599, $522 and $652,

respectively

Net incremental income tax expense from foreign earnings 
Non-deductible compensation expense
Global intangible low-taxed income tax
Other taxes and adjustments, net

(1)

Provision for income taxes

$

$

35,149 

$

30,177 

$

2,255 
2,007 
1,943 
— 
239 
41,593 

$

1,965 
5,732 
1,050 
(1,863)
59 
37,120 

$

47,168 

2,452 
6,314 
2,074 
1,100 
885 
59,993 

Effective tax rate

25.0 %

25.8 %

26.7 %

(1)

Includes a $6.3 million, $2.0 million and $2.3 million foreign permanent tax benefit related to an inflation index adjustment allowed under Mexico tax law for the years
ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

The Company’s foreign operating subsidiaries are owned by a wholly-owned subsidiary located in the Netherlands. The foreign operating subsidiaries are
subject to their respective foreign statutory rates, which differ from the U.S. federal statutory rate. The statutory tax rates in Mexico, Guatemala, Colombia
and El Salvador are 30%, 25%, 31% and 30%, respectively. The statutory tax rate in the Netherlands is 0% on eligible dividends received from its foreign
subsidiaries.

The  Company  reviews  the  determination  of  whether  tax  benefits  claimed  or  expected  to  be  claimed  on  a  tax  return  should  be  recorded  in  the  financial
statements.  The  Company  may  recognize  the  tax  benefit  from  an  uncertain  tax  position  only  if  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  the  tax  position  will  be
sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements
from such a position are measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement.
Interest and penalties related to income tax liabilities that could arise would be classified as interest expense in the Company’s consolidated statements of
income.

As  of  December  31,  2021  and  2020,  the  Company  had  no  unrecognized  tax  benefits  and,  therefore,  the  Company  did  not  have  a  liability  for  accrued
interest and penalties and no such interest or penalties were incurred for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.

The Company files federal income tax returns in the U.S., Mexico, Guatemala, Colombia, El Salvador and the Netherlands, as well as multiple state and
local income tax returns in the U.S. The Company’s U.S. federal returns are not subject to examination for tax years prior to 2017. The majority of the
Company’s  U.S.  state  income  tax  returns  are  not  subject  to  examination  for  the  tax  years  prior  to  2018.  With  respect  to  federal  tax  returns  in  Mexico,
Guatemala, Colombia, El Salvador and the Netherlands, the tax years prior to 2016 are closed to examination. There are no state income taxes in Mexico,
Guatemala, Colombia, El Salvador or the Netherlands.

F-35

Table of Contents

NOTE 13 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Litigation

The Company, in the ordinary course of business, is a defendant (actual or threatened) in certain lawsuits, arbitration proceedings and other general claims.
In management’s opinion, any potential adverse result should not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations,
or cash flows.

On January 14, 2022, plaintiff Genesee County Employees’ Retirement System filed a putative shareholder securities class action lawsuit (the “Litigation”)
in  the  United  States  District  Court  for  the  Northern  District  of  Texas  against  the  Company  and  certain  of  its  current  officers  styled  Genesee  County
Employees’  Retirement  System  v.  FirstCash  Holdings,  Inc.,  et  al.,  Civil  Action  No.  4:22-CV-00033-P  (N.D.  Tex.).  The  complaint  alleges  that  the
defendants made materially false and/or misleading statements that caused losses to investors. The complaint further alleges that the defendants failed to
disclose in public statements that the Company engaged in widespread and systemic violations of the Military Lending Act (“MLA”). The Litigation does
not quantify any alleged damages, but, in addition to attorneys’ fees and costs, it seeks to recover damages on behalf of the plaintiff and other persons who
purchased or otherwise acquired Company stock during the putative class period from February 1, 2018 through November 12, 2021 at allegedly inflated
prices and purportedly suffered financial harm as a result. The Company disputes these allegations and intends to defend the Litigation vigorously. At this
stage, the Company is unable to determine whether a future loss will be incurred due to this Litigation, or estimate a range of loss, if any, and accordingly,
no amounts have been accrued in the Company’s financial statements.

On November 12, 2021, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”) initiated a civil action in the United States District Court for the Northern
District of Texas against FirstCash, Inc. and Cash America West, Inc., two of the Company’s subsidiaries, alleging violations of the MLA. The CFPB also
alleges that the Company violated a 2013 CFPB order against its predecessor company that, among other things, required the company to cease and desist
from further MLA violations. The CFPB is seeking an injunction, redress for affected borrowers and a civil monetary penalty. While the Company intends
to vigorously defend itself against the allegations in the case, the Company cannot predict or determine the timing or final outcome of this matter, or the
effect that any adverse determinations the lawsuit may have on it.

On November 7, 2018, plaintiffs Maria Andrade and Shaun Caulkins filed a class action complaint (the “Andrade Compliant”) in the United States District
Court for the Northern District of California against AFF. In the Andrade Complaint, the plaintiffs allege that AFF partnered with California merchants to
deceive California customers into taking out usurious loans made from AFF, an unlicensed lender. Based on these allegations, the plaintiffs assert claims on
behalf of themselves and a class of all California residents who purchased consumer goods or services from AFF’s partner retail businesses. Plaintiffs seek,
among other things, a declaration that AFF’s security agreements are void and uncollectible, restitution of all amounts collected from class members, actual
damages, statutory damages, and attorneys’ fees. Plaintiff Caulkins’ claims were dismissed in October 2020 and co-defendants were dismissed from the
complaint in August 2021. The class certification motion hearing is set for June 13, 2022. At this time, the Company cannot predict or determine the timing
or final outcome of the Andrade Complaint or the effect that any adverse determinations the lawsuit may have on it.

On October 20, 2021, plaintiff Larry Facio filed a class action complaint in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California against
AFF. In his compliant, the plaintiff alleges that AFF partnered with California merchants to deceive California customers into taking out usurious loans
made from AFF, an unlicensed lender. The complaint mirrors that of the previously filed Andrade Complaint, in which Facio would be an eligible class
member if a class becomes certified. The case has been stayed pending resolution of the Andrade Complaint. Accordingly, the Company cannot predict or
determine the timing or final outcome of this matter or the effect that any adverse determinations the lawsuit may have on it.

Gold Forward Sales Contracts

As  of  December  31,  2021,  the  Company  had  contractual  commitments  to  deliver  a  total  of  7,500  gold  ounces  during  the  month  of  January  2022  at  a
weighted-average price of $1,807 per ounce. The ounces required to be delivered were on hand as of December 31, 2021.

F-36

Table of Contents

NOTE 14 - GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Goodwill

Changes in the carrying value of goodwill by segment were as follows (in thousands):

December 31, 2021

Balance, beginning of year
Acquisitions (see Note 3)
Effect of foreign currency translation

Balance, end of year

December 31, 2020

Balance, beginning of year
Acquisitions (see Note 3)
Effect of foreign currency translation
Other adjustments

Balance, end of year

U.S.
Pawn
 Segment

Latin America
 Pawn Segment

Retail POS
Payment Solutions
Segment

$

$

$

$

802,148  $
59,645 
— 
861,793  $

771,311  $
28,978 
— 
1,859 
802,148  $

175,233  $
— 
(3,954)
171,279  $

177,332  $
4,456 
(6,505)
(50)
175,233  $

—  $

503,106 
— 
503,106  $

Total

977,381 
562,751 
(3,954)
1,536,178 

—  $
— 
— 
— 
—  $

948,643 
33,434 
(6,505)
1,809 
977,381 

The Company performed its annual assessment of goodwill and determined there was no impairment as of December 31, 2021 and 2020.

Definite-Lived Intangible Assets

The following table summarizes the components of gross and net definite-lived intangible assets subject to amortization (in thousands):

Gross
Carrying
Amount

2021

Accumulated
Amortization

As of December 31,

Net
Carrying
Amount

Gross
Carrying
Amount

2020

Accumulated
Amortization

Net
Carrying
Amount

$

$

194,000  $
99,400 
26,111 
10,200 
1,500 
331,211  $

(962) $
(828)
(25,174)
(213)
(48)
(27,225) $

193,038  $
98,572 
937 
9,987 
1,452 
303,986  $

—  $
— 
25,782 
— 
— 
25,782  $

—  $
— 
(23,918)
— 
— 
(23,918) $

— 
— 
1,864 
— 
— 
1,864 

Merchant relationships
Developed technology
Customer relationships
AFF trade name
Lessee relationships

Merchant  relationships  and  customer  relationships  are  generally  amortized  using  an  accelerated  amortization  method  that  reflects  the  future  cash  flows
expected from the existing AFF merchants and returning pawn customers.

F-37

    
Table of Contents

The following table details the remaining weighted-average amortization periods for the definite-lived intangible assets included in the table above:

As of December 31, 2021
Merchant relationships
Developed technology
Customer relationships
Trade name
Lessee relationships

Total definite-lived intangible assets

Weighted-Average
Remaining
Amortization
Period (Years)

3.3
2.5
1.6
1.0
0.7
3.0

Amortization expense for definite-lived intangible assets was $3.4 million, $2.3 million and $2.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and
2019, respectively. Estimated future amortization expense is as follows (in thousands):

2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
Thereafter

Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets

Indefinite-lived intangible assets as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 consist of the following (in thousands):

Trade names
Pawn licenses 
Other indefinite-lived intangibles

(1)

$

$

57,074 
56,914 
49,842 
48,188 
45,250 
46,718 
303,986 

As of December 31,

2021

2020

$

$

46,300  $
36,648 
1,250 
84,198  $

46,300 
34,237 
1,250 
81,787 

(1)

Costs to renew licenses with indefinite lives are expensed as incurred and recorded in operating expenses in the consolidated statements of income.

The Company performed its annual assessment of indefinite-lived intangible assets and determined there was no impairment as of December 31, 2021 and
2020.

F-38

Table of Contents

NOTE 15 - EQUITY COMPENSATION PLANS AND SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

The  Company  has  previously  adopted  equity  and  share-based  compensation  plans  to  attract  and  retain  executive  officers,  directors  and  key  employees.
Under these plans, the Company may grant qualified and non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock and restricted stock unit
awards to executive officers, directors and other key employees. At December 31, 2021, 3,205,000 shares were reserved for future grants to all employees
and directors under the plans.

Restricted Stock Unit Awards

The Company has granted time-based and performance-based restricted stock units under the Company’s equity and share-based incentive compensation
plans.  The  restricted  stock  units  are  settled  in  shares  of  common  stock  upon  vesting  and  the  Company  typically  issues  treasury  shares  to  satisfy  vested
restricted stock unit awards. The grant date fair value of restricted stock units is based on the Company’s closing stock price on the day of the grant (or
subsequent award modification date, if applicable), and the grant date fair value of performance-based awards is based on the maximum amount of the
award expected to be achieved. The amount attributable to award grants is amortized to expense over the vesting periods.

The 2021 performance-based awards vest three years from the date of the grant. The performance period for these awards is a three-year cumulative period
beginning in January of the respective grant year. The performance goals for the 2021 grant include net income, adjusted for certain non-core and/or non-
recurring items, store additions and the Company’s total shareholder return relative to a peer group over the three-year cumulative period. The Company’s
level of achievement of the performance goals at the end of each performance period will result in awards being earned between 0% and 150% of the target
share award.

The 2020 performance-based awards were originally granted in January 2020, prior to the impacts of COVID-19 as described in Note 1, which caused the
cumulative three-year performance targets to be deemed unattainable. The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors canceled the original 2020
grant and replaced it with a new grant of performance-based awards in December 2020 with a reduced target award. Two-thirds of the replacement grant
vests on December 31, 2022 based on a two-year cumulative performance period beginning on January 1, 2021 with performance measures tied to adjusted
net  income  and  store  addition  targets.  The  remaining  one-third  of  the  replacement  grant  vests  on  December  31,  2023  based  on  the  Company’s  total
shareholder  return  relative  to  a  peer  group  over  the  three-year  performance  period  from  January  1,  2021  to  December  31,  2023.  The  Company’s
achievement level of the performance goals at the end of each respective performance period will result in awards being earned between 0% and 150% of
the target share award.

The 2019 performance-based awards vest three years from the date of the grant. The performance period for these awards is a three-year cumulative period
beginning in January of the respective grant year. The performance goals for the 2019 grant include net income, adjusted for certain non-core and/or non-
recurring  items,  growth  in  constant  currency  pawn  revenue  (retail  merchandise  sales,  pawn  loan  fees  and  wholesale  scrap  jewelry  sales)  and  new  (“de
novo”) store openings over the three-year cumulative period. The Company’s level of achievement of the performance goals at the end of each performance
period will result in awards being earned between 0% and 150% of the target share award.

The time-based awards granted in 2021, 2020 and 2019 generally vest, subject to continued employment with the Company, over a three or five-year period
from the grant date.

F-39

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the restricted stock unit award activity for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 (shares in thousands):

2021

2020

2019

Weighted-
Average
Fair Value
of Grant

Underlying
Shares

Weighted-
Average
Fair Value
of Grant

Underlying
Shares

Weighted-
Average
Fair Value
of Grant

Underlying
Shares

373  $
105 
48 
(91)
(19)
(18)
(15)
383  $

77.40 
58.68 
58.68 
72.70 
67.86 
72.56 
72.49 

71.93 

357  $
238 
21 
(117)
(12)
(114)
— 
373  $

69.13 
78.40 
84.93 
48.25 
76.84 
84.93 
— 

77.40 

254  $
109 
19 
(10)
(15)
— 
— 
357  $

59.53 
86.86 
86.86 
45.93 
73.78 
— 
— 

69.13 

(1)

Outstanding at beginning of year
Performance-based grants 
Time-based grants
Performance-based vested
Time-based vested
Performance-based canceled 
Time-based canceled

(2)

Outstanding at end of year

(1)

(2)

Represents the maximum possible award. The Company’s level of achievement of the respective performance goals will result in actual vesting of between zero shares
and the maximum share award. Performance-based grants for 2020 include 114 shares which were subsequently cancelled in 2020 as described in footnote 

 below.

(2)

Performance-based  canceled  for  2020  represents  cancellation  of  performance-based  awards  granted  in  January  of  2020  that  were  subsequently  replaced  with  a  new
performance-based award granted in December 2020. The grant date fair value of the December 2020 replacement performance-based awards was $72.37 per share.

Restricted stock unit awards vesting in 2021, 2020 and 2019 had an aggregate intrinsic value of $6.6 million, $9.4 million and $2.1 million, respectively,
based on the closing price of the Company’s stock on the date of vesting. The outstanding award units had an aggregate intrinsic value of $28.7 million at
December 31, 2021.

Stock Options

The Company has not issued common stock options since 2011. Previous option awards have been granted to purchase the Company’s common stock at an
exercise price equal to or greater than the fair market value at the date of grant and generally had a maximum duration of ten years. The Company typically
issues treasury shares to satisfy stock option exercises.

The following table summarizes stock option activity for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 (shares in thousands):

2021

2020

2019

Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price

Underlying
Shares

Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price

Underlying
Shares

Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price

Underlying
Shares

10  $
(10)
— 

— 

38.00 
38.00 

— 

— 

70  $
(60)
10 

— 

38.86 
39.00 

38.00 

— 

80  $
(10)
70 

40 

39.00 
40.00 

38.86 

39.00 

Outstanding at beginning of year

Exercised

Outstanding at end of year

Exercisable at end of year

The total intrinsic value of options exercised for 2021, 2020 and 2019 was $0.4 million, $1.8 million and $0.6 million, respectively. The intrinsic values are
based on the closing price of the Company’s stock on the date of exercise.

F-40

Table of Contents

Share-Based Compensation Expense

The Company’s net income includes the following compensation costs related to share-based compensation arrangements (in thousands):

Gross compensation costs:

Restricted stock unit awards
Stock options

Total gross compensation costs

Income tax benefits:

Restricted stock unit awards
Exercise of stock options

Total income tax benefits

Net compensation expense

2021

Year Ended December 31,
2020

2019

$

$

5,150 
— 
5,150 

$

2,899 
15 
2,914 

(205)
— 
(205)

(901)
(94)
(995)

8,637 
43 
8,680 

(302)
(114)
(416)

$

4,945 

$

1,919 

$

8,264 

As of December 31, 2021, the total compensation cost related to non-vested restricted stock unit awards not yet recognized was $10.4 million (based on
maximum possible award vesting) and is expected to be recognized over the weighted-average period of 1.4 years.

NOTE 16 - BENEFIT PLANS

The Company’s 401(k) savings plan (the “Plan”) is available to all full-time, U.S.-based employees who have been employed with the Company for six
months or longer. Under the Plan, a participant may contribute up to 100% of earnings, with the Company matching the first 5% of contributions at a rate
of 50%. The employee and Company contributions are paid to a corporate trustee and invested in various funds based on participant direction. Company
contributions made to participants’ accounts become fully vested upon completion of five years of service. The total Company matching contributions to
the Plan were $3.5 million, $3.3 million and $3.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

AFF has a 401(k) savings plan (the “AFF Plan”) which is available to all AFF employees who have been employed with AFF for two months or longer.
Under the AFF Plan, a participant may contribute up to 90% of earnings, with the Company matching the first 6% of contributions at a rate of 50%. The
employee and Company contributions are paid to a corporate trustee and invested in various funds based on participant direction. Company contributions
made to participants’ accounts become fully vested upon completion of five years of service. The total Company matching contributions to the AFF Plan
from December 17, 2021 through December 31, 2021 were less than $0.1 million.

NOTE 17 - SEGMENT AND GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION

Segment Information

The Company organizes its operations into three reportable segments as follows:

• U.S. pawn

•

•

Latin America pawn

Retail POS payment solutions (AFF)

Corporate expenses and income, which include administrative expenses, corporate depreciation and amortization, interest expense, interest income, merger
and acquisition expenses and loss (gain) on foreign exchange, write-offs of certain lease intangibles and impairments of certain other assets, are presented
on a consolidated basis and are not allocated between the U.S. pawn segment, Latin America pawn segment and retail POS payment solutions segment.

F-41

Table of Contents

The  following  tables  present  reportable  segment  information  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2021,  2020  and  2019  as  well  as  separately  identified
segment assets (in thousands):

Revenue:

Retail merchandise sales
Pawn loan fees
Leased merchandise income
Interest and fees on finance receivables
Wholesale scrap jewelry sales

Total revenue

Cost of revenue:

Cost of retail merchandise sold
Depreciation of leased merchandise
Provision for lease losses
Provision for loan losses
Cost of wholesale scrap jewelry sold

Total cost of revenue

Net revenue (loss)

Expenses and other income:
Store operating expenses
Administrative expenses
Depreciation and amortization
Interest expense
Interest income
Loss on foreign exchange
Merger and acquisition expenses
Gain on revaluation of contingent acquisition

consideration

Impairments and dispositions of certain other

assets
Total expenses and other income

Year Ended December 31, 2021
Retail POS
Payment
Solutions

Latin America
Pawn

Corporate

$

U.S.
Pawn

742,374  $
305,350 
— 
— 
27,163 
1,074,887 

391,875  $
170,432 
— 
— 
30,027 
592,334 

—  $
— 
22,720 
9,024 
— 
31,744 

416,039 
— 
— 
— 
22,886 
438,925 

635,962 

380,895 
— 
22,234 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

— 
403,129 

247,425 
— 
— 
— 
26,243 
273,668 

318,666 

179,020 
— 
17,834 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

— 
196,854 

— 
12,826 
5,442 
48,952 
— 
67,220 

(35,476)

4,917 
— 
122 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

— 
5,039 

Consolidated

1,134,249 
475,782 
22,720 
9,024 
57,190 
1,698,965 

663,464 
12,826 
5,442 
48,952 
49,129 
779,813 

919,152 

564,832 
111,259 
45,906 
32,386 
(696)
436 
15,449 

(17,871)

949 
752,650 

—  $
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

— 
111,259 
5,716 
32,386 
(696)
436 
15,449 

(17,871)

949 
147,628 

Income (loss) before income taxes

$

232,833  $

121,812  $

(40,515) $

(147,628) $

166,502 

Pawn loans
Finance receivables, net
Inventories
Leased merchandise, net
Goodwill
Total assets

U.S.
Pawn

Latin America
Pawn

As of December 31, 2021
Retail POS
Payment
Solutions

$

256,311  $
— 
197,486 
— 
861,793 
1,944,487 

91,662  $
— 
65,825 
— 
171,279 
562,661 

—  $

181,021 
— 
143,944 
503,106 
1,178,729 

Corporate

Consolidated

—  $
— 
— 
— 
— 
150,575 

347,973 
181,021 
263,311 
143,944 
1,536,178 
3,836,452 

F-42

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Revenue:

Retail merchandise sales
Pawn loan fees
Interest and fees on finance receivables
Wholesale scrap jewelry sales

 (1)

Total revenue

Cost of revenue:

Cost of retail merchandise sold
Provision for loan losses 
Cost of wholesale scrap jewelry sold

(1)

Total cost of revenue

Net revenue

Expenses and other income:
Store operating expenses
Administrative expenses
Depreciation and amortization
Interest expense
Interest income
Loss on foreign exchange
Merger and acquisition expenses
Impairments and dispositions of certain other assets
Loss on extinguishment of debt

Total expenses and other income

Year Ended December 31, 2020

U.S.
Pawn

Latin America
Pawn

Corporate

Consolidated

$

720,281  $
310,437 
2,016 
45,405 
1,078,139 

355,237  $
147,080 
— 
50,828 
553,145 

415,938 
(488)
39,584 
455,034 

623,105 

396,627 
— 
21,743 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
418,370 

225,149 
— 
39,962 
265,111 

288,034 

165,531 
— 
15,816 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
181,347 

—  $
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

— 
110,931 
4,546 
29,344 
(1,540)
884 
1,316 
10,505 
11,737 
167,723 

1,075,518 
457,517 
2,016 
96,233 
1,631,284 

641,087 
(488)
79,546 
720,145 

911,139 

562,158 
110,931 
42,105 
29,344 
(1,540)
884 
1,316 
10,505 
11,737 
767,440 

Income (loss) before income taxes

$

204,735  $

106,687  $

(167,723) $

143,699 

(1)

Effective June 30, 2020, the Company’s U.S. pawn segment ceased offering an unsecured consumer loan product in the U.S.

Pawn loans
Inventories
Goodwill
Total assets

As of December 31, 2020

U.S.
Pawn

Latin America
Pawn

$

220,391  $
136,109 
802,148 
1,718,975 

87,840  $
54,243 
175,233 
540,473 

Corporate

Consolidated

—  $
— 
— 
112,749 

308,231 
190,352 
977,381 
2,372,197 

F-43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Revenue:

Retail merchandise sales
Pawn loan fees
Interest and fees on finance receivables
Wholesale scrap jewelry sales

Total revenue

Cost of revenue:

Cost of retail merchandise sold
Provision for loan losses
Cost of wholesale scrap jewelry sold

Total cost of revenue

Net revenue

Expenses and other income:
Store operating expenses
Administrative expenses
Depreciation and amortization
Interest expense
Interest income
Gain on foreign exchange
Merger and acquisition expenses

Total expenses and other income

Income (loss) before income taxes

Pawn loans
Consumer loans, net
Inventories
Goodwill
Total assets

Year Ended December 31, 2019

U.S.
Pawn

Latin America
Pawn

Corporate

Consolidated

$

722,127  $
379,395 
20,178 
71,813 
1,193,513 

453,434  $
185,429 
— 
32,063 
670,926 

447,911 
4,159 
65,941 
518,011 

675,502 

412,508 
— 
20,860 
— 
— 
— 
— 
433,368 

297,950 
— 
30,131 
328,081 

342,845 

183,031 
— 
14,626 
— 
— 
— 
— 
197,657 

—  $
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

— 
122,334 
6,418 
34,035 
(1,055)
(787)
1,766 
162,711 

1,175,561 
564,824 
20,178 
103,876 
1,864,439 

745,861 
4,159 
96,072 
846,092 

1,018,347 

595,539 
122,334 
41,904 
34,035 
(1,055)
(787)
1,766 
793,736 

$

242,134  $

145,188  $

(162,711) $

224,611 

As of December 31, 2019

U.S.
Pawn

Latin America
Pawn

Corporate

Consolidated

$

268,793  $
751 
181,320 
771,311 
1,767,504 

100,734  $
— 
83,936 
177,332 
574,059 

—  $
— 
— 
— 
97,877 

369,527 
751 
265,256 
948,643 
2,439,440 

F-44

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Geographic Information

The following table shows revenue and long-lived assets (all non-current assets except operating lease right of use asset, goodwill, intangibles, net and
deferred tax assets) by geographic area (in thousands):

Revenue:
U.S.
Mexico
Other Latin America

Long-lived assets:

U.S.
Mexico
Other Latin America

2021

Year Ended December 31,
2020

2019

1,106,631  $
562,493 
29,841 
1,698,965  $

1,078,139  $
530,462 
22,683 
1,631,284  $

1,193,513 
641,505 
29,421 
1,864,439 

373,218  $
84,648 
13,191 
471,057  $

286,079  $
82,438 
14,968 
383,485  $

254,395 
80,385 
12,893 
347,673 

$

$

$

$

F-45

DESCRIPTION OF THE REGISTRANT’S SECURITIES
REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12 OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

EXHIBIT 4.6

As of December 31, 2021, FirstCash Holdings, Inc. (the “Company,” “us,” “we,” or “our”) had one class of securities, our common stock, par value $0.01
per share, registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Description of Common Stock

The following description of our Common Stock is a summary and does not purport to be complete. It is subject to and qualified in its entirety by reference
to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, which are filed as exhibits to our Annual Report on Form
10-K  and  are  incorporated  by  reference  herein,  as  well  as  the  applicable  provisions  of  the  Delaware  General  Corporation  Law.  We  encourage  you  to
carefully  review  our  amended  and  restated  certificate  of  incorporation,  our  amended  and  restated  bylaws  and  the  applicable  provisions  of  the  Delaware
General Corporation Law, for additional information.

General

Our authorized capital stock consists of 90,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value
$0.01 per share.

Voting Rights

Each  share  of  our  common  stock  is  entitled  to  one  vote  per  share  of  record  on  all  matters  to  be  voted  upon  by  our  stockholders.  Generally,  a  matter
submitted  for  stockholder  action  shall  be  decided  by  the  affirmative  vote  of  a  majority  of  the  shares  present  in  person  or  represented  by  proxy  at  the
meeting and entitled to vote thereon. Other than in a contested election where directors are elected by a plurality vote, each nominee for director shall be
elected by the vote of the majority of the votes cast, in person or by proxy, with respect to the director nominee at the meeting.

Dividends

Subject to the preferential rights of the holders of any preferred stock that may at the time be outstanding, each share of common stock will entitle the
holder of that share to an equal and ratable right to receive dividends or other distributions if declared from time to time by our board of directors and if
there are sufficient funds to legally pay a dividend.

Rights Upon Liquidation

In the event of the Company’s liquidation, dissolution or winding up, whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of our common stock will be entitled to
share ratably in all assets remaining after payments to creditors and after satisfaction of the liquidation preference, if any, of the holders of any preferred
stock that may at the time be outstanding.

Other Rights

Holders of our common stock have no preemptive or redemption rights and will not be subject to further calls or assessments by the Company.

Preferred Stock

The authorized preferred stock will be available for issuance from, time to time, at the discretion of our board of directors without stockholder approval.
Our board of directors has the authority to prescribe for each series of preferred stock it establishes the number of shares in that series, the number of votes,
if any, to which the shares in that series are entitled, the consideration for the shares in that series and the powers, designations, preferences and relative,
participating, optional or other special rights, and qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of the shares in that series. Depending upon the rights
prescribed for a series of preferred stock, the issuance of preferred stock could have an adverse effect on the voting power of

the holders of our common stock and could adversely affect holders of our common stock by delaying or preventing a change in control of the Company,
making removal of the Company’s management more difficult or imposing restrictions upon the payment of dividends and other distributions to the holders
of our common stock.

Certain Provisions That May Have an Anti-Takeover Effect

Certain  other  provisions  of  our  amended  and  restated  certificate  of  incorporation  and  amended  and  restated  bylaws  may  delay  or  make  more  difficult
unsolicited acquisitions or changes of control of the Company. These provisions could have the effect of discouraging third parties from making proposals
involving an unsolicited acquisition or change in control of the Company, although these proposals, if made, might be considered desirable by a majority of
the Company’s stockholders. These provisions may also have the effect of making it more difficult for third parties to cause the replacement of the current
management without the concurrence of our board of directors. These provisions include:

•

The division of our board of directors into three classes serving staggered terms of office of three years. With a classified board of directors, it
would  generally  take  a  majority  stockholder  two  annual  meetings  of  stockholders  to  elect  a  majority  of  the  board  of  directors.  As  a  result,  a
classified board may discourage proxy contests for the election of directors or purchases of a substantial block of stock because it could operate to
prevent obtaining control of the board in a relatively short period of time.

• A prohibition of stockholder action by written consent of stockholders. Action by written consent may, in some circumstances, permit the taking
of stockholders’ action opposed by the board of directors more rapidly than would be possible if a meeting of stockholders were required. The
prohibition contained in the amended and restated certificate of incorporation will restrict the ability of controlling stockholders to take action at
any time other than at an annual meeting and will generally force a takeover bidder to negotiate directly with the board of directors.

•

Permitting only the Company’s board of directors, a duly authorized committee of the board of directors, the chairman or the vice chairman of our
board  of  directors  or  the  chief  executive  officer  to  call  a  special  meeting  of  the  Company’s  stockholders.  This  provision  could  prevent  a
stockholder  from,  among  other  things,  calling  a  special  meeting  of  stockholders  to  consider  the  stockholder’s  proposed  slate  of  directors  or  a
transaction that might result in a change of control of the corporation.

• An advance notice procedure with regard to stockholder nomination of candidates for election as directors and other business to be brought before
an annual meeting of our stockholders. Although our amended and restated bylaws will not give our board of directors any power to approve or
disapprove stockholder nominations for the election of directors or other proposals for action, these advance notice procedures may have the effect
of  precluding  a  contest  for  the  election  of  directors  or  the  consideration  of  other  stockholder  proposals  if  the  established  procedures  are  not
followed and of discouraging or deterring a third party from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or to approve
another proposal without regard to whether consideration of those nominees or proposals might be harmful or beneficial to the Company and our
stockholders.

•

Elimination, subject to certain exceptions, of the personal liability of directors of the Company for monetary damages for breaches of fiduciary
duty  by  such  directors.  The  amended  and  restated  certificate  of  incorporation  will  not  provide  for  the  elimination  of  or  any  limitation  on  the
personal liability of a director for (i) any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Company or its stockholders, (ii) acts or omissions not in
good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) unlawful corporate distributions, or (iv) any transaction
from which such director derives an improper personal benefit. This provision of the amended and restated certificate of incorporation will limit
the  remedies  available  to  a  stockholder  who  is  dissatisfied  with  a  decision  of  the  board  of  directors  protected  by  this  provision,  and  such
stockholder’s only remedy in that circumstance may be to bring a suit to prevent the action of the board. In many situations, this remedy may not
be effective, as for example when stockholders are not aware of a transaction or an event prior to board action in respect of such transaction or
event. In these cases, the stockholders and the corporation could be injured by the board’s decision and have no effective remedy.

•

Permitting the removal of directors only for cause by a vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote in an
election of directors.

2

•

Permitting  the  board  of  directors,  in  evaluating  any  takeover  offer,  to  consider  all  relevant  factors,  including  the  potential  economic  and  social
impact of the offer on our stockholders, employees, customers, creditors, the communities in which the Company operates and any other factors
the  directors  consider  pertinent.  Once  the  board,  in  exercising  its  business  judgment,  has  determined  that  a  proposed  action  is  not  in  the  best
interests of the Company, it has no duty to remove any barriers to the success of the action, including a shareholder rights plan.

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law

The Company is subject to Section 203 (“Section 203”) of the DGCL, which, subject to certain exceptions, prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging
in  any  business  combinations  with  any  interested  stockholder  for  a  period  of  three  years  following  the  date  that  such  stockholder  became  an  interested
stockholder, unless (i) before such date the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in
the  stockholder  becoming  an  interested  stockholder,  (ii)  upon  consummation  of  the  transaction  that  resulted  in  the  stockholder  becoming  an  interested
stockholder,  the  interested  stockholder  owned  at  least  85%  of  the  voting  stock  of  the  corporation  outstanding  at  the  time  the  transaction  commenced,
excluding for purposes of determining the number of shares outstanding those shares owned (x) by persons who are directors and also officers and (y) by
employee  stock  plans  in  which  employee  participants  do  not  have  the  right  to  determine  confidentially  whether  shares  held  subject  to  the  plan  will  be
tendered in a tender or exchange offer, or (iii) on or after such date the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an
annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock which is
not owned by the interested stockholder.

Section 203 defines business combination to include (i) any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder, (ii) any sale,
lease,  exchange,  mortgage,  transfer,  pledge  or  other  disposition  involving  the  interested  stockholder  of  10%  or  more  of  assets  of  the  corporation,
(iii) subject to certain exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested
stockholder, (iv) any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the
corporation  beneficially  owned  by  the  interested  stockholder  or  (v)  the  receipt  by  the  interested  stockholder  of  the  benefit  of  any  loans,  advances,
guarantees,  pledges  or  other  financial  benefits  provided  by  or  through  the  corporation.  In  general,  Section  203  defines  an  interested  stockholder  as  any
entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling
or controlled by such an entity or person.

Section 203 may delay, prevent or make more difficult certain unsolicited acquisitions, tender offers or changes of control of the Company and also may
have the effect of preventing changes in our management. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions which
our stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interest.

3

EXHIBIT 10.17

____________________________________________________________

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

BETWEEN

RICK L. WESSEL

AND

FIRSTCASH HOLDINGS, INC.

_________________________________________________________________

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

1. Employment
2. Term
3. Extent of Service
4. Compensation and Benefits
(a)    Base Salary
(b)    Incentive, Savings and Retirement Plans
(c)    Welfare Benefit Plans
(d)    Fringe Benefits
(e)    Vacation
(f)    Expenses
5. Change in Control
6. Termination of Employment

(a)    Death
(b)    Disability
(c)    Termination by the Company
(d)    Termination by Executive
(e)    Notice of Termination
(f)    Date of Termination

7. Obligations of the Company upon Termination

(a)    Termination by the Company Other Than for Cause or Disability; Termination by Executive for Good Reason
(b)    Death or Disability
(c)    Termination by the Company for Cause; Executive’s Resignation without Good Reason
(d)    Resignations
8. Restrictive Covenants

(a)    Acknowledgments
(b)    Definitions
(c)    Restrictions on Disclosure and Use of Confidential Information
(d)    Non-Competition
(e)    Non-Solicitation of Protected Customers
(f)    Non-Recruitment of Employees
(g)    Proprietary Rights
(h)    Return of Materials
(i)    Enforcement of Restrictive Covenants
(j)    Disclosure of Agreement

9. Agreement Not to Disparage
10. Non-exclusivity of Rights
11. Full Settlement; No Mitigation
12. Mandatory Reduction of Payments in Certain Events
13. Arbitration

14. Successors
15. Cooperation
16. Code Section 409A
17. Miscellaneous

(a)    Governing Law; Forum Selection; Consent to Jurisdiction
(b)    Captions
(c)    Amendments
(d)    Notices
(e)    Severability
(f)    Withholding
(g)    Waivers
(h)    Entire Agreement
(i)    Construction
(j)    Counterparts

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into this 25  day of February, 2022 (the “Effective
Date”)  by  and  between  FirstCash  Holdings,  Inc.,  a  Delaware  corporation  (the  “Company”)  and  Rick  L.  Wessel  (the  “Executive”),  to  be
effective  as  of  the  Effective  Date.  For  avoidance  of  doubt,  this  Agreement  supersedes  and  replaces  that  certain  Employment  Agreement
between the Company and the Executive dated as of August 26, 2016 (the “Prior Employment Agreement”), which previously terminated by
its terms and is of no further force or effect.

th

WHEREAS, the Company currently employs Executive as its Chief Executive Officer; and

BACKGROUND

WHEREAS, the Company and Executive desire to enter into this Agreement, and agree that this Agreement shall govern the terms

and conditions of Executive’s employment with the Company as of the Effective Date.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein, and other good

and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.    Employment. The Executive is hereby employed on the Effective Date as the Chief Executive Officer of the Company. In this
capacity, the Executive shall have the duties, responsibilities and authority commensurate with such position as shall be assigned to him by
the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”). In his capacity as Chief Executive Officer of the Company, the Executive will report
directly to the Board.

2.    Term. Unless earlier terminated herein in accordance with Section 6 hereof, the Executive’s employment with the Company shall
be governed by the terms and conditions of this Agreement for a period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on December 31, 2024
(the  “Term”).  Commencing  on  December  31,  2024,  and  on  each  subsequent  December  31  thereafter,  the  Term  shall  automatically  be
extended for one (1) additional year unless, not later than ninety days (90) prior to any such extension date, either party hereto shall have
notified the other party hereto in writing that such extension shall not take effect.

3.        Extent  of  Service.  During  the  Term,  the  Executive  agrees  to  devote  all  of  his  professional  and  business-related  time  to  the
business and affairs of the Company and its affiliates and to use his best efforts to perform faithfully and efficiently his job responsibilities.
Nothing in this Agreement shall prohibit Executive from (i) serving on the boards of directors of trade associations or charitable/non-profit
organizations;  (ii)  engaging  in  charitable  activities  and  community  affairs;  (iii)  serving  on  the  boards  of  directors  of  other  public  and/or
private companies with the prior written approval of the Board, which shall not be unreasonably withheld (provided that, for avoidance of
doubt,  such  service  does  not  violate  any  of  the  restrictive  covenants  in  Section  8  of  this  Agreement);  or  (iv)  managing  his  personal
investments and affairs, provided that the activities described in the preceding clauses (i) through (iv) do not materially interfere with the
proper performance of his duties and responsibilities hereunder.

4.    Compensation and Benefits.

(a)    Base Salary. Effective as of January 1, 2022 and continuing during the Term, the Company will pay to the Executive
base salary at the rate of $1,258,660 per year (“Base Salary”), less normal withholdings, payable in approximately equal bi-weekly or other
installments  as  are  or  become  customary  under  the  Company’s  payroll  practices  for  its  employees  from  time  to  time.  The  Compensation
Committee  of  the  Board  (the  “Compensation  Committee”)  shall  review  the  Executive’s  Base  Salary  annually  and  may  increase  the
Executive’s  Base  Salary  from  year  to  year.  Such  adjusted  salary  then  shall  become  the  Executive’s  Base  Salary  for  purposes  of  this
Agreement. The annual review of the Executive’s salary by the Compensation Committee will consider, among other things, the Executive’s
own performance and the Company’s performance.

(b)    Incentive, Savings and Retirement Plans. During the Term, the Executive shall be entitled to participate in all incentive,
savings  and  retirement  plans,  practices,  policies  and  programs  available  to  the  other  senior  officers  of  the  Company.  Without  limiting  the
foregoing, following shall apply:

During the Term, the Executive shall have an opportunity to receive an annual bonus under the Company’s
Annual Performance Incentive Plan, based upon the achievement of performance goals established from year to year by the Compensation
Committee (the “Annual Bonus”). Unless and until changed by the Compensation Committee, the Executive’s target for the Annual Bonus
shall be at least 150% of Base Salary (the “Target Bonus”).

(i)

During the Term, the Executive will be eligible for grants of stock-based awards under the Company’s long-
term incentive plan or plans, having terms and determined in the same manner as awards to other senior officers. Nothing herein requires the
Company to make grants of stock-based awards in any year.

(ii)

(c)        Welfare  Benefit  Plans.  The  Executive  and  his  eligible  dependents  shall  be  eligible  for  participation  in  the  welfare
benefit plans, practices, policies and programs provided by the Company, if any, to the extent available to other senior officers and subject to
eligibility  requirements  and  terms  and  conditions  of  each  such  plan;  provided,  however,  that  nothing  herein  shall  limit  the  ability  of  the
Company to amend, modify or terminate any such benefit plans, policies or programs at any time and from time to time.

officers in accordance with the plans, practices, programs and policies of the Company.

(d)    Fringe Benefits. During the Term, Executive shall be entitled to fringe benefits to the extent available to other senior

personal business days not used in any year shall be forfeited.

(e)        Vacation.  Executive  shall  be  entitled  to  four  (4)  weeks  paid  vacation  each  year  during  the  Term.  Any  vacation  or

(f)    Expenses. During the Term, the Executive shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement from the Company for all
reasonable  and  customary  expenses  incurred  by  the  Executive  in  the  course  of  performing  his  duties  and  responsibilities  under  this
Agreement, in accordance with the policies, practices and procedures of the Company with respect to travel, entertainment and other business
expenses (“Business Expenses”).

Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  (i)  the  reimbursements  for  Business  Expenses  provided  in  any  one  calendar  year  shall  not
affect the amount of such reimbursements provided in any other calendar year; (ii) the reimbursement of an eligible Business Expense shall
be made within thirty (30) days following the Executive’s submission of evidence, satisfactory to the Company, of the incurrence of such
Business  Expense,  but  in  no  event  later  than  December  31  of  the  year  following  the  year  in  which  the  expense  was  incurred;  (iii)  the
Executive’  s  rights  pursuant  to  this  Section  4(f)  shall  not  be  subject  to  liquidation  or  exchange  for  another  benefit;  and  (iv)  the
reimbursements for Business Expenses shall be provided in accordance with the policies, practices and procedures of the Company.

5.        Change  in  Control. For  purposes  of  this  Agreement,  “Change  in  Control”  shall  mean  the  consummation  of  a  reorganization,
merger,  consolidation,  statutory  share  exchange  or  similar  form  of  corporate  transaction  involving  the  Company  or  a  subsidiary  of  the
Company (a “Reorganization”), or the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (a “Sale”) or the acquisition
of  assets  or  stock  of  another  corporation  or  other  entity  (an  “Acquisition”),  unless  immediately  following  such  Reorganization,  Sale  or
Acquisition:  (A)  all  or  substantially  all  of  the  individuals  and  entities  who  were  the  beneficial  owners  (as  defined  in  Rule  13d-3  of  the
General  Rules  and  Regulations  under  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934  Act,  as  amended  (“Beneficial Owners”)),  respectively,  of  the
outstanding Company Stock and the Company’s then outstanding securities eligible to vote for the election of directors (“Company Voting
Securities”)  immediately  prior  to  such  Reorganization,  Sale  or  Acquisition  beneficially  own,  directly  or  indirectly,  more  than  50%  of,
respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled
to  vote  generally  in  the  election  of  directors,  as  the  case  may  be,  of  the  entity  resulting  from  or  surviving  such  Reorganization,  Sale  or
Acquisition (including, without limitation, an entity which as a result of such

2

transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or stock either directly or through one or more subsidiaries,
the  “Surviving  Entity”)  in  substantially  the  same  proportions  as  their  ownership,  immediately  prior  to  such  Reorganization,  Sale  or
Acquisition, of the outstanding Company Stock and the outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may be, and (B) no person (other
than (x) the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, (y) the Surviving Entity or its ultimate parent entity, or (z) any employee benefit
plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by any of the foregoing) is the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of 50% or more of the
total common stock or 50% or more of the total voting power of the outstanding voting securities eligible to elect directors of the Surviving
Entity.  A  Change  in  Control  shall  not  include  a  public  offering  of  any  class  or  series  of  the  Company’s  equity  securities  pursuant  to  a
registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1933, as amended.

6.    Termination of Employment.

(a)    Death. The Executive’s employment shall terminate automatically upon the Executive’s death during the Term.

(b)    Disability. If the Company determines in good faith that the Executive has become Disabled (as defined below) during
the  Term,  then  it  may  give  to  the  Executive  written  notice  of  its  intention  to  terminate  the  Executive’s  employment.  In  such  event,  the
Executive’s  employment  with  the  Company  shall  terminate  effective  on  the  thirtieth  (30 )  day  after  receipt  of  such  written  notice  by  the
Executive (the “Disability Effective Date”), provided that, within the thirty (30) days after such receipt, the Executive shall not have returned
to full-time performance of the Executive’s duties. For purposes of this Agreement, “Disability” shall mean the inability of the Executive, as
reasonably  determined  by  the  Company,  to  perform  the  essential  functions  of  his  regular  duties  and  responsibilities,  with  or  without
reasonable accommodation, due to a medically determinable physical or mental illness which has lasted (or can reasonably be expected to
last) for a period of six (6) consecutive months. At the request of the Executive or his personal representative, the Company’s determination
that  the  Disability  of  Executive  has  occurred  shall  be  certified  by  a  physician  mutually  agreed  upon  by  the  Executive,  or  his  personal
representative, and the Company.

th

(c)        Termination  by  the  Company.  The  Company  may  terminate  the  Executive’s  employment  during  the  Term  with  or
without Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, a termination shall be considered to be for “Cause” if it occurs in conjunction with a good
faith determination by the Board that any of the following have occurred:

(i)    the Executive’s material or habitual failure to meet performance standards agreed to upon by the Executive and
the  Board,  or  to  follow  the  reasonable  and  lawful  directions  of  the  Board,  or  perform  his  duties  with  the  Company  (other  than  any  such
failure resulting from the Executive’s Disability) which failure is not cured within ten (10) days after a written demand for performance is
delivered to the Executive by the Company which specifically identifies the manner in which the Company believes that the Executive has
materially or habitually failed to perform the Executive’s duties;

(ii)    the Executive’s engaging in any illegal conduct, gross misconduct or gross negligence in connection with the
performance of his duties hereunder, which is, or is likely to be, injurious to the Company, its financial condition, or its reputation, with the
understanding that, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any circumstances with respect to the Executive that, in the discretion of
the Board or the FDIC, are deemed to be violation of Section 19 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. § 1829(a)) shall constitute
illegal  conduct  in  connection  with  the  performance  of  his  duties  hereunder  that  is  injurious  to  the  Company,  its  financial  condition,  or  its
reputation;

embezzlement, whether or not such act was committed in connection with the business of the Company;

(iii)        the  Executive’s  commission  of  or  engagement  in  any  act  of  fraud,  misappropriation,  dishonesty  or

Agreement, or material breach of any other provisions of this Agreement;

(iv)        the  Executive’s  breach  of  fiduciary  duty,  breach  of  any  of  the  covenants  set  forth  in  Section  8  or  9  of  this

3

(v)        the  Executive’s  conviction  of,  pleading  guilty  to,  or  confession  to  a  felony  or  any  crime  involving  moral
turpitude (including pleading guilty or nolo contendere to a felony or lesser charge which results from plea bargaining), whether or not such
felony, crime or lesser offense is connected with the business of the Company;

(vi)        the  Executive’s  indictment  or  conviction  of,  pleading  guilty  to,  or  confession  to  a  felony  or  any  crime
(including pleading guilty or nolo contendere to a felony or lesser charge which results from plea bargaining), which felony, crime or lesser
offense is connected with the business of the Company; or

(vii)    the Executive’s violation of the Company’s policy against harassment or its equal employment opportunity
policy or a material violation of any other policy or procedure of the Company (including, but not limited to, the Company’s code of business
conduct).

(d)    Termination by the Executive. The Executive’s employment may be terminated by the Executive for any reason or for
Good Reason by providing thirty (30) days prior written notice to the Company. For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean
the occurrence of any of the following, without the Executive’s consent:

(i)    a material diminution in the Executive’s Base Salary or Annual Bonus opportunity;

(ii)    a material diminution in the Executive’s authority, duties, or responsibilities;

(iii)    the relocation of the Executive’s principal office to a facility or location more than fifty (50) miles away from
the Executive’s principal place of work immediately prior to the relocation; provided, however, that Good Reason shall not include (A) any
relocation  of  the  Executive’s  principal  office  which  is  proposed  or  initiated  by  the  Executive;  or  (B)  any  relocation  that  results  in  the
Executive’s principal place office being closer to the Executive’s then-principal residence;

(iv)    any material breach by the Company of this Agreement;

The  Executive’s  termination  for  Good  Reason  must  occur  within  a  period  of  ninety  (90)  days  after  the  occurrence  of  an  event  of  Good
Reason. A termination by the Executive shall not constitute termination for Good Reason unless the Executive shall first have delivered to
the Company written notice setting forth with specificity the occurrence deemed to give rise to a right to terminate for Good Reason (which
notice must be given no later than thirty (30) days after the initial occurrence of such event), and there shall have passed a reasonable time
(not  less  than  thirty  (30)  days)  within  which  the  Company  may  take  action  to  correct,  rescind  or  otherwise  substantially  reverse  the
occurrence supporting termination for Good Reason as identified by the Executive. Good Reason shall not include the Executive’s death or
Disability. The parties intend, believe and take the position that a resignation by the Executive for Good Reason as defined above effectively
constitutes an involuntary separation from service within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1(n)(2).

(e)        Notice  of  Termination.  Any  termination  by  the  Company  or  the  Executive  shall  be  communicated  by  Notice  of
Termination to the other party hereto given in accordance with Section 17(d) of this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of
Termination” means a written notice which (i) indicates the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, (ii) to the extent
applicable,  sets  forth  in  reasonable  detail  the  facts  and  circumstances  claimed  to  provide  a  basis  for  termination  of  the  Executive’s
employment under the provision so indicated, and (iii) if the Date of Termination (as defined below) is other than the date of receipt of such
notice,  specifies  the  termination  date.  The  failure  by  the  Executive  or  the  Company  to  set  forth  in  the  Notice  of  Termination  any  fact  or
circumstance  which  contributes  to  a  showing  of  Good  Reason  or  Cause  shall  not  waive  any  right  of  the  Executive  or  the  Company,
respectively,  hereunder  or  preclude  the  Executive  or  the  Company,  respectively,  from  asserting  such  fact  or  circumstance  in  enforcing  the
Executive’s or the Company’s rights hereunder.

4

(f)    Date of Termination. “Date of Termination” means (i) if the Executive’s employment is terminated other than by reason
of death or Disability, the date of receipt of the Notice of Termination or, subject to any cure period, any later date specified therein within
sixty (60) days after receipt of the Notice of Termination, as the case may be, or (ii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of
death or Disability, the Date of Termination shall be the date of death of the Executive or the Disability Effective Date, as the case may be.

7.    Obligations of the Company upon Termination.

(a)        Termination  by  the  Company  Other  Than  for  Cause  or  Disability;  Termination  by  Executive  for  Good  Reason.  If,
during the Term, (A) the Company shall terminate the Executive’s employment other than for Cause or Disability, or (B) the Executive shall
terminate employment for Good Reason, then, and with respect to the payments and benefits described in clauses (ii) and (iii) below, only if
within  sixty  (60)  days  after  the  Date  of  Termination  the  Executive  shall  have  executed  a  separation  agreement  containing  a  full  general
release of claims and covenant not to sue in a form satisfactory to the Company (the “Release”) and such Release shall not have been revoked
within the time period specified therein:

(i)        the  Company  shall  pay  to  the  Executive  in  a  lump  sum  in  cash  within  sixty  (60)  days  after  the  Date  of
Termination,  the  exact  payment  date  to  be  determined  by  the  Company,  the  sum  of  (1)  the  Executive’s  Base  Salary  through  the  Date  of
Termination to the extent not theretofore paid, and (2) any accrued vacation pay to the extent not theretofore paid (the sum of the amounts
described in clauses (1) and (2) shall be hereinafter referred to as the “Accrued Obligations”); and

(ii)        the  Company  shall  pay  to  the  Executive  in  a  lump  sum  in  cash  within  sixty  (60)  days  after  the  Date  of
Termination, the exact payment date to be determined by the Company, a severance payment equal to 50% (or 200%, if such termination
occurs within twelve (12) months following a Change in Control) of the sum of (1) the Executive’s Base Salary in effect as of the Date of
Termination, and (2) the average of the Annual Bonuses earned by Executive for each of the three fiscal years immediately preceding the
year in which the Date of Termination occurs (the “Three-Year Average Annual Bonus”); and

(iii)

if such termination occurs within twelve (12) months following a Change in Control, the Company shall pay
to the Executive in a lump sum in cash within sixty (60) days after the Date of Termination, the exact payment date to be determined by the
Company, a pro rata Annual Bonus equal to the product of (x) the Target Bonus for the year in which the termination occurs (or, in the sole
discretion of the Compensation Committee, a larger amount not to exceed the maximum payout opportunity for the Annual Bonus for the
year in which the termination occurs), and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in the calendar year through the Date
of Termination, and the denominator of which is 365 (if such termination does not occur within twelve (12) months following a Change in
Control, any pro rata Annual Bonus will be payable at the discretion of the Compensation Committee); and

(iv)

if such termination occurs within twelve (12) months following a Change in Control, (A) all stock options,
restricted  stock,  restricted  stock  units  and  other  time-vesting  equity  awards  held  by  the  Executive  as  of  the  Termination  Date  shall
immediately  become  fully  vested  and  exercisable,  and  all  time-based  vesting  restrictions  on  outstanding  awards  shall  lapse,  and  (B)  all
performance-based  equity  awards  shall  be  deemed  to  have  been  fully  earned  as  of  the  Date  of  Termination  based  upon  an  assumed
achievement of all relevant performance goals at “target” levels (or, in the sole discretion of the Compensation Committee, based upon actual
or deemed achievement of all relevant performance goals above “target” levels, up to the maximum possible achievement levels), and there
shall be a full (non-prorated) payout to the Executive within sixty (60) days following the Date of Termination, unless a later date is required
by  Section  16  hereof  (if  such  termination  does  not  occur  within  twelve  (12)  months  following  a  Change  in  Control,  then  the  outstanding
equity awards held by the Executive as of the Date of Termination shall be governed by the plans under which they were granted and the
agreements evidencing such awards); and

plan benefits to which the Executive and/or the Executive’s

(v)    if the Executive elects to continue participation in any group medical, dental, vision and/or prescription drug

5

        
eligible dependents would be entitled under Section 4980B of the Code (COBRA), then during the period that the Executive is entitled to
such coverage under COBRA (the “Welfare Benefits Continuation Period”), the Company shall pay the excess of (1) the COBRA cost of
such coverage  over  (2)  the  amount  that  the  Executive  would  have  had  to  pay  for  such  coverage  if  he  had  remained  employed  during  the
Welfare Benefits Continuation Period and paid the active employee rate for such coverage (the “COBRA Subsidy”); provided, however, that
(A) that if the Executive becomes eligible to receive group health benefits under a program of a subsequent employer or otherwise (including
coverage available to the Executive’s spouse), the Company’s obligation to pay any portion of the cost of health coverage as described herein
shall cease, except as otherwise provided by law; and (B) the Welfare Benefits Continuation Period shall run concurrently with any period for
which the Executive is eligible to elect health coverage under COBRA; provided, however, that if such termination occurs within twelve (12)
months following a Change in Control, then, in lieu of the COBRA Subsidy described above, Company shall pay to the Executive in a lump
sum in cash within sixty (60) days after the Date of Termination, the exact payment date to be determined by the Company, an amount equal
to the full monthly COBRA cost of the coverage multiplied by twenty-four (24); and

(vi)    to the extent not theretofore paid or provided, the Company shall timely pay or provide to the Executive any
other amounts or benefits required to be paid or provided or which the Executive is eligible to receive under any plan, program, policy or
practice or contract or agreement of the Company and its affiliated companies (such other amounts and benefits shall be hereinafter referred
to as the “Other Benefits”).

For the avoidance of doubt, the parties acknowledge that, in the event that the Executive terminates his employment for Good Reason as a
result of a decrease in his Base Salary as contemplated in Section 6(d)(i) hereof, then the Base Salary used for purposes of the calculation of
the  Accrued  Obligations  and  severance  payment  under  subsection  (ii)  above,  shall  be  the  Base  Salary  in  effect  immediately  prior  to  such
reduction.

(b)    Death or Disability. If the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of the Executive’s death or Disability during
the  Term,  this  Agreement  shall  terminate  without  further  obligations  to  the  Executive  or  the  Executive’s  legal  representatives  under  this
Agreement, other than for payment of Accrued Obligations and the timely payment or provision of Other Benefits. Accrued Obligations shall
be paid by the Company to the Executive or the Executive’s estate or beneficiary, as applicable, in a lump sum in cash within thirty (30) days
after  the  Date  of  Termination.  With  respect  to  the  provision  of  Other  Benefits,  the  term  Other  Benefits  as  used  in  this  Section  7(b)  shall
include without limitation, and the Executive or the Executive’s estate and/or beneficiaries shall be entitled to receive, benefits under such
plans,  programs,  practices  and  policies  relating  to  death  or  disability  benefits,  if  any,  as  are  applicable  to  the  Executive  on  the  Date  of
Termination.

        (c)    Termination by the Company for Cause; Executive’s Resignation without Good Reason. If, during the Term, the Company shall
terminate Executive’s employment for Cause or the Executive shall resign for any reason other than for Good Reason, this Agreement shall
terminate without further obligations to the Executive, other than for payment of Accrued Obligations and the timely payment or provision of
Other Benefits. Accrued Obligations shall be paid by the Company to the Executive in a lump sum in cash within thirty (30) days after the
Date of Termination.

resignation as an officer of the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates.

(d)    Resignations. Termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason whatsoever shall constitute the Executive’s

8.    Restrictive Covenants.

(a)    Acknowledgments.

(i)        Condition  of  Employment  and  Other  Consideration.  The  Executive  acknowledges  and  agrees  that  he  has
received good and valuable consideration for entering into this Agreement and further acknowledges that the Company would not continue to
employ the Executive in the absence of his execution of and compliance with this Section 8.

6

(ii)    Access to Confidential Information, Relationships, and Goodwill. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that
he  is  being  provided  and  entrusted  with  Confidential  Information  (as  that  term  is  defined  in  Section  8(b)  hereof),  including  highly
confidential customer information that is subject to extensive measures to maintain its secrecy within the Company, is not known in the trade
or disclosed to the public, and would materially harm the Company’s legitimate business interests if it was disclosed or used in violation of
this Agreement. The Executive also acknowledges and agrees that he is being provided and entrusted with access to the Company’s customer
and employee relationships and goodwill. The Executive further acknowledges and agrees that the Company would not provide access to the
Confidential Information, customer and employee relationships, and goodwill in the absence of the Executive’s execution of and compliance
with this Agreement. The Executive further acknowledges and agrees that the Company’s Confidential Information, customer and employee
relationships, and goodwill are valuable assets of the Company and are legitimate business interests that are properly subject to protection
through the covenants contained in this Agreement.

(iii)    Potential Unfair Competition. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that as a result of his employment with
the Company, his knowledge of and access to Confidential Information, and his relationships with the Company’s customers and employees,
the Executive would have an unfair competitive advantage if the Executive were to engage in activities in violation of this Section 8.

(iv)    No Undue Hardship. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that, in the event that his employment with the
Company  terminates,  the  Executive  possesses  marketable  skills  and  abilities  that  will  enable  him  to  find  suitable  employment  without
violating the covenants set forth in this Section 8.

(v)    Voluntary Execution. Executive acknowledges and affirms that he is executing this Agreement voluntarily, that
he  has  read  this  Agreement  carefully  and  had  a  full  and  reasonable  opportunity  to  consider  this  Agreement  (including  an  opportunity  to
consult with legal counsel), and that he has not been pressured or in any way coerced, threatened or intimidated into signing this Agreement.

(vi)    Geographic Scope of Service. Executive acknowledges and agrees that, by virtue of his senior executive status
with  the  Company  and  his  substantial  access  to  Confidential  Information,  customer  and  employee  relationships,  and  goodwill  described
above, he will engage in business on behalf of the Company throughout the entire geographic area in which the Company conducts business,
including but not limited to the Restricted Territory (as that term is defined in Section 8(b) hereof).

which definitions shall apply to both the singular and the plural forms of such terms:

(b)    Definitions. The following capitalized terms used in this Section 8 shall have the meanings assigned to them below,

(i)        “Competitive Services”  means  owning  and/or  operating  retail-based  pawn  stores,  lease  to  own  products,  or
retail  finance  products,  as  well  as  the  business  of  providing  any  other  activities,  products,  or  services  of  the  type  conducted,  authorized,
offered, or provided by the Company and comprising more than 5% of the Company's total revenues as of the Executive’s Termination Date,
or during the two (2) years immediately prior to the Executive’s Termination Date.

(ii)        “Confidential Information”  means  any  and  all  data  and  information  relating  to  the  Company,  its  activities,
business,  or  clients  that  (A)  is  or  has  been  disclosed  to  the  Executive  or  of  which  the  Executive  becomes  or  has  become  aware  as  a
consequence of his employment with the Company; (B) has value to the Company; and (C) is not generally known outside of the Company.
“Confidential  Information”  shall  include,  but  is  not  limited  to  the  following  types  of  information  regarding,  related  to,  or  concerning  the
Company: trade secrets (as defined by O.C.G.A. § 10-1-761); financial plans and data; management planning information; business plans;
operational methods; market studies; marketing plans or strategies; pricing information; product development techniques or plans; customer
lists; customer files, data and financial information; details of customer contracts; current and anticipated customer requirements; identifying
and other information pertaining to business referral sources; past, current and planned research and development; computer aided systems,

7

    
software,  strategies  and  programs;  business  acquisition  plans;  management  organization  and  related  information  (including,  without
limitation,  data  and  other  information  concerning  the  compensation  and  benefits  paid  to  officers,  directors,  employees  and  management);
personnel  and  compensation  policies;  new  personnel  acquisition  plans;  and  other  similar  information.  “Confidential  Information”  also
includes combinations of information or materials which individually may be generally known outside of the Company, but for which the
nature, method, or procedure for combining such information or materials is not generally known outside of the Company. In addition to data
and information relating to the Company, “Confidential Information” also includes any and all data and information relating to or concerning
a third party that otherwise meets the definition set forth above, that was provided or made available to the Company by such third party, and
that the Company has a duty or obligation to keep confidential. This definition shall not limit any definition of “confidential information” or
any equivalent term under state or federal law. “Confidential Information” shall not include information that has become generally available
to the public by the act of one who has the right to disclose such information without violating any right or privilege of the Company.

(iii)        “Material  Contact”  means  contact  between  the  Executive  and  a  customer  or  potential  customer  of  the
Company (A) with whom or which the Executive has or had dealings on behalf of the Company; (B) whose dealings with the Company are
or were coordinated or supervised by the Executive; (C) about whom the Executive obtains Confidential Information in the ordinary course
of business as a result of his employment with the Company; or (D) who receives products or services of the Company, the sale or provision
of  which  results  or  resulted  in  compensation,  commissions,  or  earnings  for  Executive  within  the  two  (2)  years  prior  to  the  Executive’s
Termination Date.

association or other entity or enterprise.

(iv)        “Person”  means  any  individual  or  any  corporation,  partnership,  joint  venture,  limited  liability  company,

trustee, director, officer, manager, employee, agent, representative or consultant.

(v)    “Principal or Representative” means a principal, owner, partner, shareholder, joint venturer, investor, member,

(vi)    “Protected Customer” means any Person to whom the Company has sold its products or services or actively
solicited  to  sell  its  products  or  services,  and  with  whom  the  Executive  has  had  Material  Contact  on  behalf  of  the  Company  during  his
employment with the Company.

(vii)        “Protected  Work”  means  any  and  all  ideas,  inventions,  formulas,  Confidential  Information,  source  codes,
object codes, techniques, processes, concepts, systems, programs, software, software integration techniques, hardware systems, schematics,
flow  charts,  computer  data  bases,  client  lists,  trademarks,  service  marks,  brand  names,  trade  names,  compilations,  documents,  data,  notes,
designs,  drawings,  technical  data  and/or  training  materials,  including  improvements  thereto  or  derivatives  therefrom,  whether  or  not
patentable,  and  whether  or  not  subject  to  copyright  or  trademark  or  trade  secret  protection,  conceived,  developed  or  produced  by  the
Executive,  or  by  others  working  with  the  Executive  or  under  his  direction,  during  the  period  of  his  employment  or  service,  or  conceived,
produced or used or intended for use by or on behalf of the Company or its customers.

(viii)        “Restricted  Period”  means  any  time  during  the  Executive’s  employment  with  the  Company,  and  if  the
Executive’s employment is terminated for any reason during the Term, the Restricted Period shall mean during the Executive’s employment
plus thirty-six (36) months following the Termination Date.

(ix)        “Restricted Territory”  means  the  U.S.  states  and  foreign  countries  in  which  the  Company  maintains  one  or
more retail pawn stores or is actively planning to open one or more stores at the time of the conduct in question (if the conduct occurs while
the  Executive  is  still  employed  by  the  Company)  or  the  Termination  Date  (if  the  conduct  occurs  after  the  Executive’s  Termination),  as
applicable.

8.

(x)    “Restrictive Covenants” means the restrictive covenants contained in subsections (c) through (h) of this Section

8

whether with or without cause, upon the initiative of either party.

(xi)        “Termination”  means  the  termination  of  the  Executive’s  employment  with  the  Company,  for  any  reason,

(xii)    “Termination Date” means the date of the Executive’s Termination.

(c)        Restriction  on  Disclosure  and  Use  of  Confidential  Information.  The  Executive  agrees  that  the  Executive  shall  not,
directly or indirectly, use any Confidential Information on the Executive’s own behalf or on behalf of any Person other than Company, or
reveal,  divulge,  or  disclose  any  Confidential  Information  to  any  Person  not  expressly  authorized  by  the  Company  to  receive  such
Confidential Information. This obligation shall remain in effect for as long as the information or materials in question retain their status as
Confidential  Information.  The  Executive  further  agrees  that  he  shall  fully  cooperate  with  the  Company  in  maintaining  the  Confidential
Information to the extent permitted by law. The parties acknowledge and agree that this Agreement is not intended to, and does not, alter
either the Company’s rights or the Executive’s obligations under any state or federal statutory or common law regarding trade secrets and
unfair trade practices. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Executive shall not be restricted from: (i) disclosing information
that is required to be disclosed by law, court order or other valid and appropriate legal process; provided, however,  that  in  the  event  such
disclosure is required by law, the Executive shall provide the Company with prompt notice of such requirement so that the Company may
seek an appropriate protective order prior to any such required disclosure by the Executive; (ii) reporting possible violations of federal, state,
or local law or regulation to any governmental agency or entity, or from making other disclosures that are protected under the whistleblower
provisions of federal, state, or local law or regulation, and Executive shall not need the prior authorization of the Company to make any such
reports or disclosures and shall not be required to notify the Company that Executive has made such reports or disclosures; (iii) disclosing a
trade secret (as defined by 18 U.S.C. § 1839) in confidence to a federal, state, or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to
an attorney, in either event solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or (iv) disclosing a trade secret
(as defined by 18 U.S.C. § 1839) in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal.

(d)    Non-Competition. The Executive agrees that during the Restricted Period, he will not, without prior written consent of
the Company, directly or indirectly (i) carry on or engage in Competitive Services within the Restricted Territory on his own or on behalf of
any  Person  or  any  Principal  or  Representative  of  any  Person,  or  (ii)  own,  manage,  operate,  join,  control  or  participate  in  the  ownership,
management,  operation  or  control,  of  any  business,  whether  in  corporate,  proprietorship  or  partnership  form  or  otherwise  where  such
business is engaged in the provision of Competitive Services within the Restricted Territory. The Executive acknowledges that the Restricted
Territory  is  reasonable.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the  Executive  may  maintain  or  undertake  purely  passive  investments  on  behalf  of
himself, his immediate family or any trust on behalf of himself or his immediate family in companies engaged in a Competitive Services so
long as the aggregate interest represented by such investments does not exceed 1% of any class of the outstanding publicly traded debt or
equity securities of any company engaged in a Competitive Services.

(e)    Non-Solicitation of Protected Customers. The Executive agrees that during the Restricted Period, he shall not, without
the prior written consent of the Company, directly or indirectly, on his own behalf or as a Principal or Representative of any Person, solicit,
divert,  take  away,  or  attempt  to  solicit,  divert,  or  take  away  a  Protected  Customer  for  the  purpose  of  engaging  in,  providing,  or  selling
Competitive Services.

(f)        Non-Recruitment  of  Employees.  The  Executive  agrees  that  during  the  Restricted  Period,  he  shall  not,  directly  or
indirectly, whether on his own behalf or as a Principal or Representative of any Person, solicit or induce or attempt to solicit or induce any
employee of the Company to terminate his employment relationship with the Company or to enter into employment with the Executive or
any other Person.

(g)    Proprietary Rights.

and Protected Works are the sole property of the Company, and

(i)    Ownership and Assignment of Protected Works. The Executive agrees that any and all Confidential Information

9

that no compensation in addition to the Executive’s base salary is due to the Executive for development or transfer of such Protected Works.
The Executive agrees that he shall promptly disclose in writing to the Company the existence of any Protected Works. The Executive hereby
assigns  all  of  his  rights,  title  and  interest  in  any  and  all  Protected  Works,  including  all  patents  or  patent  applications,  and  all  copyrights
therein, to the Company. The Executive shall not be entitled to use Protected Works for his own benefit or the benefit of anyone except the
Company without written permission from the Company and then only subject to the terms of such permission. The Executive further agrees
that  he  will  communicate  to  the  Company  any  facts  known  to  him  and  testify  in  any  legal  proceedings,  sign  all  lawful  papers,  make  all
rightful oaths, execute all divisionals, continuations, continuations-in-part, foreign counterparts, or reissue applications, all assignments, all
registration  applications,  and  all  other  instruments  or  papers  to  carry  into  full  force  and  effect  the  assignment,  transfer,  and  conveyance
hereby made or to be made and generally do everything possible for title to the Protected Works and all patents or copyrights or trademarks
or service marks therein to be clearly and exclusively held by the Company. The Executive agrees that he will not oppose or object in any
way  to  applications  for  registration  of  Protected  Works  by  the  Company  or  others  designated  by  the  Company.  The  Executive  agrees  to
exercise reasonable care to avoid making Protected Works available to any third party and shall be liable to the Company for all damages and
expenses,  including  reasonable  attorneys’  fees,  if  Protected  Works  are  made  available  to  third  parties  by  him  without  the  express  written
consent of the Company.

Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Executive will not be obligated to assign to the Company any
Protected Work for which no equipment, supplies, facilities, or Confidential Information of the Company was used and which was developed
entirely on the Executive’s own time, unless (a) the invention relates (i) directly to the business of the Company, or (ii) to the Company’s
actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development; or (b) the invention results from any work performed by the Executive for the
Company. The Executive likewise will not be obligated to assign to the Company any Protected Work that is conceived by the Executive
after the Executive leaves the employ or service of the Company, except that the Executive is so obligated if the same relates to or is based on
Confidential Information to which the Executive had access by virtue of his employment with the Company. Similarly, the Executive will not
be obligated to assign any Protected Work to the Company that was conceived and reduced to practice prior to his employment, regardless of
whether  such  Protected  Work  relates  to  or  would  be  useful  in  the  business  of  the  Company.  The  Executive  acknowledges  and  agrees  that
there are no Protected Works conceived and reduced to practice by him prior to his employment with the Company.

now in existence to assign Protected Works to anyone other than the Company.

(ii)    No Other Duties. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that there is no other contract or duty on his part

(iii)    Works Made for Hire. The Company and the Executive acknowledge that in the course of his employment
with the Company, the Executive may from time to time create for the Company copyrightable works. Such works may consist of manuals,
pamphlets, instructional materials, computer programs, software, software integration techniques, software codes, and data, technical data,
photographs, drawings, logos, designs, artwork or other copyrightable material, or portions thereof, and may be created within or without the
Company’s facilities and before, during or after normal business hours. All such works related to or useful in the business of the Company
are specifically intended to be works made for hire by the Executive, and the Executive shall cooperate with the Company in the protection of
the Company’s copyrights in such works and, to the extent deemed desirable by the Company, the registration of such copyrights.

(h)        Return  of  Materials.  The  Executive  agrees  that  he  will  not  retain  or  destroy  (except  as  set  forth  below),  and  will
immediately return to the Company on or prior to the Termination Date, or at any other time the Company requests such return, any and all
property of the Company that is in his possession or subject to his control, including, but not limited to, keys, credit and identification cards,
personal items or equipment, customer files and information, papers, drawings, notes, manuals, specifications, designs, devices, code, email,
documents, diskettes, CDs, tapes, keys, access cards, credit cards, identification cards, computers, mobile devices, other electronic media, all
other files and documents relating to the Company and its business (regardless of form, but specifically including all electronic files and data
of the Company), together with all Protected Works and Confidential Information belonging to the Company or that the Executive received
from or through his employment or service with

10

the Company. The Executive will not make, distribute, or retain copies of any such information or property. To the extent that the Executive
has electronic files or information in his possession or control that belong to the Company, contain Confidential Information, or constitute
Protected  Works  (specifically  including  but  not  limited  to  electronic  files  or  information  stored  on  personal  computers,  mobile  devices,
electronic media, or in cloud storage), on or prior to the Termination Date, or at any other time the Company requests, the Executive shall (A)
provide  the  Company  with  an  electronic  copy  of  all  of  such  files  or  information  (in  an  electronic  format  that  readily  accessible  by  the
Company);  (B)  after  doing  so,  delete  all  such  files  and  information,  including  all  copies  and  derivatives  thereof,  from  all  non-Company-
owned  computers,  mobile  devices,  electronic  media,  cloud  storage,  or  other  media,  devices,  or  equipment,  such  that  such  files  and
information are permanently deleted and irretrievable; and (C) provide a written certification to the Company that the required deletions have
been completed and specifying the files and information deleted and the media source from which they were deleted. The Executive agrees
that he will reimburse the Company for all of its costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, of recovering the above materials and otherwise
enforcing  compliance  with  this  provision  if  he  does  not  return  the  materials  to  the  Company  or  take  the  required  steps  with  respect  to
electronic  information  or  files  on  or  prior  to  the  Termination  Date  or  at  any  other  time  the  materials  and/or  electronic  file  actions  are
requested by the Company or if the Executive otherwise fails to comply with this provision.

(i)    Enforcement of Restrictive Covenants.

(i)    Rights and Remedies Upon Breach. The parties specifically acknowledge and agree that the remedy at law for
any breach of the Restrictive Covenants will be inadequate, and that in the event the Executive breaches, or threatens to breach, any of the
Restrictive Covenants, the Company shall have the right and remedy, without the necessity of proving actual damage or posting any bond, to
enjoin,  preliminarily  and  permanently,  the  Executive  from  violating  or  threatening  to  violate  the  Restrictive  Covenants  and  to  have  the
Restrictive Covenants specifically enforced by any court of competent jurisdiction, it being agreed that any breach or threatened breach of the
Restrictive Covenants would cause irreparable injury to the Company and that money damages would not provide an adequate remedy to the
Company. The Executive understands and agrees that if he violates any of the obligations set forth in the Restrictive Covenants, the period of
restriction applicable to each obligation violated shall cease to run during the pendency of any litigation over such violation, provided that
such litigation was initiated during the period of restriction. Such rights and remedies shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other
rights and remedies available to the Company at law or in equity. The Executive understands and agrees that, if the Parties become involved
in legal action regarding the enforcement of the Restrictive Covenants and if the Company prevails in such legal action, the Company will be
entitled, in addition to any other remedy, to recover from the Executive its reasonable costs and attorneys’ fees incurred in enforcing such
covenants. The Company’s ability to enforce its rights under the Restrictive Covenants or applicable law against the Executive shall not be
impaired in any way by the existence of a claim or cause of action on the part of the Executive based on, or arising out of, this Agreement or
any other event or transaction.

(ii)        Severability  and  Modification  of  Covenants.  The  Executive  acknowledges  and  agrees  that  each  of  the
Restrictive Covenants is reasonable and valid in time and scope and in all other respects. The parties agree that it is their intention that the
Restrictive Covenants be enforced in accordance with their terms to the maximum extent permitted by law. Each of the Restrictive Covenants
shall be considered and construed as a separate and independent covenant. Should any part or provision of any of the Restrictive Covenants
be  held  invalid,  void,  or  unenforceable,  such  invalidity,  voidness,  or  unenforceability  shall  not  render  invalid,  void,  or  unenforceable  any
other part or provision of this Agreement or such Restrictive Covenant. If any of the provisions of the Restrictive Covenants should ever be
held  by  a  court  of  competent  jurisdiction  to  exceed  the  scope  permitted  by  the  applicable  law,  such  provision  or  provisions  shall  be
automatically  modified  to  such  lesser  scope  as  such  court  may  deem  just  and  proper  for  the  reasonable  protection  of  the  Company’s
legitimate business interests and may be enforced by the Company to that extent in the manner described above and all other provisions of
this Agreement shall be valid and enforceable.

(j)    Disclosure of Agreement. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that, during Restricted Period, he will disclose the
existence and terms of this Agreement to any prospective employer, business partner, investor or lender prior to entering into an employment,
partnership or other business relationship with such prospective employer, business partner, investor or lender. The Executive

11

    
further  agrees  that  the  Company  shall  have  the  right  to  make  any  such  prospective  employer,  business  partner,  investor  or  lender  of  the
Executive aware of the existence and terms of this Agreement.

9.    Agreement Not to Disparage. The Executive hereby agrees that at all times after the date hereof he will not make any statement,
whether verbally or in written form, or otherwise take any action that may reasonably be considered to disparage or impugn the Company or
any of its subsidiaries or affiliates; the management, practices, services, or reputation of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates;
or  any  of  the  Company’s  or  any  of  its  subsidiaries’  or  affiliates’  employees,  officers,  directors,  agents,  or  affiliates.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  this  Section  9  shall  not  limit  the  rights  of  the  Executive  to  provide  truthful  testimony  or  make  truthful  statements  which  are
compelled by a court of competent jurisdiction, arbitrator, regulatory agency or other tribunal or investigative body in accordance with any
applicable statute, rule or regulation.

10.    Non-exclusivity of Rights. Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or limit the Executive’s continuing or future participation in
any employee benefit plan, program, policy or practice provided by the Company or its affiliated companies and for which the Executive may
qualify, except as specifically provided herein. Amounts that are vested benefits or which the Executive is otherwise entitled to receive under
any plan, policy, practice or program of the Company or any of its affiliated companies at or subsequent to the Date of Termination shall be
payable in accordance with such plan, policy, practice or program except as explicitly modified by this Agreement.

11.    Full Settlement; No Mitigation. The Company’s obligation to make the payments provided for in this Agreement and otherwise
to perform its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other claim, right or action
which the Company may have against the Executive or others. In no event shall the Executive be obligated to seek other employment or take
any  other  action  by  way  of  mitigation  of  the  amounts  payable  to  the  Executive  under  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  Agreement  and  such
amounts shall not be reduced whether or not the Executive obtains other employment.

12.    Mandatory Reduction of Payments in Certain Events .

    (a)    Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event it shall be determined that any payment or
distribution by the Company to or for the benefit of Executive (whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of
this Agreement or otherwise) (such benefits, payments or distributions are hereinafter referred to as “Payments”) would, if paid, be subject to
the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “Excise Tax”), then, prior to the making of any Payments to Executive, a calculation
shall be made comparing (i) the net after-tax benefit to Executive of the Payments after payment by Executive of the Excise Tax, to (ii) the
net after-tax benefit to Executive if the Payments had been limited to the extent necessary to avoid being subject to the Excise Tax. If the
amount  calculated  under  (i)  above  is  less  than  the  amount  calculated  under  (ii)  above,  then  the  Payments  shall  be  limited  to  the  extent
necessary to avoid being subject to the Excise Tax (the “Reduced Amount”). The  reduction  of  the  Payments  due  hereunder,  if  applicable,
shall be made by first reducing cash Payments and then, to the extent necessary, reducing those Payments having the next highest ratio of
Parachute Value to actual present value of such Payments as of the date of the Change in Control, as determined by the Determination Firm
(as defined in Section 9(b) below). For purposes of this Section 12, present value shall be determined in accordance with Section 280G(d)(4)
of the Code. For purposes of this Section 12, the “Parachute Value” of a Payment means the present value as of the date of the Change in
Control of the portion of such Payment that constitutes a “parachute payment” under Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code, as determined by the
Determination Firm for purposes of determining whether and to what extent the Excise Tax will apply to such Payment.

    (b)    All determinations required to be made under this Section 12, including whether an Excise Tax would otherwise be
imposed, whether the Payments shall be reduced, the amount of the Reduced Amount, and the assumptions to be utilized in arriving at such
determinations,  shall  be  made  by  a  nationally  recognized  accounting  firm  or  compensation  consulting  firm  mutually  acceptable  to  the
Company  and  Executive  (the  “Determination Firm”)  which  shall  provide  detailed  supporting  calculations  to  the  Company  and  Executive
within 15 business days after the receipt of notice from Executive that a Payment is due to be made, or such earlier time as is requested by the
Company. All fees and expenses of the Determination Firm shall be borne solely by the Company. Any determination by the

12

Determination Firm shall be binding upon the Company and Executive. As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Section 4999 of
the  Code  at  the  time  of  the  initial  determination  by  the  Determination  Firm  hereunder,  it  is  possible  that  Payments  which  Executive  was
entitled to, but did not receive pursuant to Section 12(a), could have been made without the imposition of the Excise Tax (“Underpayment”),
consistent  with  the  calculations  required  to  be  made  hereunder.  In  such  event,  the  Determination  Firm  shall  determine  the  amount  of  the
Underpayment that has occurred and any such Underpayment shall be promptly paid by the Company to or for the benefit of Executive but
no later than March 15 of the year after the year in which the Underpayment is determined to exist, which is when the legally binding right to
such Underpayment arises.

succession, this Section 12 shall be of no further force or effect.

    (c)    In the event that the provisions of Code Section 280G and 4999 or any successor provisions are repealed without

13.    Arbitration. Any claim or dispute arising under or relating to this Agreement or the breach, termination, or validity of any term
of  this  Agreement  shall  be  subject  to  arbitration,  and  prior  to  commencing  any  court  action,  the  parties  agree  that  they  shall  arbitrate  all
controversies; provided, however,  that  nothing  in  this  Section  13  shall  prohibit  the  Company  from  exercising  its  right  under  Section  8  to
pursue injunctive remedies with respect to a breach or threatened breach of the Restrictive Covenants. The arbitration shall be conducted in
Tarrant  County,  Texas,  in  accordance  with  the  Employment  Dispute  Rules  of  the  American  Arbitration  Association  and  the  Federal
Arbitration  Act,  9  U.S.C.  §1,  et.  seq.  The  arbitrator(s)  shall  be  authorized  to  award  both  liquidated  and  actual  damages,  in  addition  to
injunctive relief, but no punitive damages. The arbitrator(s) may also award attorney’s fees and costs, without regard to any restriction on the
amount of such award under Texas or other applicable law. Such an award shall be binding and conclusive upon the parties hereto, subject to
9 U.S.C. §10. Each party shall have the right to have the award made the judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

14.    Successors.

        (a)       This  Agreement  is  personal  to  the  Executive  and  without  the  prior  written  consent  of  the  Company  shall  not  be
assignable by the Executive otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may,
without  the  Executive’s  consent,  assign,  whether  by  assignment  agreement,  merger,  operation  of  law  or  otherwise,  this  Agreement  to  the
Company or to any successor or affiliate of the Company, subject to such assignee’s express assumption of all obligations of the Company
hereunder. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive’s legal representatives.

    (b)    This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns.

    (c)    The Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise)
to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to assume expressly and agree to perform this Agreement in the same
manner  and  to  the  same  extent  that  the  Company  would  be  required  to  perform  it  if  no  such  succession  had  taken  place.  As  used  in  this
Agreement, “Company” shall mean the Company as hereinbefore defined and any successor to its business and/or assets as aforesaid which
assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement by operation of law, or otherwise.

15.    Cooperation. The Executive shall provide the Executive’s reasonable cooperation in connection with any action or proceeding
(or  any  appeal  from  any  action  or  proceeding)  which  relates  to  events  occurring  during  the  Executive’s  employment  hereunder.  This
provision  shall  survive  any  termination  of  this  Agreement.  The  Company  shall  reimburse  the  Executive  for  any  reasonable  out-of-pocket
expenses incurred in connection with the Executive’s performance of obligations under this Section 15 at the request of the Company. If the
Executive is entitled to be paid or reimbursed for any expenses under this Section 15, the amount reimbursable in any one calendar year shall
not  affect  the  amount  reimbursable  in  any  other  calendar  year,  and  the  reimbursement  of  an  eligible  expense  must  be  made  no  later  than
December  31  of  the  year  after  the  year  in  which  the  expense  was  incurred.  The  Executive’s  obligations  under  this  Section  15,  and  the
Executive’s rights to payment or reimbursement of expenses pursuant to this Section 15, shall expire at the end of ten (10) years after the
Date of Termination and such rights shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

13

16.    Code Section 409A.

(a)        General. This  Agreement  shall  be  interpreted  and  administered  in  a  manner  so  that  any  amount  or  benefit  payable
hereunder shall be paid or provided in a manner that is either exempt from or compliant with the requirements Section 409A of the Code and
applicable Internal Revenue Service guidance and Treasury Regulations issued thereunder (and any applicable transition relief under Section
409A of the Code). Nevertheless, the tax treatment of the benefits provided under the Agreement is not warranted or guaranteed. Neither the
Company nor its directors, officers, employees or advisers shall be held liable for any taxes, interest, penalties or other monetary amounts
owed by the Executive as a result of the application of Section 409A of the Code.

(b)    Definitional Restrictions. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent that any amount or
benefit  that  would  constitute  non-exempt  “deferred  compensation”  for  purposes  of  Section  409A  of  the  Code  (“Non-Exempt  Deferred
Compensation”) would otherwise be payable or distributable hereunder by reason of the Executive’s termination of employment, such Non-
Exempt  Deferred  Compensation  will  not  be  payable  or  distributable  to  the  Executive  by  reason  of  such  circumstance  unless  the
circumstances giving rise to such termination of employment meet any description or definition of “separation from service” in Section 409A
of the Code and applicable regulations (without giving effect to any elective provisions that may be available under such definition). This
provision does not prohibit the vesting of any Non-Exempt Deferred Compensation upon a termination of employment, however defined. If
this provision prevents the payment or distribution of any Non-Exempt Deferred Compensation, such payment or distribution shall be made
on the date, if any, on which an event occurs that constitutes a Section 409A-compliant “separation from service.”

(c)        Timing  of  Release  of  Claims.  Whenever  in  this  Agreement  a  payment  or  benefit  is  conditioned  on  Executive’s
execution of a release of claims, such release must be executed and all revocation periods shall have expired within sixty (60) days after the
Date of Termination; failing which such payment or benefit shall be forfeited. If such payment or benefit constitutes Non-Exempt Deferred
Compensation, then such payment or benefit (including any installment payments) that would have otherwise been payable during such 60-
day period shall be accumulated and paid on the 60  day after the Date of Termination provided such release shall have been executed and
such revocation periods shall have expired. If such payment or benefit is exempt from Section 409A of the Code, the Company may elect to
make or commence payment at any time during such period.

th

(d)    Permitted Acceleration. The Company shall have the sole authority to make any accelerated distribution permissible
under  Treas.  Reg.  Section  1.409A-3(j)(4)  to  the  Executive  of  deferred  amounts,  provided  that  such  distribution  meets  the  requirements  of
Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-3(j)(4).

17.    Miscellaneous.

(a)    Governing Law; Forum Selection; Consent to Jurisdiction. The Company and the Executive agree that this Agreement
shall be governed by and construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas without giving effect to its conflicts of
law principles. The Executive agrees that the exclusive forum for any action to enforce this Agreement, as well as any action relating to or
arising out of this Agreement, shall be the state or federal court of the State of Texas. With respect to any such court action, the Executive
hereby (a) irrevocably submits to the personal jurisdiction of such courts; (b) consents to service of process; (c) consents to venue; and (d)
waives  any  other  requirement  (whether  imposed  by  statute,  rule  of  court,  or  otherwise)  with  respect  to  personal  jurisdiction,  service  of
process, or venue. Both parties hereto further agree that such courts are convenient forums for any dispute that may arise herefrom and that
neither party shall raise as a defense that such courts are not convenient forums.

(b)    Captions. The captions of this Agreement are not part of the provisions hereof and shall have no force or effect.

parties hereto or their respective successors and legal representatives.

(c)    Amendments. This Agreement may not be amended or modified otherwise than-by a written agreement executed by the

14

other party or by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

(d)    Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given by hand delivery to the

If to the Executive:

Rick L. Wessel
Address on file with the Company

If to the Company:

FirstCash Holdings, Inc.
1600 West 7th Street
Fort Worth, Texas 76102
Attention: Secretary

or to such other address as either party shall have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith. Notice and communications shall
be effective when actually received by the addressee.

enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement.

(e)        Severability.  The  invalidity  or  unenforceability  of  any  provision  of  this  Agreement  shall  not  affect  the  validity  or

foreign taxes as shall be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

(f)    Withholding. The Company may withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement such Federal, state, local or

(g)        Waivers.  The  Executive’s  or  the  Company’s  failure  to  insist  upon  strict  compliance  with  any  provision  of  this
Agreement or the failure to assert any right the Executive or the Company may have hereunder, shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such
provision or right or any other provision or right of this Agreement.

(h)    Entire Agreement. Except as provided herein, this Agreement contains the entire agreement between the Company and
the  Executive  with  respect  to  the  subject  matter  hereof  and,  from  and  after  the  Effective  Date,  this  Agreement  shall  supersede  any  other
agreement (including the Prior Employment Agreement) between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

(i)        Construction.  The  Company  and  the  Executive  understand  and  agree  that  because  they  both  have  been  given  the
opportunity to have counsel review and revise this Agreement, the normal rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to be
resolved against the drafting party shall not be employed in the interpretation of this Agreement. Instead, the language of all parts of this
Agreement shall be construed as a whole, and according to its fair meaning, and not strictly for or against either of the parties.

(j)        Counterparts. This  Agreement  may  be  executed  in  two  or  more  counterparts,  and  it  shall  not  be  necessary  that  the
signatures of the parties hereto be contained on any one counterpart hereof. Each counterpart shall be deemed an original but all counterparts
together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Any signature page of any such counterpart, or any electronic facsimile thereof, may
be  attached  or  appended  to  any  other  counterpart  to  complete  a  fully  executed  counterpart  of  this  Agreement,  and  any  telecopy  or  other
electronic transmission of any signature shall be deemed an original and shall bind such party.

15

    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive has hereunto set the Executive’s hand and, pursuant to the authorization from the Board, the
Company has caused these presents to be executed in its name on its behalf, all as of the day and year first above written.

EXECUTIVE

Rick L. Wessel

FIRSTCASH HOLDINGS, INC.

By:

James H. Graves
Chairman of the Compensation Committee

16

                
EXHIBIT 10.18

____________________________________________________________

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

BETWEEN

T. BRENT STUART

AND

FIRSTCASH HOLDINGS, INC.

_________________________________________________________________

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

1. Employment
2. Term
3. Extent of Service
4. Compensation and Benefits
(a)    Base Salary
(b)    Incentive, Savings and Retirement Plans
(c)    Welfare Benefit Plans
(d)    Fringe Benefits
(e)    Vacation
(f)    Expenses
5. Change in Control
6. Termination of Employment

(a)    Death
(b)    Disability
(c)    Termination by the Company
(d)    Termination by Executive
(e)    Notice of Termination
(f)    Date of Termination

7. Obligations of the Company upon Termination

(a)    Termination by the Company Other Than for Cause or Disability; Termination by Executive for Good Reason
(b)    Death or Disability
(c)    Termination by the Company for Cause; Executive’s Resignation without Good Reason
(d)    Resignations
8. Restrictive Covenants

(a)    Acknowledgments
(b)    Definitions
(c)    Restrictions on Disclosure and Use of Confidential Information
(d)    Non-Competition
(e)    Non-Solicitation of Protected Customers
(f)    Non-Recruitment of Employees
(g)    Proprietary Rights
(h)    Return of Materials
(i)    Enforcement of Restrictive Covenants
(j)    Disclosure of Agreement

9. Agreement Not to Disparage
10. Non-exclusivity of Rights
11. Full Settlement; No Mitigation
12. Mandatory Reduction of Payments in Certain Events
13. Arbitration

14. Successors
15. Cooperation
16. Code Section 409A
17. Miscellaneous

(a)    Governing Law; Forum Selection; Consent to Jurisdiction
(b)    Captions
(c)    Amendments
(d)    Notices
(e)    Severability
(f)    Withholding
(g)    Waivers
(h)    Entire Agreement
(i)    Construction
(j)    Counterparts

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into this 25  day of February, 2022 (the “Effective
Date”)  by  and  between  FirstCash  Holdings,  Inc.,  a  Delaware  corporation  (the  “Company”)  and  T.  Brent  Stuart  (the  “Executive”),  to  be
effective  as  of  the  Effective  Date.  For  avoidance  of  doubt,  this  Agreement  supersedes  and  replaces  that  certain  Employment  Agreement
between the Company and the Executive dated as of August 26, 2016 (the “Prior Employment Agreement”), which previously terminated by
its terms and is of no further force or effect.

th

BACKGROUND

WHEREAS, the Company currently employs Executive as its President and Chief Operating Officer; and

WHEREAS, the Company and Executive desire to enter into this Agreement, and agree that this Agreement shall govern the terms

and conditions of Executive’s employment with the Company as of the Effective Date.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein, and other good

and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.        Employment. The  Executive  is  hereby  employed  on  the  Effective  Date  as  the  President  and  Chief  Operating  Officer  of  the
Company. In this capacity, the Executive shall have the duties, responsibilities and authority commensurate with such position as shall be
assigned to him by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company or the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”). In his capacity as
President and Chief Operating Officer of the Company, the Executive will report directly to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

2.    Term. Unless earlier terminated herein in accordance with Section 6 hereof, the Executive’s employment with the Company shall
be governed by the terms and conditions of this Agreement for a period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on December 31, 2024
(the  “Term”).  Commencing  on  December  31,  2024,  and  on  each  subsequent  December  31  thereafter,  the  Term  shall  automatically  be
extended for one (1) additional year unless, not later than ninety days (90) prior to any such extension date, either party hereto shall have
notified the other party hereto in writing that such extension shall not take effect.

3.        Extent  of  Service.  During  the  Term,  the  Executive  agrees  to  devote  all  of  his  professional  and  business-related  time  to  the
business and affairs of the Company and its affiliates and to use his best efforts to perform faithfully and efficiently his job responsibilities.
Nothing in this Agreement shall prohibit Executive from (i) serving on the boards of directors of trade associations or charitable/non-profit
organizations;  (ii)  engaging  in  charitable  activities  and  community  affairs;  (iii)  serving  on  the  boards  of  directors  of  other  public  and/or
private companies with the prior written approval of the Board, which shall not be unreasonably withheld (provided that, for avoidance of
doubt,  such  service  does  not  violate  any  of  the  restrictive  covenants  in  Section  8  of  this  Agreement);  or  (iv)  managing  his  personal
investments and affairs, provided that the activities described in the preceding clauses (i) through (iv) do not materially interfere with the
proper performance of his duties and responsibilities hereunder.

4.    Compensation and Benefits.

(a)    Base Salary. Effective as of January 1, 2022 and continuing during the Term, the Company will pay to the Executive
base salary at the rate of $776,620 per year (“Base Salary”), less normal withholdings, payable in approximately equal bi-weekly or other
installments  as  are  or  become  customary  under  the  Company’s  payroll  practices  for  its  employees  from  time  to  time.  The  Compensation
Committee  of  the  Board  (the  “Compensation  Committee”)  shall  review  the  Executive’s  Base  Salary  annually  and  may  increase  the
Executive’s  Base  Salary  from  year  to  year.  Such  adjusted  salary  then  shall  become  the  Executive’s  Base  Salary  for  purposes  of  this
Agreement. The annual review

of  the  Executive’s  salary  by  the  Compensation  Committee  will  consider,  among  other  things,  the  Executive’s  own  performance  and  the
Company’s performance.

(b)    Incentive, Savings and Retirement Plans. During the Term, the Executive shall be entitled to participate in all incentive,
savings  and  retirement  plans,  practices,  policies  and  programs  available  to  the  other  senior  officers  of  the  Company.  Without  limiting  the
foregoing, following shall apply:

During the Term, the Executive shall have an opportunity to receive an annual bonus under the Company’s
Annual Performance Incentive Plan, based upon the achievement of performance goals established from year to year by the Compensation
Committee (the “Annual Bonus”). Unless and until changed by the Compensation Committee, the Executive’s target for the Annual Bonus
shall be at least 125% of Base Salary (the “Target Bonus”).

(i)

During the Term, the Executive will be eligible for grants of stock-based awards under the Company’s long-
term incentive plan or plans, having terms and determined in the same manner as awards to other senior officers. Nothing herein requires the
Company to make grants of stock-based awards in any year.

(ii)

(c)        Welfare  Benefit  Plans.  The  Executive  and  his  eligible  dependents  shall  be  eligible  for  participation  in  the  welfare
benefit plans, practices, policies and programs provided by the Company, if any, to the extent available to other senior officers and subject to
eligibility  requirements  and  terms  and  conditions  of  each  such  plan;  provided,  however,  that  nothing  herein  shall  limit  the  ability  of  the
Company to amend, modify or terminate any such benefit plans, policies or programs at any time and from time to time.

officers in accordance with the plans, practices, programs and policies of the Company.

(d)    Fringe Benefits. During the Term, Executive shall be entitled to fringe benefits to the extent available to other senior

personal business days not used in any year shall be forfeited.

(e)        Vacation.  Executive  shall  be  entitled  to  four  (4)  weeks  paid  vacation  each  year  during  the  Term.  Any  vacation  or

(f)    Expenses. During the Term, the Executive shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement from the Company for all
reasonable  and  customary  expenses  incurred  by  the  Executive  in  the  course  of  performing  his  duties  and  responsibilities  under  this
Agreement, in accordance with the policies, practices and procedures of the Company with respect to travel, entertainment and other business
expenses (“Business Expenses”).

Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  (i)  the  reimbursements  for  Business  Expenses  provided  in  any  one  calendar  year  shall  not
affect the amount of such reimbursements provided in any other calendar year; (ii) the reimbursement of an eligible Business Expense shall
be made within thirty (30) days following the Executive’s submission of evidence, satisfactory to the Company, of the incurrence of such
Business  Expense,  but  in  no  event  later  than  December  31  of  the  year  following  the  year  in  which  the  expense  was  incurred;  (iii)  the
Executive’  s  rights  pursuant  to  this  Section  4(f)  shall  not  be  subject  to  liquidation  or  exchange  for  another  benefit;  and  (iv)  the
reimbursements for Business Expenses shall be provided in accordance with the policies, practices and procedures of the Company.

5.        Change  in  Control. For  purposes  of  this  Agreement,  “Change  in  Control”  shall  mean  the  consummation  of  a  reorganization,
merger,  consolidation,  statutory  share  exchange  or  similar  form  of  corporate  transaction  involving  the  Company  or  a  subsidiary  of  the
Company (a “Reorganization”), or the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (a “Sale”) or the acquisition
of  assets  or  stock  of  another  corporation  or  other  entity  (an  “Acquisition”),  unless  immediately  following  such  Reorganization,  Sale  or
Acquisition:  (A)  all  or  substantially  all  of  the  individuals  and  entities  who  were  the  beneficial  owners  (as  defined  in  Rule  13d-3  of  the
General  Rules  and  Regulations  under  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934  Act,  as  amended  (“Beneficial Owners”)),  respectively,  of  the
outstanding Company Stock and the Company’s then outstanding securities eligible to vote for the election of directors (“Company Voting
Securities”)  immediately  prior  to  such  Reorganization,  Sale  or  Acquisition  beneficially  own,  directly  or  indirectly,  more  than  50%  of,
respectively, the then outstanding

2

shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of
directors,  as  the  case  may  be,  of  the  entity  resulting  from  or  surviving  such  Reorganization,  Sale  or  Acquisition  (including,  without
limitation, an entity which as a result of such transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or stock either
directly or through one or more subsidiaries, the “Surviving Entity”) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately
prior to such Reorganization, Sale or Acquisition, of the outstanding Company Stock and the outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the
case may be, and (B) no person (other than (x) the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, (y) the Surviving Entity or its ultimate parent
entity, or (z) any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by any of the foregoing) is the Beneficial Owner, directly
or indirectly, of 50% or more of the total common stock or 50% or more of the total voting power of the outstanding voting securities eligible
to elect directors of the Surviving Entity. A Change in Control shall not include a public offering of any class or series of the Company’s
equity securities pursuant to a registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1933, as amended.

6.    Termination of Employment.

(a)    Death. The Executive’s employment shall terminate automatically upon the Executive’s death during the Term.

(b)    Disability. If the Company determines in good faith that the Executive has become Disabled (as defined below) during
the  Term,  then  it  may  give  to  the  Executive  written  notice  of  its  intention  to  terminate  the  Executive’s  employment.  In  such  event,  the
Executive’s  employment  with  the  Company  shall  terminate  effective  on  the  thirtieth  (30 )  day  after  receipt  of  such  written  notice  by  the
Executive (the “Disability Effective Date”), provided that, within the thirty (30) days after such receipt, the Executive shall not have returned
to full-time performance of the Executive’s duties. For purposes of this Agreement, “Disability” shall mean the inability of the Executive, as
reasonably  determined  by  the  Company,  to  perform  the  essential  functions  of  his  regular  duties  and  responsibilities,  with  or  without
reasonable accommodation, due to a medically determinable physical or mental illness which has lasted (or can reasonably be expected to
last) for a period of six (6) consecutive months. At the request of the Executive or his personal representative, the Company’s determination
that  the  Disability  of  Executive  has  occurred  shall  be  certified  by  a  physician  mutually  agreed  upon  by  the  Executive,  or  his  personal
representative, and the Company.

th

(c)        Termination  by  the  Company.  The  Company  may  terminate  the  Executive’s  employment  during  the  Term  with  or
without Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, a termination shall be considered to be for “Cause” if it occurs in conjunction with a good
faith determination by the Board that any of the following have occurred:

(i)    the Executive’s material or habitual failure to meet performance standards agreed to upon by the Executive and
the  Board,  or  to  follow  the  reasonable  and  lawful  directions  of  the  Board,  or  perform  his  duties  with  the  Company  (other  than  any  such
failure resulting from the Executive’s Disability) which failure is not cured within ten (10) days after a written demand for performance is
delivered to the Executive by the Company which specifically identifies the manner in which the Company believes that the Executive has
materially or habitually failed to perform the Executive’s duties;

(ii)    the Executive’s engaging in any illegal conduct, gross misconduct or gross negligence in connection with the
performance of his duties hereunder, which is, or is likely to be, injurious to the Company, its financial condition, or its reputation, with the
understanding that, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any circumstances with respect to the Executive that, in the discretion of
the Board or the FDIC, are deemed to be violation of Section 19 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. § 1829(a)) shall constitute
illegal  conduct  in  connection  with  the  performance  of  his  duties  hereunder  that  is  injurious  to  the  Company,  its  financial  condition,  or  its
reputation;

embezzlement, whether or not such act was committed in connection with the business of the Company;

(iii)        the  Executive’s  commission  of  or  engagement  in  any  act  of  fraud,  misappropriation,  dishonesty  or

3

Agreement, or material breach of any other provisions of this Agreement;

(iv)        the  Executive’s  breach  of  fiduciary  duty,  breach  of  any  of  the  covenants  set  forth  in  Section  8  or  9  of  this

(v)        the  Executive’s  conviction  of,  pleading  guilty  to,  or  confession  to  a  felony  or  any  crime  involving  moral
turpitude (including pleading guilty or nolo contendere to a felony or lesser charge which results from plea bargaining), whether or not such
felony, crime or lesser offense is connected with the business of the Company;

(vi)        the  Executive’s  indictment  or  conviction  of,  pleading  guilty  to,  or  confession  to  a  felony  or  any  crime
(including pleading guilty or nolo contendere to a felony or lesser charge which results from plea bargaining), which felony, crime or lesser
offense is connected with the business of the Company; or

(vii)    the Executive’s violation of the Company’s policy against harassment or its equal employment opportunity
policy or a material violation of any other policy or procedure of the Company (including, but not limited to, the Company’s code of business
conduct).

(d)    Termination by the Executive. The Executive’s employment may be terminated by the Executive for any reason or for
Good Reason by providing thirty (30) days prior written notice to the Company. For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean
the occurrence of any of the following, without the Executive’s consent:

(i)    a material diminution in the Executive’s Base Salary or Annual Bonus opportunity;

(ii)    a material diminution in the Executive’s authority, duties, or responsibilities;

(iii)    the relocation of the Executive’s principal office to a facility or location more than fifty (50) miles away from
the Executive’s principal place of work immediately prior to the relocation; provided, however, that Good Reason shall not include (A) any
relocation  of  the  Executive’s  principal  office  which  is  proposed  or  initiated  by  the  Executive;  or  (B)  any  relocation  that  results  in  the
Executive’s principal place office being closer to the Executive’s then-principal residence;

(iv)    any material breach by the Company of this Agreement;

The  Executive’s  termination  for  Good  Reason  must  occur  within  a  period  of  ninety  (90)  days  after  the  occurrence  of  an  event  of  Good
Reason. A termination by the Executive shall not constitute termination for Good Reason unless the Executive shall first have delivered to
the Company written notice setting forth with specificity the occurrence deemed to give rise to a right to terminate for Good Reason (which
notice must be given no later than thirty (30) days after the initial occurrence of such event), and there shall have passed a reasonable time
(not  less  than  thirty  (30)  days)  within  which  the  Company  may  take  action  to  correct,  rescind  or  otherwise  substantially  reverse  the
occurrence supporting termination for Good Reason as identified by the Executive. Good Reason shall not include the Executive’s death or
Disability. The parties intend, believe and take the position that a resignation by the Executive for Good Reason as defined above effectively
constitutes an involuntary separation from service within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1(n)(2).

(e)        Notice  of  Termination.  Any  termination  by  the  Company  or  the  Executive  shall  be  communicated  by  Notice  of
Termination to the other party hereto given in accordance with Section 17(d) of this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of
Termination” means a written notice which (i) indicates the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, (ii) to the extent
applicable,  sets  forth  in  reasonable  detail  the  facts  and  circumstances  claimed  to  provide  a  basis  for  termination  of  the  Executive’s
employment under the provision so indicated, and (iii) if the Date of Termination (as defined below) is other than the date of receipt of such
notice,  specifies  the  termination  date.  The  failure  by  the  Executive  or  the  Company  to  set  forth  in  the  Notice  of  Termination  any  fact  or
circumstance  which  contributes  to  a  showing  of  Good  Reason  or  Cause  shall  not  waive  any  right  of  the  Executive  or  the  Company,
respectively, hereunder or preclude the Executive or the Company,

4

respectively, from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing the Executive’s or the Company’s rights hereunder.

(f)    Date of Termination. “Date of Termination” means (i) if the Executive’s employment is terminated other than by reason
of death or Disability, the date of receipt of the Notice of Termination or, subject to any cure period, any later date specified therein within
sixty (60) days after receipt of the Notice of Termination, as the case may be, or (ii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of
death or Disability, the Date of Termination shall be the date of death of the Executive or the Disability Effective Date, as the case may be.

7.    Obligations of the Company upon Termination.

(a)        Termination  by  the  Company  Other  Than  for  Cause  or  Disability;  Termination  by  Executive  for  Good  Reason.  If,
during the Term, (A) the Company shall terminate the Executive’s employment other than for Cause or Disability, or (B) the Executive shall
terminate employment for Good Reason, then, and with respect to the payments and benefits described in clauses (ii) and (iii) below, only if
within  sixty  (60)  days  after  the  Date  of  Termination  the  Executive  shall  have  executed  a  separation  agreement  containing  a  full  general
release of claims and covenant not to sue in a form satisfactory to the Company (the “Release”) and such Release shall not have been revoked
within the time period specified therein:

(i)        the  Company  shall  pay  to  the  Executive  in  a  lump  sum  in  cash  within  sixty  (60)  days  after  the  Date  of
Termination,  the  exact  payment  date  to  be  determined  by  the  Company,  the  sum  of  (1)  the  Executive’s  Base  Salary  through  the  Date  of
Termination to the extent not theretofore paid, and (2) any accrued vacation pay to the extent not theretofore paid (the sum of the amounts
described in clauses (1) and (2) shall be hereinafter referred to as the “Accrued Obligations”); and

(ii)        the  Company  shall  pay  to  the  Executive  in  a  lump  sum  in  cash  within  sixty  (60)  days  after  the  Date  of
Termination, the exact payment date to be determined by the Company, a severance payment equal to 50% (or 200%, if such termination
occurs within twelve (12) months following a Change in Control) of the sum of (1) the Executive’s Base Salary in effect as of the Date of
Termination, and (2) the average of the Annual Bonuses earned by Executive for each of the three fiscal years immediately preceding the
year in which the Date of Termination occurs (the “Three-Year Average Annual Bonus”); and

(iii)

if such termination occurs within twelve (12) months following a Change in Control, the Company shall pay
to the Executive in a lump sum in cash within sixty (60) days after the Date of Termination, the exact payment date to be determined by the
Company, a pro rata Annual Bonus equal to the product of (x) the Target Bonus for the year in which the termination occurs (or, in the sole
discretion of the Compensation Committee, a larger amount not to exceed the maximum payout opportunity for the Annual Bonus for the
year in which the termination occurs), and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in the calendar year through the Date
of Termination, and the denominator of which is 365 (if such termination does not occur within twelve (12) months following a Change in
Control, any pro rata Annual Bonus will be payable at the discretion of the Compensation Committee); and

(iv)

if such termination occurs within twelve (12) months following a Change in Control, (A) all stock options,
restricted  stock,  restricted  stock  units  and  other  time-vesting  equity  awards  held  by  the  Executive  as  of  the  Termination  Date  shall
immediately  become  fully  vested  and  exercisable,  and  all  time-based  vesting  restrictions  on  outstanding  awards  shall  lapse,  and  (B)  all
performance-based  equity  awards  shall  be  deemed  to  have  been  fully  earned  as  of  the  Date  of  Termination  based  upon  an  assumed
achievement of all relevant performance goals at “target” levels (or, in the sole discretion of the Compensation Committee, based upon actual
or deemed achievement of all relevant performance goals above “target” levels, up to the maximum possible achievement levels), and there
shall be a full (non-prorated) payout to the Executive within sixty (60) days following the Date of Termination, unless a later date is required
by  Section  16  hereof  (if  such  termination  does  not  occur  within  twelve  (12)  months  following  a  Change  in  Control,  then  the  outstanding
equity awards held by the Executive as of the Date of Termination shall be governed by the plans under which they were granted and the
agreements evidencing such awards); and

5

        
(v)    if the Executive elects to continue participation in any group medical, dental, vision and/or prescription drug
plan  benefits  to  which  the  Executive  and/or  the  Executive’s  eligible  dependents  would  be  entitled  under  Section  4980B  of  the  Code
(COBRA),  then  during  the  period  that  the  Executive  is  entitled  to  such  coverage  under  COBRA  (the  “Welfare  Benefits  Continuation
Period”), the Company shall pay the excess of (1) the COBRA cost of such coverage over (2) the amount that the Executive would have had
to pay for such coverage if he had remained employed during the Welfare Benefits Continuation Period and paid the active employee rate for
such coverage (the “COBRA Subsidy”); provided, however, that (A) that if the Executive becomes eligible to receive group health benefits
under a program of a subsequent employer or otherwise (including coverage available to the Executive’s spouse), the Company’s obligation
to pay any portion of the cost of health coverage as described herein shall cease, except as otherwise provided by law; and (B) the Welfare
Benefits  Continuation  Period  shall  run  concurrently  with  any  period  for  which  the  Executive  is  eligible  to  elect  health  coverage  under
COBRA; provided, however, that if such termination occurs within twelve (12) months following a Change in Control, then, in lieu of the
COBRA  Subsidy  described  above,  Company  shall  pay  to  the  Executive  in  a  lump  sum  in  cash  within  sixty  (60)  days  after  the  Date  of
Termination, the exact payment date to be determined by the Company, an amount equal to the full monthly COBRA cost of the coverage
multiplied by twenty-four (24); and

(vi)    to the extent not theretofore paid or provided, the Company shall timely pay or provide to the Executive any
other amounts or benefits required to be paid or provided or which the Executive is eligible to receive under any plan, program, policy or
practice or contract or agreement of the Company and its affiliated companies (such other amounts and benefits shall be hereinafter referred
to as the “Other Benefits”).

For the avoidance of doubt, the parties acknowledge that, in the event that the Executive terminates his employment for Good Reason as a
result of a decrease in his Base Salary as contemplated in Section 6(d)(i) hereof, then the Base Salary used for purposes of the calculation of
the  Accrued  Obligations  and  severance  payment  under  subsection  (ii)  above,  shall  be  the  Base  Salary  in  effect  immediately  prior  to  such
reduction.

(b)    Death or Disability. If the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of the Executive’s death or Disability during
the  Term,  this  Agreement  shall  terminate  without  further  obligations  to  the  Executive  or  the  Executive’s  legal  representatives  under  this
Agreement, other than for payment of Accrued Obligations and the timely payment or provision of Other Benefits. Accrued Obligations shall
be paid by the Company to the Executive or the Executive’s estate or beneficiary, as applicable, in a lump sum in cash within thirty (30) days
after  the  Date  of  Termination.  With  respect  to  the  provision  of  Other  Benefits,  the  term  Other  Benefits  as  used  in  this  Section  7(b)  shall
include without limitation, and the Executive or the Executive’s estate and/or beneficiaries shall be entitled to receive, benefits under such
plans,  programs,  practices  and  policies  relating  to  death  or  disability  benefits,  if  any,  as  are  applicable  to  the  Executive  on  the  Date  of
Termination.

(c)        Termination  by  the  Company  for  Cause;  Executive’s  Resignation  without  Good  Reason.  If,  during  the  Term,  the
Company shall terminate Executive’s employment for Cause or the Executive shall resign for any reason other than for Good Reason, this
Agreement  shall  terminate  without  further  obligations  to  the  Executive,  other  than  for  payment  of  Accrued  Obligations  and  the  timely
payment or provision of Other Benefits. Accrued Obligations shall be paid by the Company to the Executive in a lump sum in cash within
thirty (30) days after the Date of Termination.

resignation as an officer of the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates.

(d)    Resignations. Termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason whatsoever shall constitute the Executive’s

8.    Restrictive Covenants.

(a)    Acknowledgments.

received good and valuable consideration for entering into this

(i)        Condition  of  Employment  and  Other  Consideration.  The  Executive  acknowledges  and  agrees  that  he  has

6

Agreement and further acknowledges that the Company would not continue to employ the Executive in the absence of his execution of and
compliance with this Section 8.

(ii)    Access to Confidential Information, Relationships, and Goodwill. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that
he  is  being  provided  and  entrusted  with  Confidential  Information  (as  that  term  is  defined  in  Section  8(b)  hereof),  including  highly
confidential customer information that is subject to extensive measures to maintain its secrecy within the Company, is not known in the trade
or disclosed to the public, and would materially harm the Company’s legitimate business interests if it was disclosed or used in violation of
this Agreement. The Executive also acknowledges and agrees that he is being provided and entrusted with access to the Company’s customer
and employee relationships and goodwill. The Executive further acknowledges and agrees that the Company would not provide access to the
Confidential Information, customer and employee relationships, and goodwill in the absence of the Executive’s execution of and compliance
with this Agreement. The Executive further acknowledges and agrees that the Company’s Confidential Information, customer and employee
relationships, and goodwill are valuable assets of the Company and are legitimate business interests that are properly subject to protection
through the covenants contained in this Agreement.

(iii)    Potential Unfair Competition. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that as a result of his employment with
the Company, his knowledge of and access to Confidential Information, and his relationships with the Company’s customers and employees,
the Executive would have an unfair competitive advantage if the Executive were to engage in activities in violation of this Section 8.

(iv)    No Undue Hardship. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that, in the event that his employment with the
Company  terminates,  the  Executive  possesses  marketable  skills  and  abilities  that  will  enable  him  to  find  suitable  employment  without
violating the covenants set forth in this Section 8.

(v)    Voluntary Execution. Executive acknowledges and affirms that he is executing this Agreement voluntarily, that
he  has  read  this  Agreement  carefully  and  had  a  full  and  reasonable  opportunity  to  consider  this  Agreement  (including  an  opportunity  to
consult with legal counsel), and that he has not been pressured or in any way coerced, threatened or intimidated into signing this Agreement.

(vi)    Geographic Scope of Service. Executive acknowledges and agrees that, by virtue of his senior executive status
with  the  Company  and  his  substantial  access  to  Confidential  Information,  customer  and  employee  relationships,  and  goodwill  described
above, he will engage in business on behalf of the Company throughout the entire geographic area in which the Company conducts business,
including but not limited to the Restricted Territory (as that term is defined in Section 8(b) hereof).

which definitions shall apply to both the singular and the plural forms of such terms:

(b)    Definitions. The following capitalized terms used in this Section 8 shall have the meanings assigned to them below,

(i)        “Competitive Services”  means  owning  and/or  operating  retail-based  pawn  stores,  lease  to  own  products,  or
retail  finance  products,  as  well  as  the  business  of  providing  any  other  activities,  products,  or  services  of  the  type  conducted,  authorized,
offered, or provided by the Company and comprising more than 5% of the Company's total revenues as of the Executive’s Termination Date,
or during the two (2) years immediately prior to the Executive’s Termination Date.

(ii)        “Confidential Information”  means  any  and  all  data  and  information  relating  to  the  Company,  its  activities,
business,  or  clients  that  (A)  is  or  has  been  disclosed  to  the  Executive  or  of  which  the  Executive  becomes  or  has  become  aware  as  a
consequence of his employment with the Company; (B) has value to the Company; and (C) is not generally known outside of the Company.
“Confidential  Information”  shall  include,  but  is  not  limited  to  the  following  types  of  information  regarding,  related  to,  or  concerning  the
Company: trade secrets (as defined by O.C.G.A. § 10-1-761); financial plans and data; management planning information; business plans;
operational methods; market studies; marketing plans or strategies; pricing information; product development

7

    
techniques  or  plans;  customer  lists;  customer  files,  data  and  financial  information;  details  of  customer  contracts;  current  and  anticipated
customer  requirements;  identifying  and  other  information  pertaining  to  business  referral  sources;  past,  current  and  planned  research  and
development; computer aided systems, software, strategies and programs; business acquisition plans; management organization and related
information (including, without limitation, data and other information concerning the compensation and benefits paid to officers, directors,
employees  and  management);  personnel  and  compensation  policies;  new  personnel  acquisition  plans;  and  other  similar  information.
“Confidential Information” also includes combinations of information or materials which individually may be generally known outside of the
Company, but for which the nature, method, or procedure for combining such information or materials is not generally known outside of the
Company.  In  addition  to  data  and  information  relating  to  the  Company,  “Confidential  Information”  also  includes  any  and  all  data  and
information relating to or concerning a third party that otherwise meets the definition set forth above, that was provided or made available to
the  Company  by  such  third  party,  and  that  the  Company  has  a  duty  or  obligation  to  keep  confidential.  This  definition  shall  not  limit  any
definition  of  “confidential  information”  or  any  equivalent  term  under  state  or  federal  law.  “Confidential  Information”  shall  not  include
information  that  has  become  generally  available  to  the  public  by  the  act  of  one  who  has  the  right  to  disclose  such  information  without
violating any right or privilege of the Company.

(iii)        “Material  Contact”  means  contact  between  the  Executive  and  a  customer  or  potential  customer  of  the
Company (A) with whom or which the Executive has or had dealings on behalf of the Company; (B) whose dealings with the Company are
or were coordinated or supervised by the Executive; (C) about whom the Executive obtains Confidential Information in the ordinary course
of business as a result of his employment with the Company; or (D) who receives products or services of the Company, the sale or provision
of  which  results  or  resulted  in  compensation,  commissions,  or  earnings  for  Executive  within  the  two  (2)  years  prior  to  the  Executive’s
Termination Date.

association or other entity or enterprise.

(iv)        “Person”  means  any  individual  or  any  corporation,  partnership,  joint  venture,  limited  liability  company,

trustee, director, officer, manager, employee, agent, representative or consultant.

(v)    “Principal or Representative” means a principal, owner, partner, shareholder, joint venturer, investor, member,

(vi)    “Protected Customer” means any Person to whom the Company has sold its products or services or actively
solicited  to  sell  its  products  or  services,  and  with  whom  the  Executive  has  had  Material  Contact  on  behalf  of  the  Company  during  his
employment with the Company.

(vii)        “Protected  Work”  means  any  and  all  ideas,  inventions,  formulas,  Confidential  Information,  source  codes,
object codes, techniques, processes, concepts, systems, programs, software, software integration techniques, hardware systems, schematics,
flow  charts,  computer  data  bases,  client  lists,  trademarks,  service  marks,  brand  names,  trade  names,  compilations,  documents,  data,  notes,
designs,  drawings,  technical  data  and/or  training  materials,  including  improvements  thereto  or  derivatives  therefrom,  whether  or  not
patentable,  and  whether  or  not  subject  to  copyright  or  trademark  or  trade  secret  protection,  conceived,  developed  or  produced  by  the
Executive,  or  by  others  working  with  the  Executive  or  under  his  direction,  during  the  period  of  his  employment  or  service,  or  conceived,
produced or used or intended for use by or on behalf of the Company or its customers.

(viii)        “Restricted  Period”  means  any  time  during  the  Executive’s  employment  with  the  Company,  and  if  the
Executive’s employment is terminated for any reason during the Term, the Restricted Period shall mean during the Executive’s employment
plus thirty-six (36) months following the Termination Date.

(ix)        “Restricted Territory”  means  the  U.S.  states  and  foreign  countries  in  which  the  Company  maintains  one  or
more retail pawn stores or is actively planning to open one or more stores at the time of the conduct in question (if the conduct occurs while
the  Executive  is  still  employed  by  the  Company)  or  the  Termination  Date  (if  the  conduct  occurs  after  the  Executive’s  Termination),  as
applicable.

8

8.

(x)    “Restrictive Covenants” means the restrictive covenants contained in subsections (c) through (h) of this Section

whether with or without cause, upon the initiative of either party.

(xi)        “Termination”  means  the  termination  of  the  Executive’s  employment  with  the  Company,  for  any  reason,

(xii)    “Termination Date” means the date of the Executive’s Termination.

(c)        Restriction  on  Disclosure  and  Use  of  Confidential  Information.  The  Executive  agrees  that  the  Executive  shall  not,
directly or indirectly, use any Confidential Information on the Executive’s own behalf or on behalf of any Person other than Company, or
reveal,  divulge,  or  disclose  any  Confidential  Information  to  any  Person  not  expressly  authorized  by  the  Company  to  receive  such
Confidential Information. This obligation shall remain in effect for as long as the information or materials in question retain their status as
Confidential  Information.  The  Executive  further  agrees  that  he  shall  fully  cooperate  with  the  Company  in  maintaining  the  Confidential
Information to the extent permitted by law. The parties acknowledge and agree that this Agreement is not intended to, and does not, alter
either the Company’s rights or the Executive’s obligations under any state or federal statutory or common law regarding trade secrets and
unfair trade practices. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Executive shall not be restricted from: (i) disclosing information
that is required to be disclosed by law, court order or other valid and appropriate legal process; provided, however,  that  in  the  event  such
disclosure is required by law, the Executive shall provide the Company with prompt notice of such requirement so that the Company may
seek an appropriate protective order prior to any such required disclosure by the Executive; (ii) reporting possible violations of federal, state,
or local law or regulation to any governmental agency or entity, or from making other disclosures that are protected under the whistleblower
provisions of federal, state, or local law or regulation, and Executive shall not need the prior authorization of the Company to make any such
reports or disclosures and shall not be required to notify the Company that Executive has made such reports or disclosures; (iii) disclosing a
trade secret (as defined by 18 U.S.C. § 1839) in confidence to a federal, state, or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to
an attorney, in either event solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or (iv) disclosing a trade secret
(as defined by 18 U.S.C. § 1839) in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal.

(d)    Non-Competition. The Executive agrees that during the Restricted Period, he will not, without prior written consent of
the Company, directly or indirectly (i) carry on or engage in Competitive Services within the Restricted Territory on his own or on behalf of
any  Person  or  any  Principal  or  Representative  of  any  Person,  or  (ii)  own,  manage,  operate,  join,  control  or  participate  in  the  ownership,
management,  operation  or  control,  of  any  business,  whether  in  corporate,  proprietorship  or  partnership  form  or  otherwise  where  such
business is engaged in the provision of Competitive Services within the Restricted Territory. The Executive acknowledges that the Restricted
Territory  is  reasonable.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the  Executive  may  maintain  or  undertake  purely  passive  investments  on  behalf  of
himself, his immediate family or any trust on behalf of himself or his immediate family in companies engaged in a Competitive Services so
long as the aggregate interest represented by such investments does not exceed 1% of any class of the outstanding publicly traded debt or
equity securities of any company engaged in a Competitive Services.

(e)    Non-Solicitation of Protected Customers. The Executive agrees that during the Restricted Period, he shall not, without
the prior written consent of the Company, directly or indirectly, on his own behalf or as a Principal or Representative of any Person, solicit,
divert,  take  away,  or  attempt  to  solicit,  divert,  or  take  away  a  Protected  Customer  for  the  purpose  of  engaging  in,  providing,  or  selling
Competitive Services.

(f)        Non-Recruitment  of  Employees.  The  Executive  agrees  that  during  the  Restricted  Period,  he  shall  not,  directly  or
indirectly, whether on his own behalf or as a Principal or Representative of any Person, solicit or induce or attempt to solicit or induce any
employee of the Company to terminate his employment relationship with the Company or to enter into employment with the Executive or
any other Person.

9

(g)    Proprietary Rights.

(i)    Ownership and Assignment of Protected Works. The Executive agrees that any and all Confidential Information
and Protected Works are the sole property of the Company, and that no compensation in addition to the Executive’s base salary is due to the
Executive  for  development  or  transfer  of  such  Protected  Works.  The  Executive  agrees  that  he  shall  promptly  disclose  in  writing  to  the
Company  the  existence  of  any  Protected  Works.  The  Executive  hereby  assigns  all  of  his  rights,  title  and  interest  in  any  and  all  Protected
Works,  including  all  patents  or  patent  applications,  and  all  copyrights  therein,  to  the  Company.  The Executive shall not be entitled to use
Protected Works for his own benefit or the benefit of anyone except the Company without written permission from the Company and then
only subject to the terms of such permission. The Executive further agrees that he will communicate to the Company any facts known to him
and testify in any legal proceedings, sign all lawful papers, make all rightful oaths, execute all divisionals, continuations, continuations-in-
part, foreign counterparts, or reissue applications, all assignments, all registration applications, and all other instruments or papers to carry
into full force and effect the assignment, transfer, and conveyance hereby made or to be made and generally do everything possible for title to
the Protected Works and all patents or copyrights or trademarks or service marks therein to be clearly and exclusively held by the Company.
The Executive agrees that he will not oppose or object in any way to applications for registration of Protected Works by the Company or
others designated by the Company. The Executive agrees to exercise reasonable care to avoid making Protected Works available to any third
party and shall be liable to the Company for all damages and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, if Protected Works are made
available to third parties by him without the express written consent of the Company.

Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Executive will not be obligated to assign to the Company any
Protected Work for which no equipment, supplies, facilities, or Confidential Information of the Company was used and which was developed
entirely on the Executive’s own time, unless (a) the invention relates (i) directly to the business of the Company, or (ii) to the Company’s
actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development; or (b) the invention results from any work performed by the Executive for the
Company. The Executive likewise will not be obligated to assign to the Company any Protected Work that is conceived by the Executive
after the Executive leaves the employ or service of the Company, except that the Executive is so obligated if the same relates to or is based on
Confidential Information to which the Executive had access by virtue of his employment with the Company. Similarly, the Executive will not
be obligated to assign any Protected Work to the Company that was conceived and reduced to practice prior to his employment, regardless of
whether  such  Protected  Work  relates  to  or  would  be  useful  in  the  business  of  the  Company.  The  Executive  acknowledges  and  agrees  that
there are no Protected Works conceived and reduced to practice by him prior to his employment with the Company.

now in existence to assign Protected Works to anyone other than the Company.

(ii)    No Other Duties. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that there is no other contract or duty on his part

(iii)    Works Made for Hire. The Company and the Executive acknowledge that in the course of his employment
with the Company, the Executive may from time to time create for the Company copyrightable works. Such works may consist of manuals,
pamphlets, instructional materials, computer programs, software, software integration techniques, software codes, and data, technical data,
photographs, drawings, logos, designs, artwork or other copyrightable material, or portions thereof, and may be created within or without the
Company’s facilities and before, during or after normal business hours. All such works related to or useful in the business of the Company
are specifically intended to be works made for hire by the Executive, and the Executive shall cooperate with the Company in the protection of
the Company’s copyrights in such works and, to the extent deemed desirable by the Company, the registration of such copyrights.

(h)        Return  of  Materials.  The  Executive  agrees  that  he  will  not  retain  or  destroy  (except  as  set  forth  below),  and  will
immediately return to the Company on or prior to the Termination Date, or at any other time the Company requests such return, any and all
property of the Company that is in his possession or subject to his control, including, but not limited to, keys, credit and identification cards,
personal items or equipment, customer files and information, papers, drawings, notes, manuals, specifications, designs, devices, code, email,
documents, diskettes, CDs, tapes, keys, access cards, credit

10

cards, identification cards, computers, mobile devices, other electronic media, all other files and documents relating to the Company and its
business (regardless of form, but specifically including all electronic files and data of the Company), together with all Protected Works and
Confidential  Information  belonging  to  the  Company  or  that  the  Executive  received  from  or  through  his  employment  or  service  with  the
Company. The Executive will not make, distribute, or retain copies of any such information or property. To the extent that the Executive has
electronic  files  or  information  in  his  possession  or  control  that  belong  to  the  Company,  contain  Confidential  Information,  or  constitute
Protected  Works  (specifically  including  but  not  limited  to  electronic  files  or  information  stored  on  personal  computers,  mobile  devices,
electronic media, or in cloud storage), on or prior to the Termination Date, or at any other time the Company requests, the Executive shall (A)
provide  the  Company  with  an  electronic  copy  of  all  of  such  files  or  information  (in  an  electronic  format  that  readily  accessible  by  the
Company);  (B)  after  doing  so,  delete  all  such  files  and  information,  including  all  copies  and  derivatives  thereof,  from  all  non-Company-
owned  computers,  mobile  devices,  electronic  media,  cloud  storage,  or  other  media,  devices,  or  equipment,  such  that  such  files  and
information are permanently deleted and irretrievable; and (C) provide a written certification to the Company that the required deletions have
been completed and specifying the files and information deleted and the media source from which they were deleted. The Executive agrees
that he will reimburse the Company for all of its costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, of recovering the above materials and otherwise
enforcing  compliance  with  this  provision  if  he  does  not  return  the  materials  to  the  Company  or  take  the  required  steps  with  respect  to
electronic  information  or  files  on  or  prior  to  the  Termination  Date  or  at  any  other  time  the  materials  and/or  electronic  file  actions  are
requested by the Company or if the Executive otherwise fails to comply with this provision.

(i)    Enforcement of Restrictive Covenants.

(i)    Rights and Remedies Upon Breach. The parties specifically acknowledge and agree that the remedy at law for
any breach of the Restrictive Covenants will be inadequate, and that in the event the Executive breaches, or threatens to breach, any of the
Restrictive Covenants, the Company shall have the right and remedy, without the necessity of proving actual damage or posting any bond, to
enjoin,  preliminarily  and  permanently,  the  Executive  from  violating  or  threatening  to  violate  the  Restrictive  Covenants  and  to  have  the
Restrictive Covenants specifically enforced by any court of competent jurisdiction, it being agreed that any breach or threatened breach of the
Restrictive Covenants would cause irreparable injury to the Company and that money damages would not provide an adequate remedy to the
Company. The Executive understands and agrees that if he violates any of the obligations set forth in the Restrictive Covenants, the period of
restriction applicable to each obligation violated shall cease to run during the pendency of any litigation over such violation, provided that
such litigation was initiated during the period of restriction. Such rights and remedies shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other
rights and remedies available to the Company at law or in equity. The Executive understands and agrees that, if the Parties become involved
in legal action regarding the enforcement of the Restrictive Covenants and if the Company prevails in such legal action, the Company will be
entitled, in addition to any other remedy, to recover from the Executive its reasonable costs and attorneys’ fees incurred in enforcing such
covenants. The Company’s ability to enforce its rights under the Restrictive Covenants or applicable law against the Executive shall not be
impaired in any way by the existence of a claim or cause of action on the part of the Executive based on, or arising out of, this Agreement or
any other event or transaction.

(ii)        Severability  and  Modification  of  Covenants.  The  Executive  acknowledges  and  agrees  that  each  of  the
Restrictive Covenants is reasonable and valid in time and scope and in all other respects. The parties agree that it is their intention that the
Restrictive Covenants be enforced in accordance with their terms to the maximum extent permitted by law. Each of the Restrictive Covenants
shall be considered and construed as a separate and independent covenant. Should any part or provision of any of the Restrictive Covenants
be  held  invalid,  void,  or  unenforceable,  such  invalidity,  voidness,  or  unenforceability  shall  not  render  invalid,  void,  or  unenforceable  any
other part or provision of this Agreement or such Restrictive Covenant. If any of the provisions of the Restrictive Covenants should ever be
held  by  a  court  of  competent  jurisdiction  to  exceed  the  scope  permitted  by  the  applicable  law,  such  provision  or  provisions  shall  be
automatically  modified  to  such  lesser  scope  as  such  court  may  deem  just  and  proper  for  the  reasonable  protection  of  the  Company’s
legitimate business interests and may be enforced by the Company to that extent in the manner described above and all other provisions of
this Agreement shall be valid and enforceable.

11

    
(j)    Disclosure of Agreement. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that, during Restricted Period, he will disclose the
existence and terms of this Agreement to any prospective employer, business partner, investor or lender prior to entering into an employment,
partnership or other business relationship with such prospective employer, business partner, investor or lender. The Executive further agrees
that the Company shall have the right to make any such prospective employer, business partner, investor or lender of the Executive aware of
the existence and terms of this Agreement.

9.    Agreement Not to Disparage. The Executive hereby agrees that at all times after the date hereof he will not make any statement,
whether verbally or in written form, or otherwise take any action that may reasonably be considered to disparage or impugn the Company or
any of its subsidiaries or affiliates; the management, practices, services, or reputation of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates;
or  any  of  the  Company’s  or  any  of  its  subsidiaries’  or  affiliates’  employees,  officers,  directors,  agents,  or  affiliates.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  this  Section  9  shall  not  limit  the  rights  of  the  Executive  to  provide  truthful  testimony  or  make  truthful  statements  which  are
compelled by a court of competent jurisdiction, arbitrator, regulatory agency or other tribunal or investigative body in accordance with any
applicable statute, rule or regulation.

10.    Non-exclusivity of Rights. Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or limit the Executive’s continuing or future participation in
any employee benefit plan, program, policy or practice provided by the Company or its affiliated companies and for which the Executive may
qualify, except as specifically provided herein. Amounts that are vested benefits or which the Executive is otherwise entitled to receive under
any plan, policy, practice or program of the Company or any of its affiliated companies at or subsequent to the Date of Termination shall be
payable in accordance with such plan, policy, practice or program except as explicitly modified by this Agreement.

11.    Full Settlement; No Mitigation. The Company’s obligation to make the payments provided for in this Agreement and otherwise
to perform its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other claim, right or action
which the Company may have against the Executive or others. In no event shall the Executive be obligated to seek other employment or take
any  other  action  by  way  of  mitigation  of  the  amounts  payable  to  the  Executive  under  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  Agreement  and  such
amounts shall not be reduced whether or not the Executive obtains other employment.

12.    Mandatory Reduction of Payments in Certain Events .

(a)    Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event it shall be determined that any payment or
distribution by the Company to or for the benefit of Executive (whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of
this Agreement or otherwise) (such benefits, payments or distributions are hereinafter referred to as “Payments”) would, if paid, be subject to
the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “Excise Tax”), then, prior to the making of any Payments to Executive, a calculation
shall be made comparing (i) the net after-tax benefit to Executive of the Payments after payment by Executive of the Excise Tax, to (ii) the
net after-tax benefit to Executive if the Payments had been limited to the extent necessary to avoid being subject to the Excise Tax. If the
amount  calculated  under  (i)  above  is  less  than  the  amount  calculated  under  (ii)  above,  then  the  Payments  shall  be  limited  to  the  extent
necessary to avoid being subject to the Excise Tax (the “Reduced Amount”). The  reduction  of  the  Payments  due  hereunder,  if  applicable,
shall be made by first reducing cash Payments and then, to the extent necessary, reducing those Payments having the next highest ratio of
Parachute Value to actual present value of such Payments as of the date of the Change in Control, as determined by the Determination Firm
(as defined in Section 9(b) below). For purposes of this Section 12, present value shall be determined in accordance with Section 280G(d)(4)
of the Code. For purposes of this Section 12, the “Parachute Value” of a Payment means the present value as of the date of the Change in
Control of the portion of such Payment that constitutes a “parachute payment” under Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code, as determined by the
Determination Firm for purposes of determining whether and to what extent the Excise Tax will apply to such Payment.

(b)    All determinations required to be made under this Section 12, including whether an Excise Tax would otherwise be
imposed, whether the Payments shall be reduced, the amount of the Reduced Amount, and the assumptions to be utilized in arriving at such
determinations, shall be made by a nationally recognized accounting firm or compensation consulting firm mutually acceptable to the

12

Company  and  Executive  (the  “Determination Firm”)  which  shall  provide  detailed  supporting  calculations  to  the  Company  and  Executive
within 15 business days after the receipt of notice from Executive that a Payment is due to be made, or such earlier time as is requested by the
Company. All fees and expenses of the Determination Firm shall be borne solely by the Company. Any determination by the Determination
Firm shall be binding upon the Company and Executive. As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Section 4999 of the Code at the
time of the initial determination by the Determination Firm hereunder, it is possible that Payments which Executive was entitled to, but did
not receive pursuant to Section 12(a), could have been made without the imposition of the Excise Tax (“Underpayment”), consistent with the
calculations required to be made hereunder. In such event, the Determination Firm shall determine the amount of the Underpayment that has
occurred and any such Underpayment shall be promptly paid by the Company to or for the benefit of Executive but no later than March 15 of
the  year  after  the  year  in  which  the  Underpayment  is  determined  to  exist,  which  is  when  the  legally  binding  right  to  such  Underpayment
arises.

succession, this Section 12 shall be of no further force or effect.

(c)        In  the  event  that  the  provisions  of  Code  Section  280G  and  4999  or  any  successor  provisions  are  repealed  without

13.    Arbitration. Any claim or dispute arising under or relating to this Agreement or the breach, termination, or validity of any term
of  this  Agreement  shall  be  subject  to  arbitration,  and  prior  to  commencing  any  court  action,  the  parties  agree  that  they  shall  arbitrate  all
controversies; provided, however,  that  nothing  in  this  Section  13  shall  prohibit  the  Company  from  exercising  its  right  under  Section  8  to
pursue injunctive remedies with respect to a breach or threatened breach of the Restrictive Covenants. The arbitration shall be conducted in
Tarrant  County,  Texas,  in  accordance  with  the  Employment  Dispute  Rules  of  the  American  Arbitration  Association  and  the  Federal
Arbitration  Act,  9  U.S.C.  §1,  et.  seq.  The  arbitrator(s)  shall  be  authorized  to  award  both  liquidated  and  actual  damages,  in  addition  to
injunctive relief, but no punitive damages. The arbitrator(s) may also award attorney’s fees and costs, without regard to any restriction on the
amount of such award under Texas or other applicable law. Such an award shall be binding and conclusive upon the parties hereto, subject to
9 U.S.C. §10. Each party shall have the right to have the award made the judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

14.    Successors.

(a)        This  Agreement  is  personal  to  the  Executive  and  without  the  prior  written  consent  of  the  Company  shall  not  be
assignable by the Executive otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may,
without  the  Executive’s  consent,  assign,  whether  by  assignment  agreement,  merger,  operation  of  law  or  otherwise,  this  Agreement  to  the
Company or to any successor or affiliate of the Company, subject to such assignee’s express assumption of all obligations of the Company
hereunder. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive’s legal representatives.

(b)    This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns.

(c)    The Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to
all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to assume expressly and agree to perform this Agreement in the same
manner  and  to  the  same  extent  that  the  Company  would  be  required  to  perform  it  if  no  such  succession  had  taken  place.  As  used  in  this
Agreement, “Company” shall mean the Company as hereinbefore defined and any successor to its business and/or assets as aforesaid which
assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement by operation of law, or otherwise.

15.    Cooperation. The Executive shall provide the Executive’s reasonable cooperation in connection with any action or proceeding
(or  any  appeal  from  any  action  or  proceeding)  which  relates  to  events  occurring  during  the  Executive’s  employment  hereunder.  This
provision  shall  survive  any  termination  of  this  Agreement.  The  Company  shall  reimburse  the  Executive  for  any  reasonable  out-of-pocket
expenses incurred in connection with the Executive’s performance of obligations under this Section 15 at the request of the Company. If the
Executive is entitled to be paid or reimbursed for any expenses under this Section 15, the amount reimbursable in any one calendar year shall
not affect the amount reimbursable in any other calendar year, and the reimbursement of an eligible expense must be

13

made no later than December 31 of the year after the year in which the expense was incurred. The Executive’s obligations under this Section
15, and the Executive’s rights to payment or reimbursement of expenses pursuant to this Section 15, shall expire at the end of ten (10) years
after the Date of Termination and such rights shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

16.    Code Section 409A.

(a)        General. This  Agreement  shall  be  interpreted  and  administered  in  a  manner  so  that  any  amount  or  benefit  payable
hereunder shall be paid or provided in a manner that is either exempt from or compliant with the requirements Section 409A of the Code and
applicable Internal Revenue Service guidance and Treasury Regulations issued thereunder (and any applicable transition relief under Section
409A of the Code). Nevertheless, the tax treatment of the benefits provided under the Agreement is not warranted or guaranteed. Neither the
Company nor its directors, officers, employees or advisers shall be held liable for any taxes, interest, penalties or other monetary amounts
owed by the Executive as a result of the application of Section 409A of the Code.

(b)    Definitional Restrictions. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent that any amount or
benefit  that  would  constitute  non-exempt  “deferred  compensation”  for  purposes  of  Section  409A  of  the  Code  (“Non-Exempt  Deferred
Compensation”) would otherwise be payable or distributable hereunder by reason of the Executive’s termination of employment, such Non-
Exempt  Deferred  Compensation  will  not  be  payable  or  distributable  to  the  Executive  by  reason  of  such  circumstance  unless  the
circumstances giving rise to such termination of employment meet any description or definition of “separation from service” in Section 409A
of the Code and applicable regulations (without giving effect to any elective provisions that may be available under such definition). This
provision does not prohibit the vesting of any Non-Exempt Deferred Compensation upon a termination of employment, however defined. If
this provision prevents the payment or distribution of any Non-Exempt Deferred Compensation, such payment or distribution shall be made
on the date, if any, on which an event occurs that constitutes a Section 409A-compliant “separation from service.”

(c)        Timing  of  Release  of  Claims.  Whenever  in  this  Agreement  a  payment  or  benefit  is  conditioned  on  Executive’s
execution of a release of claims, such release must be executed and all revocation periods shall have expired within sixty (60) days after the
Date of Termination; failing which such payment or benefit shall be forfeited. If such payment or benefit constitutes Non-Exempt Deferred
Compensation, then such payment or benefit (including any installment payments) that would have otherwise been payable during such 60-
day period shall be accumulated and paid on the 60  day after the Date of Termination provided such release shall have been executed and
such revocation periods shall have expired. If such payment or benefit is exempt from Section 409A of the Code, the Company may elect to
make or commence payment at any time during such period.

th

(d)    Permitted Acceleration. The Company shall have the sole authority to make any accelerated distribution permissible
under  Treas.  Reg.  Section  1.409A-3(j)(4)  to  the  Executive  of  deferred  amounts,  provided  that  such  distribution  meets  the  requirements  of
Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-3(j)(4).

17.    Miscellaneous.

(a)    Governing Law; Forum Selection; Consent to Jurisdiction. The Company and the Executive agree that this Agreement
shall be governed by and construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas without giving effect to its conflicts of
law principles. The Executive agrees that the exclusive forum for any action to enforce this Agreement, as well as any action relating to or
arising out of this Agreement, shall be the state or federal court of the State of Texas. With respect to any such court action, the Executive
hereby (a) irrevocably submits to the personal jurisdiction of such courts; (b) consents to service of process; (c) consents to venue; and (d)
waives  any  other  requirement  (whether  imposed  by  statute,  rule  of  court,  or  otherwise)  with  respect  to  personal  jurisdiction,  service  of
process, or venue. Both parties hereto further agree that such courts are convenient forums for any dispute that may arise herefrom and that
neither party shall raise as a defense that such courts are not convenient forums.

(b)    Captions. The captions of this Agreement are not part of the provisions hereof and shall have no force or effect.

14

parties hereto or their respective successors and legal representatives.

(c)    Amendments. This Agreement may not be amended or modified otherwise than-by a written agreement executed by the

other party or by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

(d)    Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given by hand delivery to the

If to the Executive:

T. Brent Stuart
Address on file with the Company

If to the Company:

FirstCash Holdings, Inc.
1600 West 7th Street
Fort Worth, Texas 76102
Attention: Secretary

or to such other address as either party shall have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith. Notice and communications shall
be effective when actually received by the addressee.

enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement.

(e)        Severability.  The  invalidity  or  unenforceability  of  any  provision  of  this  Agreement  shall  not  affect  the  validity  or

foreign taxes as shall be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

(f)    Withholding. The Company may withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement such Federal, state, local or

(g)        Waivers.  The  Executive’s  or  the  Company’s  failure  to  insist  upon  strict  compliance  with  any  provision  of  this
Agreement or the failure to assert any right the Executive or the Company may have hereunder, shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such
provision or right or any other provision or right of this Agreement.

(h)    Entire Agreement. Except as provided herein, this Agreement contains the entire agreement between the Company and
the  Executive  with  respect  to  the  subject  matter  hereof  and,  from  and  after  the  Effective  Date,  this  Agreement  shall  supersede  any  other
agreement (including the Prior Employment Agreement) between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

(i)        Construction.  The  Company  and  the  Executive  understand  and  agree  that  because  they  both  have  been  given  the
opportunity to have counsel review and revise this Agreement, the normal rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to be
resolved against the drafting party shall not be employed in the interpretation of this Agreement. Instead, the language of all parts of this
Agreement shall be construed as a whole, and according to its fair meaning, and not strictly for or against either of the parties.

(j)        Counterparts. This  Agreement  may  be  executed  in  two  or  more  counterparts,  and  it  shall  not  be  necessary  that  the
signatures of the parties hereto be contained on any one counterpart hereof. Each counterpart shall be deemed an original but all counterparts
together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Any signature page of any such counterpart, or any electronic facsimile thereof, may
be  attached  or  appended  to  any  other  counterpart  to  complete  a  fully  executed  counterpart  of  this  Agreement,  and  any  telecopy  or  other
electronic transmission of any signature shall be deemed an original and shall bind such party.

15

    
    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive has hereunto set the Executive’s hand and, pursuant to the authorization from the Board, the
Company has caused these presents to be executed in its name on its behalf, all as of the day and year first above written.

EXECUTIVE

T. Brent Stuart

FIRSTCASH HOLDINGS, INC.

By:

Rick L. Wessel
Chief Executive Officer

16

                
EXHIBIT 10.19

____________________________________________________________

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

BETWEEN

R. DOUGLAS ORR

AND

FIRSTCASH HOLDINGS, INC.

_________________________________________________________________

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

1. Employment
2. Term
3. Extent of Service
4. Compensation and Benefits
(a)    Base Salary
(b)    Incentive, Savings and Retirement Plans
(c)    Welfare Benefit Plans
(d)    Fringe Benefits
(e)    Vacation
(f)    Expenses
5. Change in Control
6. Termination of Employment

(a)    Death
(b)    Disability
(c)    Termination by the Company
(d)    Termination by Executive
(e)    Notice of Termination
(f)    Date of Termination

7. Obligations of the Company upon Termination

(a)    Termination by the Company Other Than for Cause or Disability; Termination by Executive for Good Reason
(b)    Death or Disability
(c)    Termination by the Company for Cause; Executive’s Resignation without Good Reason
(d)    Resignations
8. Restrictive Covenants

(a)    Acknowledgments
(b)    Definitions
(c)    Restrictions on Disclosure and Use of Confidential Information
(d)    Non-Competition
(e)    Non-Solicitation of Protected Customers
(f)    Non-Recruitment of Employees
(g)    Proprietary Rights
(h)    Return of Materials
(i)    Enforcement of Restrictive Covenants
(j)    Disclosure of Agreement

9. Agreement Not to Disparage
10. Non-exclusivity of Rights
11. Full Settlement; No Mitigation
12. Mandatory Reduction of Payments in Certain Events
13. Arbitration

14. Successors
15. Cooperation
16. Code Section 409A
17. Miscellaneous

(a)    Governing Law; Forum Selection; Consent to Jurisdiction
(b)    Captions
(c)    Amendments
(d)    Notices
(e)    Severability
(f)    Withholding
(g)    Waivers
(h)    Entire Agreement
(i)    Construction
(j)    Counterparts

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into this 25  day of February, 2022 (the “Effective
Date”)  by  and  between  FirstCash  Holdings,  Inc.,  a  Delaware  corporation  (the  “Company”)  and  R.  Douglas  Orr  (the  “Executive”),  to  be
effective  as  of  the  Effective  Date.  For  avoidance  of  doubt,  this  Agreement  supersedes  and  replaces  that  certain  Employment  Agreement
between the Company and the Executive dated as of August 26, 2016 (the “Prior Employment Agreement”), which previously terminated by
its terms and is of no further force or effect.

th

BACKGROUND

WHEREAS, the Company currently employs Executive as its Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer; and

WHEREAS, the Company and Executive desire to enter into this Agreement, and agree that this Agreement shall govern the terms

and conditions of Executive’s employment with the Company as of the Effective Date.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein, and other good

and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.        Employment. The  Executive  is  hereby  employed  on  the  Effective  Date  as  the  Executive  Vice  President  and  Chief  Financial
Officer of the Company. In this capacity, the Executive shall have the duties, responsibilities and authority commensurate with such position
as shall be assigned to him by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company or the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”). In his
capacity as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, the Executive will report directly to the Chief Executive
Officer of the Company.

2.    Term. Unless earlier terminated herein in accordance with Section 6 hereof, the Executive’s employment with the Company shall
be governed by the terms and conditions of this Agreement for a period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on December 31, 2024
(the  “Term”).  Commencing  on  December  31,  2024,  and  on  each  subsequent  December  31  thereafter,  the  Term  shall  automatically  be
extended for one (1) additional year unless, not later than ninety days (90) prior to any such extension date, either party hereto shall have
notified the other party hereto in writing that such extension shall not take effect.

3.        Extent  of  Service.  During  the  Term,  the  Executive  agrees  to  devote  all  of  his  professional  and  business-related  time  to  the
business and affairs of the Company and its affiliates and to use his best efforts to perform faithfully and efficiently his job responsibilities.
Nothing in this Agreement shall prohibit Executive from (i) serving on the boards of directors of trade associations or charitable/non-profit
organizations;  (ii)  engaging  in  charitable  activities  and  community  affairs;  (iii)  serving  on  the  boards  of  directors  of  other  public  and/or
private companies with the prior written approval of the Board, which shall not be unreasonably withheld (provided that, for avoidance of
doubt,  such  service  does  not  violate  any  of  the  restrictive  covenants  in  Section  8  of  this  Agreement);  or  (iv)  managing  his  personal
investments and affairs, provided that the activities described in the preceding clauses (i) through (iv) do not materially interfere with the
proper performance of his duties and responsibilities hereunder.

4.    Compensation and Benefits.

(a)    Base Salary. Effective as of January 1, 2022 and continuing during the Term, the Company will pay to the Executive
base salary at the rate of $723,060 per year (“Base Salary”), less normal withholdings, payable in approximately equal bi-weekly or other
installments  as  are  or  become  customary  under  the  Company’s  payroll  practices  for  its  employees  from  time  to  time.  The  Compensation
Committee  of  the  Board  (the  “Compensation  Committee”)  shall  review  the  Executive’s  Base  Salary  annually  and  may  increase  the
Executive’s  Base  Salary  from  year  to  year.  Such  adjusted  salary  then  shall  become  the  Executive’s  Base  Salary  for  purposes  of  this
Agreement. The annual review

of  the  Executive’s  salary  by  the  Compensation  Committee  will  consider,  among  other  things,  the  Executive’s  own  performance  and  the
Company’s performance.

(b)    Incentive, Savings and Retirement Plans. During the Term, the Executive shall be entitled to participate in all incentive,
savings  and  retirement  plans,  practices,  policies  and  programs  available  to  the  other  senior  officers  of  the  Company.  Without  limiting  the
foregoing, following shall apply:

During the Term, the Executive shall have an opportunity to receive an annual bonus under the Company’s
Annual Performance Incentive Plan, based upon the achievement of performance goals established from year to year by the Compensation
Committee (the “Annual Bonus”). Unless and until changed by the Compensation Committee, the Executive’s target for the Annual Bonus
shall be at least 125% of Base Salary (the “Target Bonus”).

(i)

During the Term, the Executive will be eligible for grants of stock-based awards under the Company’s long-
term incentive plan or plans, having terms and determined in the same manner as awards to other senior officers. Nothing herein requires the
Company to make grants of stock-based awards in any year.

(ii)

(c)        Welfare  Benefit  Plans.  The  Executive  and  his  eligible  dependents  shall  be  eligible  for  participation  in  the  welfare
benefit plans, practices, policies and programs provided by the Company, if any, to the extent available to other senior officers and subject to
eligibility  requirements  and  terms  and  conditions  of  each  such  plan;  provided,  however,  that  nothing  herein  shall  limit  the  ability  of  the
Company to amend, modify or terminate any such benefit plans, policies or programs at any time and from time to time.

officers in accordance with the plans, practices, programs and policies of the Company.

(d)    Fringe Benefits. During the Term, Executive shall be entitled to fringe benefits to the extent available to other senior

personal business days not used in any year shall be forfeited.

(e)        Vacation.  Executive  shall  be  entitled  to  four  (4)  weeks  paid  vacation  each  year  during  the  Term.  Any  vacation  or

(f)    Expenses. During the Term, the Executive shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement from the Company for all
reasonable  and  customary  expenses  incurred  by  the  Executive  in  the  course  of  performing  his  duties  and  responsibilities  under  this
Agreement, in accordance with the policies, practices and procedures of the Company with respect to travel, entertainment and other business
expenses (“Business Expenses”).

Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  (i)  the  reimbursements  for  Business  Expenses  provided  in  any  one  calendar  year  shall  not
affect the amount of such reimbursements provided in any other calendar year; (ii) the reimbursement of an eligible Business Expense shall
be made within thirty (30) days following the Executive’s submission of evidence, satisfactory to the Company, of the incurrence of such
Business  Expense,  but  in  no  event  later  than  December  31  of  the  year  following  the  year  in  which  the  expense  was  incurred;  (iii)  the
Executive’  s  rights  pursuant  to  this  Section  4(f)  shall  not  be  subject  to  liquidation  or  exchange  for  another  benefit;  and  (iv)  the
reimbursements for Business Expenses shall be provided in accordance with the policies, practices and procedures of the Company.

5.        Change  in  Control. For  purposes  of  this  Agreement,  “Change  in  Control”  shall  mean  the  consummation  of  a  reorganization,
merger,  consolidation,  statutory  share  exchange  or  similar  form  of  corporate  transaction  involving  the  Company  or  a  subsidiary  of  the
Company (a “Reorganization”), or the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (a “Sale”) or the acquisition
of  assets  or  stock  of  another  corporation  or  other  entity  (an  “Acquisition”),  unless  immediately  following  such  Reorganization,  Sale  or
Acquisition:  (A)  all  or  substantially  all  of  the  individuals  and  entities  who  were  the  beneficial  owners  (as  defined  in  Rule  13d-3  of  the
General  Rules  and  Regulations  under  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934  Act,  as  amended  (“Beneficial Owners”)),  respectively,  of  the
outstanding Company Stock and the Company’s then outstanding securities eligible to vote for the election of directors (“Company Voting
Securities”)  immediately  prior  to  such  Reorganization,  Sale  or  Acquisition  beneficially  own,  directly  or  indirectly,  more  than  50%  of,
respectively, the then outstanding

2

shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of
directors,  as  the  case  may  be,  of  the  entity  resulting  from  or  surviving  such  Reorganization,  Sale  or  Acquisition  (including,  without
limitation, an entity which as a result of such transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or stock either
directly or through one or more subsidiaries, the “Surviving Entity”) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately
prior to such Reorganization, Sale or Acquisition, of the outstanding Company Stock and the outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the
case may be, and (B) no person (other than (x) the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, (y) the Surviving Entity or its ultimate parent
entity, or (z) any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by any of the foregoing) is the Beneficial Owner, directly
or indirectly, of 50% or more of the total common stock or 50% or more of the total voting power of the outstanding voting securities eligible
to elect directors of the Surviving Entity. A Change in Control shall not include a public offering of any class or series of the Company’s
equity securities pursuant to a registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1933, as amended.

6.    Termination of Employment.

(a)    Death. The Executive’s employment shall terminate automatically upon the Executive’s death during the Term.

(b)    Disability. If the Company determines in good faith that the Executive has become Disabled (as defined below) during
the  Term,  then  it  may  give  to  the  Executive  written  notice  of  its  intention  to  terminate  the  Executive’s  employment.  In  such  event,  the
Executive’s  employment  with  the  Company  shall  terminate  effective  on  the  thirtieth  (30 )  day  after  receipt  of  such  written  notice  by  the
Executive (the “Disability Effective Date”), provided that, within the thirty (30) days after such receipt, the Executive shall not have returned
to full-time performance of the Executive’s duties. For purposes of this Agreement, “Disability” shall mean the inability of the Executive, as
reasonably  determined  by  the  Company,  to  perform  the  essential  functions  of  his  regular  duties  and  responsibilities,  with  or  without
reasonable accommodation, due to a medically determinable physical or mental illness which has lasted (or can reasonably be expected to
last) for a period of six (6) consecutive months. At the request of the Executive or his personal representative, the Company’s determination
that  the  Disability  of  Executive  has  occurred  shall  be  certified  by  a  physician  mutually  agreed  upon  by  the  Executive,  or  his  personal
representative, and the Company.

th

(c)        Termination  by  the  Company.  The  Company  may  terminate  the  Executive’s  employment  during  the  Term  with  or
without Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, a termination shall be considered to be for “Cause” if it occurs in conjunction with a good
faith determination by the Board that any of the following have occurred:

(i)    the Executive’s material or habitual failure to meet performance standards agreed to upon by the Executive and
the  Board,  or  to  follow  the  reasonable  and  lawful  directions  of  the  Board,  or  perform  his  duties  with  the  Company  (other  than  any  such
failure resulting from the Executive’s Disability) which failure is not cured within ten (10) days after a written demand for performance is
delivered to the Executive by the Company which specifically identifies the manner in which the Company believes that the Executive has
materially or habitually failed to perform the Executive’s duties;

(ii)    the Executive’s engaging in any illegal conduct, gross misconduct or gross negligence in connection with the
performance of his duties hereunder, which is, or is likely to be, injurious to the Company, its financial condition, or its reputation, with the
understanding that, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any circumstances with respect to the Executive that, in the discretion of
the Board or the FDIC, are deemed to be violation of Section 19 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. § 1829(a)) shall constitute
illegal  conduct  in  connection  with  the  performance  of  his  duties  hereunder  that  is  injurious  to  the  Company,  its  financial  condition,  or  its
reputation;

embezzlement, whether or not such act was committed in connection with the business of the Company;

(iii)        the  Executive’s  commission  of  or  engagement  in  any  act  of  fraud,  misappropriation,  dishonesty  or

3

Agreement, or material breach of any other provisions of this Agreement;

(iv)        the  Executive’s  breach  of  fiduciary  duty,  breach  of  any  of  the  covenants  set  forth  in  Section  8  or  9  of  this

(v)        the  Executive’s  conviction  of,  pleading  guilty  to,  or  confession  to  a  felony  or  any  crime  involving  moral
turpitude (including pleading guilty or nolo contendere to a felony or lesser charge which results from plea bargaining), whether or not such
felony, crime or lesser offense is connected with the business of the Company;

(vi)        the  Executive’s  indictment  or  conviction  of,  pleading  guilty  to,  or  confession  to  a  felony  or  any  crime
(including pleading guilty or nolo contendere to a felony or lesser charge which results from plea bargaining), which felony, crime or lesser
offense is connected with the business of the Company; or

(vii)    the Executive’s violation of the Company’s policy against harassment or its equal employment opportunity
policy or a material violation of any other policy or procedure of the Company (including, but not limited to, the Company’s code of business
conduct).

(d)    Termination by the Executive. The Executive’s employment may be terminated by the Executive for any reason or for
Good Reason by providing thirty (30) days prior written notice to the Company. For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean
the occurrence of any of the following, without the Executive’s consent:

(i)    a material diminution in the Executive’s Base Salary or Annual Bonus opportunity;

(ii)    a material diminution in the Executive’s authority, duties, or responsibilities;

(iii)    the relocation of the Executive’s principal office to a facility or location more than fifty (50) miles away from
the Executive’s principal place of work immediately prior to the relocation; provided, however, that Good Reason shall not include (A) any
relocation  of  the  Executive’s  principal  office  which  is  proposed  or  initiated  by  the  Executive;  or  (B)  any  relocation  that  results  in  the
Executive’s principal place office being closer to the Executive’s then-principal residence;

(iv)    any material breach by the Company of this Agreement;

The  Executive’s  termination  for  Good  Reason  must  occur  within  a  period  of  ninety  (90)  days  after  the  occurrence  of  an  event  of  Good
Reason. A termination by the Executive shall not constitute termination for Good Reason unless the Executive shall first have delivered to
the Company written notice setting forth with specificity the occurrence deemed to give rise to a right to terminate for Good Reason (which
notice must be given no later than thirty (30) days after the initial occurrence of such event), and there shall have passed a reasonable time
(not  less  than  thirty  (30)  days)  within  which  the  Company  may  take  action  to  correct,  rescind  or  otherwise  substantially  reverse  the
occurrence supporting termination for Good Reason as identified by the Executive. Good Reason shall not include the Executive’s death or
Disability. The parties intend, believe and take the position that a resignation by the Executive for Good Reason as defined above effectively
constitutes an involuntary separation from service within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1(n)(2).

(e)        Notice  of  Termination.  Any  termination  by  the  Company  or  the  Executive  shall  be  communicated  by  Notice  of
Termination to the other party hereto given in accordance with Section 17(d) of this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of
Termination” means a written notice which (i) indicates the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, (ii) to the extent
applicable,  sets  forth  in  reasonable  detail  the  facts  and  circumstances  claimed  to  provide  a  basis  for  termination  of  the  Executive’s
employment under the provision so indicated, and (iii) if the Date of Termination (as defined below) is other than the date of receipt of such
notice,  specifies  the  termination  date.  The  failure  by  the  Executive  or  the  Company  to  set  forth  in  the  Notice  of  Termination  any  fact  or
circumstance  which  contributes  to  a  showing  of  Good  Reason  or  Cause  shall  not  waive  any  right  of  the  Executive  or  the  Company,
respectively, hereunder or preclude the Executive or the Company,

4

respectively, from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing the Executive’s or the Company’s rights hereunder.

(f)    Date of Termination. “Date of Termination” means (i) if the Executive’s employment is terminated other than by reason
of death or Disability, the date of receipt of the Notice of Termination or, subject to any cure period, any later date specified therein within
sixty (60) days after receipt of the Notice of Termination, as the case may be, or (ii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of
death or Disability, the Date of Termination shall be the date of death of the Executive or the Disability Effective Date, as the case may be.

7.    Obligations of the Company upon Termination.

(a)        Termination  by  the  Company  Other  Than  for  Cause  or  Disability;  Termination  by  Executive  for  Good  Reason.  If,
during the Term, (A) the Company shall terminate the Executive’s employment other than for Cause or Disability, or (B) the Executive shall
terminate employment for Good Reason, then, and with respect to the payments and benefits described in clauses (ii) and (iii) below, only if
within  sixty  (60)  days  after  the  Date  of  Termination  the  Executive  shall  have  executed  a  separation  agreement  containing  a  full  general
release of claims and covenant not to sue in a form satisfactory to the Company (the “Release”) and such Release shall not have been revoked
within the time period specified therein:

(i)        the  Company  shall  pay  to  the  Executive  in  a  lump  sum  in  cash  within  sixty  (60)  days  after  the  Date  of
Termination,  the  exact  payment  date  to  be  determined  by  the  Company,  the  sum  of  (1)  the  Executive’s  Base  Salary  through  the  Date  of
Termination to the extent not theretofore paid, and (2) any accrued vacation pay to the extent not theretofore paid (the sum of the amounts
described in clauses (1) and (2) shall be hereinafter referred to as the “Accrued Obligations”); and

(ii)        the  Company  shall  pay  to  the  Executive  in  a  lump  sum  in  cash  within  sixty  (60)  days  after  the  Date  of
Termination, the exact payment date to be determined by the Company, a severance payment equal to 50% (or 200%, if such termination
occurs within twelve (12) months following a Change in Control) of the sum of (1) the Executive’s Base Salary in effect as of the Date of
Termination, and (2) the average of the Annual Bonuses earned by Executive for each of the three fiscal years immediately preceding the
year in which the Date of Termination occurs (the “Three-Year Average Annual Bonus”); and

(iii)

if such termination occurs within twelve (12) months following a Change in Control, the Company shall pay
to the Executive in a lump sum in cash within sixty (60) days after the Date of Termination, the exact payment date to be determined by the
Company, a pro rata Annual Bonus equal to the product of (x) the Target Bonus for the year in which the termination occurs (or, in the sole
discretion of the Compensation Committee, a larger amount not to exceed the maximum payout opportunity for the Annual Bonus for the
year in which the termination occurs), and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in the calendar year through the Date
of Termination, and the denominator of which is 365 (if such termination does not occur within twelve (12) months following a Change in
Control, any pro rata Annual Bonus will be payable at the discretion of the Compensation Committee); and

(iv)

if such termination occurs within twelve (12) months following a Change in Control, (A) all stock options,
restricted  stock,  restricted  stock  units  and  other  time-vesting  equity  awards  held  by  the  Executive  as  of  the  Termination  Date  shall
immediately  become  fully  vested  and  exercisable,  and  all  time-based  vesting  restrictions  on  outstanding  awards  shall  lapse,  and  (B)  all
performance-based  equity  awards  shall  be  deemed  to  have  been  fully  earned  as  of  the  Date  of  Termination  based  upon  an  assumed
achievement of all relevant performance goals at “target” levels (or, in the sole discretion of the Compensation Committee, based upon actual
or deemed achievement of all relevant performance goals above “target” levels, up to the maximum possible achievement levels), and there
shall be a full (non-prorated) payout to the Executive within sixty (60) days following the Date of Termination, unless a later date is required
by  Section  16  hereof  (if  such  termination  does  not  occur  within  twelve  (12)  months  following  a  Change  in  Control,  then  the  outstanding
equity awards held by the Executive as of the Date of Termination shall be governed by the plans under which they were granted and the
agreements evidencing such awards); and

5

        
(v)    if the Executive elects to continue participation in any group medical, dental, vision and/or prescription drug
plan  benefits  to  which  the  Executive  and/or  the  Executive’s  eligible  dependents  would  be  entitled  under  Section  4980B  of  the  Code
(COBRA),  then  during  the  period  that  the  Executive  is  entitled  to  such  coverage  under  COBRA  (the  “Welfare  Benefits  Continuation
Period”), the Company shall pay the excess of (1) the COBRA cost of such coverage over (2) the amount that the Executive would have had
to pay for such coverage if he had remained employed during the Welfare Benefits Continuation Period and paid the active employee rate for
such coverage (the “COBRA Subsidy”); provided, however, that (A) that if the Executive becomes eligible to receive group health benefits
under a program of a subsequent employer or otherwise (including coverage available to the Executive’s spouse), the Company’s obligation
to pay any portion of the cost of health coverage as described herein shall cease, except as otherwise provided by law; and (B) the Welfare
Benefits  Continuation  Period  shall  run  concurrently  with  any  period  for  which  the  Executive  is  eligible  to  elect  health  coverage  under
COBRA; provided, however, that if such termination occurs within twelve (12) months following a Change in Control, then, in lieu of the
COBRA  Subsidy  described  above,  Company  shall  pay  to  the  Executive  in  a  lump  sum  in  cash  within  sixty  (60)  days  after  the  Date  of
Termination, the exact payment date to be determined by the Company, an amount equal to the full monthly COBRA cost of the coverage
multiplied by twenty-four (24); and

(vi)    to the extent not theretofore paid or provided, the Company shall timely pay or provide to the Executive any
other amounts or benefits required to be paid or provided or which the Executive is eligible to receive under any plan, program, policy or
practice or contract or agreement of the Company and its affiliated companies (such other amounts and benefits shall be hereinafter referred
to as the “Other Benefits”).

For the avoidance of doubt, the parties acknowledge that, in the event that the Executive terminates his employment for Good Reason as a
result of a decrease in his Base Salary as contemplated in Section 6(d)(i) hereof, then the Base Salary used for purposes of the calculation of
the  Accrued  Obligations  and  severance  payment  under  subsection  (ii)  above,  shall  be  the  Base  Salary  in  effect  immediately  prior  to  such
reduction.

(b)    Death or Disability. If the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of the Executive’s death or Disability during
the  Term,  this  Agreement  shall  terminate  without  further  obligations  to  the  Executive  or  the  Executive’s  legal  representatives  under  this
Agreement, other than for payment of Accrued Obligations and the timely payment or provision of Other Benefits. Accrued Obligations shall
be paid by the Company to the Executive or the Executive’s estate or beneficiary, as applicable, in a lump sum in cash within thirty (30) days
after  the  Date  of  Termination.  With  respect  to  the  provision  of  Other  Benefits,  the  term  Other  Benefits  as  used  in  this  Section  7(b)  shall
include without limitation, and the Executive or the Executive’s estate and/or beneficiaries shall be entitled to receive, benefits under such
plans,  programs,  practices  and  policies  relating  to  death  or  disability  benefits,  if  any,  as  are  applicable  to  the  Executive  on  the  Date  of
Termination.

(c)        Termination  by  the  Company  for  Cause;  Executive’s  Resignation  without  Good  Reason.  If,  during  the  Term,  the
Company shall terminate Executive’s employment for Cause or the Executive shall resign for any reason other than for Good Reason, this
Agreement  shall  terminate  without  further  obligations  to  the  Executive,  other  than  for  payment  of  Accrued  Obligations  and  the  timely
payment or provision of Other Benefits. Accrued Obligations shall be paid by the Company to the Executive in a lump sum in cash within
thirty (30) days after the Date of Termination.

resignation as an officer of the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates.

(d)    Resignations. Termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason whatsoever shall constitute the Executive’s

8.    Restrictive Covenants.

(a)    Acknowledgments.

received good and valuable consideration for entering into this

(i)        Condition  of  Employment  and  Other  Consideration.  The  Executive  acknowledges  and  agrees  that  he  has

6

Agreement and further acknowledges that the Company would not continue to employ the Executive in the absence of his execution of and
compliance with this Section 8.

(ii)    Access to Confidential Information, Relationships, and Goodwill. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that
he  is  being  provided  and  entrusted  with  Confidential  Information  (as  that  term  is  defined  in  Section  8(b)  hereof),  including  highly
confidential customer information that is subject to extensive measures to maintain its secrecy within the Company, is not known in the trade
or disclosed to the public, and would materially harm the Company’s legitimate business interests if it was disclosed or used in violation of
this Agreement. The Executive also acknowledges and agrees that he is being provided and entrusted with access to the Company’s customer
and employee relationships and goodwill. The Executive further acknowledges and agrees that the Company would not provide access to the
Confidential Information, customer and employee relationships, and goodwill in the absence of the Executive’s execution of and compliance
with this Agreement. The Executive further acknowledges and agrees that the Company’s Confidential Information, customer and employee
relationships, and goodwill are valuable assets of the Company and are legitimate business interests that are properly subject to protection
through the covenants contained in this Agreement.

(iii)    Potential Unfair Competition. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that as a result of his employment with
the Company, his knowledge of and access to Confidential Information, and his relationships with the Company’s customers and employees,
the Executive would have an unfair competitive advantage if the Executive were to engage in activities in violation of this Section 8.

(iv)    No Undue Hardship. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that, in the event that his employment with the
Company  terminates,  the  Executive  possesses  marketable  skills  and  abilities  that  will  enable  him  to  find  suitable  employment  without
violating the covenants set forth in this Section 8.

(v)    Voluntary Execution. Executive acknowledges and affirms that he is executing this Agreement voluntarily, that
he  has  read  this  Agreement  carefully  and  had  a  full  and  reasonable  opportunity  to  consider  this  Agreement  (including  an  opportunity  to
consult with legal counsel), and that he has not been pressured or in any way coerced, threatened or intimidated into signing this Agreement.

(vi)    Geographic Scope of Service. Executive acknowledges and agrees that, by virtue of his senior executive status
with  the  Company  and  his  substantial  access  to  Confidential  Information,  customer  and  employee  relationships,  and  goodwill  described
above, he will engage in business on behalf of the Company throughout the entire geographic area in which the Company conducts business,
including but not limited to the Restricted Territory (as that term is defined in Section 8(b) hereof).

which definitions shall apply to both the singular and the plural forms of such terms:

(b)    Definitions. The following capitalized terms used in this Section 8 shall have the meanings assigned to them below,

(i)        “Competitive Services”  means  owning  and/or  operating  retail-based  pawn  stores,  lease  to  own  products,  or
retail  finance  products,  as  well  as  the  business  of  providing  any  other  activities,  products,  or  services  of  the  type  conducted,  authorized,
offered, or provided by the Company and comprising more than 5% of the Company's total revenues as of the Executive’s Termination Date,
or during the two (2) years immediately prior to the Executive’s Termination Date.

(ii)        “Confidential Information”  means  any  and  all  data  and  information  relating  to  the  Company,  its  activities,
business,  or  clients  that  (A)  is  or  has  been  disclosed  to  the  Executive  or  of  which  the  Executive  becomes  or  has  become  aware  as  a
consequence of his employment with the Company; (B) has value to the Company; and (C) is not generally known outside of the Company.
“Confidential  Information”  shall  include,  but  is  not  limited  to  the  following  types  of  information  regarding,  related  to,  or  concerning  the
Company: trade secrets (as defined by O.C.G.A. § 10-1-761); financial plans and data; management planning information; business plans;
operational methods; market studies; marketing plans or strategies; pricing information; product development

7

    
techniques  or  plans;  customer  lists;  customer  files,  data  and  financial  information;  details  of  customer  contracts;  current  and  anticipated
customer  requirements;  identifying  and  other  information  pertaining  to  business  referral  sources;  past,  current  and  planned  research  and
development; computer aided systems, software, strategies and programs; business acquisition plans; management organization and related
information (including, without limitation, data and other information concerning the compensation and benefits paid to officers, directors,
employees  and  management);  personnel  and  compensation  policies;  new  personnel  acquisition  plans;  and  other  similar  information.
“Confidential Information” also includes combinations of information or materials which individually may be generally known outside of the
Company, but for which the nature, method, or procedure for combining such information or materials is not generally known outside of the
Company.  In  addition  to  data  and  information  relating  to  the  Company,  “Confidential  Information”  also  includes  any  and  all  data  and
information relating to or concerning a third party that otherwise meets the definition set forth above, that was provided or made available to
the  Company  by  such  third  party,  and  that  the  Company  has  a  duty  or  obligation  to  keep  confidential.  This  definition  shall  not  limit  any
definition  of  “confidential  information”  or  any  equivalent  term  under  state  or  federal  law.  “Confidential  Information”  shall  not  include
information  that  has  become  generally  available  to  the  public  by  the  act  of  one  who  has  the  right  to  disclose  such  information  without
violating any right or privilege of the Company.

(iii)        “Material  Contact”  means  contact  between  the  Executive  and  a  customer  or  potential  customer  of  the
Company (A) with whom or which the Executive has or had dealings on behalf of the Company; (B) whose dealings with the Company are
or were coordinated or supervised by the Executive; (C) about whom the Executive obtains Confidential Information in the ordinary course
of business as a result of his employment with the Company; or (D) who receives products or services of the Company, the sale or provision
of  which  results  or  resulted  in  compensation,  commissions,  or  earnings  for  Executive  within  the  two  (2)  years  prior  to  the  Executive’s
Termination Date.

association or other entity or enterprise.

(iv)        “Person”  means  any  individual  or  any  corporation,  partnership,  joint  venture,  limited  liability  company,

trustee, director, officer, manager, employee, agent, representative or consultant.

(v)    “Principal or Representative” means a principal, owner, partner, shareholder, joint venturer, investor, member,

(vi)    “Protected Customer” means any Person to whom the Company has sold its products or services or actively
solicited  to  sell  its  products  or  services,  and  with  whom  the  Executive  has  had  Material  Contact  on  behalf  of  the  Company  during  his
employment with the Company.

(vii)        “Protected  Work”  means  any  and  all  ideas,  inventions,  formulas,  Confidential  Information,  source  codes,
object codes, techniques, processes, concepts, systems, programs, software, software integration techniques, hardware systems, schematics,
flow  charts,  computer  data  bases,  client  lists,  trademarks,  service  marks,  brand  names,  trade  names,  compilations,  documents,  data,  notes,
designs,  drawings,  technical  data  and/or  training  materials,  including  improvements  thereto  or  derivatives  therefrom,  whether  or  not
patentable,  and  whether  or  not  subject  to  copyright  or  trademark  or  trade  secret  protection,  conceived,  developed  or  produced  by  the
Executive,  or  by  others  working  with  the  Executive  or  under  his  direction,  during  the  period  of  his  employment  or  service,  or  conceived,
produced or used or intended for use by or on behalf of the Company or its customers.

(viii)        “Restricted  Period”  means  any  time  during  the  Executive’s  employment  with  the  Company,  and  if  the
Executive’s employment is terminated for any reason during the Term, the Restricted Period shall mean during the Executive’s employment
plus thirty-six (36) months following the Termination Date.

(ix)        “Restricted Territory”  means  the  U.S.  states  and  foreign  countries  in  which  the  Company  maintains  one  or
more retail pawn stores or is actively planning to open one or more stores at the time of the conduct in question (if the conduct occurs while
the  Executive  is  still  employed  by  the  Company)  or  the  Termination  Date  (if  the  conduct  occurs  after  the  Executive’s  Termination),  as
applicable.

8

8.

(x)    “Restrictive Covenants” means the restrictive covenants contained in subsections (c) through (h) of this Section

whether with or without cause, upon the initiative of either party.

(xi)        “Termination”  means  the  termination  of  the  Executive’s  employment  with  the  Company,  for  any  reason,

(xii)    “Termination Date” means the date of the Executive’s Termination.

(c)        Restriction  on  Disclosure  and  Use  of  Confidential  Information.  The  Executive  agrees  that  the  Executive  shall  not,
directly or indirectly, use any Confidential Information on the Executive’s own behalf or on behalf of any Person other than Company, or
reveal,  divulge,  or  disclose  any  Confidential  Information  to  any  Person  not  expressly  authorized  by  the  Company  to  receive  such
Confidential Information. This obligation shall remain in effect for as long as the information or materials in question retain their status as
Confidential  Information.  The  Executive  further  agrees  that  he  shall  fully  cooperate  with  the  Company  in  maintaining  the  Confidential
Information to the extent permitted by law. The parties acknowledge and agree that this Agreement is not intended to, and does not, alter
either the Company’s rights or the Executive’s obligations under any state or federal statutory or common law regarding trade secrets and
unfair trade practices. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Executive shall not be restricted from: (i) disclosing information
that is required to be disclosed by law, court order or other valid and appropriate legal process; provided, however,  that  in  the  event  such
disclosure is required by law, the Executive shall provide the Company with prompt notice of such requirement so that the Company may
seek an appropriate protective order prior to any such required disclosure by the Executive; (ii) reporting possible violations of federal, state,
or local law or regulation to any governmental agency or entity, or from making other disclosures that are protected under the whistleblower
provisions of federal, state, or local law or regulation, and Executive shall not need the prior authorization of the Company to make any such
reports or disclosures and shall not be required to notify the Company that Executive has made such reports or disclosures; (iii) disclosing a
trade secret (as defined by 18 U.S.C. § 1839) in confidence to a federal, state, or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to
an attorney, in either event solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or (iv) disclosing a trade secret
(as defined by 18 U.S.C. § 1839) in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal.

(d)    Non-Competition. The Executive agrees that during the Restricted Period, he will not, without prior written consent of
the Company, directly or indirectly (i) carry on or engage in Competitive Services within the Restricted Territory on his own or on behalf of
any  Person  or  any  Principal  or  Representative  of  any  Person,  or  (ii)  own,  manage,  operate,  join,  control  or  participate  in  the  ownership,
management,  operation  or  control,  of  any  business,  whether  in  corporate,  proprietorship  or  partnership  form  or  otherwise  where  such
business is engaged in the provision of Competitive Services within the Restricted Territory. The Executive acknowledges that the Restricted
Territory  is  reasonable.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the  Executive  may  maintain  or  undertake  purely  passive  investments  on  behalf  of
himself, his immediate family or any trust on behalf of himself or his immediate family in companies engaged in a Competitive Services so
long as the aggregate interest represented by such investments does not exceed 1% of any class of the outstanding publicly traded debt or
equity securities of any company engaged in a Competitive Services.

(e)    Non-Solicitation of Protected Customers. The Executive agrees that during the Restricted Period, he shall not, without
the prior written consent of the Company, directly or indirectly, on his own behalf or as a Principal or Representative of any Person, solicit,
divert,  take  away,  or  attempt  to  solicit,  divert,  or  take  away  a  Protected  Customer  for  the  purpose  of  engaging  in,  providing,  or  selling
Competitive Services.

(f)        Non-Recruitment  of  Employees.  The  Executive  agrees  that  during  the  Restricted  Period,  he  shall  not,  directly  or
indirectly, whether on his own behalf or as a Principal or Representative of any Person, solicit or induce or attempt to solicit or induce any
employee of the Company to terminate his employment relationship with the Company or to enter into employment with the Executive or
any other Person.

9

(g)    Proprietary Rights.

(i)    Ownership and Assignment of Protected Works. The Executive agrees that any and all Confidential Information
and Protected Works are the sole property of the Company, and that no compensation in addition to the Executive’s base salary is due to the
Executive  for  development  or  transfer  of  such  Protected  Works.  The  Executive  agrees  that  he  shall  promptly  disclose  in  writing  to  the
Company  the  existence  of  any  Protected  Works.  The  Executive  hereby  assigns  all  of  his  rights,  title  and  interest  in  any  and  all  Protected
Works,  including  all  patents  or  patent  applications,  and  all  copyrights  therein,  to  the  Company.  The Executive shall not be entitled to use
Protected Works for his own benefit or the benefit of anyone except the Company without written permission from the Company and then
only subject to the terms of such permission. The Executive further agrees that he will communicate to the Company any facts known to him
and testify in any legal proceedings, sign all lawful papers, make all rightful oaths, execute all divisionals, continuations, continuations-in-
part, foreign counterparts, or reissue applications, all assignments, all registration applications, and all other instruments or papers to carry
into full force and effect the assignment, transfer, and conveyance hereby made or to be made and generally do everything possible for title to
the Protected Works and all patents or copyrights or trademarks or service marks therein to be clearly and exclusively held by the Company.
The Executive agrees that he will not oppose or object in any way to applications for registration of Protected Works by the Company or
others designated by the Company. The Executive agrees to exercise reasonable care to avoid making Protected Works available to any third
party and shall be liable to the Company for all damages and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, if Protected Works are made
available to third parties by him without the express written consent of the Company.

Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Executive will not be obligated to assign to the Company any
Protected Work for which no equipment, supplies, facilities, or Confidential Information of the Company was used and which was developed
entirely on the Executive’s own time, unless (a) the invention relates (i) directly to the business of the Company, or (ii) to the Company’s
actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development; or (b) the invention results from any work performed by the Executive for the
Company. The Executive likewise will not be obligated to assign to the Company any Protected Work that is conceived by the Executive
after the Executive leaves the employ or service of the Company, except that the Executive is so obligated if the same relates to or is based on
Confidential Information to which the Executive had access by virtue of his employment with the Company. Similarly, the Executive will not
be obligated to assign any Protected Work to the Company that was conceived and reduced to practice prior to his employment, regardless of
whether  such  Protected  Work  relates  to  or  would  be  useful  in  the  business  of  the  Company.  The  Executive  acknowledges  and  agrees  that
there are no Protected Works conceived and reduced to practice by him prior to his employment with the Company.

now in existence to assign Protected Works to anyone other than the Company.

(ii)    No Other Duties. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that there is no other contract or duty on his part

(iii)    Works Made for Hire. The Company and the Executive acknowledge that in the course of his employment
with the Company, the Executive may from time to time create for the Company copyrightable works. Such works may consist of manuals,
pamphlets, instructional materials, computer programs, software, software integration techniques, software codes, and data, technical data,
photographs, drawings, logos, designs, artwork or other copyrightable material, or portions thereof, and may be created within or without the
Company’s facilities and before, during or after normal business hours. All such works related to or useful in the business of the Company
are specifically intended to be works made for hire by the Executive, and the Executive shall cooperate with the Company in the protection of
the Company’s copyrights in such works and, to the extent deemed desirable by the Company, the registration of such copyrights.

(h)        Return  of  Materials.  The  Executive  agrees  that  he  will  not  retain  or  destroy  (except  as  set  forth  below),  and  will
immediately return to the Company on or prior to the Termination Date, or at any other time the Company requests such return, any and all
property of the Company that is in his possession or subject to his control, including, but not limited to, keys, credit and identification cards,
personal items or equipment, customer files and information, papers, drawings, notes, manuals, specifications, designs, devices, code, email,
documents, diskettes, CDs, tapes, keys, access cards, credit

10

cards, identification cards, computers, mobile devices, other electronic media, all other files and documents relating to the Company and its
business (regardless of form, but specifically including all electronic files and data of the Company), together with all Protected Works and
Confidential  Information  belonging  to  the  Company  or  that  the  Executive  received  from  or  through  his  employment  or  service  with  the
Company. The Executive will not make, distribute, or retain copies of any such information or property. To the extent that the Executive has
electronic  files  or  information  in  his  possession  or  control  that  belong  to  the  Company,  contain  Confidential  Information,  or  constitute
Protected  Works  (specifically  including  but  not  limited  to  electronic  files  or  information  stored  on  personal  computers,  mobile  devices,
electronic media, or in cloud storage), on or prior to the Termination Date, or at any other time the Company requests, the Executive shall (A)
provide  the  Company  with  an  electronic  copy  of  all  of  such  files  or  information  (in  an  electronic  format  that  readily  accessible  by  the
Company);  (B)  after  doing  so,  delete  all  such  files  and  information,  including  all  copies  and  derivatives  thereof,  from  all  non-Company-
owned  computers,  mobile  devices,  electronic  media,  cloud  storage,  or  other  media,  devices,  or  equipment,  such  that  such  files  and
information are permanently deleted and irretrievable; and (C) provide a written certification to the Company that the required deletions have
been completed and specifying the files and information deleted and the media source from which they were deleted. The Executive agrees
that he will reimburse the Company for all of its costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, of recovering the above materials and otherwise
enforcing  compliance  with  this  provision  if  he  does  not  return  the  materials  to  the  Company  or  take  the  required  steps  with  respect  to
electronic  information  or  files  on  or  prior  to  the  Termination  Date  or  at  any  other  time  the  materials  and/or  electronic  file  actions  are
requested by the Company or if the Executive otherwise fails to comply with this provision.

(i)    Enforcement of Restrictive Covenants.

(i)    Rights and Remedies Upon Breach. The parties specifically acknowledge and agree that the remedy at law for
any breach of the Restrictive Covenants will be inadequate, and that in the event the Executive breaches, or threatens to breach, any of the
Restrictive Covenants, the Company shall have the right and remedy, without the necessity of proving actual damage or posting any bond, to
enjoin,  preliminarily  and  permanently,  the  Executive  from  violating  or  threatening  to  violate  the  Restrictive  Covenants  and  to  have  the
Restrictive Covenants specifically enforced by any court of competent jurisdiction, it being agreed that any breach or threatened breach of the
Restrictive Covenants would cause irreparable injury to the Company and that money damages would not provide an adequate remedy to the
Company. The Executive understands and agrees that if he violates any of the obligations set forth in the Restrictive Covenants, the period of
restriction applicable to each obligation violated shall cease to run during the pendency of any litigation over such violation, provided that
such litigation was initiated during the period of restriction. Such rights and remedies shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other
rights and remedies available to the Company at law or in equity. The Executive understands and agrees that, if the Parties become involved
in legal action regarding the enforcement of the Restrictive Covenants and if the Company prevails in such legal action, the Company will be
entitled, in addition to any other remedy, to recover from the Executive its reasonable costs and attorneys’ fees incurred in enforcing such
covenants. The Company’s ability to enforce its rights under the Restrictive Covenants or applicable law against the Executive shall not be
impaired in any way by the existence of a claim or cause of action on the part of the Executive based on, or arising out of, this Agreement or
any other event or transaction.

(ii)        Severability  and  Modification  of  Covenants.  The  Executive  acknowledges  and  agrees  that  each  of  the
Restrictive Covenants is reasonable and valid in time and scope and in all other respects. The parties agree that it is their intention that the
Restrictive Covenants be enforced in accordance with their terms to the maximum extent permitted by law. Each of the Restrictive Covenants
shall be considered and construed as a separate and independent covenant. Should any part or provision of any of the Restrictive Covenants
be  held  invalid,  void,  or  unenforceable,  such  invalidity,  voidness,  or  unenforceability  shall  not  render  invalid,  void,  or  unenforceable  any
other part or provision of this Agreement or such Restrictive Covenant. If any of the provisions of the Restrictive Covenants should ever be
held  by  a  court  of  competent  jurisdiction  to  exceed  the  scope  permitted  by  the  applicable  law,  such  provision  or  provisions  shall  be
automatically  modified  to  such  lesser  scope  as  such  court  may  deem  just  and  proper  for  the  reasonable  protection  of  the  Company’s
legitimate business interests and may be enforced by the Company to that extent in the manner described above and all other provisions of
this Agreement shall be valid and enforceable.

11

    
(j)    Disclosure of Agreement. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that, during Restricted Period, he will disclose the
existence and terms of this Agreement to any prospective employer, business partner, investor or lender prior to entering into an employment,
partnership or other business relationship with such prospective employer, business partner, investor or lender. The Executive further agrees
that the Company shall have the right to make any such prospective employer, business partner, investor or lender of the Executive aware of
the existence and terms of this Agreement.

9.    Agreement Not to Disparage. The Executive hereby agrees that at all times after the date hereof he will not make any statement,
whether verbally or in written form, or otherwise take any action that may reasonably be considered to disparage or impugn the Company or
any of its subsidiaries or affiliates; the management, practices, services, or reputation of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates;
or  any  of  the  Company’s  or  any  of  its  subsidiaries’  or  affiliates’  employees,  officers,  directors,  agents,  or  affiliates.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  this  Section  9  shall  not  limit  the  rights  of  the  Executive  to  provide  truthful  testimony  or  make  truthful  statements  which  are
compelled by a court of competent jurisdiction, arbitrator, regulatory agency or other tribunal or investigative body in accordance with any
applicable statute, rule or regulation.

10.    Non-exclusivity of Rights. Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or limit the Executive’s continuing or future participation in
any employee benefit plan, program, policy or practice provided by the Company or its affiliated companies and for which the Executive may
qualify, except as specifically provided herein. Amounts that are vested benefits or which the Executive is otherwise entitled to receive under
any plan, policy, practice or program of the Company or any of its affiliated companies at or subsequent to the Date of Termination shall be
payable in accordance with such plan, policy, practice or program except as explicitly modified by this Agreement.

11.    Full Settlement; No Mitigation. The Company’s obligation to make the payments provided for in this Agreement and otherwise
to perform its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other claim, right or action
which the Company may have against the Executive or others. In no event shall the Executive be obligated to seek other employment or take
any  other  action  by  way  of  mitigation  of  the  amounts  payable  to  the  Executive  under  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  Agreement  and  such
amounts shall not be reduced whether or not the Executive obtains other employment.

12.    Mandatory Reduction of Payments in Certain Events .

(a)    Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event it shall be determined that any payment or
distribution by the Company to or for the benefit of Executive (whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of
this Agreement or otherwise) (such benefits, payments or distributions are hereinafter referred to as “Payments”) would, if paid, be subject to
the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “Excise Tax”), then, prior to the making of any Payments to Executive, a calculation
shall be made comparing (i) the net after-tax benefit to Executive of the Payments after payment by Executive of the Excise Tax, to (ii) the
net after-tax benefit to Executive if the Payments had been limited to the extent necessary to avoid being subject to the Excise Tax. If the
amount  calculated  under  (i)  above  is  less  than  the  amount  calculated  under  (ii)  above,  then  the  Payments  shall  be  limited  to  the  extent
necessary to avoid being subject to the Excise Tax (the “Reduced Amount”). The  reduction  of  the  Payments  due  hereunder,  if  applicable,
shall be made by first reducing cash Payments and then, to the extent necessary, reducing those Payments having the next highest ratio of
Parachute Value to actual present value of such Payments as of the date of the Change in Control, as determined by the Determination Firm
(as defined in Section 9(b) below). For purposes of this Section 12, present value shall be determined in accordance with Section 280G(d)(4)
of the Code. For purposes of this Section 12, the “Parachute Value” of a Payment means the present value as of the date of the Change in
Control of the portion of such Payment that constitutes a “parachute payment” under Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code, as determined by the
Determination Firm for purposes of determining whether and to what extent the Excise Tax will apply to such Payment.

(b)    All determinations required to be made under this Section 12, including whether an Excise Tax would otherwise be
imposed, whether the Payments shall be reduced, the amount of the Reduced Amount, and the assumptions to be utilized in arriving at such
determinations, shall be made by a nationally recognized accounting firm or compensation consulting firm mutually acceptable to the

12

Company  and  Executive  (the  “Determination Firm”)  which  shall  provide  detailed  supporting  calculations  to  the  Company  and  Executive
within 15 business days after the receipt of notice from Executive that a Payment is due to be made, or such earlier time as is requested by the
Company. All fees and expenses of the Determination Firm shall be borne solely by the Company. Any determination by the Determination
Firm shall be binding upon the Company and Executive. As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Section 4999 of the Code at the
time of the initial determination by the Determination Firm hereunder, it is possible that Payments which Executive was entitled to, but did
not receive pursuant to Section 12(a), could have been made without the imposition of the Excise Tax (“Underpayment”), consistent with the
calculations required to be made hereunder. In such event, the Determination Firm shall determine the amount of the Underpayment that has
occurred and any such Underpayment shall be promptly paid by the Company to or for the benefit of Executive but no later than March 15 of
the  year  after  the  year  in  which  the  Underpayment  is  determined  to  exist,  which  is  when  the  legally  binding  right  to  such  Underpayment
arises.

succession, this Section 12 shall be of no further force or effect.

(c)        In  the  event  that  the  provisions  of  Code  Section  280G  and  4999  or  any  successor  provisions  are  repealed  without

13.    Arbitration. Any claim or dispute arising under or relating to this Agreement or the breach, termination, or validity of any term
of  this  Agreement  shall  be  subject  to  arbitration,  and  prior  to  commencing  any  court  action,  the  parties  agree  that  they  shall  arbitrate  all
controversies; provided, however,  that  nothing  in  this  Section  13  shall  prohibit  the  Company  from  exercising  its  right  under  Section  8  to
pursue injunctive remedies with respect to a breach or threatened breach of the Restrictive Covenants. The arbitration shall be conducted in
Tarrant  County,  Texas,  in  accordance  with  the  Employment  Dispute  Rules  of  the  American  Arbitration  Association  and  the  Federal
Arbitration  Act,  9  U.S.C.  §1,  et.  seq.  The  arbitrator(s)  shall  be  authorized  to  award  both  liquidated  and  actual  damages,  in  addition  to
injunctive relief, but no punitive damages. The arbitrator(s) may also award attorney’s fees and costs, without regard to any restriction on the
amount of such award under Texas or other applicable law. Such an award shall be binding and conclusive upon the parties hereto, subject to
9 U.S.C. §10. Each party shall have the right to have the award made the judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

14.    Successors.

(a)        This  Agreement  is  personal  to  the  Executive  and  without  the  prior  written  consent  of  the  Company  shall  not  be
assignable by the Executive otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may,
without  the  Executive’s  consent,  assign,  whether  by  assignment  agreement,  merger,  operation  of  law  or  otherwise,  this  Agreement  to  the
Company or to any successor or affiliate of the Company, subject to such assignee’s express assumption of all obligations of the Company
hereunder. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive’s legal representatives.

(b)    This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns.

(c)    The Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to
all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to assume expressly and agree to perform this Agreement in the same
manner  and  to  the  same  extent  that  the  Company  would  be  required  to  perform  it  if  no  such  succession  had  taken  place.  As  used  in  this
Agreement, “Company” shall mean the Company as hereinbefore defined and any successor to its business and/or assets as aforesaid which
assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement by operation of law, or otherwise.

15.    Cooperation. The Executive shall provide the Executive’s reasonable cooperation in connection with any action or proceeding
(or  any  appeal  from  any  action  or  proceeding)  which  relates  to  events  occurring  during  the  Executive’s  employment  hereunder.  This
provision  shall  survive  any  termination  of  this  Agreement.  The  Company  shall  reimburse  the  Executive  for  any  reasonable  out-of-pocket
expenses incurred in connection with the Executive’s performance of obligations under this Section 15 at the request of the Company. If the
Executive is entitled to be paid or reimbursed for any expenses under this Section 15, the amount reimbursable in any one calendar year shall
not affect the amount reimbursable in any other calendar year, and the reimbursement of an eligible expense must be

13

made no later than December 31 of the year after the year in which the expense was incurred. The Executive’s obligations under this Section
15, and the Executive’s rights to payment or reimbursement of expenses pursuant to this Section 15, shall expire at the end of ten (10) years
after the Date of Termination and such rights shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

16.    Code Section 409A.

(a)        General. This  Agreement  shall  be  interpreted  and  administered  in  a  manner  so  that  any  amount  or  benefit  payable
hereunder shall be paid or provided in a manner that is either exempt from or compliant with the requirements Section 409A of the Code and
applicable Internal Revenue Service guidance and Treasury Regulations issued thereunder (and any applicable transition relief under Section
409A of the Code). Nevertheless, the tax treatment of the benefits provided under the Agreement is not warranted or guaranteed. Neither the
Company nor its directors, officers, employees or advisers shall be held liable for any taxes, interest, penalties or other monetary amounts
owed by the Executive as a result of the application of Section 409A of the Code.

(b)    Definitional Restrictions. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent that any amount or
benefit  that  would  constitute  non-exempt  “deferred  compensation”  for  purposes  of  Section  409A  of  the  Code  (“Non-Exempt  Deferred
Compensation”) would otherwise be payable or distributable hereunder by reason of the Executive’s termination of employment, such Non-
Exempt  Deferred  Compensation  will  not  be  payable  or  distributable  to  the  Executive  by  reason  of  such  circumstance  unless  the
circumstances giving rise to such termination of employment meet any description or definition of “separation from service” in Section 409A
of the Code and applicable regulations (without giving effect to any elective provisions that may be available under such definition). This
provision does not prohibit the vesting of any Non-Exempt Deferred Compensation upon a termination of employment, however defined. If
this provision prevents the payment or distribution of any Non-Exempt Deferred Compensation, such payment or distribution shall be made
on the date, if any, on which an event occurs that constitutes a Section 409A-compliant “separation from service.”

(c)        Timing  of  Release  of  Claims.  Whenever  in  this  Agreement  a  payment  or  benefit  is  conditioned  on  Executive’s
execution of a release of claims, such release must be executed and all revocation periods shall have expired within sixty (60) days after the
Date of Termination; failing which such payment or benefit shall be forfeited. If such payment or benefit constitutes Non-Exempt Deferred
Compensation, then such payment or benefit (including any installment payments) that would have otherwise been payable during such 60-
day period shall be accumulated and paid on the 60  day after the Date of Termination provided such release shall have been executed and
such revocation periods shall have expired. If such payment or benefit is exempt from Section 409A of the Code, the Company may elect to
make or commence payment at any time during such period.

th

(d)    Permitted Acceleration. The Company shall have the sole authority to make any accelerated distribution permissible
under  Treas.  Reg.  Section  1.409A-3(j)(4)  to  the  Executive  of  deferred  amounts,  provided  that  such  distribution  meets  the  requirements  of
Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-3(j)(4).

17.    Miscellaneous.

(a)    Governing Law; Forum Selection; Consent to Jurisdiction. The Company and the Executive agree that this Agreement
shall be governed by and construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas without giving effect to its conflicts of
law principles. The Executive agrees that the exclusive forum for any action to enforce this Agreement, as well as any action relating to or
arising out of this Agreement, shall be the state or federal court of the State of Texas. With respect to any such court action, the Executive
hereby (a) irrevocably submits to the personal jurisdiction of such courts; (b) consents to service of process; (c) consents to venue; and (d)
waives  any  other  requirement  (whether  imposed  by  statute,  rule  of  court,  or  otherwise)  with  respect  to  personal  jurisdiction,  service  of
process, or venue. Both parties hereto further agree that such courts are convenient forums for any dispute that may arise herefrom and that
neither party shall raise as a defense that such courts are not convenient forums.

(b)    Captions. The captions of this Agreement are not part of the provisions hereof and shall have no force or effect.

14

parties hereto or their respective successors and legal representatives.

(c)    Amendments. This Agreement may not be amended or modified otherwise than-by a written agreement executed by the

other party or by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

(d)    Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given by hand delivery to the

If to the Executive:

R. Douglas Orr
Address on file with the Company

If to the Company:

FirstCash Holdings, Inc.
1600 West 7th Street
Fort Worth, Texas 76102
Attention: Secretary

or to such other address as either party shall have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith. Notice and communications shall
be effective when actually received by the addressee.

enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement.

(e)        Severability.  The  invalidity  or  unenforceability  of  any  provision  of  this  Agreement  shall  not  affect  the  validity  or

foreign taxes as shall be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

(f)    Withholding. The Company may withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement such Federal, state, local or

(g)        Waivers.  The  Executive’s  or  the  Company’s  failure  to  insist  upon  strict  compliance  with  any  provision  of  this
Agreement or the failure to assert any right the Executive or the Company may have hereunder, shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such
provision or right or any other provision or right of this Agreement.

(h)    Entire Agreement. Except as provided herein, this Agreement contains the entire agreement between the Company and
the  Executive  with  respect  to  the  subject  matter  hereof  and,  from  and  after  the  Effective  Date,  this  Agreement  shall  supersede  any  other
agreement (including the Prior Employment Agreement) between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

(i)        Construction.  The  Company  and  the  Executive  understand  and  agree  that  because  they  both  have  been  given  the
opportunity to have counsel review and revise this Agreement, the normal rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to be
resolved against the drafting party shall not be employed in the interpretation of this Agreement. Instead, the language of all parts of this
Agreement shall be construed as a whole, and according to its fair meaning, and not strictly for or against either of the parties.

(j)        Counterparts. This  Agreement  may  be  executed  in  two  or  more  counterparts,  and  it  shall  not  be  necessary  that  the
signatures of the parties hereto be contained on any one counterpart hereof. Each counterpart shall be deemed an original but all counterparts
together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Any signature page of any such counterpart, or any electronic facsimile thereof, may
be  attached  or  appended  to  any  other  counterpart  to  complete  a  fully  executed  counterpart  of  this  Agreement,  and  any  telecopy  or  other
electronic transmission of any signature shall be deemed an original and shall bind such party.

15

        
    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive has hereunto set the Executive’s hand and, pursuant to the authorization from the Board, the
Company has caused these presents to be executed in its name on its behalf, all as of the day and year first above written.

EXECUTIVE

R. Douglas Orr

FIRSTCASH HOLDINGS, INC.

By:

Rick L. Wessel
Chief Executive Officer

16

            
EXHIBIT 10.20

____________________________________________________________

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

BETWEEN

HOWARD HAMBLETON

AND

FIRSTCASH HOLDINGS, INC.

_________________________________________________________________

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

1. Employment
2. Term
3. Extent of Service
4. Compensation and Benefits
(a)    Base Salary
(b)    Incentive, Savings and Retirement Plans
(c)    Welfare Benefit Plans
(d)    Fringe Benefits
(e)    Vacation
(f)    Expenses
5. Change in Control
6. Termination of Employment

(a)    Death
(b)    Disability
(c)    Termination by the Company
(d)    Termination by Executive
(e)    Notice of Termination
(f)    Date of Termination

7. Obligations of the Company upon Termination

(a)    Termination by the Company Other Than for Cause or Disability; Termination by Executive for Good Reason
(b)    Death or Disability
(c)    Termination by the Company for Cause; Executive’s Resignation without Good Reason
(d)    Resignations
8. Restrictive Covenants

(a)    Acknowledgments
(b)    Definitions
(c)    Restrictions on Disclosure and Use of Confidential Information
(d)    Non-Competition
(e)    Non-Solicitation of Protected Customers
(f)    Non-Recruitment of Employees
(g)    Proprietary Rights
(h)    Return of Materials
(i)    Enforcement of Restrictive Covenants
(j)    Disclosure of Agreement

9. Agreement Not to Disparage
10. Non-exclusivity of Rights
11. Full Settlement; No Mitigation
12. Mandatory Reduction of Payments in Certain Events
13. Arbitration

14. Successors
15. Cooperation
16. Code Section 409A
17. Miscellaneous

(a)    Governing Law; Forum Selection; Consent to Jurisdiction
(b)    Captions
(c)    Amendments
(d)    Notices
(e)    Severability
(f)    Withholding
(g)    Waivers
(h)    Entire Agreement
(i)    Construction
(j)    Counterparts

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into this 25  day of February, 2022 (the “Effective
Date”) by and between FirstCash Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and Howard Hambleton (the “Executive”), to be
effective as of the Effective Date. This Agreement supersedes and replaces that certain Employment Agreement between the American First
Finance  Inc.  and  the  Executive  dated  as  of  April  17,  2019  (the  “Prior  Employment  Agreement”),  which  agreement  was  assumed  by  the
Company in connection with its acquisition of American First Finance LLC (“AFF”) effective as of December 17, 2021.

th

BACKGROUND

WHEREAS, the Company currently employs Executive as the President of AFF pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in the

Prior Employment Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the Company and Executive desire to enter into this Agreement, and agree that this Agreement shall govern the terms

and conditions of Executive’s employment with the Company as of the Effective Date; and

WHEREAS, Executive acknowledges and agrees that by entering into this Agreement, Executive is waiving any and all rights to any
compensation  and/or  severance  benefits  under  the  Prior  Employment  Agreement,  and  the  Company  and  Executive  agree  that  the  Prior
Employment Agreement shall have no further force or effect as of the Effective Date.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein, and other good

and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.    Employment. The Executive is hereby employed on the Effective Date as the President of AFF. In this capacity, the Executive
shall  have  the  duties,  responsibilities  and  authority  commensurate  with  such  position  as  shall  be  assigned  to  him  by  the  Chief  Executive
Officer of the Company or the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”). In his capacity as President of AFF, the Executive will
report directly to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

2.    Term. Unless earlier terminated herein in accordance with Section 6 hereof, the Executive’s employment with the Company shall
be governed by the terms and conditions of this Agreement for a period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on December 31, 2024
(the  “Term”).  Commencing  on  December  31,  2024,  and  on  each  subsequent  December  31  thereafter,  the  Term  shall  automatically  be
extended for one (1) additional year unless, not later than ninety days (90) prior to any such extension date, either party hereto shall have
notified the other party hereto in writing that such extension shall not take effect.

3.        Extent  of  Service.  During  the  Term,  the  Executive  agrees  to  devote  all  of  his  professional  and  business-related  time  to  the
business and affairs of the Company and its affiliates and to use his best efforts to perform faithfully and efficiently his job responsibilities.
Nothing in this Agreement shall prohibit Executive from (i) serving on the boards of directors of trade associations or charitable/non-profit
organizations;  (ii)  engaging  in  charitable  activities  and  community  affairs;  (iii)  serving  on  the  boards  of  directors  of  other  public  and/or
private companies with the prior written approval of the Board, which shall not be unreasonably withheld (provided that, for avoidance of
doubt,  such  service  does  not  violate  any  of  the  restrictive  covenants  in  Section  8  of  this  Agreement);  or  (iv)  managing  his  personal
investments and affairs, provided that the activities described in the preceding clauses (i) through (iv) do not materially interfere with the
proper performance of his duties and responsibilities hereunder.

4.    Compensation and Benefits.

(a)    Base Salary. Effective as of January 1, 2022 and continuing during the Term, the Company will pay to the Executive
base salary at the rate of $600,000 per year (“Base Salary”), less normal withholdings, payable in approximately equal bi-weekly or other
installments as are or become customary under the Company’s payroll practices for its employees from time to time. The

Compensation  Committee  of  the  Board  (the  “Compensation  Committee”)  shall  review  the  Executive’s  Base  Salary  annually  and  may
increase the Executive’s Base Salary from year to year. Such adjusted salary then shall become the Executive’s Base Salary for purposes of
this  Agreement.  The  annual  review  of  the  Executive’s  salary  by  the  Compensation  Committee  will  consider,  among  other  things,  the
Executive’s own performance and the Company’s performance.

(b)    Incentive, Savings and Retirement Plans. During the Term, the Executive shall be entitled to participate in all incentive,
savings  and  retirement  plans,  practices,  policies  and  programs  available  to  the  other  senior  officers  of  the  Company.  Without  limiting  the
foregoing, following shall apply:

During the Term, the Executive shall have an opportunity to receive an annual bonus under the Company’s
Annual Performance Incentive Plan, based upon the achievement of performance goals established from year to year by the Compensation
Committee (the “Annual Bonus”). Unless and until changed by the Compensation Committee, the Executive’s target for the Annual Bonus
shall be at least 125% of Base Salary (the “Target Bonus”).

(i)

During the Term, the Executive will be eligible for grants of stock-based awards under the Company’s long-
term incentive plan or plans, having terms and determined in the same manner as awards to other senior officers. Nothing herein requires the
Company to make grants of stock-based awards in any year.

(ii)

(c)        Welfare  Benefit  Plans.  The  Executive  and  his  eligible  dependents  shall  be  eligible  for  participation  in  the  welfare
benefit plans, practices, policies and programs provided by the Company, if any, to the extent available to other senior officers and subject to
eligibility  requirements  and  terms  and  conditions  of  each  such  plan;  provided,  however,  that  nothing  herein  shall  limit  the  ability  of  the
Company to amend, modify or terminate any such benefit plans, policies or programs at any time and from time to time.

officers in accordance with the plans, practices, programs and policies of the Company.

(d)    Fringe Benefits. During the Term, Executive shall be entitled to fringe benefits to the extent available to other senior

personal business days not used in any year shall be forfeited.

(e)        Vacation.  Executive  shall  be  entitled  to  four  (4)  weeks  paid  vacation  each  year  during  the  Term.  Any  vacation  or

(f)    Expenses. During the Term, the Executive shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement from the Company for all
reasonable  and  customary  expenses  incurred  by  the  Executive  in  the  course  of  performing  his  duties  and  responsibilities  under  this
Agreement, in accordance with the policies, practices and procedures of the Company with respect to travel, entertainment and other business
expenses (“Business Expenses”).

Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  (i)  the  reimbursements  for  Business  Expenses  provided  in  any  one  calendar  year  shall  not
affect the amount of such reimbursements provided in any other calendar year; (ii) the reimbursement of an eligible Business Expense shall
be made within thirty (30) days following the Executive’s submission of evidence, satisfactory to the Company, of the incurrence of such
Business  Expense,  but  in  no  event  later  than  December  31  of  the  year  following  the  year  in  which  the  expense  was  incurred;  (iii)  the
Executive’  s  rights  pursuant  to  this  Section  4(f)  shall  not  be  subject  to  liquidation  or  exchange  for  another  benefit;  and  (iv)  the
reimbursements for Business Expenses shall be provided in accordance with the policies, practices and procedures of the Company.

5.        Change  in  Control. For  purposes  of  this  Agreement,  “Change  in  Control”  shall  mean  the  consummation  of  a  reorganization,
merger,  consolidation,  statutory  share  exchange  or  similar  form  of  corporate  transaction  involving  the  Company  or  a  subsidiary  of  the
Company (a “Reorganization”), or the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (a “Sale”) or the acquisition
of  assets  or  stock  of  another  corporation  or  other  entity  (an  “Acquisition”),  unless  immediately  following  such  Reorganization,  Sale  or
Acquisition:  (A)  all  or  substantially  all  of  the  individuals  and  entities  who  were  the  beneficial  owners  (as  defined  in  Rule  13d-3  of  the
General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 Act, as amended (“Beneficial Owners”)), respectively, of the

2

outstanding Company Stock and the Company’s then outstanding securities eligible to vote for the election of directors (“Company Voting
Securities”)  immediately  prior  to  such  Reorganization,  Sale  or  Acquisition  beneficially  own,  directly  or  indirectly,  more  than  50%  of,
respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled
to  vote  generally  in  the  election  of  directors,  as  the  case  may  be,  of  the  entity  resulting  from  or  surviving  such  Reorganization,  Sale  or
Acquisition (including, without limitation, an entity which as a result of such transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the
Company’s assets or stock either directly or through one or more subsidiaries, the “Surviving Entity”) in substantially the same proportions
as their ownership, immediately prior to such Reorganization, Sale or Acquisition, of the outstanding Company Stock and the outstanding
Company Voting Securities, as the case may be, and (B) no person (other than (x) the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, (y) the
Surviving  Entity  or  its  ultimate  parent  entity,  or  (z)  any  employee  benefit  plan  (or  related  trust)  sponsored  or  maintained  by  any  of  the
foregoing) is the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of 50% or more of the total common stock or 50% or more of the total voting power
of the outstanding voting securities eligible to elect directors of the Surviving Entity. A Change in Control shall not include a public offering
of any class or series of the Company’s equity securities pursuant to a registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities and
Exchange Act of 1933, as amended.

6.    Termination of Employment.

(a)    Death. The Executive’s employment shall terminate automatically upon the Executive’s death during the Term.

(b)    Disability. If the Company determines in good faith that the Executive has become Disabled (as defined below) during
the  Term,  then  it  may  give  to  the  Executive  written  notice  of  its  intention  to  terminate  the  Executive’s  employment.  In  such  event,  the
Executive’s  employment  with  the  Company  shall  terminate  effective  on  the  thirtieth  (30 )  day  after  receipt  of  such  written  notice  by  the
Executive (the “Disability Effective Date”), provided that, within the thirty (30) days after such receipt, the Executive shall not have returned
to full-time performance of the Executive’s duties. For purposes of this Agreement, “Disability” shall mean the inability of the Executive, as
reasonably  determined  by  the  Company,  to  perform  the  essential  functions  of  his  regular  duties  and  responsibilities,  with  or  without
reasonable accommodation, due to a medically determinable physical or mental illness which has lasted (or can reasonably be expected to
last) for a period of six (6) consecutive months. At the request of the Executive or his personal representative, the Company’s determination
that  the  Disability  of  Executive  has  occurred  shall  be  certified  by  a  physician  mutually  agreed  upon  by  the  Executive,  or  his  personal
representative, and the Company.

th

(c)        Termination  by  the  Company.  The  Company  may  terminate  the  Executive’s  employment  during  the  Term  with  or
without Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, a termination shall be considered to be for “Cause” if it occurs in conjunction with a good
faith determination by the Board that any of the following have occurred:

(i)    the Executive’s material or habitual failure to meet performance standards agreed to upon by the Executive and
the  Board,  or  to  follow  the  reasonable  and  lawful  directions  of  the  Board,  or  perform  his  duties  with  the  Company  (other  than  any  such
failure resulting from the Executive’s Disability) which failure is not cured within ten (10) days after a written demand for performance is
delivered to the Executive by the Company which specifically identifies the manner in which the Company believes that the Executive has
materially or habitually failed to perform the Executive’s duties;

(ii)    the Executive’s engaging in any illegal conduct, gross misconduct or gross negligence in connection with the
performance of his duties hereunder, which is, or is likely to be, injurious to the Company, its financial condition, or its reputation, with the
understanding that, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any circumstances with respect to the Executive that, in the discretion of
the Board or the FDIC, are deemed to be violation of Section 19 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. § 1829(a)) shall constitute
illegal  conduct  in  connection  with  the  performance  of  his  duties  hereunder  that  is  injurious  to  the  Company,  its  financial  condition,  or  its
reputation;

3

embezzlement, whether or not such act was committed in connection with the business of the Company;

(iii)        the  Executive’s  commission  of  or  engagement  in  any  act  of  fraud,  misappropriation,  dishonesty  or

Agreement, or material breach of any other provisions of this Agreement;

(iv)        the  Executive’s  breach  of  fiduciary  duty,  breach  of  any  of  the  covenants  set  forth  in  Section  8  or  9  of  this

(v)        the  Executive’s  conviction  of,  pleading  guilty  to,  or  confession  to  a  felony  or  any  crime  involving  moral
turpitude (including pleading guilty or nolo contendere to a felony or lesser charge which results from plea bargaining), whether or not such
felony, crime or lesser offense is connected with the business of the Company;

(vi)        the  Executive’s  indictment  or  conviction  of,  pleading  guilty  to,  or  confession  to  a  felony  or  any  crime
(including pleading guilty or nolo contendere to a felony or lesser charge which results from plea bargaining), which felony, crime or lesser
offense is connected with the business of the Company; or

(vii)    the Executive’s violation of the Company’s policy against harassment or its equal employment opportunity
policy or a material violation of any other policy or procedure of the Company (including, but not limited to, the Company’s code of business
conduct).

(d)    Termination by the Executive. The Executive’s employment may be terminated by the Executive for any reason or for
Good Reason by providing thirty (30) days prior written notice to the Company. For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean
the occurrence of any of the following, without the Executive’s consent:

(i)    a material diminution in the Executive’s Base Salary or Annual Bonus opportunity;

(ii)    a material diminution in the Executive’s authority, duties, or responsibilities;

(iii)    the relocation of the Executive’s principal office to a facility or location more than fifty (50) miles away from
the Executive’s principal place of work immediately prior to the relocation; provided, however, that Good Reason shall not include (A) any
relocation  of  the  Executive’s  principal  office  which  is  proposed  or  initiated  by  the  Executive;  or  (B)  any  relocation  that  results  in  the
Executive’s principal place office being closer to the Executive’s then-principal residence;

(iv)    any material breach by the Company of this Agreement;

The  Executive’s  termination  for  Good  Reason  must  occur  within  a  period  of  ninety  (90)  days  after  the  occurrence  of  an  event  of  Good
Reason. A termination by the Executive shall not constitute termination for Good Reason unless the Executive shall first have delivered to
the Company written notice setting forth with specificity the occurrence deemed to give rise to a right to terminate for Good Reason (which
notice must be given no later than thirty (30) days after the initial occurrence of such event), and there shall have passed a reasonable time
(not  less  than  thirty  (30)  days)  within  which  the  Company  may  take  action  to  correct,  rescind  or  otherwise  substantially  reverse  the
occurrence supporting termination for Good Reason as identified by the Executive. Good Reason shall not include the Executive’s death or
Disability. The parties intend, believe and take the position that a resignation by the Executive for Good Reason as defined above effectively
constitutes an involuntary separation from service within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1(n)(2).

(e)        Notice  of  Termination.  Any  termination  by  the  Company  or  the  Executive  shall  be  communicated  by  Notice  of
Termination to the other party hereto given in accordance with Section 17(d) of this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of
Termination” means a written notice which (i) indicates the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, (ii) to the extent
applicable,  sets  forth  in  reasonable  detail  the  facts  and  circumstances  claimed  to  provide  a  basis  for  termination  of  the  Executive’s
employment under the provision so indicated, and (iii) if the Date of

4

Termination (as defined below) is other than the date of receipt of such notice, specifies the termination date. The failure by the Executive or
the Company to set forth in the Notice of Termination any fact or circumstance which contributes to a showing of Good Reason or Cause
shall not waive any right of the Executive or the Company, respectively, hereunder or preclude the Executive or the Company, respectively,
from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing the Executive’s or the Company’s rights hereunder.

(f)    Date of Termination. “Date of Termination” means (i) if the Executive’s employment is terminated other than by reason
of death or Disability, the date of receipt of the Notice of Termination or, subject to any cure period, any later date specified therein within
sixty (60) days after receipt of the Notice of Termination, as the case may be, or (ii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of
death or Disability, the Date of Termination shall be the date of death of the Executive or the Disability Effective Date, as the case may be.

7.    Obligations of the Company upon Termination.

(a)        Termination  by  the  Company  Other  Than  for  Cause  or  Disability;  Termination  by  Executive  for  Good  Reason.  If,
during the Term, (A) the Company shall terminate the Executive’s employment other than for Cause or Disability, or (B) the Executive shall
terminate employment for Good Reason, then, and with respect to the payments and benefits described in clauses (ii) and (iii) below, only if
within  sixty  (60)  days  after  the  Date  of  Termination  the  Executive  shall  have  executed  a  separation  agreement  containing  a  full  general
release of claims and covenant not to sue in a form satisfactory to the Company (the “Release”) and such Release shall not have been revoked
within the time period specified therein:

(i)        the  Company  shall  pay  to  the  Executive  in  a  lump  sum  in  cash  within  sixty  (60)  days  after  the  Date  of
Termination,  the  exact  payment  date  to  be  determined  by  the  Company,  the  sum  of  (1)  the  Executive’s  Base  Salary  through  the  Date  of
Termination to the extent not theretofore paid, and (2) any accrued vacation pay to the extent not theretofore paid (the sum of the amounts
described in clauses (1) and (2) shall be hereinafter referred to as the “Accrued Obligations”); and

(ii)        the  Company  shall  pay  to  the  Executive  in  a  lump  sum  in  cash  within  sixty  (60)  days  after  the  Date  of
Termination, the exact payment date to be determined by the Company, a severance payment equal to 50% (or 200%, if such termination
occurs within twelve (12) months following a Change in Control) of the sum of (1) the Executive’s Base Salary in effect as of the Date of
Termination, and (2) the average of the Annual Bonuses earned by Executive for each of the three fiscal years immediately preceding the
year in which the Date of Termination occurs (the “Three-Year Average Annual Bonus”); and

(iii)

if such termination occurs within twelve (12) months following a Change in Control, the Company shall pay
to the Executive in a lump sum in cash within sixty (60) days after the Date of Termination, the exact payment date to be determined by the
Company, a pro rata Annual Bonus equal to the product of (x) the Target Bonus for the year in which the termination occurs (or, in the sole
discretion of the Compensation Committee, a larger amount not to exceed the maximum payout opportunity for the Annual Bonus for the
year in which the termination occurs), and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in the calendar year through the Date
of Termination, and the denominator of which is 365 (if such termination does not occur within twelve (12) months following a Change in
Control, any pro rata Annual Bonus will be payable at the discretion of the Compensation Committee); and

(iv)

if such termination occurs within twelve (12) months following a Change in Control, (A) all stock options,
restricted  stock,  restricted  stock  units  and  other  time-vesting  equity  awards  held  by  the  Executive  as  of  the  Termination  Date  shall
immediately  become  fully  vested  and  exercisable,  and  all  time-based  vesting  restrictions  on  outstanding  awards  shall  lapse,  and  (B)  all
performance-based  equity  awards  shall  be  deemed  to  have  been  fully  earned  as  of  the  Date  of  Termination  based  upon  an  assumed
achievement of all relevant performance goals at “target” levels (or, in the sole discretion of the Compensation Committee, based upon actual
or deemed achievement of all relevant performance goals above “target” levels, up to the maximum possible achievement levels), and there
shall be a full (non-prorated) payout to the Executive within sixty (60) days following the Date of

5

        
Termination, unless a later date is required by Section 16 hereof (if such termination does not occur within twelve (12) months following a
Change in Control, then the outstanding equity awards held by the Executive as of the Date of Termination shall be governed by the plans
under which they were granted and the agreements evidencing such awards); and

(v)    if the Executive elects to continue participation in any group medical, dental, vision and/or prescription drug
plan  benefits  to  which  the  Executive  and/or  the  Executive’s  eligible  dependents  would  be  entitled  under  Section  4980B  of  the  Code
(COBRA),  then  during  the  period  that  the  Executive  is  entitled  to  such  coverage  under  COBRA  (the  “Welfare  Benefits  Continuation
Period”), the Company shall pay the excess of (1) the COBRA cost of such coverage over (2) the amount that the Executive would have had
to pay for such coverage if he had remained employed during the Welfare Benefits Continuation Period and paid the active employee rate for
such coverage (the “COBRA Subsidy”); provided, however, that (A) that if the Executive becomes eligible to receive group health benefits
under a program of a subsequent employer or otherwise (including coverage available to the Executive’s spouse), the Company’s obligation
to pay any portion of the cost of health coverage as described herein shall cease, except as otherwise provided by law; and (B) the Welfare
Benefits  Continuation  Period  shall  run  concurrently  with  any  period  for  which  the  Executive  is  eligible  to  elect  health  coverage  under
COBRA; provided, however, that if such termination occurs within twelve (12) months following a Change in Control, then, in lieu of the
COBRA  Subsidy  described  above,  Company  shall  pay  to  the  Executive  in  a  lump  sum  in  cash  within  sixty  (60)  days  after  the  Date  of
Termination, the exact payment date to be determined by the Company, an amount equal to the full monthly COBRA cost of the coverage
multiplied by twenty-four (24); and

(vi)    to the extent not theretofore paid or provided, the Company shall timely pay or provide to the Executive any
other amounts or benefits required to be paid or provided or which the Executive is eligible to receive under any plan, program, policy or
practice or contract or agreement of the Company and its affiliated companies (such other amounts and benefits shall be hereinafter referred
to as the “Other Benefits”).

For the avoidance of doubt, the parties acknowledge that, in the event that the Executive terminates his employment for Good Reason as a
result of a decrease in his Base Salary as contemplated in Section 6(d)(i) hereof, then the Base Salary used for purposes of the calculation of
the  Accrued  Obligations  and  severance  payment  under  subsection  (ii)  above,  shall  be  the  Base  Salary  in  effect  immediately  prior  to  such
reduction.

(b)    Death or Disability. If the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of the Executive’s death or Disability during
the  Term,  this  Agreement  shall  terminate  without  further  obligations  to  the  Executive  or  the  Executive’s  legal  representatives  under  this
Agreement, other than for payment of Accrued Obligations and the timely payment or provision of Other Benefits. Accrued Obligations shall
be paid by the Company to the Executive or the Executive’s estate or beneficiary, as applicable, in a lump sum in cash within thirty (30) days
after  the  Date  of  Termination.  With  respect  to  the  provision  of  Other  Benefits,  the  term  Other  Benefits  as  used  in  this  Section  7(b)  shall
include without limitation, and the Executive or the Executive’s estate and/or beneficiaries shall be entitled to receive, benefits under such
plans,  programs,  practices  and  policies  relating  to  death  or  disability  benefits,  if  any,  as  are  applicable  to  the  Executive  on  the  Date  of
Termination.

(c)        Termination  by  the  Company  for  Cause;  Executive’s  Resignation  without  Good  Reason.  If,  during  the  Term,  the
Company shall terminate Executive’s employment for Cause or the Executive shall resign for any reason other than for Good Reason, this
Agreement  shall  terminate  without  further  obligations  to  the  Executive,  other  than  for  payment  of  Accrued  Obligations  and  the  timely
payment or provision of Other Benefits. Accrued Obligations shall be paid by the Company to the Executive in a lump sum in cash within
thirty (30) days after the Date of Termination.

resignation as an officer of the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates.

(d)    Resignations. Termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason whatsoever shall constitute the Executive’s

8.    Restrictive Covenants.

6

(a)    Acknowledgments.

(i)        Condition  of  Employment  and  Other  Consideration.  The  Executive  acknowledges  and  agrees  that  he  has
received good and valuable consideration for entering into this Agreement and further acknowledges that the Company would not continue to
employ the Executive in the absence of his execution of and compliance with this Section 8.

(ii)    Access to Confidential Information, Relationships, and Goodwill. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that
he  is  being  provided  and  entrusted  with  Confidential  Information  (as  that  term  is  defined  in  Section  8(b)  hereof),  including  highly
confidential customer information that is subject to extensive measures to maintain its secrecy within the Company, is not known in the trade
or disclosed to the public, and would materially harm the Company’s legitimate business interests if it was disclosed or used in violation of
this Agreement. The Executive also acknowledges and agrees that he is being provided and entrusted with access to the Company’s customer
and employee relationships and goodwill. The Executive further acknowledges and agrees that the Company would not provide access to the
Confidential Information, customer and employee relationships, and goodwill in the absence of the Executive’s execution of and compliance
with this Agreement. The Executive further acknowledges and agrees that the Company’s Confidential Information, customer and employee
relationships, and goodwill are valuable assets of the Company and are legitimate business interests that are properly subject to protection
through the covenants contained in this Agreement.

(iii)    Potential Unfair Competition. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that as a result of his employment with
the Company, his knowledge of and access to Confidential Information, and his relationships with the Company’s customers and employees,
the Executive would have an unfair competitive advantage if the Executive were to engage in activities in violation of this Section 8.

(iv)    No Undue Hardship. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that, in the event that his employment with the
Company  terminates,  the  Executive  possesses  marketable  skills  and  abilities  that  will  enable  him  to  find  suitable  employment  without
violating the covenants set forth in this Section 8.

(v)    Voluntary Execution. Executive acknowledges and affirms that he is executing this Agreement voluntarily, that
he  has  read  this  Agreement  carefully  and  had  a  full  and  reasonable  opportunity  to  consider  this  Agreement  (including  an  opportunity  to
consult with legal counsel), and that he has not been pressured or in any way coerced, threatened or intimidated into signing this Agreement.

(vi)    Geographic Scope of Service. Executive acknowledges and agrees that, by virtue of his senior executive status
with  the  Company  and  his  substantial  access  to  Confidential  Information,  customer  and  employee  relationships,  and  goodwill  described
above, he will engage in business on behalf of the Company throughout the entire geographic area in which the Company conducts business,
including but not limited to the Restricted Territory (as that term is defined in Section 8(b) hereof).

which definitions shall apply to both the singular and the plural forms of such terms:

(b)    Definitions. The following capitalized terms used in this Section 8 shall have the meanings assigned to them below,

(i)        “Competitive Services”  means  owning  and/or  operating  retail-based  pawn  stores,  lease  to  own  products,  or
retail  finance  products,  as  well  as  the  business  of  providing  any  other  activities,  products,  or  services  of  the  type  conducted,  authorized,
offered, or provided by the Company and comprising more than 5% of the Company's total revenues as of the Executive’s Termination Date,
or during the two (2) years immediately prior to the Executive’s Termination Date.

(ii)        “Confidential Information”  means  any  and  all  data  and  information  relating  to  the  Company,  its  activities,
business,  or  clients  that  (A)  is  or  has  been  disclosed  to  the  Executive  or  of  which  the  Executive  becomes  or  has  become  aware  as  a
consequence of his employment with the Company; (B) has value to the Company; and (C) is not generally known outside of the

7

    
Company.  “Confidential  Information”  shall  include,  but  is  not  limited  to  the  following  types  of  information  regarding,  related  to,  or
concerning the Company: trade secrets (as defined by O.C.G.A. § 10-1-761); financial plans and data; management planning information;
business plans; operational methods; market studies; marketing plans or strategies; pricing information; product development techniques or
plans;  customer  lists;  customer  files,  data  and  financial  information;  details  of  customer  contracts;  current  and  anticipated  customer
requirements; identifying and other information pertaining to business referral sources; past, current and planned research and development;
computer  aided  systems,  software,  strategies  and  programs;  business  acquisition  plans;  management  organization  and  related  information
(including,  without  limitation,  data  and  other  information  concerning  the  compensation  and  benefits  paid  to  officers,  directors,  employees
and  management);  personnel  and  compensation  policies;  new  personnel  acquisition  plans;  and  other  similar  information.  “Confidential
Information” also includes combinations of information or materials which individually may be generally known outside of the Company,
but for which the nature, method, or procedure for combining such information or materials is not generally known outside of the Company.
In  addition  to  data  and  information  relating  to  the  Company,  “Confidential  Information”  also  includes  any  and  all  data  and  information
relating  to  or  concerning  a  third  party  that  otherwise  meets  the  definition  set  forth  above,  that  was  provided  or  made  available  to  the
Company  by  such  third  party,  and  that  the  Company  has  a  duty  or  obligation  to  keep  confidential.  This  definition  shall  not  limit  any
definition  of  “confidential  information”  or  any  equivalent  term  under  state  or  federal  law.  “Confidential  Information”  shall  not  include
information  that  has  become  generally  available  to  the  public  by  the  act  of  one  who  has  the  right  to  disclose  such  information  without
violating any right or privilege of the Company.

(iii)        “Material  Contact”  means  contact  between  the  Executive  and  a  customer  or  potential  customer  of  the
Company (A) with whom or which the Executive has or had dealings on behalf of the Company; (B) whose dealings with the Company are
or were coordinated or supervised by the Executive; (C) about whom the Executive obtains Confidential Information in the ordinary course
of business as a result of his employment with the Company; or (D) who receives products or services of the Company, the sale or provision
of  which  results  or  resulted  in  compensation,  commissions,  or  earnings  for  Executive  within  the  two  (2)  years  prior  to  the  Executive’s
Termination Date.

association or other entity or enterprise.

(iv)        “Person”  means  any  individual  or  any  corporation,  partnership,  joint  venture,  limited  liability  company,

trustee, director, officer, manager, employee, agent, representative or consultant.

(v)    “Principal or Representative” means a principal, owner, partner, shareholder, joint venturer, investor, member,

(vi)    “Protected Customer” means any Person to whom the Company has sold its products or services or actively
solicited  to  sell  its  products  or  services,  and  with  whom  the  Executive  has  had  Material  Contact  on  behalf  of  the  Company  during  his
employment with the Company.

(vii)        “Protected  Work”  means  any  and  all  ideas,  inventions,  formulas,  Confidential  Information,  source  codes,
object codes, techniques, processes, concepts, systems, programs, software, software integration techniques, hardware systems, schematics,
flow  charts,  computer  data  bases,  client  lists,  trademarks,  service  marks,  brand  names,  trade  names,  compilations,  documents,  data,  notes,
designs,  drawings,  technical  data  and/or  training  materials,  including  improvements  thereto  or  derivatives  therefrom,  whether  or  not
patentable,  and  whether  or  not  subject  to  copyright  or  trademark  or  trade  secret  protection,  conceived,  developed  or  produced  by  the
Executive,  or  by  others  working  with  the  Executive  or  under  his  direction,  during  the  period  of  his  employment  or  service,  or  conceived,
produced or used or intended for use by or on behalf of the Company or its customers.

(viii)        “Restricted  Period”  means  any  time  during  the  Executive’s  employment  with  the  Company,  and  if  the
Executive’s employment is terminated for any reason during the Term, the Restricted Period shall mean during the Executive’s employment
plus thirty-six (36) months following the Termination Date.

(ix)        “Restricted Territory”  means  the  U.S.  states  and  foreign  countries  in  which  the  Company  maintains  one  or
more retail pawn stores or is actively planning to open one or more stores at the time of the conduct in question (if the conduct occurs while
the Executive is still employed

8

by the Company) or the Termination Date (if the conduct occurs after the Executive’s Termination), as applicable.

8.

(x)    “Restrictive Covenants” means the restrictive covenants contained in subsections (c) through (h) of this Section

whether with or without cause, upon the initiative of either party.

(xi)        “Termination”  means  the  termination  of  the  Executive’s  employment  with  the  Company,  for  any  reason,

(xii)    “Termination Date” means the date of the Executive’s Termination.

(c)        Restriction  on  Disclosure  and  Use  of  Confidential  Information.  The  Executive  agrees  that  the  Executive  shall  not,
directly or indirectly, use any Confidential Information on the Executive’s own behalf or on behalf of any Person other than Company, or
reveal,  divulge,  or  disclose  any  Confidential  Information  to  any  Person  not  expressly  authorized  by  the  Company  to  receive  such
Confidential Information. This obligation shall remain in effect for as long as the information or materials in question retain their status as
Confidential  Information.  The  Executive  further  agrees  that  he  shall  fully  cooperate  with  the  Company  in  maintaining  the  Confidential
Information to the extent permitted by law. The parties acknowledge and agree that this Agreement is not intended to, and does not, alter
either the Company’s rights or the Executive’s obligations under any state or federal statutory or common law regarding trade secrets and
unfair trade practices. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Executive shall not be restricted from: (i) disclosing information
that is required to be disclosed by law, court order or other valid and appropriate legal process; provided, however,  that  in  the  event  such
disclosure is required by law, the Executive shall provide the Company with prompt notice of such requirement so that the Company may
seek an appropriate protective order prior to any such required disclosure by the Executive; (ii) reporting possible violations of federal, state,
or local law or regulation to any governmental agency or entity, or from making other disclosures that are protected under the whistleblower
provisions of federal, state, or local law or regulation, and Executive shall not need the prior authorization of the Company to make any such
reports or disclosures and shall not be required to notify the Company that Executive has made such reports or disclosures; (iii) disclosing a
trade secret (as defined by 18 U.S.C. § 1839) in confidence to a federal, state, or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to
an attorney, in either event solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or (iv) disclosing a trade secret
(as defined by 18 U.S.C. § 1839) in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal.

(d)    Non-Competition. The Executive agrees that during the Restricted Period, he will not, without prior written consent of
the Company, directly or indirectly (i) carry on or engage in Competitive Services within the Restricted Territory on his own or on behalf of
any  Person  or  any  Principal  or  Representative  of  any  Person,  or  (ii)  own,  manage,  operate,  join,  control  or  participate  in  the  ownership,
management,  operation  or  control,  of  any  business,  whether  in  corporate,  proprietorship  or  partnership  form  or  otherwise  where  such
business is engaged in the provision of Competitive Services within the Restricted Territory. The Executive acknowledges that the Restricted
Territory  is  reasonable.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the  Executive  may  maintain  or  undertake  purely  passive  investments  on  behalf  of
himself, his immediate family or any trust on behalf of himself or his immediate family in companies engaged in a Competitive Services so
long as the aggregate interest represented by such investments does not exceed 1% of any class of the outstanding publicly traded debt or
equity securities of any company engaged in a Competitive Services.

(e)    Non-Solicitation of Protected Customers. The Executive agrees that during the Restricted Period, he shall not, without
the prior written consent of the Company, directly or indirectly, on his own behalf or as a Principal or Representative of any Person, solicit,
divert,  take  away,  or  attempt  to  solicit,  divert,  or  take  away  a  Protected  Customer  for  the  purpose  of  engaging  in,  providing,  or  selling
Competitive Services.

(f)        Non-Recruitment  of  Employees.  The  Executive  agrees  that  during  the  Restricted  Period,  he  shall  not,  directly  or
indirectly, whether on his own behalf or as a Principal or Representative of any Person, solicit or induce or attempt to solicit or induce any
employee of the Company to terminate

9

his employment relationship with the Company or to enter into employment with the Executive or any other Person.

(g)    Proprietary Rights.

(i)    Ownership and Assignment of Protected Works. The Executive agrees that any and all Confidential Information
and Protected Works are the sole property of the Company, and that no compensation in addition to the Executive’s base salary is due to the
Executive  for  development  or  transfer  of  such  Protected  Works.  The  Executive  agrees  that  he  shall  promptly  disclose  in  writing  to  the
Company  the  existence  of  any  Protected  Works.  The  Executive  hereby  assigns  all  of  his  rights,  title  and  interest  in  any  and  all  Protected
Works,  including  all  patents  or  patent  applications,  and  all  copyrights  therein,  to  the  Company.  The Executive shall not be entitled to use
Protected Works for his own benefit or the benefit of anyone except the Company without written permission from the Company and then
only subject to the terms of such permission. The Executive further agrees that he will communicate to the Company any facts known to him
and testify in any legal proceedings, sign all lawful papers, make all rightful oaths, execute all divisionals, continuations, continuations-in-
part, foreign counterparts, or reissue applications, all assignments, all registration applications, and all other instruments or papers to carry
into full force and effect the assignment, transfer, and conveyance hereby made or to be made and generally do everything possible for title to
the Protected Works and all patents or copyrights or trademarks or service marks therein to be clearly and exclusively held by the Company.
The Executive agrees that he will not oppose or object in any way to applications for registration of Protected Works by the Company or
others designated by the Company. The Executive agrees to exercise reasonable care to avoid making Protected Works available to any third
party and shall be liable to the Company for all damages and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, if Protected Works are made
available to third parties by him without the express written consent of the Company.

Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Executive will not be obligated to assign to the Company any
Protected Work for which no equipment, supplies, facilities, or Confidential Information of the Company was used and which was developed
entirely on the Executive’s own time, unless (a) the invention relates (i) directly to the business of the Company, or (ii) to the Company’s
actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development; or (b) the invention results from any work performed by the Executive for the
Company. The Executive likewise will not be obligated to assign to the Company any Protected Work that is conceived by the Executive
after the Executive leaves the employ or service of the Company, except that the Executive is so obligated if the same relates to or is based on
Confidential Information to which the Executive had access by virtue of his employment with the Company. Similarly, the Executive will not
be obligated to assign any Protected Work to the Company that was conceived and reduced to practice prior to his employment, regardless of
whether  such  Protected  Work  relates  to  or  would  be  useful  in  the  business  of  the  Company.  The  Executive  acknowledges  and  agrees  that
there are no Protected Works conceived and reduced to practice by him prior to his employment with the Company.

now in existence to assign Protected Works to anyone other than the Company.

(ii)    No Other Duties. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that there is no other contract or duty on his part

(iii)    Works Made for Hire. The Company and the Executive acknowledge that in the course of his employment
with the Company, the Executive may from time to time create for the Company copyrightable works. Such works may consist of manuals,
pamphlets, instructional materials, computer programs, software, software integration techniques, software codes, and data, technical data,
photographs, drawings, logos, designs, artwork or other copyrightable material, or portions thereof, and may be created within or without the
Company’s facilities and before, during or after normal business hours. All such works related to or useful in the business of the Company
are specifically intended to be works made for hire by the Executive, and the Executive shall cooperate with the Company in the protection of
the Company’s copyrights in such works and, to the extent deemed desirable by the Company, the registration of such copyrights.

(h)        Return  of  Materials.  The  Executive  agrees  that  he  will  not  retain  or  destroy  (except  as  set  forth  below),  and  will
immediately return to the Company on or prior to the Termination Date, or at any other time the Company requests such return, any and all
property of the Company that is

10

in his possession or subject to his control, including, but not limited to, keys, credit and identification cards, personal items or equipment,
customer files and information, papers, drawings, notes, manuals, specifications, designs, devices, code, email, documents, diskettes, CDs,
tapes, keys, access cards, credit cards, identification cards, computers, mobile devices, other electronic media, all other files and documents
relating to the Company and its business (regardless of form, but specifically including all electronic files and data of the Company), together
with  all  Protected  Works  and  Confidential  Information  belonging  to  the  Company  or  that  the  Executive  received  from  or  through  his
employment or service with the Company. The Executive will not make, distribute, or retain copies of any such information or property. To
the extent that the Executive has electronic files or information in his possession or control that belong to the Company, contain Confidential
Information,  or  constitute  Protected  Works  (specifically  including  but  not  limited  to  electronic  files  or  information  stored  on  personal
computers, mobile devices, electronic media, or in cloud storage), on or prior to the Termination Date, or at any other time the Company
requests, the Executive shall (A) provide the Company with an electronic copy of all of such files or information (in an electronic format that
readily accessible by the Company); (B) after doing so, delete all such files and information, including all copies and derivatives thereof,
from all non-Company-owned computers, mobile devices, electronic media, cloud storage, or other media, devices, or equipment, such that
such files and information are permanently deleted and irretrievable; and (C) provide a written certification to the Company that the required
deletions  have  been  completed  and  specifying  the  files  and  information  deleted  and  the  media  source  from  which  they  were  deleted.  The
Executive  agrees  that  he  will  reimburse  the  Company  for  all  of  its  costs,  including  reasonable  attorneys’  fees,  of  recovering  the  above
materials  and  otherwise  enforcing  compliance  with  this  provision  if  he  does  not  return  the  materials  to  the  Company  or  take  the  required
steps with respect to electronic information or files on or prior to the Termination Date or at any other time the materials and/or electronic file
actions are requested by the Company or if the Executive otherwise fails to comply with this provision.

(i)    Enforcement of Restrictive Covenants.

(i)    Rights and Remedies Upon Breach. The parties specifically acknowledge and agree that the remedy at law for
any breach of the Restrictive Covenants will be inadequate, and that in the event the Executive breaches, or threatens to breach, any of the
Restrictive Covenants, the Company shall have the right and remedy, without the necessity of proving actual damage or posting any bond, to
enjoin,  preliminarily  and  permanently,  the  Executive  from  violating  or  threatening  to  violate  the  Restrictive  Covenants  and  to  have  the
Restrictive Covenants specifically enforced by any court of competent jurisdiction, it being agreed that any breach or threatened breach of the
Restrictive Covenants would cause irreparable injury to the Company and that money damages would not provide an adequate remedy to the
Company. The Executive understands and agrees that if he violates any of the obligations set forth in the Restrictive Covenants, the period of
restriction applicable to each obligation violated shall cease to run during the pendency of any litigation over such violation, provided that
such litigation was initiated during the period of restriction. Such rights and remedies shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other
rights and remedies available to the Company at law or in equity. The Executive understands and agrees that, if the Parties become involved
in legal action regarding the enforcement of the Restrictive Covenants and if the Company prevails in such legal action, the Company will be
entitled, in addition to any other remedy, to recover from the Executive its reasonable costs and attorneys’ fees incurred in enforcing such
covenants. The Company’s ability to enforce its rights under the Restrictive Covenants or applicable law against the Executive shall not be
impaired in any way by the existence of a claim or cause of action on the part of the Executive based on, or arising out of, this Agreement or
any other event or transaction.

(ii)        Severability  and  Modification  of  Covenants.  The  Executive  acknowledges  and  agrees  that  each  of  the
Restrictive Covenants is reasonable and valid in time and scope and in all other respects. The parties agree that it is their intention that the
Restrictive Covenants be enforced in accordance with their terms to the maximum extent permitted by law. Each of the Restrictive Covenants
shall be considered and construed as a separate and independent covenant. Should any part or provision of any of the Restrictive Covenants
be  held  invalid,  void,  or  unenforceable,  such  invalidity,  voidness,  or  unenforceability  shall  not  render  invalid,  void,  or  unenforceable  any
other part or provision of this Agreement or such Restrictive Covenant. If any of the provisions of the Restrictive Covenants should ever be
held  by  a  court  of  competent  jurisdiction  to  exceed  the  scope  permitted  by  the  applicable  law,  such  provision  or  provisions  shall  be
automatically  modified  to  such  lesser  scope  as  such  court  may  deem  just  and  proper  for  the  reasonable  protection  of  the  Company’s
legitimate business interests and

11

    
may be enforced by the Company to that extent in the manner described above and all other provisions of this Agreement shall be valid and
enforceable.

(j)    Disclosure of Agreement. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that, during Restricted Period, he will disclose the
existence and terms of this Agreement to any prospective employer, business partner, investor or lender prior to entering into an employment,
partnership or other business relationship with such prospective employer, business partner, investor or lender. The Executive further agrees
that the Company shall have the right to make any such prospective employer, business partner, investor or lender of the Executive aware of
the existence and terms of this Agreement.

9.    Agreement Not to Disparage. The Executive hereby agrees that at all times after the date hereof he will not make any statement,
whether verbally or in written form, or otherwise take any action that may reasonably be considered to disparage or impugn the Company or
any of its subsidiaries or affiliates; the management, practices, services, or reputation of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates;
or  any  of  the  Company’s  or  any  of  its  subsidiaries’  or  affiliates’  employees,  officers,  directors,  agents,  or  affiliates.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  this  Section  9  shall  not  limit  the  rights  of  the  Executive  to  provide  truthful  testimony  or  make  truthful  statements  which  are
compelled by a court of competent jurisdiction, arbitrator, regulatory agency or other tribunal or investigative body in accordance with any
applicable statute, rule or regulation.

10.    Non-exclusivity of Rights. Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or limit the Executive’s continuing or future participation in
any employee benefit plan, program, policy or practice provided by the Company or its affiliated companies and for which the Executive may
qualify, except as specifically provided herein. Amounts that are vested benefits or which the Executive is otherwise entitled to receive under
any plan, policy, practice or program of the Company or any of its affiliated companies at or subsequent to the Date of Termination shall be
payable in accordance with such plan, policy, practice or program except as explicitly modified by this Agreement.

11.    Full Settlement; No Mitigation. The Company’s obligation to make the payments provided for in this Agreement and otherwise
to perform its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other claim, right or action
which the Company may have against the Executive or others. In no event shall the Executive be obligated to seek other employment or take
any  other  action  by  way  of  mitigation  of  the  amounts  payable  to  the  Executive  under  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  Agreement  and  such
amounts shall not be reduced whether or not the Executive obtains other employment.

12.    Mandatory Reduction of Payments in Certain Events .

(a)    Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event it shall be determined that any payment or
distribution by the Company to or for the benefit of Executive (whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of
this Agreement or otherwise) (such benefits, payments or distributions are hereinafter referred to as “Payments”) would, if paid, be subject to
the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “Excise Tax”), then, prior to the making of any Payments to Executive, a calculation
shall be made comparing (i) the net after-tax benefit to Executive of the Payments after payment by Executive of the Excise Tax, to (ii) the
net after-tax benefit to Executive if the Payments had been limited to the extent necessary to avoid being subject to the Excise Tax. If the
amount  calculated  under  (i)  above  is  less  than  the  amount  calculated  under  (ii)  above,  then  the  Payments  shall  be  limited  to  the  extent
necessary to avoid being subject to the Excise Tax (the “Reduced Amount”). The  reduction  of  the  Payments  due  hereunder,  if  applicable,
shall be made by first reducing cash Payments and then, to the extent necessary, reducing those Payments having the next highest ratio of
Parachute Value to actual present value of such Payments as of the date of the Change in Control, as determined by the Determination Firm
(as defined in Section 9(b) below). For purposes of this Section 12, present value shall be determined in accordance with Section 280G(d)(4)
of the Code. For purposes of this Section 12, the “Parachute Value” of a Payment means the present value as of the date of the Change in
Control of the portion of such Payment that constitutes a “parachute payment” under Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code, as determined by the
Determination Firm for purposes of determining whether and to what extent the Excise Tax will apply to such Payment.

12

(b)    All determinations required to be made under this Section 12, including whether an Excise Tax would otherwise be
imposed, whether the Payments shall be reduced, the amount of the Reduced Amount, and the assumptions to be utilized in arriving at such
determinations,  shall  be  made  by  a  nationally  recognized  accounting  firm  or  compensation  consulting  firm  mutually  acceptable  to  the
Company  and  Executive  (the  “Determination Firm”)  which  shall  provide  detailed  supporting  calculations  to  the  Company  and  Executive
within 15 business days after the receipt of notice from Executive that a Payment is due to be made, or such earlier time as is requested by the
Company. All fees and expenses of the Determination Firm shall be borne solely by the Company. Any determination by the Determination
Firm shall be binding upon the Company and Executive. As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Section 4999 of the Code at the
time of the initial determination by the Determination Firm hereunder, it is possible that Payments which Executive was entitled to, but did
not receive pursuant to Section 12(a), could have been made without the imposition of the Excise Tax (“Underpayment”), consistent with the
calculations required to be made hereunder. In such event, the Determination Firm shall determine the amount of the Underpayment that has
occurred and any such Underpayment shall be promptly paid by the Company to or for the benefit of Executive but no later than March 15 of
the  year  after  the  year  in  which  the  Underpayment  is  determined  to  exist,  which  is  when  the  legally  binding  right  to  such  Underpayment
arises.

succession, this Section 12 shall be of no further force or effect.

(c)        In  the  event  that  the  provisions  of  Code  Section  280G  and  4999  or  any  successor  provisions  are  repealed  without

13.    Arbitration. Any claim or dispute arising under or relating to this Agreement or the breach, termination, or validity of any term
of  this  Agreement  shall  be  subject  to  arbitration,  and  prior  to  commencing  any  court  action,  the  parties  agree  that  they  shall  arbitrate  all
controversies; provided, however,  that  nothing  in  this  Section  13  shall  prohibit  the  Company  from  exercising  its  right  under  Section  8  to
pursue injunctive remedies with respect to a breach or threatened breach of the Restrictive Covenants. The arbitration shall be conducted in
Tarrant  County,  Texas,  in  accordance  with  the  Employment  Dispute  Rules  of  the  American  Arbitration  Association  and  the  Federal
Arbitration  Act,  9  U.S.C.  §1,  et.  seq.  The  arbitrator(s)  shall  be  authorized  to  award  both  liquidated  and  actual  damages,  in  addition  to
injunctive relief, but no punitive damages. The arbitrator(s) may also award attorney’s fees and costs, without regard to any restriction on the
amount of such award under Texas or other applicable law. Such an award shall be binding and conclusive upon the parties hereto, subject to
9 U.S.C. §10. Each party shall have the right to have the award made the judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

14.    Successors.

(a)        This  Agreement  is  personal  to  the  Executive  and  without  the  prior  written  consent  of  the  Company  shall  not  be
assignable by the Executive otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may,
without  the  Executive’s  consent,  assign,  whether  by  assignment  agreement,  merger,  operation  of  law  or  otherwise,  this  Agreement  to  the
Company or to any successor or affiliate of the Company, subject to such assignee’s express assumption of all obligations of the Company
hereunder. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive’s legal representatives.

(b)    This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns.

(c)    The Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to
all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to assume expressly and agree to perform this Agreement in the same
manner  and  to  the  same  extent  that  the  Company  would  be  required  to  perform  it  if  no  such  succession  had  taken  place.  As  used  in  this
Agreement, “Company” shall mean the Company as hereinbefore defined and any successor to its business and/or assets as aforesaid which
assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement by operation of law, or otherwise.

15.    Cooperation. The Executive shall provide the Executive’s reasonable cooperation in connection with any action or proceeding
(or  any  appeal  from  any  action  or  proceeding)  which  relates  to  events  occurring  during  the  Executive’s  employment  hereunder.  This
provision shall survive any

13

termination  of  this  Agreement.  The  Company  shall  reimburse  the  Executive  for  any  reasonable  out-of-pocket  expenses  incurred  in
connection with the Executive’s performance of obligations under this Section 15 at the request of the Company. If the Executive is entitled
to  be  paid  or  reimbursed  for  any  expenses  under  this  Section  15,  the  amount  reimbursable  in  any  one  calendar  year  shall  not  affect  the
amount reimbursable in any other calendar year, and the reimbursement of an eligible expense must be made no later than December 31 of
the year after the year in which the expense was incurred. The Executive’s obligations under this Section 15, and the Executive’s rights to
payment or reimbursement of expenses pursuant to this Section 15, shall expire at the end of ten (10) years after the Date of Termination and
such rights shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

16.    Code Section 409A.

(a)        General. This  Agreement  shall  be  interpreted  and  administered  in  a  manner  so  that  any  amount  or  benefit  payable
hereunder shall be paid or provided in a manner that is either exempt from or compliant with the requirements Section 409A of the Code and
applicable Internal Revenue Service guidance and Treasury Regulations issued thereunder (and any applicable transition relief under Section
409A of the Code). Nevertheless, the tax treatment of the benefits provided under the Agreement is not warranted or guaranteed. Neither the
Company nor its directors, officers, employees or advisers shall be held liable for any taxes, interest, penalties or other monetary amounts
owed by the Executive as a result of the application of Section 409A of the Code.

(b)    Definitional Restrictions. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent that any amount or
benefit  that  would  constitute  non-exempt  “deferred  compensation”  for  purposes  of  Section  409A  of  the  Code  (“Non-Exempt  Deferred
Compensation”) would otherwise be payable or distributable hereunder by reason of the Executive’s termination of employment, such Non-
Exempt  Deferred  Compensation  will  not  be  payable  or  distributable  to  the  Executive  by  reason  of  such  circumstance  unless  the
circumstances giving rise to such termination of employment meet any description or definition of “separation from service” in Section 409A
of the Code and applicable regulations (without giving effect to any elective provisions that may be available under such definition). This
provision does not prohibit the vesting of any Non-Exempt Deferred Compensation upon a termination of employment, however defined. If
this provision prevents the payment or distribution of any Non-Exempt Deferred Compensation, such payment or distribution shall be made
on the date, if any, on which an event occurs that constitutes a Section 409A-compliant “separation from service.”

(c)        Timing  of  Release  of  Claims.  Whenever  in  this  Agreement  a  payment  or  benefit  is  conditioned  on  Executive’s
execution of a release of claims, such release must be executed and all revocation periods shall have expired within sixty (60) days after the
Date of Termination; failing which such payment or benefit shall be forfeited. If such payment or benefit constitutes Non-Exempt Deferred
Compensation, then such payment or benefit (including any installment payments) that would have otherwise been payable during such 60-
day period shall be accumulated and paid on the 60  day after the Date of Termination provided such release shall have been executed and
such revocation periods shall have expired. If such payment or benefit is exempt from Section 409A of the Code, the Company may elect to
make or commence payment at any time during such period.

th

(d)    Permitted Acceleration. The Company shall have the sole authority to make any accelerated distribution permissible
under  Treas.  Reg.  Section  1.409A-3(j)(4)  to  the  Executive  of  deferred  amounts,  provided  that  such  distribution  meets  the  requirements  of
Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-3(j)(4).

17.    Miscellaneous.

(a)    Governing Law; Forum Selection; Consent to Jurisdiction. The Company and the Executive agree that this Agreement
shall be governed by and construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas without giving effect to its conflicts of
law principles. The Executive agrees that the exclusive forum for any action to enforce this Agreement, as well as any action relating to or
arising out of this Agreement, shall be the state or federal court of the State of Texas. With respect to any such court action, the Executive
hereby (a) irrevocably submits to the personal jurisdiction of such courts; (b) consents to service of process; (c) consents to venue; and (d)
waives  any  other  requirement  (whether  imposed  by  statute,  rule  of  court,  or  otherwise)  with  respect  to  personal  jurisdiction,  service  of
process, or venue. Both parties hereto further agree that such courts are convenient forums for any

14

dispute that may arise herefrom and that neither party shall raise as a defense that such courts are not convenient forums.

(b)    Captions. The captions of this Agreement are not part of the provisions hereof and shall have no force or effect.

parties hereto or their respective successors and legal representatives.

(c)    Amendments. This Agreement may not be amended or modified otherwise than-by a written agreement executed by the

other party or by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

(d)    Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given by hand delivery to the

If to the Executive:

If to the Company:

Howard Hambleton
Address on file with the Company

FirstCash Holdings, Inc.
1600 West 7th Street
Fort Worth, Texas 76102
Attention: Secretary

or to such other address as either party shall have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith. Notice and communications shall
be effective when actually received by the addressee.

enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement.

(e)        Severability.  The  invalidity  or  unenforceability  of  any  provision  of  this  Agreement  shall  not  affect  the  validity  or

foreign taxes as shall be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

(f)    Withholding. The Company may withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement such Federal, state, local or

(g)        Waivers.  The  Executive’s  or  the  Company’s  failure  to  insist  upon  strict  compliance  with  any  provision  of  this
Agreement or the failure to assert any right the Executive or the Company may have hereunder, shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such
provision or right or any other provision or right of this Agreement.

(h)    Entire Agreement. Except as provided herein, this Agreement contains the entire agreement between the Company and
the  Executive  with  respect  to  the  subject  matter  hereof  and,  from  and  after  the  Effective  Date,  this  Agreement  shall  supersede  any  other
agreement (including the Prior Employment Agreement) between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

(i)        Construction.  The  Company  and  the  Executive  understand  and  agree  that  because  they  both  have  been  given  the
opportunity to have counsel review and revise this Agreement, the normal rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to be
resolved against the drafting party shall not be employed in the interpretation of this Agreement. Instead, the language of all parts of this
Agreement shall be construed as a whole, and according to its fair meaning, and not strictly for or against either of the parties.

15

        
(j)        Counterparts. This  Agreement  may  be  executed  in  two  or  more  counterparts,  and  it  shall  not  be  necessary  that  the
signatures of the parties hereto be contained on any one counterpart hereof. Each counterpart shall be deemed an original but all counterparts
together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Any signature page of any such counterpart, or any electronic facsimile thereof, may
be  attached  or  appended  to  any  other  counterpart  to  complete  a  fully  executed  counterpart  of  this  Agreement,  and  any  telecopy  or  other
electronic transmission of any signature shall be deemed an original and shall bind such party.

16

    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive has hereunto set the Executive’s hand and, pursuant to the authorization from the Board, the
Company has caused these presents to be executed in its name on its behalf, all as of the day and year first above written.

EXECUTIVE

Howard Hambleton

FIRSTCASH HOLDINGS, INC.

By:

Rick L. Wessel
Chief Executive Officer

17

            
FIRSTCASH HOLDINGS, INC.
SUBSIDIARIES

EXHIBIT 21.1

Subsidiary Name
FirstCash, Inc.
First Cash, Inc.
Famous Pawn, Inc.
FCFS OK, Inc.
FCFS MO, Inc.
FCFS AL, Inc.
FCFS IN, Inc.
FCFS SC, Inc.
FCFS NC, Inc.
FCFS OH, Inc.
Frontier Merger Sub, LLC
Pawn TX, Inc.
FCFS KY, Inc.
LTS, Incorporated
Mister Money RM, Inc.
FCFS CO, Inc.
FC International, LLC
FCFS Global, B.V.
First Cash, S.A. de C.V.
American Loan Employee Services, S.A. de C.V.
Empenos Mexicanos, S.A. de C.V.
Soluciones Prima, S.A. de C.V.
Comercializadora Maxi, S.A.
Maxi Prenda Guatemala, S.A.
Soluciones Administrativas de Guatemala, S.A.
Soluciones Prima Guatemala, S.A.
Maxi Realice Guatemala S.A.
First Cash SV, Limitada de C.V.
First Cash Colombia, S.A.S.
Maxi Prenda Honduras, S.A. de C.V.
Almacenaje PRO., Ltda de C.V.

Country/State of Formation
Delaware
Nevada
Maryland
Oklahoma
Missouri
Alabama
Indiana
South Carolina
North Carolina
Ohio
Texas
Texas
Kentucky
Colorado
Colorado
Colorado
Delaware
Netherlands
Mexico
Mexico
Mexico
Mexico
Guatemala
Guatemala
Guatemala
Guatemala
Guatemala
El Salvador
Colombia
Honduras
El Salvador

Percentage
Owned
By Registrant
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%

FIRSTCASH HOLDINGS, INC.
SUBSIDIARIES
(CONTINUED)

Subsidiary Name
FCFS TN, Inc.
Cash America East, Inc.
Cash America Holding, Inc.
Cash America Management L.P.
Cash America of Mexico, Inc.
Cash America Pawn L.P.
Cash America West, Inc.
Cash America, Inc.
Cash America, Inc. of Alaska
Cash America, Inc. of Illinois
Cash America, Inc. of Louisiana
Cash America, Inc. of North Carolina
Cash America of Missouri, Inc.
Creazione Estilo, S.A. de C.V. (in liquidation)
Georgia Cash America, Inc.
Mr. Payroll Corporation
Ohio Neighborhood Finance, Inc.
Ohio Neighborhood Credit Solutions, LLC
American First Finance
Omni Nearshore Limited, LLC

Country/State of Formation
Tennessee
Florida
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Nevada
Delaware
Alaska
Illinois
Delaware
North Carolina
Missouri
Mexico
Georgia
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Jamaica

Percentage
Owned
By Registrant
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statements Nos. 333-71077 and 333-106878 on Form S-3, and Nos. 333-73391, 333-106880,
333-106881, 333-132665, 333-181837, 333-214452, and 333-234350 on Form S-8 of our reports, dated February 28, 2022, relating to the consolidated
financial  statements  of  FirstCash  Holdings,  Inc.  as  of  December  31,  2021  and  2020,  and  for  the  three  years  ended  December  31,  2021,  and  to  the
effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of FirstCash Holdings,
Inc.

EXHIBIT 23.1

/s/ RSM US LLP

Dallas, Texas
February 28, 2022

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO EXCHANGE ACT SECTION 13(a)-14(a)/15d-14(a),
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT

I, Rick L. Wessel, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of FirstCash Holdings, Inc. (the “Registrant”);

EXHIBIT 31.1

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the
statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this
report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the

financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The Registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-
15(f)) for the Registrant and have:

a. Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  to  be  designed  under  our
supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by
others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our
supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the Registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the
effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d. Disclosed in this report any change in the Registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the Registrant's most
recent fiscal quarter (the Registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably
likely to materially affect, the Registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The Registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to

the Registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the Registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a. All  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  which  are

reasonably likely to adversely affect the Registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and  

b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Registrant's internal

control over financial reporting.

Date:  February 28, 2022

/s/ Rick L. Wessel
Rick L. Wessel
Chief Executive Officer

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO EXCHANGE ACT SECTION 13(a)-14(a)/15d-14(a),
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT

I, R. Douglas Orr, certify that:  

1.

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of FirstCash Holdings, Inc. (the “Registrant”);

EXHIBIT 31.2

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the
statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this
report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the

financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The Registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-
15(f)) for the Registrant and have:

a. Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  to  be  designed  under  our
supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by
others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our
supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the Registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the
effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d. Disclosed in this report any change in the Registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the Registrant's most
recent fiscal quarter (the Registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably
likely to materially affect, the Registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The Registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to

the Registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the Registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a. All  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  which  are

reasonably likely to adversely affect the Registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and  

b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Registrant's internal

control over financial reporting.

Date:  February 28, 2022

/s/ R. Douglas Orr
R. Douglas Orr
Chief Financial Officer

       
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906
OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

EXHIBIT 32.1

In connection with the Annual Report of FirstCash Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021, as filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Rick L. Wessel, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18
U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to my knowledge:

1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Act of 1934, as amended; and

2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date:  February 28, 2022

/s/ Rick L. Wessel
Rick L. Wessel
Chief Executive Officer

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906
OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

EXHIBIT 32.2

In connection with the Annual Report of FirstCash Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021, as filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, R. Douglas Orr, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18
U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to my knowledge:

1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Act of 1934, as amended; and

2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date:  February 28, 2022

/s/ R. Douglas Orr
R. Douglas Orr
Chief Financial Officer